TWI244022B - Method and system for integrating data flows - Google Patents
Method and system for integrating data flows Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI244022B TWI244022B TW093102146A TW93102146A TWI244022B TW I244022 B TWI244022 B TW I244022B TW 093102146 A TW093102146 A TW 093102146A TW 93102146 A TW93102146 A TW 93102146A TW I244022 B TWI244022 B TW I244022B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- central computer
- infusion
- patient
- medical staff
- generated
- Prior art date
Links
Classifications
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H40/00—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/60—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/67—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the operation of medical equipment or devices for remote operation
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G08—SIGNALLING
- G08B—SIGNALLING OR CALLING SYSTEMS; ORDER TELEGRAPHS; ALARM SYSTEMS
- G08B21/00—Alarms responsive to a single specified undesired or abnormal condition and not otherwise provided for
- G08B21/02—Alarms for ensuring the safety of persons
-
- G—PHYSICS
- G16—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR SPECIFIC APPLICATION FIELDS
- G16H—HEALTHCARE INFORMATICS, i.e. INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR THE HANDLING OR PROCESSING OF MEDICAL OR HEALTHCARE DATA
- G16H40/00—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices
- G16H40/20—ICT specially adapted for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities; ICT specially adapted for the management or operation of medical equipment or devices for the management or administration of healthcare resources or facilities, e.g. managing hospital staff or surgery rooms
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L1/00—Arrangements for detecting or preventing errors in the information received
-
- H—ELECTRICITY
- H04—ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
- H04L—TRANSMISSION OF DIGITAL INFORMATION, e.g. TELEGRAPHIC COMMUNICATION
- H04L65/00—Network arrangements, protocols or services for supporting real-time applications in data packet communication
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Primary Health Care (AREA)
- Medical Informatics (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
- Signal Processing (AREA)
- Emergency Management (AREA)
- Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Multimedia (AREA)
- General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
- Infusion, Injection, And Reservoir Apparatuses (AREA)
- Medical Treatment And Welfare Office Work (AREA)
- Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)
- Accommodation For Nursing Or Treatment Tables (AREA)
Abstract
Description
1244022 玖、發明說明: 納入的參考項目 本申請案明確地納入以下所列者作為參考並且構成本 申請案的一部分: 美國專利申請案序號:2002年1月7日申請之 10/040, 887 ; 2002年1月7日申請之10/040, 908並且在 2003年7月10日公開於公開號US-2003-0130624-A1; 2002年1月29日申請之1 0/059, 929並且在2003年7月 31日公開於公開號US-2003-014198卜A1 ; 2002年4月30 日申請之 1 0/135,180 ; 2003 年 4月 28日申請之 1 0/424, 5 53 ; 2003 年 9 月 10 日申請之 1 0/659, 760 ; 2003 年12月30日申請之1 0/749, 101 ; 2003年12月30日申請 之 1 0/749, 1 02 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 762 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 750 ; 2003 年 12 月 30 日申請之 1 0/748, 749 ; 2003年 12月 30日申請之 1 0/749, 0 99 ; 20 03 年 12 月 30 日申請之 10/748, 593 ;以及 20 03 年 12 月 30 日申請之 1 0/748, 589 ; 美國臨時專利申請案序號:2002年4月30曰申請之 60/377, 027 ; 2002 年 4 月 30 日申請之 60/3 76, 625 ; 2002 年4月30日申請之60/376, 655 ; 2003年2月1日申請之 60/444, 350 ; 2003 年 7 月 18 日申請之 60/488, 273 ;以及 2003年12月8日申請之60/528, 1 06 ;以及 美國專利號5, 842, 841。 1244022 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明大致係有關於醫療資料的通訊系統及方法,並 更月確地.兒’本發明係有關於一種用於整合資料流之 統及方法。 【先前技術】 病患照顧系統典型地包含電腦網路、用於治療病患的 西療為材以及對於i療益材的控制。儘管病患照顧系統已 經透過電腦的自動化系統及方法之使用而有所改良,但是 病患照顧系統對於醫療器材與醫療器材的控制仍舊倚重人 工的資料管理程序。例如,在現代化的醫院中,護士站血 型地是連接至電腦網路,但是電腦網路延伸至病患的病房 則不多見。電腦網㈣提供在治療點有機會對於包含醫療 裔材與對醫療器材的控制之操作與監視之自動化的資料管 理處理。儘管有在此領域中的進步,但是自動化的資料管 理技術-直未被充分㈣於治療點的料上,這是由於缺 乏較有效率的系統及方法之緣故。隨著對於自動化的技術 之㈣性的成*,在提供❹者來自各種系統或是次系統 的貝料流之整合上於是產生了需求。 【發明内容】 一種系統及方法係被提供給醫護人員獲得資訊,其中 兩個使用者介面流可以被整合在一起。 八 1又而g,在一個實施例中,发 具係含有兩個使用者介 面流。一個使用者介面流係源自於一 τ曰乂 個被確認的電腦,而 1244022 另一個使用者介面流係源自於一個未被確認的電腦,其中 來自該未被確認的電腦之網頁係被指定路由到一個存在於 該被减認的電腦中之導f (⑽duit)。不f要和該被確認的 電恥互動之網頁係在未修改之下被指定路由至一個使用者 終端。再者,確實需要互動之網頁係藉由該未被確認的電 月a加以扣’其中這些頁係和源自於該被確認的電腦並且 接著被指定路由至該使用者終端之資訊合併。 根據另-個實施例,一種具有一個第一中央電腦以及 -個第二中央電腦之系統係被提出。該第一中央電腦係附 接至個網路。该第二電腦係經由一個通訊鏈路而附接至 位在-個醫療保健設施之内的第一中央電腦。運作地附接 至該網路的是-個具有視覺顯示器並且與一位醫護人員相 關的終端裝置。一項請求係藉由該終端裝置而被產生q 且由該第-中央電腦以及第二中央電腦加以接收。一個回 應訊息係藉由該第二中央電腦回應於由該終端裝置所產生 的請求而被產生。再者,一個回應訊息係藉由該第一中央 電腦而被產生,並且其係包括由該第二中央電腦所提供的 回應訊息以及由該第一中央電腦所加入之額外的資料,其 中由該第一中央電腦所產生的回應訊息係以一種人類可讀 取的格式被提供在視覺顯示器之上。 本《明之其它的系統、方法、特點以及優點對於在此 項技術中具有—般技能者在審視以下的圖式及詳細的說明 時都將會是明顯的或是變為明顯的。所有内含在此說明中 之此種額外的系統、方法、拉更上 万凌特點以及優點都打算被涵蓋在 1244022 本發明的範疇之内,並且由伴隨的申請專利範圍加以保護 〇 【實施方式】 儘管本發明可以具有許多不同形式的實施例,但是在 圖式中被展示且將會在此被詳細地描述的只有本發明的一 個較佳實施例而已。本揭露内容係欲被視為本發明的原理 之一個範例,而非打算要限制本發明之廣泛的特點至所說 明的實施例。 第1圖是一種病患照顧系統的圖形表示。在一個實施 例中’該病患照顧系統1 〇 0係包含藉由網路1 〇 2所連結的 藥局(pharmacy)電腦1〇4、中央系統108以及治療位置ι〇6 。如第2圖中所示,該病患照顧系統1〇〇亦包含輸液系統 21 0 ’其亦被稱為醫療保健(heai thcare)系統。輸液系統 21 〇是一種用藥系統,其較佳地被實施成一個電腦程式, 並且尤其是被實施成一個模組或是應用程式(亦即,被設 計用於最終使用者的一個程式或是一組程式),常駐在病 患照顧系統100之内的一或多個電子計算裝置上。如同在 此進一步詳細所述者,該輸液系統21 〇係以一種各科間的 病患照顧方式來連結例如是醫師、藥劑師以 及護士的醫護人員(Clinician)。 整體的糸統 印茶考第3圖’該病患照顧系統1 〇〇可以包含複數個 醫療器材120。在一個實施例中,該醫療器材是輸液泵J 2〇 10 !244022 。再者,在另一實施例中,該醫療器材是用於輸液果的控 制器。為了便於參照,此揭露内容大致上都將會把系統的 醫療器材視為輸液泵,然而,可瞭解到的是,該整體系統 100可以包含任意之一或多個各種的醫療器材。於是,如 一通道泵或是多個通道泵,例如,三通道 channel)栗。典型地,該些泵係在週期性的基礎上傳送包 ,泵狀態資訊的訊息至集線器1〇7。為了成本效益以及/或 是為了讓目前並未與該中央電腦系統⑽冑訊之現有的醫 療器材能夠翻新改進(retrQfitting),以使得每個此種醫 療器材都可以和該中央電腦系統1〇8通訊,一個別的集線 器m可以和醫療器材120分開地使用,以便於集中通訊 同第3圖中所示,複數個輪液泵12〇係連接至—個集線器 或是介® 107。士口同在此所進—步詳細地解說#,輸液系 120可以是由習知的設計所製成,其中每個輸液果12〇係 與一位病患相連。然而’如同具有在此項技術中之一般技 能者所將會體認到的,即使該些輸液泵是連接至相同的集 線器1G7,在第3圖中所示的輸液泵12()並不須要和同一 病患或是治療位置相連。再者,每個輸液纟12()可以是單 整體系統的通訊隼綿器 在個實施例中,輸液泵1 20的串列埠或是其它的 I/O係利用傳統之非無線的傳輸介質1〇5,例如,雙絞線、 同軸電、,見線光纖電纜線或類似者來連接至集線器1 〇7。 4也本線為10 7可以透過一條單向的串列通訊鏈路 12440221244022 发明 Description of the invention: Included reference items This application explicitly incorporates the following list as a reference and forms part of this application: US patent application serial number: 10/040, 887 filed on January 7, 2002 10/040, 908, filed on January 7, 2002, and published in Publication No. US-2003-0130624-A1 on July 10, 2003; 10/059, 929, filed on January 29, 2002 and Published on July 31, 2011 under Publication No. US-2003-014198 Bu A1; Application 10 / 135,180 on April 30, 2002; Application 10/424, 5 53 on April 28, 2003; September 2003 10/659, 760 of the 10th application; 10/749, 101 of the 30th December application; 10/749, 1 02 of the 30th December application; 30th of 2003 10/748, 762; 10/748, 750 filed on December 30, 2003; 10/748, 749 filed on December 30, 2003; 10/749, 0 99 filed on December 30, 2003 ; 10/748, 593 filed on December 30, 2003; and 10/748, 589 filed on December 30, 2003; US provisional patent application serial number: 60 / filed on April 30, 2002 377, 027; 200 60/3 76, 625 filed on April 30, 2; 60/376, 655 filed on April 30, 2002; 60/444, 350 filed on February 1, 2003; filed on July 18, 2003 60/488, 273; and 60/528, 106, filed December 8, 2003; and U.S. Patent No. 5,842,841. 1244022 [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention generally relates to a communication system and method for medical information, and more specifically, the present invention relates to a system and method for integrating data streams. [Previous technology] Patient care systems typically include a computer network, western medicine for treating patients, and control of i therapy materials. Although the patient care system has been improved through the use of computerized automated systems and methods, the patient care system's control of medical devices and medical devices still relies on manual data management procedures. For example, in modern hospitals, nurse stations are blood-type connected to a computer network, but computer networks extend to the patient's ward are rare. The computer network provides an opportunity for the automated data management and processing at the treatment site, including the operation and monitoring of medical pedigrees and control of medical equipment. Despite advances in this area, automated data management techniques have not been adequately targeted at the treatment site due to the lack of more efficient systems and methods. As the nature of automation technology has grown, demand has arisen for the integration of providers' shell material streams from various systems or sub-systems. [Summary] A system and method are provided for medical personnel to obtain information, in which two user interface streams can be integrated together. Eight 1 and g, in one embodiment, the hair train contains two user interface streams. One user interface stream originates from a confirmed computer, and 1244022 another user interface stream originates from an unconfirmed computer, where web pages from the unconfirmed computer are Specify a route to a guide f (⑽duit) that exists in the reduced computer. The web pages that do not want to interact with the identified electronic shame are routed to a user terminal without modification. Furthermore, web pages that do require interaction are deducted by the unconfirmed electric month a ', where these pages are merged with information originating from the confirmed computer and then designated for routing to the user terminal. According to another embodiment, a system having a first central computer and a second central computer is proposed. The first central computer is connected to a network. The second computer is attached via a communication link to a first central computer located within a healthcare facility. Attached to the network is a terminal device with a visual display and associated with a medical staff. A request is generated by the terminal device and received by the first central computer and the second central computer. A response message is generated by the second central computer in response to a request generated by the terminal device. Furthermore, a response message is generated by the first central computer, and it includes a response message provided by the second central computer and additional data added by the first central computer. The response message generated by the first central computer is provided on a visual display in a human-readable format. The other systems, methods, features, and advantages of this book will be obvious or become obvious to those skilled in this technology when examining the following drawings and detailed description. All such additional systems, methods, features, and advantages included in this description are intended to be included in the scope of the invention of 1244022 and protected by the scope of the accompanying patent application. Although the present invention may have many different forms of embodiments, only one preferred embodiment of the present invention is shown in the drawings and will be described in detail herein. This disclosure is intended to be regarded as an example of the principles of the invention, and is not intended to limit the broad features of the invention to the illustrated embodiments. Figure 1 is a graphical representation of a patient care system. In one embodiment, the patient care system 100 includes a pharmacy computer 104 connected to a network 102, a central system 108, and a treatment location ιo6. As shown in FIG. 2, the patient care system 100 also includes an infusion system 21 0 ′, which is also referred to as a health care system. The infusion system 21 is a medication system, which is preferably implemented as a computer program, and in particular as a module or application (ie, a program or a program designed for the end user). Program), resident on one or more electronic computing devices within the patient care system 100. As described in further detail herein, the infusion system 21 0 is connected to clinicians such as physicians, pharmacists, and nurses in a patient care manner across departments. The overall system Figure 3 of the Indian Tea Test ’The patient care system 100 may include a plurality of medical devices 120. In one embodiment, the medical device is an infusion pump J 2 0 10! 244022. Furthermore, in another embodiment, the medical device is a controller for infusion fruit. For ease of reference, the disclosure generally regards the medical equipment of the system as an infusion pump. However, it can be understood that the overall system 100 may include any one or more various medical equipment. Thus, such as a one-channel pump or a multi-channel pump, for example, a three-channel pump. Typically, these pumps send packets on a periodic basis, and pump status information messages to the hub 107. For cost-effectiveness and / or for retrQfitting of existing medical equipment that is not currently in communication with the central computer system, so that each such medical device can communicate with the central computer system 108 For communication, another hub m can be used separately from the medical equipment 120 to facilitate centralized communication. As shown in Figure 3, a plurality of wheel liquid pumps 120 are connected to a hub or a mediator 107. Shikou also explained here in detail—step by step #. The infusion system 120 can be made by a conventional design, where each infusion system 120 is connected to a patient. However, 'as will be appreciated by those with ordinary skills in this technology, even if the infusion pumps are connected to the same hub 1G7, the infusion pump 12 () shown in Figure 3 is not required Connected to the same patient or treatment location. In addition, each infusion pump 12 () can be a communication device of a single integrated system. In one embodiment, the serial port of the infusion pump 120 or other I / O systems use traditional non-wireless transmission media. 105, for example, twisted pair, coaxial, see line fiber optic cable or the like to connect to the hub 107. 4 is also 10 for this line 7 7 can be through a unidirectional serial communication link 1244022
1 0 5而連接至複數個輸液泵丨2 〇或只連接至單一泵。集線 器107係準備從連線的泵接收信號並且再生所接收到的信 號。尤其’從泵120所接收到的信號係被集線器丨〇7轉換 成為一種適合用於經由無線通訊路徑或是鏈路128以及電 纜線通訊系統11 〇,而在系統網路丨〇2上傳輸的格式。典 型地,集線器1 07係傳送泵資料至系統網路j 〇2。集線器 107也可以過濾從泵κο進入的資訊以去除重複的訊息。 此外,集線器107係容許泵狀態資訊能夠遠端地在醫護人 員116的數位助理118上被觀看。典型地,每當集線器 1 士07連接至泵12G並且該集線器1Q7與該$ 120都被開機 時’該集線器1G7係傳送泵資料。如时此所詳細解說者 ,集線器107亦提供藥局輸入的指令(〇rde1 0 5 and connected to a plurality of infusion pumps 丨 2 0 or only to a single pump. The hub 107 is ready to receive signals from the connected pump and reproduce the received signals. In particular, the signal received from the pump 120 is converted by the hub 丨 〇7 into a type suitable for transmission via the wireless communication path or link 128 and the cable communication system 11 〇 over the system network format. Typically, the hub 107 series transmits pump data to the system network j 02. The hub 107 may also filter the information entered from the pump to remove duplicate information. In addition, the hub 107 allows the pump status information to be viewed remotely on the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff 116. Typically, whenever the hub 1 ± 07 is connected to the pump 12G and the hub 1Q7 and the $ 120 are both turned on, the hub 1G7 transmits pump data. As explained in detail at this time, the hub 107 also provides instructions entered by the pharmacy (〇rde
比較。在-個較佳實施例中,集線器1G7係連接至支= 120的IV柱,或者是集線器1〇7係納入到輪液泵之中 以產生一個如上所指明之整合的醫療/通訊的器材。 集線器107的一個實施例係被展示在帛47圖巾。在此 實施例1G7係包含詩最多到4個泵的泵淳指 不盗4U、-個失去無線信號指示器413、—個低電量指示 益415、-個警告靜音按鍵417、一個開/關按鍵及指示器 個隹、Λ及一個充電指示^ 421。果谭指示器411係提供每 個木線益1 〇 7的泵埠一個狀能指 ,,Λ^ , 為。指示器的燈係顯示 對應的泵琿疋否適當地與料102通訊'然而, =亮時:此係指出對應的料並未連接至…: 並未攸《 120連通至網路1〇2。該失去無線信號 12 1244022 Π° 413係如出集線器107無法在該無線鏈路上與網路 1〇2通訊。若發生失去無線信號時,每個泵槔指示器-411 也=會關掉,此係指出集線器1〇7並未與網路1〇2通訊 /右兔生失去無線信號時’集線器、ig7將會傳遞此事件至 系先’罔路1 02、中央電腦系統】〇8與伺服器⑽用於最終 ,輸至酉4人貞m該警告靜音按鍵川係容許醫護人 貝116能夠從集線器1〇7暫時靜音所有聽覺的警告。通訊 集線器之替代的實施例係包含實際在栗之内的單一專用的 無線模組、或是—個利用無線通訊以傳到m與伺服器之個 別的模組。 集線器107可以選配 個整合的醫療/通訊的 將同樣彼此相關地運 此外,在一個替代的實施例中, 地納入到輸液泵120之中,以產生一 器材。該組合的集線器/醫療器材仍 作0 复統的存取itCompare. In a preferred embodiment, the hub 1G7 is connected to an IV column with a branch = 120, or the hub 107 is incorporated into a rotatable pump to produce an integrated medical / communication device as indicated above. One embodiment of the hub 107 is shown in Figure 47. In this embodiment, the 1G7 series includes pumps with up to 4 pumps, which means 4U is not stolen, a wireless signal indicator is lost 413, a low battery indicator is benefit 415, a warning mute button 417, an on / off button And an indicator 隹, Λ and a charging indicator ^ 421. The Guotan indicator 411 is provided with a shape signifier for each of the pump ports of 107. The indicator light system indicates whether the corresponding pump is properly communicating with the material 102 '. However, when the light is on: This indicates that the corresponding material is not connected to ...: 120 is not connected to the network 102. The lost wireless signal 12 1244022 Π ° 413 is that the hub 107 cannot communicate with the network 102 on the wireless link. If there is a loss of wireless signal, each pump indicator -411 will also be turned off. This indicates that the hub 107 is not communicating with the network 102. / When the right rabbit loses the wireless signal, the hub, ig7 will This event will be passed to the department's first station, Kushiro 1 02, the central computer system.] 8 and the server will be used for the final, and will be lost to 4 people. This warning mute button will allow the healthcare worker 116 to be connected from the hub 10. 7 Temporarily silence all audible warnings. An alternative embodiment of the communication hub is a single dedicated wireless module that is actually within the chestnut, or a separate module that uses wireless communication to pass to m and the server. The hub 107 can optionally be equipped with an integrated medical / communications unit that will also be operated in relation to each other. In addition, in an alternative embodiment, the ground is incorporated into the infusion pump 120 to produce a device. The combined hub / medical equipment still has 0 multiple access it
如同在第3圖中所示,在醫療保健設施内的複數伯 14係提供一個介面在無線通訊路徑以及纜線通窗 統之間。較佳地’當系統網路102無法利用的時候,# ㈣”系儲存從請接收到的信號,並且接著在該系 ,罔路艾為可利用時,傳送轉換後的信號至系統網路⑼ 在 > :較佳實施例中,在集線器1〇7與存取點!“之間 通訊是單向的從該集線器1〇7至存取點114,並且最終 6亥網路102。因此,在本實施例中,輸液泵120可以傳 貧料至㈣1〇2;然而,該網路1〇2無法傳送資料至輸 13 1244022 泵120 &而,可理解到的是,亦在此被揭露之替代的實、 施例:’在集線器107與存取點114之間的通訊是雙向的, 於疋,在這些實施例中,資料及其它的資訊可以從網路 1〇2被傳送至輸液泵12G。在任_種情形中,在網路1〇2與 木線1 07之間傳达的貧訊係為了安全性之目的而被編碼 〇 蓋體系統的t-^多、統伺服器/電腦 現在請參考第1與3圖,中央系統108可以包含一或 多個祠服器或是電腦。儘管此揭露内容大致上是指伺服H · 1 09 1 08a ’但可瞭解到的是,這些組件可以是非祠服器的 電腦。較佳地(但非必要的)’該中央系统1〇8可以包含一 個第一中央舰器或電冑⑽以及—個第二中央伺服器或 電腦108a。在一個實施例中,一個別的通訊系统ι〇3可以 被設置以用於在該第_中央伺服胃1〇9以及第二中央伺服 益108a之間通訊。在—個較佳實施例中,該個別的通訊系 、’先103 { 獨立之點至點的纜線通訊乙太網路。因為此 通訊系統103是-個獨立之點對點的系統連線,因此在該籲 兩個伺服器109、l〇8a之間傳遞的資料典型地並未被加密 (encrypted)。典型地,在該兩個伺服器1〇9與l〇8a之間 的通訊系統係容許雙向的通訊。 如同在此所詳細解說者,該第一中央祠服器或電腦 109係具有相關於醫療器材及使用者介面的資料與功能之 一個第一資料庫以及一個第一功能特徵集(f⑼伪” 該醫療器材120及使用者介面118大致上是直接與第一中 14 1244022 央電腦109通訊。再者,如同在此所詳細解說者,該第二· :央伺服器或電腦⑽a係具有一個第二資料庫以及一個第* ::能特徵集。該第一中央電腦1〇9係固接地連接至第二 “4 108a而5亥面療益材120以及使用者介面118並未直 ,與第二中央電腦1〇8a通訊。使用者介面ιΐ8可以透過該 弟-中央電腦109’從相關於該第二中央電腦购的第二 功能特徵集之第二資料庫接收資料。 »亥第—中央伺服器丨〇8a以及其軟體次系統典型地係盥 一個藥局系統介面連接,以提供有關藥品、病患的資訊並籲 且提,護士及其它的醫護人員典型的工作流程(w〇rkfi〇w) °亥第一中央伺服器1 08a亦和該第一中央伺服器109介面 連接,以提供有關病患、護士、醫護人員、指令以及在數 位助理118以及醫護人員之間的關聯之資訊。該第二中央 伺服m 108a中的某些其它功能可以包含病患管理、物品管 理°又她官理、訊息傳送、報告/圖表的表示、以及各種 至其它糸統的介面。 尤其,病患管理係指有關每位進到醫院或設施的病患· 之一觳的貝矾。此資訊是和每次就診相關的資訊一起被維 持並且其大致包含基本資料、過敏、入院日期、出院日 期、初一人5乡斷、病房、病床、等等。此外,#關每一種已 經被開處方、預定並且給藥的藥物之資訊係由第二中央祠 服印1 08a所維持。該病患管理功能亦包含先前之不良反應 的檢查、藥物交互作用的檢查、重複的治療(therapy)之檢 查、劑量的檢查以及藥品-疾病的禁忌症 15 1244022 (contraindication)。 物品官理係指有關在設施中可利用的每種藥品之資訊 。此資訊係被管理及維持在該第二中央伺服器之内。 2種資訊係包含藥品名稱、強度、治療分類、製造商、等 +等。再者’该第二中央伺服器108a係在即時的基礎上維持 杂物儲藏處以及其它的智慧型儲存位置之物品内容的永續 盤存(听邮㈣inventory)。該第二中央飼服器⑽係 有助於使得當儲藏處被補充以及當劑量被投藥或是抛棄時 之進行更新成為可能的。 設施管理係指描述整體設施的資訊。此資訊係被管理 及維持在系統210的第二中央伺服器ma之内。此資訊係 13 .认⑯之實體的解析成為建築物、樓層、單位、病房 以及病床,所提供的方案與服務以及何處提供該些方案與 服矛力之表列,儲存藥品與補給物品的健存單元以及該 品與補給物品將會供應的位置之指明。 —,、 訊息傳㈣指該第二中央伺服器⑽"功能,其中第 一中央飼服器1 08a得蔣祖—7欠、;κ 一条、訊鍵路在藥劑師與醫護人 二 第二中央飼服器⑽“系使得劑量與特棒華 指令之標準化成為可能,並且盆 沐梁 如曰 八係自動地傳迗對於缺少的 Μ 之通知。報告與圖表 、 理報告,其可以隨”地仔到一些經營與管 210之被授權的使用者加以執行。 精由糸統 浙二中央伺服108a亦具有各種的介面,例如. 浙介面、開帳單⑽㈣)介面、離散的結果介面、文件 16 1244022As shown in Figure 3, the Plural 14 Series in a healthcare facility provides an interface between the wireless communication path and the cable window system. Preferably, when the system network 102 is unavailable, # # ”stores the signal received from the request, and then in this department, when Kushiro Ai is available, sends the converted signal to the system network. In the > preferred embodiment, the communication between the hub 107 and the access point! "Is one-way from the hub 107 to the access point 114, and finally the network 102. Therefore, in this embodiment, the infusion pump 120 can transmit lean material to ㈣102; however, the network 102 cannot send data to 输 13 1244022 pump 120 & it can be understood that it is also here The disclosed alternative embodiment: 'The communication between the hub 107 and the access point 114 is bi-directional. In these examples, data and other information can be transmitted from the network 102. Go to the infusion pump 12G. In any case, the poor information transmitted between the network 102 and the wooden line 107 is coded for security purposes. The t- ^ of the cover system, the server / computer, please Referring to Figures 1 and 3, the central system 108 may include one or more temple servers or computers. Although this disclosure basically refers to the servo H · 1 09 1 08a ', it can be understood that these components can be computers other than the server. Preferably (but not necessarily) 'the central system 108 may include a first central warship or a radio and a second central server or computer 108a. In one embodiment, another communication system ι03 may be provided for communication between the first central servo 109 and the second central servo 108a. In a preferred embodiment, the individual communication system is a first point-to-point cable communication Ethernet. Because the communication system 103 is an independent point-to-point system connection, the data transmitted between the two servers 109, 108a is typically not encrypted. Typically, the communication system between the two servers 109 and 108a allows two-way communication. As explained in detail here, the first central temple server or computer 109 is a first database and a first feature set (f⑼False) of data and functions related to medical equipment and user interfaces. The medical device 120 and the user interface 118 generally communicate directly with the first computer 14 1244022 central computer 109. Furthermore, as explained in detail here, the second: the central server or computer ⑽a has a second Database and a first *: capable feature set. The first central computer 1009 is solidly connected to the second "4 108a" and the 5H surface treatment material 120 and the user interface 118 are not directly connected to the second The central computer 108a communicates. The user interface ιΐ8 can receive data from the second database related to the second functional feature set purchased by the second central computer through the younger central computer 109 '. »第 第 —central server丨 〇8a and its software sub-system are typically connected to a pharmacy system to provide information about drugs and patients and to mention the typical workflow of nurses and other medical staff (workfiow) ° hai A first central server 108a is also interfaced with the first central server 109 to provide information about patients, nurses, medical staff, instructions and associations between the digital assistant 118 and medical staff. The second central Some other functions in the servo 108a may include patient management, item management, management, messaging, report / graphic representation, and various interfaces to other systems. In particular, patient management refers to Patients who are admitted to a hospital or facility. One of them is this one. This information is maintained along with information related to each visit and it contains basic information, allergies, admission date, discharge date, and the first person. , Ward, hospital bed, etc. In addition, #OFF information on each drug that has been prescribed, booked, and administered is maintained by the Second Central Temple Service Seal 08a. This patient management function also includes previous defects Examination of reactions, examination of drug interactions, examination of repeated therapies, examination of doses, and contraindications for drug-disease 15 1244022 (contraindication). Article management refers to information about each drug available in the facility. This information is managed and maintained within the second central server. 2 types of information include drug name, strength, treatment classification, manufacturer , Etc., etc. Furthermore, the second central server 108a maintains a permanent inventory of the contents of the sundries storage place and other smart storage locations on an instant basis (listening to the post). The second central server The feeder system helps to make it possible to replenish when the store is replenished and when the dose is administered or discarded. Facility management refers to the information describing the overall facility. This information is managed and maintained in the system 210 Within the second central server ma. This information is 13. The analysis of the recognized entities becomes the list of buildings, floors, units, wards and beds, the plans and services provided, and where to provide those plans and services, and the storage of medicines and supplies. Designation of the storage unit and where the item and supplies will be supplied. — ,, the message transmission refers to the function of the second central server, in which the first central feeding device 108a gets Jiang Zu-7 owing; κ one, the key link is between the pharmacist and the medical staff two second central The feeder system "makes it possible to standardize the dosage and the superb Chinese instructions, and the eighth series automatically transmits the notification of the missing M. Reports and charts, management reports, which can follow the" Go to some authorized users who operate and manage 210. Centralized servo system 108a also has various interfaces, such as Zhejiang interface, billing interface), discrete results interface, file 16 1244022
結j介面、處方(formulary)介面、藥局指令介面、治療點 藥’I面以及存貨介面。這些介面係在以下更加詳細地被 解說’然而,概要的解說係立即在以下被提出。該樹介 面係指設施的入院、轉院及出院系統(ADT)。此系統典型地 亦運作有入院前以及門診病人(outpatient)的掛號。該離 ,的結果介面係指有關實驗室結果的介面。一般而言,在 貫驗室結果以及補充的指令被輸入到外部的實驗室資訊系 先之後纟HL7引擎内之離散的結果介面或是實驗室介面 係轉移此資料至第二_央㈣器1G8a。—旦該實驗室結果 被儲存在第二中央伺服器1〇8a中,使用者可以從手持式裝 置、電腦化的醫師(physician)指令輸人(cp〇E)系統以 及第二中央電腦l〇8a的主要應用程式來查看該實驗室結果 。實驗室介面係可利用於至少四種介面··放射線醫學 (rachology)實驗室介面、微生物學(micr〇bi〇i〇灯)實驗室 介面、生物化學(biochemistry)實驗室介面以及病理學 (pathology)實驗室介面。這些介面可以被配置以運作在四 個不同的埠之上或是在相同的蜂之上。該文件結果介面大 致係指接受放射線醫學與病理學報告的第二中央伺服器 l〇8a。該處方介面大致係指能夠接受主控化““幻檔案通 知以同步化外部的系統藥品檔案之第二中央伺服器^心。 對於一個處方的改變將會從該伺服器1〇化觸發一項向外的 父易至外部的第三者系統。該藥局指令介面係使得用藥指 令能夠被傳送至外部的第三者系統。該存貨介面係使得接 受來自外部的第三者系統之藥局存貨的改變成為可能的。 17 1244022 弟-中央伺服器108“系儲存指令及藥品檔案的改變在伺服· 器資料庫中,其接著傳送此資訊至任何第三者的推車介面 在HL7引擎内之第三者的推車介面係處理此 _的_以及_訊息。該_訊息係包含藥品槽= ^ ’而RDE係包含病患指令資訊。言亥口引擎係接著傳送 w些訊息至第三者的推車飼服器。該肌7引擎亦從該第三 者的推車飼服器接& HL7格式化的DFT訊息。該DFT訊息 係包含用於給藥的開帳單資訊。言亥HL7引擎係處理此資訊籲 並且接者傳送其至第二中央伺服器1〇8a,該第二中央伺服 器108'接著可以將此資訊傳送至—個開帳單的應用程式。 忒開帳早的應用程式接著可以計算病患的費用並且開發⑧ 給該病患。該開帳單介面係指一個有關病患費用軟體二 面三該開帳單介面係支援選擇性地使用開帳單的演算法以 計算費用。該開帳單介面係處理内部的交易以及來自第三 者系統之外部的向内(inb嶋d)交易。該開帳單介面係提: 一個HL7介面在該第二中央伺服器1〇8a以及醫院的第三者_ 金融系統之間。帳單的金額可以直接被傳送、或是病患的 費用可以藉由該開帳單介面而被計算出,以傳送至該醫院 的第三者金融系統。該資訊係經自HL7訊息即時地被傳送 。該治療點介面係由整合有關對於非輸液相關的資料之治 療點給藥的貢訊之網路服務通訊所組成。這些資料係即時 地被傳遞,以便使得該使用者介面可以整合對於輪液相關 的以及非輸液相關的藥物之給藥。 18 1244022 相反地,該第一中央伺服器109係具有軟體被載入且 配置用於傳送與接收資料往返於多個集線器1 〇 7、多個數 位助理或使用者介面118以及第二中央伺服器丨〇8a之間。 如同以下所詳細解說者,該第一中央伺服器】〇9可以執行 數個功能,其包含(但不限於):比較從伺服器1〇8a所接收 到的處方(prescription)參數與從集線器1〇7系統所接收 到的可應用之規劃後的泵設定;傳遞通知及訊息至數位助 理118,傳遞從集線器107系統所接收到的警報及 警告(alert)資訊至適當的數位助理118 ;傳遞從伺服器 l〇8a所傳來的藥局及病患資訊至適當的數位助理ιΐ8;以 及:譯泵狀態及警報監視資料並且在週期性的基礎上傳遞 此貝料至伺服^ ! 08a。若必要時,由飼服器丄〇9所執行的 動作係符合1 996年(8月21日)的健康保險可攜性法案 (Health Insurance Portability Act),1〇4.101 〇 /、3L地吊駐在该第一中央電腦或伺服器j 〇 9中的資料是 個與常駐在該第二中央電腦或飼服器⑽&中的資料之交 集處。伺服器⑽係、包含執行其功能所需之内含在伺服器 =8a中的資料之_個子集合。伺服器⑽亦包含執行其功 能所需之相關m網路1G2、集線器1G7以及輸液果12〇 的貧料。如上所解說者,此種資料大致上是用於數位助理 118以及醫療器材!2〇的功能或實施所需之資料。 r在一個實施例中,醫療器# 12〇或其它的器材與功能 ^ 2、,與第一中央電腦109、l〇8a中的醫院資訊系統之 種口乎成本效益的整合係被提出,其係藉由隔離上述的 1244022 總貧料之一個子集合,例如,特別有關病患安全的資訊, 並且σ又置此種資訊及功能在該系統之一個被確認的/被驗 證的(validated/verified)部分中。在此背景中,亦即 FDA規定的背景中,“被驗證的,,係表示提供所有的要件都 被測忒過之客觀的證據,而“被確認的,,係表示提供該產品 符合客戶需求之客觀的證據。在本實施例中,該系統之被 確認的部分係位在該第一中央電腦1〇9之内。在一個實施 例中β亥子集合可以包含輸液泵所產生的警報及/或馨止J interface, formulay interface, pharmacy instruction interface, treatment point medicine'I interface, and inventory interface. These interfaces are explained in more detail below ', however, a brief explanation is immediately presented below. The tree interface refers to the facility's admission, transfer, and discharge system (ADT). This system also typically operates with pre-hospital and outpatient registrations. The result interface of the separation refers to the interface of laboratory results. Generally speaking, after the results of the laboratory and the supplementary instructions are input to the external laboratory information system, the discrete results interface in the HL7 engine or the laboratory interface transfers this data to the second _ 央 ㈣ 器 1G8a . -Once the laboratory results are stored in the second central server 108a, the user can enter the cp0E system from the handheld device, a computerized physician (physician) command, and the second central computer 108. 8a's main application to view the lab results. The laboratory interface system can be used in at least four kinds of interfaces. · Rachology laboratory interface, microbiology (micrObiOiO) laboratory interface, biochemistry laboratory interface, and pathology. ) Laboratory interface. These interfaces can be configured to operate on four different ports or on the same bee. The result interface of this document is roughly the second central server 108a receiving radiological and pathology reports. The prescription interface generally refers to a second central server that can accept the master control "" magic file notification to synchronize external system drug files. A change to a prescription will trigger an external third party system from the server to the external parent. The pharmacy instruction interface enables medication instructions to be transmitted to external third-party systems. This inventory interface makes it possible to accept changes in pharmacy inventory from external third-party systems. 17 1244022 Brother-Central Server 108 "is the storage order and the change of drug file in the servo database, which then sends this information to the cart interface of any third party in the third party cart in the HL7 engine The interface deals with this _ and _ messages. The _message contains the medicine tank = ^ 'and the RDE contains the patient's order information. The Yanhaikou engine then sends some messages to the third party's cart feeder The muscle 7 engine also receives & HL7 formatted DFT messages from the third party's trolley feeder. The DFT message contains billing information for drug administration. The HL7 engine processes this information. The caller then sends it to a second central server 108a, which can then send this information to a billing application. 早 The application that opened the account can then calculate the disease The billing interface refers to a software package for patient costs. The billing interface supports the optional use of billing algorithms to calculate costs. The billing interface The billing interface deals with internal transactions and Inb 嶋 d transactions from outside the third party system. The billing interface refers to: an HL7 interface between the second central server 108a and the hospital's third party_ financial system. The amount of the bill can be transmitted directly, or the patient's cost can be calculated through the billing interface to be transmitted to the hospital's third-party financial system. The information is instantly transmitted from the HL7 message Sent. The treatment point interface is composed of Gongxun's web service communications that integrate treatment points for non-infusion-related data. These data are transmitted in real time so that the user interface can integrate Administration of fluid-related and non-infusion-related drugs. 18 1244022 Conversely, the first central server 109 has software loaded and configured to send and receive data to and from multiple hubs 107, multiple Between the digital assistant or user interface 118 and the second central server 丨 〇8a. As explained in detail below, the first central server] 09 can perform several functions, including (but not (Y): Compare the prescription parameters received from the server 108a with the applicable pump settings received from the hub 107 system; pass notifications and messages to the digital assistant 118, pass from The alarm and alert information received by the hub 107 system to the appropriate digital assistant 118; the pharmacy and patient information transmitted from the server 108a to the appropriate digital assistant 8; and: the pump status And alarm monitoring data and pass this material to the servo on a periodic basis ^ 08a. If necessary, the actions performed by the feeder 服 09 are in compliance with the health insurance of 1996 (August 21) The Portability Act (Health Insurance Portability Act), 10.41.10 /, 3L of data hung in the first central computer or server j 〇9 is the same as that resident in the second central computer or server; & Intersection of information in. The server is a subset of the data contained in the server = 8a that is required to perform its functions. The server ⑽ also contains the lean material of the relevant m-network 1G2, the hub 1G7, and the infusion fruit 120, which are required to perform its functions. As explained above, this kind of information is roughly used for digital assistants 118 and medical equipment! 20 functions or information required for implementation. In one embodiment, medical device # 120 or other equipment and functions ^ 2, and cost-effective integration with the hospital information system in the first central computer 109, 108a are proposed, which By isolating a subset of the above-mentioned 1244022 total poverty material, for example, information about patient safety in particular, and σ also places such information and functions in a validated / verified system ) Section. In this context, that is, in the context of the FDA, "verified," means to provide objective evidence that all requirements have been tested, and "confirmed," to indicate that the provision of the product meets customer needs. Objective evidence. In this embodiment, the confirmed part of the system is located within the first central computer 1009. In one embodiment, the β-Haizi collection may include alarms and / or alarms generated by the infusion pump.
、以及/或是醫療器材12〇/輸液泵12〇/控制器12〇之規書I 或是操作的參數資訊。此子集合係被隔離並且設置於系鱗 之被確認的部分,亦即在第一中央電腦109之内,而該整 體資料之其餘的部份係被維持在該系統之未被確認的部份 之貧料庫中,亦即在第二中央電腦108a之内。位在該第一 中央電腦109之被確認的資料庫以及位在該第二中央電腦 之未被確認的資料庫係利用網路服務備^ (replication)而被保持為同步的,即如同具有該項技術之 通常技能者從以下所提供的細節將會更加瞭解者。、一個替 代的實施例可以包含存在於單一電腦上的系統之被確認的 ,及未被確認的部份,並且在功能上藉由一個軟體防火、 (例如,作業系統的特點或是其它的〇TS軟體)加以卩s P ::同將在以下描述者,該“同步(syncin_ ^而週期性地、在其它預設的時間以 ^ . 疋田例如發生 病心登記狀態之重要的資料改變而有需要時被執行。在門 m之下,一份全新的備援的資料係被傳送至另一 〇 t夹電腦 20 1244022 ’並且被確認的第一中央電腦1〇9係用該份新的資料取代 ::本地的貝料。當關鍵性的(critica"資訊改變時,該改 文係立即被傳遞至該被確認的第―中央電@ iQ9,並且被 成項改交,而不是對於現有的資訊之取代。因此, 該第一中央電腦109之資料庫的子集合之一部份或是 :。卩亦存在於该第二中央電腦丨〇8a,即如同將會從在此所 提供的細節而瞭解到者。請參考以下所提供的細節,此過 轾將會更能被理解。因此’藉由將該資料庫的一個子集合 例如,特別有關病患安全的資料局部化在該第—中央電籲 腦之處,至少系統開發的成本係進一步被最佳化,並且與 第三者未被確認的系統及其中之個別的資料與資訊之整合 係更為省時且合乎成本效益地被完成。 在一個實施例中,該第一中央電腦1〇9可以包括一個 被確認的伺服器,例如,具有視f 2〇〇3伺服器〇s的 Compaq公司之DLG-380,其係執行用於使用者及裝置確認 的動恶目錄(Active Directory),,、用於伺服器以及客戶 憑證的發出之“憑證認證中心(Certificate Auth〇rity)”、· 用於暫時的資料儲存之SQL伺服器2〇〇〇、用於應用程式代 官(application hosting)(網路服務及網頁)之網際網路資 訊伺服器(I IS)。該第二中央電腦108a可以包括一個未被 確認的伺服器,例如,外部的醫院資訊系統(HIS)伺服器, 其係透過一條專用的乙太網路Tcp/Ip連線1〇3以連接存取 藉由在該專用的連線之另一端處之被確認的伺服器所顯示 出之資料備援網路服務。或者,該第二中央電腦j 〇8a可以 21 1244022 用方;執仃在此一般所述之各種功能中的一 種功能,例如“ X夕 ’樂局及其它的系統。因此,該第-中.雷 腦可以舍扛、丄& — r天电 c估$些類型的功能並且具有一個連到其它系統的 介面,>fei| .» /、、 戈’外部的醫院資訊系統(HIS)伺服器。 古歹繁 _ rf> ^ —中央電腦(亦即’伺服器109)係包含—個内含 -套:料儲存之資料庫或是第一資料庫。在一個實施例中 該第一資料庫可以是在第一中央電腦109的外部或是内 P “而車乂佳地是只有如第54圖中所示的載入到該第一卡 ^電恥之上的應用程式5412之使用者才可使用。在該第一 貝料庫内 < 資料表係序皮使用☆在此進一步所述的使用例子 2較佳地,該資料表係包含有關醫療器材、數位助理、 、、^病患是濩人員、處方、滴定(titration)、比較 ‘報以及提昇警訊(escalation)之表。再者,醫 療器材表可包含有關泵、泵通道、泵次通道之表。再者, i報表可包含有關集線器警報、泵警報、通道警報、警報 歷史日諸、與類似者之表。 在一個實施例中,每個表可包含一個關鍵號(key),其 中在该表内之資料係回應於該關鍵號。例如,對應於一個 有關泵通道資訊記錄(1〇g)之表的一個關鍵號可以是一個泵 通道記錄的識別,其中回應於該關鍵號,有關通道識別、 泵速率、劑量模式、劑量、剩餘量、主要的輸液量、與類 似者之表負料係被提供。再者,該表可以是連結式的 (1 inked)。譬如’一個具有病患資訊的病患表可以被連結 至一個醫護人員表’該醫護人員表可以被連結至一個數位 22 1244022 助理表。 第3圖的病患照顧系統100可以被區分為集線器次系 統、第一中央電腦或是伺服器次系統、醫療器材或是泵次 系統、第二令央電腦或是伺服器次系統以及個人數位助理 (PDA)次系統。該集線器次系統以及第一中央電腦次系統係 在此進一步詳細地加以敘述。現在轉而談到該醫療器材次 系統’此次系統較佳地係包含一或多個醫療器材1 20,例 如 , ^ ’用於容許藥物能夠傳送至病患的輸液裝置,其令每個 輪液裳置的狀態及輸液資訊係週期性地從每個裝置相關的書 通訊埠被傳送。 一般而言’該第二中央電腦次系統是一個具有電腦硬 體及軟體用於與藥局系統介面連接的伺服器108a,以提供 有關於藥品 '病患及典型的護士工作流程之資訊。該伺服 器108a也可以具有如在此先前所述之各種其它的應用程式 例如’連到醫院資訊系統(HIS)的介面。較佳地,該第二 中央電腦介面係與第一中央電腦次系統介面連接,以提供 4第-中央電腦有關病患、護士、指令以及在個人數位助_ 理與護士或醫護人員之間的關連之資訊。 在一個實施例中,一個中央電腦係具有至少兩個環境 個被確涊的環境以及一個未被確認的環境。該被確認 的% i兄可以具有一個帶有一組應用程式以及一個第一資料 庫的第-作業系統。該第_資料庫可以具有一個與其中的 某_貝料相關之第一功能特徵集。在一個實施例中,此功 能特徵集具有相關醫療器材以及用於該醫療器材的使用者 23 1244022 2面之功能。該醫療器材以及使用者介面係與該被確認的 _ :i兄直接且安全地通訊。該未被確認的環境可以具有一個 =有一組應用程式以及一個第二資料庫的第二作業系統。 4第二資料庫可以具有一個與其中的某些資料相關之第二 1能特徵集。典型地,在該被確認的環境以及未被確認的 每境之間有邏輯上的區隔。該使用者介面可以透過該系統 確認的部份,從相關於該第二功能特徵的資料庫之未確認 勺邛伤接收貧料。在一個實施例中,該確認的部份係藉由 y用軟體做成的邏輯上的區隔或是防火牆來和該未確認的春 部份分隔開。例如是VMware以及虛擬的(Virtual)pc之各 種的軟體是在相同的伺服器之上模擬多個環境的模擬軟體 例子。在另一實施例中,該確認的部份可以是在第一中央 電腦109上,並且該未確認的部份可以是在第二中央電腦 1 〇8a上。在另一實施例中,該中央電腦係包括一個第一伺 服器以及一個第二個別的伺服器。該第一與第二伺服器係 藉由防火牆而被分開,並且該中央電腦之中央確認的部份 係存在於該第一伺服器,而該中央電腦之第二未確認的部鲁 份係存在於該第二伺服器。 較佳地,如同在此說明書的別處所詳細解說的,該個 人數位助理次系統係包含一或多個小型可攜式的裝置1 ^ 8 ,其係提供醫護人員及護士 116(第丨圖)有關其病患、包 含警報與警告資訊的傳遞之輸液的狀態、以及輸液比較結 果之遠端的資訊。如同在此所論述者,該第一中央電腦係 運作地連接至該PDA次系統之内的一或多個個人數位助理 24 1244022 118°在—個實施例中,個人數位助理是以視窗cE.NET為 土楚的並且被使用作為醫護人員的終端裝置。尤其,該 個人數位助理可以透過保密的ρκι認證的(麟邮 無線LAN(802· 1χ)連線而運作地連接至該第一中央電腦, 即如在此更詳細所解說者。 該集線H。欠系統較佳地得、包含例如是一或多個集線器 :〇7的組件用於從醫療器材120接收資料、傳送泵資料至 第。。中央電腦次系、统! 〇9、以及偵測可能會與一或多個集And / or regulation I of medical equipment 12 / infusion pump 12 / controller 12 or operating parameter information. This sub-collection is isolated and set in the confirmed part of the system, that is, in the first central computer 109, and the rest of the overall data is maintained in the unconfirmed part of the system In the poor library, that is, within the second central computer 108a. The confirmed database located on the first central computer 109 and the unconfirmed database located on the second central computer are kept synchronized using the network service backup (replication), as if having the Those skilled in the art will know more from the details provided below. An alternative embodiment may include the identified and unconfirmed parts of the system that exist on a single computer and be functionally protected by a software fire (for example, features of the operating system or other features). TS software) add 卩 s P :: the same will be described in the following, the "synchronization (syncin_ ^ and periodically, at other preset times with ^. When necessary, it is executed. Under the door m, a brand-new redundant data is transmitted to another 〇t folder computer 20 1244022 'and the confirmed first central computer 109 uses the new data. Replaced by :: local shellfish. When critical (critica " information changes, the text is immediately passed to the confirmed No.-Central Power @ iQ9, and it is transferred to the project instead of the existing one. The replacement of information. Therefore, a part of the subset of the database of the first central computer 109 is either: 卩 also exists in the second central computer 〇8a, as the details will be provided from here And learners. Please refer to The details provided below will make this process more comprehensible. Therefore, 'by localizing a subset of the database, for example, information about patient safety in particular, At least the cost of system development is further optimized, and integration with third-party unidentified systems and their individual data and information is done more time-saving and cost-effectively. In one embodiment The first central computer 109 may include a confirmed server, for example, Compaq's DLG-380 with a video server 2003, which is used to perform user and device confirmation. Active Directory, "Certificate Authority" for server and client certificate issuance, SQL server 2000 for temporary data storage, for Internet Information Server (I IS) for application hosting (web services and web pages). The second central computer 108a may include an unidentified server, such as an external Hospital Information System (HIS) server, which is connected via a dedicated Ethernet TCP / IP connection 10 to access access through a server identified by the other end of the dedicated connection The displayed data can be used to back up network services. Alternatively, the second central computer j 〇8a can be used by 21 1244022; perform one of the various functions generally described here, such as "Xxi 'Music Bureau and others" Therefore, the first-middle. Lei Nao can carry, 丄 & — r Tiandian c estimate some types of functions and has an interface to other systems, > fei |. »/ 、, Ge 'External Hospital Information System (HIS) server. Gu Xifan _ rf > ^ — The central computer (ie, the 'server 109') contains an inclusive set: the database or the first database for material storage. In one embodiment, the first database may be external or internal to the first central computer 109, and the vehicle may be loaded into the first card only as shown in FIG. 54. Only the users of the above application program 5412 can use it. In the first shell storehouse, the data table is used in sequence ☆ The use example 2 described further herein preferably, the data table contains relevant medical information Equipment, digital assistants, and patients are tables of personnel, prescriptions, titrations, comparison reports, and escalations. Furthermore, the medical equipment table may include information about pumps, pump channels, and pump times. Channel table. In addition, the i report may include tables related to hub alarms, pump alarms, channel alarms, alarm history, and the like. In one embodiment, each table may include a key, The information in the table is in response to the key number. For example, a key number corresponding to a table about a pump channel information record (10g) may be the identification of a pump channel record, in which the key number is responded to About channel knowledge , Pump rate, dose mode, dose, remaining amount, main infusion volume, and similar negatives are provided. Furthermore, the table can be linked (1 inked). For example, 'a patient with information The patient table can be linked to a medical staff table 'The medical staff table can be linked to a digital 22 1244022 assistant table. The patient care system 100 in Figure 3 can be divided into a hub subsystem, a first central computer or It is a server subsystem, a medical equipment or pump subsystem, a second central computer or server subsystem, and a personal digital assistant (PDA) subsystem. The hub subsystem and the first central computer subsystem are further developed here. Described in detail. Turning now to the medical device sub-system 'this time the system preferably includes one or more medical devices 120, for example, ^' an infusion device for allowing a drug to be delivered to a patient, It causes the status of each fluid and the infusion information to be periodically transmitted from the book communication port associated with each device. Generally speaking, 'the second central computer subsystem is A server 108a with computer hardware and software for interfacing with the pharmacy system to provide information on drug 'patients and typical nurse workflows. The server 108a may also have as previously described herein Various other applications such as' connected to a hospital information system (HIS) interface. Preferably, the second central computer interface is connected to the first central computer subsystem interface to provide a 4th-central computer-related patient , Nurses, instructions, and information about relationships between personal digital assistants and nurses or medical staff. In one embodiment, a central computer system has at least two environments, one identified environment, and one unidentified Environment. The identified elder brother may have a first operating system with a set of applications and a first database. The _th database can have a first functional feature set related to a certain _ shell material therein. In one embodiment, this feature set has functions related to the medical device and the user 23 1244022 for the medical device. The medical device and user interface communicate directly and securely with the identified _: i brother. The unconfirmed environment may have a second operating system with a set of applications and a second database. 4 The second database may have a second set of features that are related to some of them. Typically, there is a logical distinction between this identified environment and each unconfirmed environment. The user interface can receive the poor material from the unconfirmed scab of the database related to the second functional feature through the confirmed part of the system. In one embodiment, the confirmed portion is separated from the unconfirmed spring portion by a logical partition or firewall made by software. Various software such as VMware and Virtual PC are examples of simulation software that simulates multiple environments on the same server. In another embodiment, the confirmed part may be on the first central computer 109, and the unconfirmed part may be on the second central computer 108a. In another embodiment, the central computer system includes a first server and a second individual server. The first and second servers are separated by a firewall, and the centrally-confirmed part of the central computer exists on the first server, while the second unconfirmed part of the central computer exists on The second server. Preferably, as explained in detail elsewhere in this specification, the personal digital assistant subsystem includes one or more small portable devices 1 ^ 8, which provide medical staff and nurses 116 (Figure 丨) Information about the patient, the status of the infusion containing the delivery of alerts and warnings, and the remote end of the infusion comparison results. As discussed herein, the first central computer system is operatively connected to one or more personal digital assistants 24 1244022 118 ° within the PDA secondary system. In one embodiment, the personal digital assistant is a window cE. NET is earthy and is used as a terminal device for medical staff. In particular, the personal digital assistant can be operatively connected to the first central computer via a secure ρκι authentication (Linyou wireless LAN (802 · 1χ) connection, as explained in more detail here.) The hub H. The under system preferably includes, for example, one or more hubs: 〇7 components for receiving data from the medical equipment 120, transmitting pump data to the central computer subsystem, system! 〇9, and detection possibilities With one or more episodes
線器進行資料通訊的情況。 、 如先前所指的,在一個實施例中,該集線器次系統内 之集線器1G7係透過單向的串列通訊鏈路1()5肖多達四個 輸液裝置120介面連接,其中該些輸液裝置係在週期性的 基礎上傳送包含泵狀態資訊的訊息(亦即,資料封包)至該 集線器。或者是,該封包可以根據使用者定義的標準,例 如’定期的時間間隔、事件的發生、時間間隔與事件發生 的組合、或類似者來加以傳送。Data communication. As mentioned previously, in one embodiment, the hub 1G7 in the hub subsystem is connected through a unidirectional serial communication link 1 (5) and up to four infusion devices 120 interfaces, where the infusions The device sends a message (ie, a data packet) containing pump status information to the hub on a periodic basis. Alternatively, the packet may be transmitted according to a user-defined standard, such as a 'regular time interval, the occurrence of an event, a combination of a time interval and an event occurrence, or the like.
在一個實施例中,該集線器次系統之内的每個集線器 1 07係利用一個内建的無線網路收發機來過濾進入的資訊 乂去除重複的矾息、儲存並且接著傳遞泵資訊至第一中央 電腦次系、统。在一個實施例中,該泵資訊並未被傳遞,除 非從該醫療器材所接收的資料已經改變。 内建於集線器107的收發機係指定路由給該離開! (〇Utgoing)資訊至一個無線存取點114,於是該無線存] ”、’占11 4係利用該連線的乙太網路次系統丨丨〇來指定路由含 25 1244022 該資訊至第一中央電腦1〇9。此離開的資訊較佳地係包含 XML編碼的資料,其係被格式化成特別被設計以藉由網路 服務類型的軟體介面接收之s〇Ap訊息。 如同具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的, 该名詞“XML”係指一種用於組織及附加(tag)網路文件的單 元之系、、先其中’在利用XML之下,客製的(cust〇mized) 標籤可被產生以用於使得在應用程式之間以及在系統或是 次系統之間的資料之定義、傳輸、確認、以及解譯 (interpretation)成為可能的。再者,如同在此所用者, 該名詞“網路服務”係指利用XML以及s〇Ap之整合的網路為 基礎的服務’纟中該名詞“讀,,是—種訊息傳送的協定, 其係被m網%或是通訊路徑送網^服務請求訊息 及回應訊息之前,編碼在網路服務請求訊息及回應訊息中 之資訊。In one embodiment, each of the hubs 107 in the hub subsystem utilizes a built-in wireless network transceiver to filter incoming information, remove duplicates, store, and then pass pump information to the first Central computer subsystem, system. In one embodiment, the pump information is not transmitted unless the data received from the medical device has changed. The transceiver built into the hub 107 is designated to route to the leaving! (〇Utgoing) information to a wireless access point 114, so the wireless storage], "accounting for 11 4 series of Ethernet networks using this connection The system 丨 丨 〇 specifies a route containing 25 1244022 to the first central computer 109. The departure information preferably contains XML-encoded data, which is formatted to be specifically designed to use the type of network service The software interface receives the soAp message. As will be recognized by those with ordinary skills in this technology, the term "XML" refers to a unit for organizing and tagging web files. Under the use of XML, customized tags can be generated to enable the definition, transmission, and confirmation of data between applications and between systems or sub-systems Interpretation is possible. Furthermore, as used herein, the term "web service" refers to a web-based service using the integration of XML and s0Ap, the term "纟 中" Read, yes—a message Prior to the agreement, which was sent to the Department of network communication path or m ^% net service request message and responding to messages encoded in the web service request and response messages in the message information.
一中央電腦次系統之間。A central computer between systems.
中央電腦或是伺服器應用程式 14 之 COMPAQ DLG-380 央電腦10 9的記憶體 架構(Framework)5416 應用程式5412、一個 26 1244022 用於使用者以及裝置的確認之動態目錄網域(D〇main)服務 5418、一個用於暫時的資料儲存之SQL伺服器542〇(被展 ’ 示為個資料庫)、以及用於應用程式代管的網際網路資 訊伺服器5422(IIS)。該.NET架構5416較佳地是微軟公司 的.NET架構1. 1或是更新版本,其中該,NET架構係連接該 第一中央電腦應用程式5412至該作業系統、網際網路資訊 伺服器5422、SQL資料庫5420、α及動態目錄網域服務 5418等組件。如同具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體 認到的,該動態目錄網域服務5418係提供由該視窗伺服器籲 作業系統5414以及第一中央電腦應用程式5412所利用的 服務,以幫助確保只有真正的(authentic)且被授權的集線 器次系統、第二中央電腦次系統以及個人數位助理次系統 的使用者對於該第一中央電腦以及因而為對於該第一中央 電腦的應用程式5412具有使用的權利。 在一個實施例中,該第一中央電腦(亦即,第3圖的伺 服器109)係執行數個功能,其係包含:υ比較如同從該第 二中央電腦次系統所接收之處方參數與從集線器次系統及_ /或規劃該泵所收到之可應用的規劃後之泵設定;2)傳遞從 該集線器二欠系統#收到㈣報Α警告資訊至適#的個人數 位助理118(第3圖);3)提供泵狀態及流速(fl〇w邮)歷 史貧訊至適當的個人數位助理118;4)傳遞如同從該第二 中央電腦108a(第3圖)所傳送的藥局及病患資訊至適當的 個人數位助理118,以及5)在週期性的基礎上編譯泵及警 報監視資料並且傳遞此資料至第二中央電腦i〇8a。 27 1244022 σ玄第一中央電腦較佳地係包含複數個外部的軟體組件 面。在一個貫施例中,這些介面中的三個介面可以被分 類成“進入的介面,,,進入的介面是接收進入的ΗΤΤΡ請求訊 息並且接著發出離開的HTTP回應訊息。其餘的兩個介面可 以被分類成“離開的介面,,,其係傳送Ηττρ請求訊息或是 XML格式化的回應訊息,即如以下所解說者。如同在此所 用者,该五個軟體介面係被稱為 DatabaseRefreshListener進入的以及離開的介面、 — tePDA進入的以及離開的介面、以及p卿· 進入的介面。 在個貝施例中,该些外部的軟體組件介面中的四個 w面疋成對的,以在第3圖的第一中央電腦1〇9以及第二 中央電月I 108a之間產生兩個$同之雙向的通訊通道。第一 通道係包含一起成對的DatabaseRefreshListener進入的 以及離開的介面。於是,該第—通道在此係被稱為 “DatabaseRefreshListener,,,並且其係被第二中央電腦 1次〇8a利用於其資料庫表中的資料與位在該第一中央電腦的· 貧料庫表中的資料之週期性的同步化。 利用該DatabaseRefreshListener通道,第二中央電 腦108a係藉由傳送被格式化為SGAp訊息之狐編碼的資 料至第一中央電腦的網路服務類型的介面來更新該第一中 央電腦的資料庫表。類似地,該第二中央電腦⑽“藉由 傳送對於資料之XML編碼的請求至第_中央電腦的網路服 務類型的介面,於是該請求係觸發該第一中央電腦⑽以 28 1244022 皿編碼的資料來做回應,以更新該第二中央電腦本身的 資料庫表。 ' 如上所指出地,該DatabaseRefreshUstener通道之 進入的介面部份係被該第二中央電腦利用,以使用來自第 二中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新位在該第一中央電腦 中之資料庫表。再者,該DatabaseRefreshUstener通道 之離開的部份係被該第二中央電腦利用,以使用來自該= 一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來更新該第二中央電腦本身 的資料庫。 g 較佳地,該DatabaseRefreshUstener進入的介面係 包含數種名稱為“RefreshXXX”的網路服務方法,其中“χχχ,, 係對應於被轉移的資料類型。在一個實施例中,這些方法 係接收包含根據SOAP協定格式化的xml編碼的資料之進入 的HTTP請求訊息。該xML編碼的資料係被建構成一種形式 為對應於在一個資料庫表中的列。例如,該方法 “RefreshUsers”係接收由對應於在一個資料庫表中的列之 一對使用者名稱以及使用者密碼(passw〇r(J)所組成的資料鲁 結構,該資料庫表係包含使用者名稱以及使用者密碼的行 〇 如同在第5 4圖中所示’該進入的訊息係被指定路由為 經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及· NET架構的組件至該被載 入在第一中央電腦(亦即,第3圖的伺服器1 〇 9 )之上的應 用程式5412。該第一中央電腦應用程式5412係利用該動 悲目錄網域服務5 418以驗證該第二中央電腦訊息是否為真 29 1244022 正的、處理該内容、並且接著儲存結果資料在該SQL伺服 器資料庫組件5420中。 被載入在第一中央電腦之上的應用程式541 2係接著藉 由發出一個HTTP回應方法以回應於該第二中央電腦,其係 被指定路由為經由該· NET架構組件541 6以及網際網路資 Λ伺服裔組件5422至該第二中央電腦。此回應訊息係指出 資料傳輸及處理是成功或是失敗的。 車父佳地,該DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面本 貝上是非同步的,因此將該第二中央電腦與第一中央電腦 分離到實際可行的程度。此種分離(decouplingMs容許第 一中央電腦被程式化以用於連續的資料處理而同時等待回 應並且用於以一種在程式控制之下的方式回應於失去通 σί1再者,忒DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面也可 以包含々一種網路方法,以供第=中央電腦使用㈣期性地 發出該第二中央電腦正在運作的信號給該第一中央電腦。 相對於該DatabaseRefreshListener進入的介面,該 DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面係被該第二中央電 月旬利用’以使用來自該第一中央電腦的資料庫表之資料來 更新其本身的資料庫。4 了確保該資料在從該第—中央電 :中永久被移除之前已經被該第二中央電腦捕捉, atabaseRefreshListener _開的介面係利用—種用 :傳輸,多步驟的方式,其係如下·υ該第二中央電腦係 檢查該貧料是否為可利用的 、 ’、 ^ i 亥弟一中央電腦係請求第 中央電腦傳送該資料;3)該第 木 τ央冤細係確認該資料 30 1244022 已接收到;4)該第二中央電腦係確認該資料已正確地儲存 在其資料庫表中。 為了檢查資料是否為可利用的,該第二中央電腦首先 傳送給該DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面之可應用 的網路方法的是一個根據該SOAP協定格式化的XML編碼的 請求訊息。較佳地,該所利用之特定的網路方法是為 “BeginGetXXXTo Archive”的形式,其中“XXX,,係對應於所 請求的資料類型。例如,該方法 “BeginGetChannelDataToArchive”係請求利用藉由該第一 _ 中央電細透過集線器次系統而從泵所接收之時間戳記的 (stamped)泵通道記錄。 S亥请求訊息係透過該網際網路資訊伺服器組件5422以 及.NET架構組件5416傳遞至被載入在該第一中央電腦之 内的應用程式。被載人在該第—中央電腦之内的應用程式 5412係解碼内含在該請求訊息中的XML,以判斷該第二中 央電腦所睛求的是何種資料。Central computer or server application 14 COMPAQ DLG-380 Central computer 10 9 Memory framework (Framework) 5416 application 5412, one 26 1244022 Dynamic directory domain for user and device confirmation (Domain ) Service 5418, a SQL server 5420 for temporary data storage (shown as a database), and an Internet Information Server 5422 (IIS) for application hosting. The .NET framework 5416 is preferably the Microsoft Corporation's .NET framework 1.1 or a later version, wherein the NET framework connects the first central computer application 5412 to the operating system and the Internet information server 5422. , SQL database 5420, α and Active Directory Domain Services 5418 and other components. As will be appreciated by those with ordinary skills in this technology, the Active Directory Domain Services 5418 provides services utilized by the Windows Server Operating System 5414 and the first central computer application 5412 to Helps ensure that only authentic and authorized hub subsystems, second central computer subsystems, and personal digital assistant sub-system users have access to the first central computer and thus applications to the first central computer 5412 Has the right to use. In one embodiment, the first central computer (ie, the server 109 in FIG. 3) performs several functions, including: v compares the local parameters with those received from the second central computer subsystem and Received from the hub sub-system and / or planning the pump after applying the applicable planned pump settings; 2) Passing the received #A warning information from the hub # 2 system to the appropriate digital personal assistant 118 ( (Fig. 3); 3) Provide pump history and flow rate (flww) historical information to the appropriate personal digital assistant 118; 4) Pass the pharmacy as transmitted from the second central computer 108a (Fig. 3) And patient information to the appropriate personal digital assistant 118, and 5) compile pump and alarm monitoring data on a periodic basis and pass this data to the second central computer 108a. 27 1244022 The first central computer of σxuan preferably includes a plurality of external software component surfaces. In one embodiment, three of these interfaces can be classified as "incoming interfaces," which are interfaces that receive incoming HTTP request messages and then send outgoing HTTP response messages. The remaining two interfaces can be It is classified as an "outgoing interface," which sends a Ηττρ request message or an XML-formatted response message, as explained below. As used herein, the five software interfaces are called the DatabaseRefreshListener entry and exit interface, the tePDA entry and exit interface, and the peen entry interface. In this example, the four w-planes in the external software component interface are paired to generate two between the first central computer 109 and the second central electric month I 108a in FIG. 3. A two-way communication channel. The first channel contains the interface to and from the DatabaseRefreshListener paired together. Therefore, the first channel is called "DatabaseRefreshListener" in this system, and it is used by the second central computer once. The data in its database table and the data on the first central computer Periodic synchronization of the data in the library table. Using the DatabaseRefreshListener channel, the second central computer 108a sends the fox-encoded data formatted as SGAp messages to the first central computer's network service type interface. Update the database table of the first central computer. Similarly, the second central computer "by sending an XML-encoded request for data to the interface of the network service type of the central computer, the request triggers the The first central computer responds with 28 1244022 dish-coded data to update the database table of the second central computer itself. '' As noted above, the interface portion of the DatabaseRefreshUstener channel is used by the second central computer to update the database located in the first central computer with the data from the database table of the second central computer table. Furthermore, the part of the DatabaseRefreshUstener channel leaving is used by the second central computer to update the database of the second central computer itself with the data from the database table of the central computer. g Preferably, the interface entered by the DatabaseRefreshUstener includes several network service methods named "RefreshXXX", where "χχχ," corresponds to the type of data being transferred. In one embodiment, these methods receive Incoming HTTP request message for xml-encoded data formatted according to the SOAP protocol. The xML-encoded data is constructed into a form corresponding to a column in a database table. For example, the method "RefreshUsers" is received by Corresponds to a data structure composed of a username and a user password (passwor (J)) in one of the columns in a database table. The database table is a row containing the user name and the user password. As shown in Figure 54, 'The incoming message is designated to be routed via the Internet Information Server and the components of the .NET framework to the first central computer (ie, Figure 3 Server 1 109) on top of the application 5412. The first central computer application 5412 uses the mobile directory domain service 5 418 to verify the second central computer Whether the brain message is true 29 1244022 is positive, processes the content, and then stores the result data in the SQL server database component 5420. The application program 541 2 loaded on the first central computer is then issued by An HTTP response method in response to the second central computer, which is designated to be routed to the second central computer via the .NET framework component 5416 and the Internet server component 5422. This response message indicates the data The transmission and processing was successful or failed. Chaya, the interface that the DatabaseRefreshListener enters is asynchronous, so the second central computer is separated from the first central computer to a practically feasible level. This separation ( decouplingMs allows the first central computer to be programmed for continuous data processing while waiting for a response and for responding to the loss of communication in a program-controlled manner. Furthermore, the interface entered by reDatabaseRefreshListener may also include 々 Network method for the second central computer to periodically issue that second central computer is running The signal sent to the first central computer. Relative to the interface that the DatabaseRefreshListener entered, the interface that the DatabaseRefreshListener left was used by the second central electronic company to update its data from the database table of the first central computer Its own database. 4 to ensure that the data has been captured by the second central computer before being permanently removed from the first-Central Electricity: atabaseRefreshListener _ open interface is used-a way: transmission, multi-step method It is as follows: The second central computer department checks whether the poor material is available. The central computer department requested the central computer to transmit the data; 3) the first central computer system Confirm that the data 30 1244022 has been received; 4) The second central computer system confirms that the data has been correctly stored in its database table. In order to check whether the data is available, the second central computer first sends to the interface of the DatabaseRefreshListener the applicable network method is an XML-encoded request message formatted according to the SOAP protocol. Preferably, the specific network method used is in the form of "BeginGetXXXTo Archive", where "XXX" corresponds to the type of data requested. For example, the method "BeginGetChannelDataToArchive" requests the use of the _ Central pumps record the timestamped pump channels received from the pump through the hub sub-system. The request message is transmitted to the carrier through the Internet Information Server component 5422 and the .NET framework component 5416. The application program included in the first central computer. The application 5412 of the carrier in the first central computer decodes the XML contained in the request message to determine what the second central computer wants. What kind of information.
被載入在該第-中央電腦之内的應用程式M2係檢 在該SQL伺服器資料庫㈣中是否可得該被請求的㈣ 若該資料是可得的’則該應用程式係準備一個指出資料 可得的XML編碼的回應訊息。若無法獲得該資料時,該 用程式5 412係準備一個指屮警袓 個才曰出貝枓疋不可得的XML編碼的 應訊息。 以再嘗試或 若該資料是不可得的,則第二中央電腦可 是進行另外一次符合其處理規則之傳輪。 31 1244022 若該資料是可得的,則 ^ η - νΜί £ 則5亥弟二中央電腦係藉由傳送一 们弟一 XML編碼的請求 離開的介面之可應用的網 ,該被利帛之特〜來起始資料傳輸。較佳地 “EndGetXnToAcrchive”的來十甘山 疋八有 所利用者。 …’其中“™,,係相同於以上 …在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412係解碼内含在 δ亥凊求訊息中的xml以杰丨辦9 y . 入ML·以判斷是何種資料要傳回到第二 電腦,並且將該資艇番λ . ^ 、 一個適當的XML編碼的回應訊息 中,該訊息係以一猶斟虛认—,^ 種對應於在一個資料庫表中的列之形式 被建構’該形式係與該對應之進人的介面所制的方式一 致。 在個貝轭例中,該資料係被指定路由為經由該· νετ 木構組件5416以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件5422至第二 中央電腦。若該資料未被正確地接收時,則該第二令央; 知可以再g试或是進行另外—次符合其處理規則之傳輸。 若該資料被正確地接收時,該第二中央電腦於是傳送 一個第三請求訊息至此介面之可應用的網路方法。較佳地 ,該被利用之特定的網路方法是具有 “BeginDeleteArchivedXXX,,的形式,其中“nr,係相同於以 上所利用者。 在收到此訊息之際,被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的 應用程式5412係標示(mark)在該SQL伺服器資料庫|且件中 之相關的資料為被傳送至第二中央電腦用於存伊 32 1244022 (archiving),並且其係發出 資料已被標示的回應訊息。 一項應答(acknowledging)該 為了發出信號表示將該資料儲存在該第二中央電腦次 料庫中的成功或是失敗,該第二中央電腦係傳送一個第二 請求訊息至此介面之可應用的網路方法。該被利用之 的網路方法是具有“ EndDeleteArehivedxxx,,的形式, “XXX”係相同於以上所利用者。 若該第二中央電腦指出該傳輸是不成功的、或是若已 、、工過了足夠長的日寸間後’且該第一中央電腦判斷為已發生 失去通訊時’則該相關的資料係被保留在該第一中央電腦 的資料庫中,以供該第三巾央f腦請求時之再次傳輸用。 若該第二中央電腦指出該傳輸是成功的,則該存檔的 資料係從該第一中央電腦資料庫被清除,並且該被载入在 4弟中央電知之内的應用程式5 412係發出一項確認此傳 輸之最後步驟已完成之回應訊息。The application M2 loaded in the first-central computer checks whether the requested one is available in the SQL server database ㈣ If the data is available ', then the application prepares a pointer Data available in XML-encoded response message. If the information cannot be obtained, the application 5 412 prepares an XML-encoded response message indicating that the alarm is not available. In order to try again or if the information is not available, the second central computer may perform another pass in accordance with its processing rules. 31 1244022 If the information is available, then ^ η-νΜί £ The second central computer is the applicable network of the interface that is left by sending a request of XML encoding ~ To start data transfer. It is better to use "EndGetXnToAcrchive" in Shiganshan and Baba. … 'Where “™” is the same as above ... The application 5412 in the first central computer decodes the xml contained in the delta request message to perform 9 y. Enter ML · to determine whether it is What kind of information is to be returned to the second computer, and the information is λ. ^, An appropriate XML-encoded response message, which is assumed to be false, and ^ corresponds to a database The form of the columns in the table is constructed. 'The form is consistent with the way the corresponding interface is made. In this example, the data is specified to be routed via the νετ wooden component 5416 and the Internet. The network information server component 5422 goes to the second central computer. If the data is not received correctly, the second command center can try again or make another transmission that meets its processing rules. If the When the data is received correctly, the second central computer then sends a third request message to the applicable network method of this interface. Preferably, the specific network method used is in the form of "BeginDeleteArchivedXXX," Where "n r is the same as the one used above. Upon receiving this message, the application 5412 loaded into the first central computer is marked in the SQL server database | The relevant data is transmitted to the second central computer for archiving 32 1244022 (archiving), and it sends a response message that the data has been marked. An acknowledgement (acknowledging) indicates that the data is stored in the message Success or failure in the second central computer's secondary database. The second central computer is an applicable network method that sends a second request message to this interface. The network method used is "EndDeleteArehivedxxx," "XXX" is the same as the one used above. If the second central computer indicates that the transmission was unsuccessful, or if it has been, after working a sufficient number of days, and when the first central computer determines that a loss of communication has occurred, then the relevant data The system is kept in the database of the first central computer for retransmission when requested by the third central computer. If the second central computer indicates that the transmission was successful, the archived data is cleared from the first central computer database, and the application program 5 412 loaded into the 4th central computer is issued a A response message confirming that the final steps of this transfer have been completed.
較佳地,忒DatabaseRefreshListener離開的介面本 質上是非同步的,因此將該第二中央電腦資料庫與該第一 中央電腦分離到實際可行的程度。 在該第一中央電腦109以及第二中央電腦i〇8a之間的 第二雙向的通道在此係被稱為“RoutePDA”,並且其係包含 在一起成對之RoutePDA進入的以及離開的介面。該 RoutePDA通道係被第一中央電腦1〇9使用於指定路由給源 自於該PDA次系統的HTTP請求訊息至第二中央電腦i〇8a ’接著接收來自該第二中央電腦之對應的HTTP回應訊息、 33 1244022 處理(若可應用的話)並且接著指定路由回到該來源的個人 數位助理11 8。 * 在泫第一通道(亦即’ RoutePDA)中,從個人數位助理 118接收的訊息或是被傳送至個人數位助理丨丨8的訊息較 佳地是經由醫院或是醫療保健設施之連線的乙太網路系統 11 〇、無線存取點114、以及内建於每部個人數位助理i J 8 中的無線收發機,而往返於該第一中央電腦1〇9地被傳送 〇 較佳地,HTTP請求訊息是在沒有處理下,就透過該第 _ 一中央電腦109被傳送至第二中央電腦1〇8a。該第二中央 電腦108a係接著發出内含XML或是耵虬格式化的資訊之 HTTP回應訊息。HTML格式化的回應訊息是在沒有進一步的 處理下,被指定路由為透過該第一中央電腦1〇9至個人數 位助理118。 XML格式化的回應訊息係被該第二中央電腦l〇8a使用 來發出使用者116(第1圖)已經請求該第一中央電腦1〇9 所產生的網頁之信號給該第一中央電腦1〇9,例如,處方籲 比較結果頁或是泵監視頁。該第一中央電腦i 〇9係檢查該 XML回應、適當地處理並且發出一個HTML或是χΜί格式化 的回應§fl息至該發送的個人數位助理118。 如先前所指的,該RoutePDA通道係被該第一中央電腦 使用於指定路由給從PDA 118所接收的Ηττρ請求訊息至第 二中央電腦,並且接著接收由該第二中央電腦所傳=之對 應的HTTP回應、處理(若可應用的話)並且接著指定路由回 34 1244022 到傳送的PDA。 於疋’该RoutePDA進入的介面係被利用來和位在PDA 118中的網路瀏覽器通訊。此介面係接收進入的Ηττρ請求 Λ息’該訊息係包含被編碼為相符於HTTP “GET”以及 POST協定之名稱—值的對之資料。該進入的訊息係被指定 路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服器以及· NET架構組件至該 被載入在該第一中央電腦之内的應用程式5412。如以下所 明述的,该被載入在該第一中央電腦上之應用程式54丨2係 利用該· NET架構5416以及R0utePDA離開的介面再次指定籲 路由給該進入的訊息至第二中央電腦。 當一項HTTP回應在RoutePDA離開的介面之處被接收 日守,忒被載入在第一中央電腦上之應用程式54丨2係判斷該 回應是利用HTHL或是XML而被袼式化的。HTML·格式化的 回應係在無進一步處理下,藉由該第一中央電腦再次指定 路由為經由該· NET架構組件5416以及網際網路資訊伺服 器組件5422至該PDA。 然而,XML格式化的回應係被該第二中央電腦使用來參 务出k號給第一中央電腦,告知使用者已經請求一個第一 中央電腦所產生的網頁,例如,處方比較結果頁或是泵監 視的頁。该第一中央電腦係檢查來自第二中央電腦的xml 回應、適當地處理、並且發出一個HTML·或是XML格式化的 回應而經由該· NET架構以及網際網路資訊祠服器組件至適 當的PDA。較佳地,該RoutePDA介面在本質上是同步的, 這是由於内含在PDA中的網路瀏覽器之固有的同步性質之 35 1244022 緣故。 相對於該RoutePDA進入的介面,該R〇utePDA離開的 介面係被利用於指定路由給藉由該被载入在第一中央電腦 上之應用私式5412從該個人數位助理次系統收到的http 請求訊息至第二中央電腦用於處理,並且其係接著接收由 該第二中央電腦傳回之對應的HTTP回應。 在該 DatabaseRefreshListener 通道以及 R0utePDA 通 道中,該第一中央電腦1〇9係透過一個獨立的點對點乙太 網路次系統1〇3(較佳地是專用於此用途而已)傳送與接收 來自該第二中央電腦1 08a的資訊。 如上所指出地,在利用該DatabaseRefreshListener 通道中,該第一中央電腦係在該專用的鏈路1〇3上提供一 項特別的網路服務,該服務係被該第二中央電腦使用來週 期性地以及當該第一中央電腦有需要時,備援新的以及更 新過的貧料庫資訊(例如,病患資訊、醫護人員資訊、藥 局資訊、與類似者)。再者,資料係從該第二中央電腦被 提供至第一中央電腦。 再者在西遵人員的終端裝置端(end)之處利用該 RoutePDA通道中,該第一中央電腦1〇9係提供一個 ns伺服器介面,該介面係提供Ηττρ式的網頁並且維持與 殿A 4置118之涊證的網路會談(sessi〇n)。換句話說,該 酉濩人員的終端裝置(亦即,個人數位助理丨丨8)係從第一 中央電腦1 09接收認證的網頁。 在連到第一中央電腦之專用的連線之第一中央電 1244022 腦端之處,該第一中央電腦係對於每個連接至第一中央電 細的PDA裝置118分別建立一個虛擬的Ηττρ會談,並且扮 演一個網路瀏覽器,當該第一中央電腦正在接收來自ρ])Α 的HTTP請求時,其係傳遞來自ρΜ的Ηττρ請求給該第二 中央電腦。換句話說,該第一中央電腦係透過連到第二中 央電腦之專用的連線1〇3以傳遞需要未確認的部分之請求 至該第二中央電腦。 於是,當PDA 118以及伺服器系統之間的資訊流需要 源自於第二中央電腦側的資訊、或是需要合併的資訊被提 出時,該第二中央電腦係傳送一個XML s〇Ap封包給該第一 中央電腦在專用的連線103上所提供的網路服務,並且該 第一中央電腦係使用該XML資料以執行一個與源自於該系 統的第一中央電腦側之資訊的合併動作、轉換其結果成為 HTML、並且接著將該HTML傳回到醫護人員的pDA裝置ιι8 〇 被稱為PumpDataListener之第五個外部的軟體組件介 面是一個用於與該集線器次系統通訊之進入的介面,即如 在此更詳細所解說者。在一個實施例中,該Preferably, the interface left by the DatabaseRefreshListener is asynchronous in nature, so the second central computer database is separated from the first central computer to a practically feasible level. The second two-way channel between the first central computer 109 and the second central computer 108a is referred to herein as a "RoutePDA", and it contains the interfaces that the RoutePDA enters and leaves together in pairs. The RoutePDA channel is used by the first central computer 109 to designate a route to the HTTP request message originating from the PDA secondary system to the second central computer i08a ', and then receives a corresponding HTTP response from the second central computer The message, 33 1244022 is processed (if applicable), and then the personal digital assistant 11 8 is routed back to that source. * In the first channel (i.e., 'RoutePDA'), the message received from the personal digital assistant 118 or transmitted to the personal digital assistant 丨 丨 8 is preferably connected through the hospital or health care facility The Ethernet system 11 〇, the wireless access point 114, and the wireless transceiver built into each personal digital assistant i J 8 are transmitted to and from the first central computer 109 preferably. The HTTP request message is transmitted to the second central computer 108a through the first central computer 109 without being processed. The second central computer 108a then sends an HTTP response message containing XML or formatted information. The HTML formatted response message was designated to be routed to the personal digital assistant 118 via the first central computer 109 without further processing. The XML-formatted response message is used by the second central computer 108a to send a signal to the first central computer 1 that the user 116 (FIG. 1) has requested a web page generated by the first central computer 109. 〇9 For example, the prescription calls for a comparison results page or a pump monitoring page. The first central computer 107 checks the XML response, processes it appropriately, and sends an HTML or xM formatted response to the sending personal digital assistant 118. As previously mentioned, the RoutePDA channel is used by the first central computer to route the Ηττρ request message received from the PDA 118 to the second central computer, and then receives the correspondence transmitted by the second central computer = HTTP response, processing (if applicable), and then specifying a route back to 34 1244022 to the transmitting PDA. The interface that RoutePDA enters is used to communicate with the web browser located in PDA 118. This interface receives incoming τττρ requests. The message contains information encoded as name-value pairs that conform to HTTP "GET" and POST protocols. The incoming message is designated to be routed via the Internet information server and the .NET framework component to the application program 5412 loaded into the first central computer. As explained below, the application 54 loaded on the first central computer uses the .NET framework 5416 and the interface left by RoutePDA to reassign the incoming message to the second central computer. . When an HTTP response was received at the place where RoutePDA left the interface, the application 54 loaded on the first central computer judged that the response was formatted using HTHL or XML. The HTML-formatted response was re-designated by the first central computer to route to the PDA via the .NET framework component 5416 and the Internet information server component 5422 without further processing. However, the XML-formatted response is used by the second central computer to send out the number k to the first central computer, informing the user that a web page generated by the first central computer has been requested, such as a prescription comparison result page or Page for pump monitoring. The first central computer system checks the xml response from the second central computer, processes it appropriately, and issues an HTML or XML formatted response via the .NET framework and Internet information server component to the appropriate PDA. Preferably, the RoutePDA interface is synchronous in nature, which is due to the inherent synchronous nature of the web browser included in the PDA. Relative to the interface that the RoutePDA entered, the interface that the RoutePDA left was used to designate a route to the http received from the personal digital assistant system through the application private 5412 that was loaded on the first central computer. The request message is sent to the second central computer for processing, and it then receives the corresponding HTTP response returned by the second central computer. In the DatabaseRefreshListener channel and the R0utePDA channel, the first central computer 1009 transmits and receives data from the second through an independent point-to-point Ethernet subsystem 103 (preferably dedicated to this purpose only). Information of the central computer 1 08a. As indicated above, in using the DatabaseRefreshListener channel, the first central computer provides a special network service on the dedicated link 103, which is used periodically by the second central computer Where and when the first central computer needs it, back up new and updated poor library information (eg, patient information, medical staff information, pharmacy information, and the like). Furthermore, data is provided from the second central computer to the first central computer. Furthermore, the RoutePDA channel is used at the end of the terminal device of Xi Zun personnel. The first central computer 10 series provides an ns server interface, which provides a τττρ-style web page and maintains the connection with the hall A. 4 Internet conferences (sessioon) with 118 certificates. In other words, the terminal device of the person (that is, the personal digital assistant) receives the authenticated webpage from the first central computer 1009. On the brain of the first central computer 1244022, which is connected to the first central computer in a dedicated connection, the first central computer establishes a virtual Ηττρ talk for each PDA device 118 connected to the first central computer. And acts as a web browser, when the first central computer is receiving an HTTP request from ρ]) Α, it passes a Ηττρ request from ρM to the second central computer. In other words, the first central computer transmits a request for an unconfirmed portion to the second central computer through a dedicated connection 103 connected to the second central computer. Therefore, when the information flow between the PDA 118 and the server system needs to be derived from the information on the second central computer side or the information that needs to be merged is proposed, the second central computer system sends an XML s0Ap packet to Network services provided by the first central computer on a dedicated connection 103, and the first central computer uses the XML data to perform a merge operation with information originating from the first central computer side of the system , Convert the result into HTML, and then pass the HTML back to the pDA device of the medical staff. The fifth external software component interface called PumpDataListener is an interface used to communicate with the hub subsystem, That is, as explained in more detail here. In one embodiment, the
PumpDataListener介面並不具有一個對應之離開的介面, 因為除了用於通訊驗證(verificati〇n)之外,泵資料的傳 輸只是單向的。然而,在一個替代的實施例中,一個離開 的介面可被設置用於傳輸泵命令以及控制資料至醫療器材 120。 … 該PumpDataListener進入的介面係被利用於接收來自 1244022 該集線器次系統的資料。較佳地,此介面係包含被稱為 “SendPumpData”的單一網路服務方法。此方法係接收包含 根據該SOAP協定格式化的XML編碼的資料之進入的Ηττρ 請求訊息。該XML編碼的資料係以一種階層的 (hierarchical)形式被建構,使得在數個不同的時間點、 來自數個泵以及每個泵的數個通道之資料可被組人成單一 大的訊息之結構。 進入的訊息.係被指定路由為經由該網際網路資訊伺服 器以及.NET架構組件至該被載人在第—中央電腦之内的應 用程式5412。該第-中央電腦的應用程式係利用該動態目 錄網域服務組件以驗證該集線器次系統的訊息是否為=正 的:該第-中央電腦係接著處理該内$,並且儲存所產生 的資料在SQL伺服器資料庫組件中。最後,該第一中央電 腦的應用程式係發出一項瞻回應訊息,經由該謝竿 構以及網際網路資訊伺服器組件而傳送至該發送的集線器 裝置。此回應訊息係指出資料傳輸及處理是成功或失敗的 由該第一中央電腦(亦即,伺服器109)從集線器107 所接收的資料封包較佳地县健左 _ 罕侄地疋儲存在该弟一中央電腦的第一 中央資料庫之内。私/土丄 衩佳地,右一個警報或是警告事件是内 含在該封包中時,則筮 ,,_ 貝1弟一中央電腦可以立即經由醫護人員 的數位助理118發详兮塞杜$ 4上 貝 事件31當的醫護人員’或者該第 中央電腦可以將該事件輸 , 爭1干鞠入到弟一中央電腦的資 ’而稍後在適當的醫雀 、 田的西破人貝經由其數位助理請求時才發送 1244022 該資訊。如先前所指出的,該第一中央電腦1〇9係維持所-有登錄到其數位助理118的醫護人員之一個記錄,該數位、 助理118在每次該醫護人員登錄到該系統時都會被認證。 一較佳地,該PumpDataListener進入的介面本質上是非 同步的’因此將該集線器次系統與該第一中央電腦次系统 分離到實際可行的程度。該分離係容許在該集線器次系統 ,内的集線器107被程式化以用於連續的資料處理而同時 等待回應,並且用於以一種在程式控制之下的方式回應於 失去通訊。儘管如此,該PumpDataListener係維持一個“ _ 〜跳(heartbeat)’’以監視在所有的無線模組及/或遠端的泵 裝置與該中央電腦之間的通訊之持續性(或是失去持續性) 與否。 皇醫護人員的手持式裝置之诵胡 如同在此進一步詳細所述者,泵狀態、警告、警報、 病患資訊、圖表(chart)資訊、比較資訊、待辦事項(t〇_d〇 ilst)以及其它資料/資訊係經由具有顯示器ιΐ8&以及(若 需要的話)聽覺的音頻(tone)或是聲音產生器(未展示出)之_ 個人數位助理或是使用者介面118來被提供給醫護人員。 該數位助理118係經由中央網路1〇2,並且尤其是經由無 線通訊路徑或鏈路126以及電纜線通訊系統ιι〇來與該中 央系統108通訊。如先前所述的,一或多個無線存取點 114係以習知的方式提供一個介面在該無線通訊路徑以及 電緵線通訊系統之間。該數位助s 118可以從伺服器1〇9 與1 08a接收訊息。 39 1244022 幸乂 L地’在該中央系統108以及數位助理118之間的 通机疋雙向的。再者,該數位助理118包含足夠的記憶體 與處理功月b來儲存及執行—個模組或是應用程式(未展示 出)疋所J!的,以用於測試在該數位助理以及中央系統 108或無線存取點114之間的通訊鏈路之完整性 (integri ty) ° 車乂佳地(但非必要的),安裝在該數位助理11 &之上的 一個模組或是應用程式是以一種例如是JAVA之高階的程式 語言撰寫之—個腳本(script)或是其它的電腦指令(亦即, 卓體馬)八可以在有或沒有醫護人員的介入之下被執行 。該腳本可以自動地從伺服器1〇8a或1〇9 統㈣收器之功能的數位助理118或是醫療器材乍12為〇1 例而5 ’ 一種可以自動地從該伺服器下載至數位助理的腳 本類型是-種藉由週期性地查詢、或是監視來自中央系統 108或疋存取點114之包含通知及訊息傳送的通訊以測試 該通訊鏈路的完整性之聊本。在一個較佳實施例中,執行 在數位助理之上的腳本是大約每3秒查詢該系統⑽一次 。若未從該中央系、统108或是存取,點114接收到回應時, 安裝:該數位助理118之上的模組或是應用程式係產生一 個逾時(time-out),該逾時係產生聽覺的音頻以及/或是一 項在視覺顯示器118a之上的通知,其係告知已經失去與中 央,統108的通訊。在視覺顯示器_之上的通知可以例 如-個陳述失去通訊鏈路f訊的彈出式視窗之啟動、 或是在視覺顯示器118a之上的動態圖像顯示之改變。如同 1244022 在此所用且為具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所認知的, 一個逾時是藉由一個模組或是應用程式所產生的輸出,用 於指出該模組或是應用程式已經等待輸入有某段時間量, 但尚未收到輸入。另一種腳本類型可以查詢以判斷一個鏊 報或是警告是否已經被觸發。許多其它的腳本可以同時被 執行。執行從該系統下載至數位助理的腳本之一項優點是 無需在每個數位助理118之上都安裝訂製的碼。若存在有 任何事件(亦即,一個訊息、通知、警報、警告、等等)時 ,該數位助理118係 將其顯示在數位助理 自動地從該伺服器擷取該事件,並且 118的一個介面畫面之上。該腳本的 方法之其它額外的優點是丨)腳本碼可以輕易地在該中央伺 服器被更新,而不需每個數位助理都被更新,2)腳本可以 相當獨立於數位助理的硬體平台之外地被驗證/被確認, 因為該項功能是與硬體無_,因此對於數位助理的改變 或升級在腳本的動作上有著最小的影響。 如先前所指出的,每位醫護人員較佳地都具有一部與 其關聯的數位助理118’在一個實施例中,該數位助理⑴ 係提供醫護人員由具有—個詩事件的顯*之專用的框架 (frame)之HTML框架組(frame如)所組成的頁畫面。該專 用的框架可以具有-個插入其中的皿腳本用於事件的顯 不,其中該腳本係詢問第一中央電腦n 9是否有新的事件 ’例如,針對該數位助王里118的泵警報以及警告。若已發 生任何新的事件時,則該第—中央電腦係提供此資訊給數 位助理118 #中δ亥資訊係被顯示在用於此種事件的顯示 1244022 之專用的框架之内。 ^在數位助理U8上所提供之一種類型的通知係指示醫 護人員由該數位助理118所提出的資料並非當前的,並且 對於警告及警報之利用是不可得的。相反地,數位助理 118也可以指出何時該數位助理118會連結到中央 用於提供對於警告及警報之即時的利用。 、”、 其它典型地經由腳本傳遞的通知係包含(但不限於): 泵“安靜地關閉,,、泵輸液限制的撤銷(override)、輸液的 結束、阻塞(occlusion)傾向的資訊、低電量、阻塞前的 (pre - occlusi〇n)指示器、單次劑量(b〇lus)的過度使用、 保持血管打開的警告、立即(3^〇用藥通知、改變指令、 貫驗室結果、放射線醫學結果、更新、遙測(telemetr幻資 料上以及/或是生命徵象資訊上的改變、醫生或是藥局嘗 试聯絡護士、請求護士的病患、失去通訊、來自其它裝置 的訊息、醫療器材根據重要資訊之新的速率、速率隨動的 清洗(rate following purge)、等等 〇 如先前所述的,在醫療保健設施内之醫護人員係經由 遠端的無線裝置118 (亦即,亦被稱為個人數位助理 (PDA)l 18)或是其它的電腦裝置、無線或是固接的連線至網 路1 08而具有對於輸液警告、警報以及訊息的存取權,例 如’具有運作地附接的條碼閱讀機之平板電腦、或是附接 至Ϊ V柱並且具有運作地附接至該電腦的條碼閱讀機之膝 上型電腦。 較佳地,該輸液系統210係提供醫護人員以及其他使 1244022 用者對於自動化警告受事件驅使的(event—driven)訊息之 選項。再者,醫療保健設施管理人員以及其他使用者可以 自"丁自動化的訊息傳送之類型,以經由遠端的無線裝置用 汛息類型或分類、異常的嚴重性、以及時間為基礎的提示 (reminder)來呈現。此外,該輸液系統係提供醫護人員以 及其他使用者能夠組態設定(conf igure)聽覺的訊息、視覺 的訊息或是兩者的功能。 由輸液系統210所提供的訊息傳送較佳地是包含一個 使用者可組態的(conf igUrabie)規則引擎、一個排程器以 及連到輸液泵系統的介面。再者,該結果驅使的(result一 driven)訊息傳送係經由工作站、電子平板、無線個人數位 助理、或類似者,提供醫護人員在治療點處之即時的決策 支援是所期望的。 一般而言,在輸液泵120及網路102之間的通訊以及 進一步從該網路102與醫護人員的數位裝置118之間的通 訊係容許醫護人員116能夠:除了別的功能以外,其係能 夠觀看電子電路比較後之藥局輸入的指令與被規劃的泵設 定並且/或是規劃泵、使用該系統作為一種遠端地觀看泵 警告及警報的方法、遠端地觀看泵狀態、觀看通知並且觀 看輸液設定的改變歷史。 病患照顧系色 現在轉回談到第1圖,病患照顧系統1〇〇較佳地是包 含一個電腦的醫師指令輸入的模組(cp〇E)、一個住院病人 (inpatient)藥局模組、一個無線的護士製表系統、以及一 1244022 個電子的病患醫療的記錄模組。在一個實施例中,此種系 ^及模組是該第二中央伺服器或第二中央電腦⑽a的應用 私式。提供一種用於藥物的傳送之全面的病患安全解決方 案之病患照顧系統100是所期望的。在病患照顧系統1〇〇 之内,軟體模組係被設置以將現有的病患照顧系統,利用 I:如疋HL7介面之具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所知的 ’丨面而連結在一起。較佳地,該病患照顧系统_係運作 在各種的電腦與個人數位助理的產品上,以傳送指令、更 新病患醫療的記錄、以及使用警告、警報與訊息。 “该電腦的醫師指令輸入的模組係使得醫師能夠輸入用 藥才"使用警告、警報、訊息、提示、生命徵象以及結 f。:個藥局模組係對照所記錄的病患過敏以檢查處方藥 。口並且檢查與其它藥品及食物的相容性。該藥局模組亦 提供即時的資料用於存貨管理…個護士的藥物製表的模 組係提供在床邊立即可利用的臨床資訊,因此確保在治療 點處的藥物與劑量之驗證。 病患照顧系統100係整合藥品傳送產品與所需的資訊 ’以助於確保安全且有效的藥物傳送。在醫護人員於不斷 =加的時間及成本麼力下進行病患照顧時,病患照顧系統 之臨床的決策支援以及伴隨的警告、警報、擎語及吨 ί傳送係提供安全的支援網給醫護人員。此資訊較佳。地是 過無線網路來被提供,其係用改進醫護人員的工作流程 、使得進行照顧更加容易的方式來供應資料。The PumpDataListener interface does not have a corresponding interface, because except for communication verification (verification), the transmission of pump data is only one-way. However, in an alternative embodiment, an exit interface may be provided for transmitting pump commands and control data to the medical device 120. … The interface that the PumpDataListener enters is used to receive data from the 1244022 hub system. Preferably, this interface contains a single network service method called "SendPumpData". This method receives an incoming Ηττρ request message containing XML-encoded data formatted according to the SOAP protocol. The XML-encoded data is constructed in a hierarchical manner, so that at several different points in time, data from several pumps and channels from each pump can be grouped into a single large message. structure. The incoming message is designated to be routed through the Internet information server and the .NET framework components to the carrier's application program 5412 in the first central computer. The first-central computer application uses the Active Directory Domain Services component to verify whether the message of the hub subsystem is = positive: the first-central computer then processes the internal $ and stores the generated data in the SQL server database component. Finally, the application program of the first central computer sends a response message to the sending hub device via the thank-you mechanism and the Internet information server component. This response message indicates that the data transmission and processing was successful or failed. The data packet received by the first central computer (ie, the server 109) from the hub 107 is preferably stored in the county Jianzuo_HAN Brother Central Computer's first central database. Privately / locally, when the right alarm or warning event is included in the packet, then, _, the first computer can send the detailed information through the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff immediately. 4Shangbei Incident 31 The medical staff or the central computer can lose the event and compete for the funds of the younger one central computer. Later, at the appropriate doctor, Tian Xibaoren The digital assistant sent 1244022 only when requested. As previously noted, the first central computer 109 maintains a record of the medical staff who has logged in to its digital assistant 118, and the digital, assistant 118 is logged in every time the medical staff logs in to the system Certified. Preferably, the interface entered by the PumpDataListener is asynchronous in nature ', so the hub subsystem and the first central computer subsystem are separated to a practically feasible level. The separation allows the hub 107 within the hub subsystem to be programmed for continuous data processing while waiting for a response, and for responding to loss of communication in a program-controlled manner. Nonetheless, the PumpDataListener maintains a "_ ~ heartbeat" to monitor the continuity (or loss of continuity) of communication between all wireless modules and / or remote pump units and the central computer ) No. The recitation of the handheld device of Emperor Medical staff is as described in further detail here, pump status, warnings, alarms, patient information, chart information, comparison information, to-do items (t〇_ dolls) and other data / information are accessed via a personal digital assistant or user interface 118 via a display with a monitor and (if required) audible audio or sound generator (not shown) Provided to medical staff. The digital assistant 118 communicates with the central system 108 via a central network 102, and in particular via a wireless communication path or link 126 and a cable communication system ιιο. As previously described, One or more wireless access points 114 provide an interface between the wireless communication path and the wireless communication system in a conventional manner. The digital assistant 118 can be accessed from a server Receive messages at 109 and 1 08a. 39 1244022 Fortunately, the communication between the central system 108 and the digital assistant 118 is two-way. Furthermore, the digital assistant 118 contains sufficient memory and processing power. b to store and execute a module or application (not shown) from J! for testing the integrity of the communication link between the digital assistant and the central system 108 or wireless access point 114 Integri ty ° A good place (but not necessary), a module or application installed on the digital assistant 11 & is written in a high-level programming language such as JAVA-a Scripts or other computer instructions (ie, droids) can be executed with or without the intervention of medical staff. The script can be automatically managed from the server 108a or 109 The function of the digital assistant 118 or the medical device of the receiver is 0. For example, 5 ′ A script type that can be automatically downloaded from the server to the digital assistant is a type of script that can be periodically queried or monitored from Central System 108 or 疋 Access Point 114 A communication that includes notifications and messaging to test the integrity of the communication link. In a preferred embodiment, a script executed on the digital assistant queries the system approximately every 3 seconds. If not When receiving a response from the central system, the system 108, or the access point 114, the installation: the module or application on the digital assistant 118 generates a time-out, which is generated Audible audio and / or a notification on the visual display 118a, which informs that communication with the central system 108 has been lost. The notification on the visual display can be, for example, a statement stating that the communication link was lost. The activation of a pop-up window, or the change of the dynamic image display on the visual display 118a. As 1244022 is used here and is recognized by those with ordinary skills in this technology, a timeout is an output generated by a module or application to indicate that the module or application has been There is a certain amount of time waiting for input, but input has not been received. Another script type can be queried to determine if a warning or warning has been triggered. Many other scripts can be executed simultaneously. One advantage of executing scripts downloaded from the system to the digital assistant is that there is no need to install a custom code on each digital assistant 118. If there is any event (ie, a message, notification, alert, warning, etc.), the digital assistant 118 displays it on the digital assistant automatically retrieves the event from the server, and an interface of 118 Above the screen. Other additional advantages of the script method are: 丨) the script code can be easily updated on the central server without having to update each digital assistant, 2) the script can be quite independent of the hardware platform of the digital assistant The field is verified / confirmed, because this feature is hardware-independent, so changes or upgrades to the digital assistant have minimal impact on script actions. As previously noted, each medical staff preferably has a digital assistant 118 'associated with it. In one embodiment, the digital assistant is dedicated to providing medical staff with a dedicated * A page frame composed of an HTML frame group (frame) of a frame. The dedicated framework may have a dish script inserted therein for displaying the event, where the script asks the first central computer n 9 if there is a new event 'for example, a pump alarm for the digital assistant Wang 118 and caveat. If any new event has occurred, the first-central computer system provides this information to the digital assistant 118. The delta information is displayed in a dedicated frame for display 1244022 for such events. ^ One type of notification provided on Digital Assistant U8 instructs medical personnel that the information provided by the Digital Assistant 118 is not current and that the use of warnings and alerts is not available. Conversely, the digital assistant 118 can also indicate when the digital assistant 118 is linked to the central location to provide immediate use of warnings and alarms. "", Other notifications typically delivered via script include (but are not limited to): "quiet shutdown of pump,", pump infusion restriction override, end of infusion, information on occlusion tendency, low battery Pre-occlusin indicator before obstruction, overuse of single dose (bolus), warning to keep blood vessels open, immediate (3 ^ 〇 medication notification, change order, routine laboratory results, radiation medicine Results, updates, telemetry (changes in telemetr fantasy data and / or vital signs information, doctors or pharmacies trying to contact nurses, patients requesting nurses, loss of communication, messages from other devices, medical equipment according to importance New rates of information, rate following purge, etc. As previously mentioned, healthcare personnel in a healthcare facility are connected via a remote wireless device 118 (i.e., also known as Personal Digital Assistant (PDA) 18) or other computer device, wireless or fixed connection to the network 1 08 with access to infusion warnings, alarms and messages Rights, such as' a tablet computer with a barcode reader operatively attached, or a laptop computer attached to a V-pillar and a barcode reader operatively attached to that computer. Preferably, the infusion System 210 provides medical staff and other options that enable 1244022 users to automatically warn of event-driven messages. In addition, healthcare facility managers and other users can automate the transmission of automated messages. The type is presented by a remote wireless device with a flood type or classification, the severity of the anomaly, and a time-based reminder. In addition, the infusion system provides medical staff and other users with the ability to configure settings (Conf igure) auditory, visual, or both functions. The messaging provided by the infusion system 210 preferably includes a user-configurable (conf igUrabie) rule engine, a scheduler And the interface to the infusion pump system. Furthermore, the result-driven message transmission is via workstations, electronics Board, wireless personal digital assistant, or the like, it is desirable to provide medical staff with immediate decision support at the treatment site. Generally speaking, communication between the infusion pump 120 and the network 102 and further from the network The communication system between 102 and the digital device 118 of the medical staff allows the medical staff 116 to: among other functions, be able to view the instructions entered by the pharmacy after the electronic circuit is compared with the planned pump settings and / or planning Pump, use the system as a way to remotely view pump warnings and alarms, remotely view pump status, watch notifications, and watch the history of changes to infusion settings. The patient care system is now back to Figure 1. The patient care system 100 preferably includes a computer-entered module (cp0E) and an inpatient pharmacy model. Group, a wireless nurse tabulation system, and a 1244022 electronic patient medical record module. In one embodiment, such a system and module are application private of the second central server or the second central computer ⑽a. It would be desirable to provide a patient care system 100 for a comprehensive patient safety solution for drug delivery. Within the patient care system 100, a software module is set up to integrate the existing patient care system using I: such as the HL7 interface, which is known to those with ordinary skills in this technology. And linked together. Preferably, the patient care system is operated on various computers and personal digital assistant products to transmit instructions, update patient medical records, and use warnings, alarms, and messages. "The computer's doctor's instruction input module enables physicians to enter medications " use warnings, alerts, messages, reminders, vital signs, and knots .: A pharmacy module checks patients' allergies against records to check Prescription drugs. Mouth and check compatibility with other medicines and foods. The pharmacy module also provides real-time data for inventory management ... A nurse's drug tabulation module provides clinical information that is immediately available at the bedside Therefore, the verification of medicines and dosages at the treatment site is ensured. The Patient Care System 100 integrates drug delivery products with the required information to help ensure safe and effective drug delivery. At the constant time of the medical staff When it comes to patient care at a low cost, the clinical decision support of the patient care system and the accompanying warnings, alarms, slogans, and transmissions provide a secure support network to medical staff. This information is better. Provided over a wireless network, it provides data in a way that improves the workflow of healthcare workers and makes care easier.
統的概I 44 1244022 /除了其它的功能之外’在病患照顧系统1〇〇内之輸液· 系統210或是醫療保健系統21〇係提供電腦的開處方以及· 一個電子的醫療給藥記錄(eMAR)。輸液系、统21〇係使得醫 護人員對於圖表、用藥歷史、存貨追縱、以及訊息傳送瞭 如指掌。病患照顧系統100係結合條碼以及即時的技術以 助於確保正確的病患在正確的時間、經由正確的途徑獲得 正確的藥物以及正確的劑量。輸液系統21〇係提供警告、 ,報、訊息以及提醒’例如(但不限於),實驗室值、超出 靶圍以及遺忘的劑量。作為驗證正確的劑量之部分的是,_ 忒系統也可以提供對於輸液泵的設定之驗證。 如同在此所進一步詳細地解說者,輸液系統21〇係(至 =部分地)存在於一或多個電子計算裝置上,例如,無線 遠端的個人數位助理、工作站、醫師指令輸入的模組、電 子平板、處理器控制的輸液泵、或類似者。該輸液系統 21 〇可被配置以經由其中的一或多個電子計算裝置,以各 種的形式顯示許多的醫院可定義的警告及警報。在一個實 =例中’以時間為基礎的警告係被提供來提醒醫護人員執_ 仃病患照顧功能’例如是(但非必要限制於)改變輪液速率 再者,緊急情況(emergency)警報係被提供,例如是(但 要限制於)輸液被切斷。再者,較不緊急的訊息係被 j供,例如是(但非必要限制於)輸液被完成或是管線被阻 外’輸液狀態可以從醫療保健設施内之任何地方, 經由盆φ从 、 ’、9 一或多個無線遠端的個人數位助理或是其它的 電子計算裝置被觀看。 八 45 1244022 如同以下更加詳細揭示的,系統21G係提供對於未在 一段預設的期間之内指4已改正❾警報或是邀主之提日 警訊。可能導致警報或是警告的提昇警訊之情= 由醫療保健設施所定義的。同樣地’在發出警報或是警: 的提昇警訊(escalate)之前的時間也可以由醫療保:二 所定義。於是,未在-段預先定義的期間内由醫護人員力 以改正之預先定義的警報或警告將會導致對於該相關的盤口 報或警告之提昇警訊。因此’醫護人員被該系統通知該些General profile I 44 1244022 / Among other functions' Infusion within patient care system 100 · System 210 or healthcare system 21 provides computer prescriptions and an electronic medical dossier record (EMAR). The infusion system and the system of the 21 ° system allow medical staff to know the charts, medication history, inventory tracking, and message transmission. The Patient Care System 100 combines barcode and real-time technology to help ensure that the right patient gets the right medicine and the right dose at the right time, through the right route. The infusion system 21 provides warnings, reports, messages, and reminders' such as (but not limited to) laboratory values, target limits exceeded, and forgotten doses. As part of verifying the correct dose, the _ 忒 system can also provide verification of the settings of the infusion pump. As explained in further detail here, the infusion system 21 series (to = partially) exists on one or more electronic computing devices, such as wireless remote personal digital assistants, workstations, modules for physician order input , Electronic tablet, processor-controlled infusion pump, or the like. The infusion system 210 can be configured to display many hospital-definable warnings and alarms in various forms via one or more electronic computing devices therein. In one example, a 'time-based warning system is provided to remind the medical staff to perform _ patient care functions', for example (but not necessarily limited to) changing the rate of fluid rotation, and emergency alarms. The system is provided, for example (but limited to) the infusion is cut off. Furthermore, less urgent information is provided by, for example (but not necessarily limited to) the infusion is completed or the pipeline is blocked. The infusion status can be from anywhere in the health care facility, via the basin φ from, ' , 9 One or more wireless remote personal digital assistants or other electronic computing devices are viewed. 8 45 1244022 As disclosed in more detail below, the system 21G provides a warning alert for the day when the finger has been corrected or the inviter is not notified within a preset period of time. Elevated alert conditions that may cause an alert or warning = as defined by the healthcare facility. Similarly, the time before the escalate of the alarm or alert: can be defined by Medicare: II. Thus, a pre-defined alarm or warning not corrected by a healthcare professional within the predefined period of time will result in an elevated alert for the relevant market report or warning. So ‘medical staff are notified by the system
提昇警訊的警報或警告之音頻頻率較佳地是被增高,同樣 地,與言亥些提昇警訊的警報或警告相關之聽覺的音頻之音 量也可以被增大。 9 如同具有此項技術之技能者將體認到的,輸液系統 21 0係藉由檢查被給予的輸液與針對病患的指令,而有助 於確保病患安全。%同在此所進一步詳細地解說者,一種 條碼的方案係被利用,其中輸液袋以及病t ID係被掃描 。輸液資訊係被顯示在電子計算裝置以及泵之上,以助^ 確保正確的輸液在正確的時間、藉由正確的途徑以及在正 確的速率下正被給予正確的病患。在一個實施例中,若上 述的給藥之“正確性,,並不符合時,則一項聽覺及視覺的警 告係出現在該電子裝置之上。再者,透過一個在以下更加 詳細描述的比較過程,當醫護人員設定輸液泵速率時,若 所規劃的設定並不符合對於病患的輸液指令時,則一項聽 覺及視覺的警告係出現在該電子計算裝置上。此外,在任 何時間醫言蒦人員都可以經由該電子裝置來檢查輸液果的設 46 1244022 疋以確5忍设定是否符合如同内含在中央資料庫⑽匕之内 的輸液指令。 在一個實施例中,輸液系統21〇係經由其中的一或多 個㈣十算裝置或類似|,提供具有用於快速的識別訊息 之嚴重性或是緊急程度之不同的音頻或是詞組《警告及警 報。所期望地,習知的輸液泵警告及警報也可以被顯示在 該電子計算裝置之上,例如(但非必要限制於)是在個人數 位助理之上,以保持醫護人員被通知對於所有被指定的病 患之輸液的狀態,藉此節省在解決問題上的時間,並且改 善工作流程的安全性。 尤其,為了報告之目的,所有的警報與警告較佳地是 都可從中央系統的資料庫擷取。該可擷取的資料可以幫助 醫療保健設施於檢查及分析有多少的用藥錯誤是透過警報 、警告以及警語而加以避免的。 所期望地’該聽覺的警告及警報係被配置以根據與該 訊息或是問題相關的嚴重性或是緊急程度而發出不同的聲 音。需要立即的注意之警報係發出與較不緊急的警告不同 的聲音。描述該問題之視覺的文字較佳地是藉由其中的一 或多個電子計算裝置顯示之。在一個實施例中,當輸液接 近完成或是被完成時,一項警告係在個人數位助理上發出 聲音。該個人數位助理亦顯示該病患、位置、輸液類型以 及在該輸液袋變空之前剩餘的時間。任何時候醫護人員都 可以經由個人數位助理來利用輸液的狀態,並且因此相應 地做出反應。在一個實施例中,在探視病患的病房之前, 47 1244022 醫護人員可以在個人赵 θ 婁文位助理上嬈看輸液的狀態,以判斷 疋否再過不久就會需要另-袋。若需要另一輸液袋广 以在第一次探視時就攜帶新的袋以節省:間則 到達該病患的病房之後才瞭解到需要-個新的袋 仙地,藥局可以觀看包含剩餘的時間之狀態,以便於义 下—個輸液袋的混成(mixing)及傳送來敎計劃。The audio frequency of the alert or warning to raise the alert is preferably increased. Similarly, the volume of the audible audio associated with the alert or warning to raise the alert can also be increased. 9 As will be recognized by those skilled in the art, the infusion system 21 0 helps to ensure patient safety by checking the infusions given and instructions for the patient. % As explained in further detail here, a bar code solution is used, in which the infusion bag and disease ID are scanned. The infusion information is displayed on the electronic computing device and the pump to help ensure that the correct infusion is being given to the right patient at the right time, in the right way, and at the right rate. In one embodiment, if the "correctness" of the above-mentioned dosing does not meet the requirements, an audible and visual warning appears on the electronic device. Furthermore, through a device described in more detail below, In the comparison process, when the medical staff sets the infusion pump rate, if the planned setting does not meet the infusion instructions for the patient, an audible and visual warning appears on the electronic computing device. In addition, at any time Medical personnel can use this electronic device to check the setting of the infusion fruit 46 1244022 to determine whether the tolerance setting conforms to the infusion instructions contained in the central database. In one embodiment, the infusion system 21〇 uses one or more of them to provide different audio or phrases such as "Warnings and Alerts" with different severity or urgency for quick identification of messages. Known infusion pump warnings and alarms can also be displayed on the electronic computing device, such as (but not necessarily limited to) on a personal digital assistant to maintain Nursing staff are notified of the status of infusions for all designated patients, thereby saving time in problem resolution and improving the safety of work processes. In particular, for reporting purposes, all alerts and warnings are preferably Both can be retrieved from a central system database. This retrievable data can help healthcare facilities to check and analyze how many medication errors have been avoided through alerts, warnings, and warnings. Desirably 'the hearing Warnings and alerts are configured to sound differently depending on the severity or urgency associated with the message or problem. Alerts that require immediate attention are sounded differently than less urgent warnings. Describe the problem The visual text is preferably displayed by one or more of the electronic computing devices. In one embodiment, a warning is sounded on the personal digital assistant when the infusion is near or completed. The personal digital assistant also displays the patient, location, type of infusion, and time remaining before the infusion bag becomes empty. Any The waiting medical staff can utilize the status of the infusion via a personal digital assistant, and accordingly respond accordingly. In one embodiment, before visiting the patient's ward, 47 1244022 the medical staff can be at the personal Zhao θ Lou Wen assistant Look at the status of the infusion to see if you will need another bag soon. If you need another infusion bag, you can bring a new bag to save on the first visit: After the ward realized that a new bag fairy land was needed, the pharmacy could watch the status including the remaining time in order to facilitate the mixing and transmission of an infusion bag.
=為所要的4’而且如同具有此項技術之技能者將體 “卜其它有關輸液泵的警報與警告可以被做成為位在 離輸液系遠端的電子計算裝置可加以利用0卜恰當的資^ y以被顯示在該電子計算裝置之上,因此節省了在解決問 題上之照料時間(nurse time)及步驟。如上所指出地,當 -個泵發出警報或是警告時’醫護人員可以在個人數二 理上觀看病患資訊、藥品指令以及警報或警告訊息,並且 在前往該病患的病房之前就收集必要的物品以實際地改正 該警報或是警告的情況。 在一個實施例中,輸液系統210係提供可配置的、以 時間為基礎的警告用於提醒醫護人員排定的輸液指令。就 此而論,一個在200ml/hr之下進行Ns兩個小時、接著降 至50ml/hr的減量(tapering)指令係導致輸液系統21〇在 開始該輸液的兩個小時之後警告護士以降低速率。再者, 當排定的輸液超過由該設施所設定的時間容限(t〇丨erance) 時’延遲的警告係被提供以通知醫護人員。再者,以時間 為基礎的協定,例如,在開始硬膜外的嗎啡(epidural morphine)輸液之後,對於進行疼痛評估的警告係被產生。 48 1244022 輸液系統210之可配置的特點亦包含由例如是個人數 :助理的電子計算裝置所發出之聽覺的警告。較佳地,該 聽覺的警告可以是藉由醫療保健設施並且在該醫療保健設 施之特定的單位内加以組態設定的,以滿足在該醫療保健 設施内之獨特的環境。 如先前所指出的,複數個視覺的警告及訊息可以藉由 例如是個人數位助理的電子計算裝置來被顯示,用於』出 訊息的重要性或是緊急程度。所期望地,色彩、閃爍以及= For the desired 4 'and as a person skilled in the art will be able to use other alarms and warnings about the infusion pump can be used as an electronic computing device located at the remote end of the infusion system can be used 0 appropriate information ^ y is displayed on the electronic computing device, thereby saving care time and steps in solving the problem. As noted above, when a pump issues an alarm or a warning, the medical staff can Individuals view patient information, medication instructions, and alert or warning messages, and collect the necessary items to actually correct the alert or warning situation before going to the patient's ward. In one embodiment, The infusion system 210 provides configurable, time-based warnings to remind medical staff of scheduled infusion instructions. In this connection, one performs Ns for two hours at 200ml / hr and then drops to 50ml / hr. The tapering instruction causes the infusion system 21 to alert the nurse at a reduced rate two hours after the infusion is initiated. Furthermore, when the scheduled infusion exceeds the A 'delayed warning' at the set time tolerance is provided to inform the health care provider. Furthermore, time-based protocols, for example, after initiating an epidural morphine infusion A warning for pain assessment is generated. 48 1244022 The configurable features of the infusion system 210 also include an audible warning from an electronic computing device such as a personal number: assistant. Preferably, the audible warning may be By a healthcare facility and configured in a specific unit of the healthcare facility to meet the unique environment within the healthcare facility. As previously noted, a number of visual warnings and messages can be borrowed Displayed by an electronic computing device, such as a personal digital assistant, to indicate the importance or urgency of the message. Desirably, the color, flicker, and
,體文字是顯示訊息的選項。此外,在訊息被產生時可以 提供超連結(hyperlink)。在顯示器上之圖像也可以被利用 ,並且緊急情況訊息可以被配置以中斷該手持式電子裝置 或類似者,以立即警告醫護人員。再者,警報/警告的提 昇警訊係藉由系統210提出。警報/警告以及其提昇尊訊係 在以下詳述之。 ^亦如同先前所指出的,輸液系統21〇係容許醫護人員 能夠在例如是個人數位助理或類似者的電子計算裝置上觀 看所有的輸液或是被指定的病患’因此減少了花在往返於_ ,患的病房之時間。再者’處方資訊係被顯示在電子計算 裝置上,用於輸液的藥品量、稀釋液(diluent)、劑量以及 速率^驗證。此外,輸液之即時的狀態是可觀看的,其係 顯不母小時毫升或類似者、輸液的持續期間、輸液的量、 剩餘:時間、以及還要輸液的量。如先前所指出的,輸液 的狀態以及流速歷史可以從醫療保健設施之内的任何地方 ’經由該些電子計算裝置而被觀看。 49 1244022 如同在此進一步詳細所述者,輸液系統21〇可以根據 病患體重以計算出命令的劑量’並且顯示進行輸液之適當 的速率。若輸液被設定以進行在超出所命令的劑量時,訊 息係被產生。再者,小兒科的(pediatric)給藥是可利用的 ,且被配置用於醫療保健設施之内的小兒科單位。 在一個實施例中,主要的輸液以及例如是小軟袋 (Piggyback)之次要的輸液之狀態係藉由輸液系統21〇而被 顯示在例如是個人數位助理的電子計算裝置之上。醫護人 ,可以在任何時候檢查在—個小軟袋中所剩下用來輸液的 置’並且當該小軟袋用完且主要的輸液已重新開始時,一 個訊息係被顯示。此外,訊息係被傳送至藥局以補充存貨 及輸液指令。 &右為所期望的話,輸液系統210係容許醫療保健設施 能夠定義系統輸液的界限,用於警告規劃一項會進行在超 =所設定的範圍之輸液的醫護人員。料告可以被配置以 谷命醫護人員能夠撤銷一町心)該警告或是禁止撤銷。 如同由具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的,禁 止對於某些輸液的撤銷可以避免病患不慎地接收到過量的 藥劑。 一輸液系、统210也可以提供顯示有關醫療保健設施之内 的^個專業單位之需求的參考資訊。㊉了專業單位的政策 ,私序之外’藥品貧訊亦可在例如是個人數位助理的電子 =置上觀看。準則(prQtQeGl)以及標準的指令可根據病患 狀况被組怨設定以提供訊息。在一個實施例中,例如, 1244022 肝素(heparin)輸液準則係被組態設定以警告醫護人員一項 新的血糖(blood glucose)結果,並且根據按比例增減 (si iding scale)的準則而用滴定法測量胰島素(insui in) 輸液之一個設定的毫升數目。 再者’當訊息或是通知是有關病患的狀況時,該些訊 息或是通知係透過組態設定的規則而被傳送至相關於特定 的輸液之護士。在一個實施例中,例如當接受腎中毒的 (nephrotoxic)輸液的病患在BUN(血尿素氮)以及肌酸酐The text is an option to display the message. In addition, hyperlinks can be provided when messages are generated. Images on the display can also be used, and emergency messages can be configured to interrupt the handheld electronic device or the like to immediately alert medical personnel. Furthermore, the alert / warning alert is raised by the system 210. The alarms / warnings and their enhancements to Zunxun are detailed below. ^ As also pointed out previously, the infusion system 21 allows medical staff to view all infusions or designated patients on an electronic computing device such as a personal digital assistant or the like, thus reducing the amount of time spent on travel _, Time of ward. Furthermore, the 'prescription information' is displayed on an electronic computing device for verification of the amount of medicine, diluent, dose, and rate ^ for infusion. In addition, the instant status of the infusion is viewable, which shows the time of the infusion, or the like, the duration of the infusion, the amount of infusion, the remaining: time, and the amount to be infused. As previously noted, the status of the infusion and the flow rate history can be viewed from anywhere within the healthcare facility 'via these electronic computing devices. 49 1244022 As described in further detail herein, the infusion system 21 can calculate the commanded dose based on the patient's weight ' and display the appropriate rate of infusion. If the infusion is set to proceed when the ordered dose is exceeded, a message is generated. Furthermore, pediatric dosing is available and is configured for use in pediatric units within healthcare facilities. In one embodiment, the status of the primary infusion and the secondary infusion, such as a piggy back, are displayed on an electronic computing device, such as a personal digital assistant, via the infusion system 210. The caregiver can check the remaining infusion in a small soft bag at any time 'and when the small soft bag is used up and the main infusion has restarted, a message is displayed. In addition, messages are sent to pharmacies to replenish inventory and infusion instructions. & Right is the desired, the infusion system 210 allows medical care facilities to define the limits of the system's infusion, and is used to warn medical personnel who plan to perform infusion beyond the set range. The notice can be configured so that the medical staff of Gu Ming can revoke Ichi-Minshin) The warning or prohibition of revocation. As will be appreciated by those with ordinary skill in the art, prohibiting the withdrawal of certain infusions can prevent patients from accidentally receiving an overdose. An infusion system 210 can also provide reference information showing the needs of ^ professional units within a healthcare facility. Following the policy of professional units, the private drug ’s news can also be viewed on an electronic device such as a personal digital assistant. Guidelines (prQtQeGl) and standard instructions can be set to provide information based on patient status. In one embodiment, for example, the 1244022 heparin infusion guidelines are configured to warn healthcare workers of a new blood glucose result, and are used according to the si iding scale criteria Titration measures the number of milliliters of a given insui in infusion. Furthermore, when the messages or notifications are related to the condition of the patient, the messages or notifications are transmitted to the nurses related to the specific infusion through the rules set by the configuration. In one embodiment, for example, when a patient receiving a nephrotoxic infusion is in BUN (blood urea nitrogen) and creatinine
(Creatinine)上有增加時,一個訊息係被產生。此外,當 某種輸液用滴定法測量時,可組態設定準則以產生訊息。 在-個實施例中,例如當醫護人員用滴定法測量多巴胺 (dopamme)輸液時,一個記錄血壓的訊息可被組態設定。 再者,血液動力學的(hem〇dynamic)監視參數可被連結到輸 液以產生訊息。 如先前所指出的,新的輸液指令可被組態設定以提 警告醫護人員有新的指今夕自^ 曰7之Λ息。吼息可被組態設定成(Creatinine) When an increase is made, a message is generated. In addition, when a certain infusion is measured by titration, configuration criteria can be configured to generate messages. In one embodiment, for example, when a medical staff measures a dopamine infusion by titration, a message recording blood pressure can be configured. Furthermore, hemodynamic monitoring parameters can be linked to the infusion to generate information. As previously noted, new infusion commands can be configured to alert health care personnel of new instructions tonight. Howl can be configured to
覺且視覺可見的,例如,令—从 文子的、彩色的警告、閃爍的 連結、圖像、與類似本 ,0 、者。立即指令與t斷(discontinue). 令可被組態設定成一個古很止, 個回優先柘的訊息,以將其和非緊 的訊息區隔開。 F系‘ 較佳地,教育的邙自及4 心係猎由醫療保健設施而被產生及 組態設定。在一個實祐彳f 中,例如,需要特定的管组 如,非PVC的管組)之輪汸尨、兹 竹疋扪吕、、且C例 ^ ^ t ,、導致有一項通知醫護人員的訊 息之顯不。在另一個實施 ψ 例如’需要中央靜脈的進 51 1244022 入之輸液係導致有—項不可在週邊靜脈中輸液的警告之顯 7f> ° 、在個貝轭例中,排程的(scheduling)訊息係被產生 並且顯示在_或多個電子計算裝置之上,以提醒使用者完 成下員工作。在排定的時間來改變輸液速率之警告係被 傳运至该些電子計算裝置,例如是在減量輸液的情形中。 此外,具有以時間為基礎的警告之準則可以被組態設定, 例如,血液輸液準則。 餘:广轉二談及第1®,且如上所指出的,病患照顧系 卢 係谷坪樂物的開處方、配藥以及給藥在病患的床邊 ^生。醫師可以利用無線的手持式裝置以開簡單及複雜 二t塵靜:内的(lntrav⑽us)治療以及全靜脈營養 =心療。輸液系,統210係檢查藥物交互作用以及其它可 ::::與正確的劑量。輸液系統21"系接 =病:照顧設施或是本地的藥局、醫院護理單位、 豕庭4理早位、以及/或是診所。 錄資==可”用該手持式裝置來存取-個醫療的記 筚物以及病串之Γ =例中,f護人員係掃描帶有條碼的 確認正確的藥物之存在與否、劑量 /心口口之則 係更新醫療以及給荜的* 輸液系統210 全部的話—書消:… 低成本並且改善效率,而且二此’輸液系統可以降 統100可以包含存取受管°病患照顧系 又吕制之订動的以及固定的藥物及補 52 1244022 、、’口 ΡΠ儲藏處,其係包含電子的病患醫療記錄以及電腦的開 藥方、從治療點提供完整的準備與存貨管理至藥局。 * 如先則所提及的,第1圖是病患照顧系統丨〇〇的圖形 表示。忒病患照顧系統1 0 0係包含藉由網路丨〇 2連結的藥 局電腦104、中央系統108、以及治療位置1〇6。在一個實 施例中,該藥局電腦104係包含處理單元1〇“、鍵盤1〇仆 、視吼顯不器l〇4c、印表機1〇4d、條碼閱讀機1〇杬、以 及π鼠1 04f。儘管未展示在第J圖中,該病患照顧系統 100也可以包含用於醫院管理的次系統、護士站、臨床的 _ 資Λ人系統、醫院資訊次系統、入院、出院及轉院(adt)次 系統、開帳單次系統、以及/或是其它典型地内含在習知 勺病^顧糸統中之次糸統。此種系統典型地係與該第二 中央伺服器1 〇8a介面連接。 在個貫知例中’該中央系統1 0 8係包含中央司服電 細108a、資料庫1〇8b、視訊顯示器1〇8c、輸入/輸出組件 以及其它為具有在此項技術中之一般技能者所知的習知 硬體組件。该網路】〇2較佳地係包含一個電纖線通訊系、统_ 11 〇部份以及一個無線通訊系統部份。該電纜線通訊系統 11 〇可以疋(但不限於)一個乙太網路纜線系統以及一個細 接頭(thin net)系統。 在一個實施例中,該治療位置1 06可以包含治療病床 1〇h、輸液泵12〇、以及醫療的治療推車132。在第i圖中 ’醫護人員116以及病患112係被展示在該治療位置1〇6 中。藥物124可以是一種利用輸液泵12〇或是其它的醫療 53 1244022 叩材、、Ό藥之類型。藥物1 24也可以是一種不需利用醫療器 材就可給藥之類型。該藥物可以被儲存在醫療的治療推車 132之藥物儲存區域132a中。醫護人員116係在將藥物 124給予病患U2的過程中使用數位助理118。 在一個實施例中,醫護人員116係在治療病患112的 過程中使用數位助理118,以經由第一無線通訊路徑126 和網路102的電纜線通訊系統11〇通訊。該輸液泵12〇係 具有經由第二無線通訊路徑丨28和電纜線通訊系統丨丨〇通 訊之功能。該藥物推車132亦具有經由一條無線通訊路徑(籲 未展示在弟1圖中)通訊的功能。一個無線收發機11 4係與 該電纜線通訊系統110介面連接。該網路的無線通訊系統 部份可以採用例如是(但不限於)具有在此項技術中之一般 技能者所知的技術,例如,IEEE 802 1 1b“無線乙太網路,, 、本地區域網路、無線的本地區域網路、具有樹狀佈局的 、”罔路具有環狀佈局的網路、現有的系統之無線網際網路 點、乙太網路、網際網路、無線電通訊、紅外線、光纖、 以及電話。儘管通訊路徑在帛i圖中被展示為無線通訊系_ 統,但該些通訊路徑可以是固接的連線之通訊路徑。 在病患照顧系統100中,醫師可以開藥物i 24的處方 給病患112。在一個實施例中,該指令可以源自於治療位 置106處的醫護人員116。醫師及/或醫護人員il6可以使 用一種電腦化的醫師醫令輸入系統(cp〇E)、醫療用推車 132、或是類似的裝置,以開藥物丨24的處方給病患丨丨2。 具有在此項技術中之一般技能者係熟悉習知的電腦化的醫 54 1244022 師醫令輸入系統。儘管其名稱為此,任何的醫護人員 都可以使用該電腦化的醫師醫令輸入系統。若藥物二6 過輸液系12G給藥是有效率的,則輸液指令係包含用於產 生輸液泵120的操作參數之資訊。該些操作參數是規劃輪 液泵1 20來根據該輸液指令運作所必須設定的資訊及/或浐 令。 該輸液指令可在各種的位置被輸入,其包含藥局、▲蒦 理中心、護理樓層、以及治療位置1〇6。當該指令在華局 中被輸入時,其可在藥局電腦1〇4中,經由輸入/輸出褒置 ,例如,鍵盤104b、滑鼠l〇4f、觸控螢幕顯示器、cp〇E 系統以及/或是醫療的治療推車132而被輸入。該處理單元 l〇4a係能夠轉換一個人工輸入的指令成為電腦可讀取的資 料。例如是CPOE的裝置可以在指令被導引至處理單元 104a之前轉換該指令成為電腦可讀取的資料。該操作參數 係接著藉由印表機104d,以條碼的格式被列印在一個藥物 的標籤124a之上。該藥物的標籤j 24a係接著被貼在一個 藥物124的容器上。接著,該藥物124的容器係被運送至 治療位置106。藥物124於是可以用此項技術中所知的各 種方式,包含口服地以及透過輸液泵12Q來施予病患ιΐ2 。右藥物124是口服地給藥時,醫護人員丨丨6可以經由數 位助理118以及/或是醫療用推車132來通訊。該醫療用推 車132是電腦化的,並且大致上具有鍵盤(未展示出)、顯 不為132b、以及其它例如是條碼掃描器(未展示出)的輸入 /輸出裝置。 55 1244022 如同由具有在此項技術中之一般技能者將會體認到的 ,該輸液袋也可以被預先混合,其中一個非特定病患的條 碼係附接至該袋以識別該藥物124。再者,該輸液袋可以 在藥局中或是在該樓層上被混合,其中一個特定病患的條 碼係附接至該袋,其係識別該藥物124並且若為所要的話 ,識別該藥物何時將被施予該病患。Perceptually and visually visible, for example, the order from the child's, colored warnings, flashing links, images, and similar books. Immediate instruction and tcontinue. The order can be configured to be a long-lasting, priority-backed message to distinguish it from non-tight messages. F Department ‘Preferably, the education and the 4 minds of education are generated and configured by health care facilities. In a practical case, for example, a specific tube group (such as a non-PVC tube group) is needed, such as wheel ring, bamboo tube, and C case ^ ^ t, which leads to an item that notifies medical personnel The display of the message. In another implementation, for example, 'the infusion of the central vein needs to be 51 1244022, the infusion system results in a warning that the infusion cannot be performed in the peripheral veins. 7f > °, in this case, the scheduling message The system is generated and displayed on one or more electronic computing devices to remind the user to complete the next work. A warning to change the infusion rate at a scheduled time is transmitted to these electronic computing devices, for example in the case of a reduced infusion. In addition, criteria with time-based warnings can be configured, for example, blood transfusion criteria. Yu: Guang Zhuan Er talked about the first 1®, and as noted above, the patient care department of the Lu Department Gu Ping Yue Wu prescribes, dispenses, and administers medicine at the patient's bedside. Physicians can use the wireless hand-held device to open simple and complex two t static: internal (lntrav⑽us) treatment and total intravenous nutrition = cardiotherapy. The infusion system and system 210 check drug interactions and other available :::: with the correct dose. Infusion system 21 " Connection = disease: care facility or local pharmacy, hospital care unit, early court management, and / or clinic. Recording funds == can be used to access a medical record and the Γ of the medical device with the hand-held device. In the example, the f-guards scan the barcode with a barcode to confirm the existence of the correct medicine, The heart of the mouth is to update the medical and infusion system * 210 infusion system All words-cancellation:… low cost and improved efficiency, and the two 'infusion system can be downgraded 100 can include access to the managed patient care system Lu Zhizhi's fixed and fixed medicines and supplements 52 1244022, '口 ΡΠ storage, which contains electronic patient medical records and computer prescriptions, provides complete preparation and inventory management from the treatment point to the pharmacy * As mentioned in the first paragraph, Figure 1 is a graphical representation of the patient care system. The patient care system 100 includes the pharmacy computer 104 and the central computer connected via the network. The system 108, and the treatment location 106. In one embodiment, the pharmacy computer 104 includes a processing unit 10 ", a keyboard 10 server, a sight display 104c, a printer 104d, Bar code reader 10 杬, and π mouse 104f. Although not shown in Figure J, the patient care system 100 may also include a secondary system for hospital management, a nurse station, a clinical _ information system, a hospital information subsystem, admission, discharge, and transfer (adt). Secondary systems, billing systems, and / or other secondary systems typically included in the conventional system. Such a system is typically connected to the second central server 108a interface. In the conventional example, 'The central system 108 series includes central server 108a, database 108b, video display 108c, input / output components and other general skills in this technology. Known hardware components. The network] 02 preferably includes an electrical fiber-line communication system, a system- 11 section, and a wireless communication system section. The cable communication system 11 can (but is not limited to) an Ethernet cable system and a thin net system. In one embodiment, the treatment location 106 may include a treatment bed 10h, an infusion pump 120, and a medical treatment cart 132. In the i-th figure, 'the medical staff 116 and the patient 112 are shown in the treatment position 106. The medicine 124 may be a type of using a transfusion pump 12 or other medical treatments. Drug 1 24 can also be a type that can be administered without the use of medical devices. The medicine may be stored in a medicine storage area 132a of the medical treatment trolley 132. The medical staff 116 uses a digital assistant 118 during the administration of the medication 124 to the patient U2. In one embodiment, the medical staff 116 uses the digital assistant 118 during the treatment of the patient 112 to communicate with the cable communication system 11 of the network 102 via the first wireless communication path 126. The infusion pump 12o has a communication function via a second wireless communication path 28 and a cable communication system. The drug cart 132 also has a function of communicating via a wireless communication path (not shown in Figure 1). A wireless transceiver 11 4 is connected to the cable communication system 110 interface. The wireless communication system part of the network can use, for example, but is not limited to, technologies known to those skilled in the art, such as IEEE 802 1 1b "Wireless Ethernet," Networks, wireless local area networks, tree-like layouts, networks with ring-shaped layouts, wireless Internet points for existing systems, Ethernet, Internet, radio communications, infrared , Fiber, and telephone. Although the communication paths are shown as wireless communication systems in the figure, these communication paths may be communication paths for fixed connections. In the patient care system 100, a physician may prescribe a drug i 24 to a patient 112. In one embodiment, the instructions may originate from a medical staff 116 at the treatment location 106. Physicians and / or medical personnel il6 may use a computerized physician order entry system (cp0E), a medical cart 132, or a similar device to prescribe medications to a patient. Those with general skills in this technology are familiar with computerized medical doctors. 54 1244022 Teacher order input system. Despite its name, any medical staff can use this computerized physician order entry system. If the drug 2 6 is effectively administered through the infusion system 12G, the infusion instruction system contains information for generating operating parameters of the infusion pump 120. The operating parameters are information and / or commands that must be set to plan the liquid pump 120 to operate according to the infusion instruction. The infusion instruction can be input at various locations, including a pharmacy, a medical center, a nursing floor, and a treatment location 106. When the instruction is entered in the China Bureau, it can be set in the pharmacy computer 104 via input / output, for example, keyboard 104b, mouse 104f, touch screen display, cp〇E system, and And / or the medical treatment cart 132 is input. The processing unit 104a is capable of converting a manually inputted instruction into computer-readable data. A device such as a CPOE may convert the instruction into computer-readable data before the instruction is directed to the processing unit 104a. The operating parameters are then printed on a label 124a of a drug in a barcode format by the printer 104d. The label j 24a of the drug is then affixed to a container of the drug 124. The container of the drug 124 is then transported to the treatment site 106. The drug 124 can then be administered to the patient in a variety of ways known in the art, including orally and through the infusion pump 12Q2. When the right drug 124 is administered orally, the medical staff 6 can communicate via the digital assistant 118 and / or the medical cart 132. The medical cart 132 is computerized and generally has a keyboard (not shown), a display 132b, and other input / output devices such as a barcode scanner (not shown). 55 1244022 As will be recognized by those with ordinary skills in the art, the infusion bag can also be pre-mixed, and a non-specific patient barcode is attached to the bag to identify the drug 124. Furthermore, the infusion bag can be mixed in the pharmacy or on the floor, and a barcode for a specific patient is attached to the bag, which identifies the drug 124 and, if desired, when Will be administered to the patient.
在治療位置處,藥物124可以安裝在輸液泵12()之上 ,利用一條靜脈(IV)管路130而從輸液泵12〇流至病患 112。該輸液栗120可以包含泵u即(pUmping)單元12〇a、小 型鍵盤(keypad)120b、顯示器120c、輸液泵Π) 12〇d、以 及天線120e。習知技術的輸液泵可以設置一個無線轉接器 (未展示出)以便於完整地實施該系統100。若必要的話, 该無線轉接器可以具有其本身的電池,以避免縮短習知技 術的輸液栗之電池哥命。該無線轉接器也可以使用智慧型 資料管理,例如(但不限於),儲存及遞送的資料管理與資 料壓縮,以最小化功率消耗以及網路的傳輸量。該無線轉 接器也可以包含和數位助理118通訊的功能,甚至當網路 10 2未在運作時亦可如此。 在一個實施例中,病患照顧系統1 〇〇可以包含各種的 識別符,例如(但不限於),人員、設備、以及藥物的識別 符。在第1圖中,醫護人員116可以具有一個醫護人員徽 章(badge)l 16a的識別符,病患112可以具有一個腕帶 (wristband)112a的識別符,輸液泵120可以具有一個輸 液泵ID 120d的識別符,並且藥物124可以具有一個藥物 56 1244022 的標籤124a之識別符。醫護人員徽章U6a、腕帶丨12a、 ' 輸液泵Iβ 12Od以及藥物的標籤;[24a係包含資訊來識別與 · 其相連的人員、設備、或是藥物。該些識別符也可以具有 額外的資訊。例如,藥物的標籤124a可以包含有關藥物 I 24所打算要用的接受者之資訊、用於輸液泵丨2〇的操作 參數以及有關藥物124的批號及使用期限之資訊。内含在 識別符中的資訊可被列印出,但較佳地是以一種裝置可讀 取的格式被列印,例如(但不限於),像是條碼之光學可讀 取的裝置格式、例如是RFID.、iButton、智慧卡之射頻 _ (RF)裝置可讀取的格式、以及雷射可讀取的格式。該數位 助理118可以包含顯示器118a並且具有讀取該些識別符的 功能’其包含讀取例如是指紋的生物辨識(bi〇metric)資訊 〇 該腕帶112a典型地是在病患112進入醫療照顧設施時 ,被設置在該病患112之上。該腕帶112a係包含一個病患 識別符。該病患識別符可以包含列印的資訊以識別該病患 與額外的資訊’例如是一位治療的醫師姓名。用於病患 _ II 2的病患識別符可以包含例如是(但不限於),病患的姓 名、年齡、社會安全號碼、病患的血型、地址、過敏、醫 院ID號碼以及病患的親屬姓名之資訊。在一個實施例中 ’若需要的話或為所期望的話,該病患識別符可以包含一 個用於該病患之獨特的參考碼或是密碼,其亦被儲存在中 央資料庫中用於交叉對照。 A·統硬—體/系統的敕艚靼缉 57 1244022 第2圖是電腦200的方塊圖,其係代表第1圖的藥局 電腦104、中央系統108、CPOE、數位助理118以及/或是 内含在任意數目個其它經由網路102通訊的例如是藥物治 療推車132之次系統中之電腦。如先前所指出的,電腦 2 0 0係包含輸液系統21 0或是一部份的輸液系統2丨〇,以用 在病患照顧系統100内。參考第2圖所述的輸液系統較佳 地是一個電腦程式。然而,除了被實施為一個電腦程式之 外,該輸液系統可以全部或是部分地被實施為一種方法及 系統。 在此項技術中的一項關鍵性的考量是正確的藥物被施 予正確的病患。因此,輸液系統210係包含特點以助於以 種有效率的方式確保正讀的藥物被施予正確的病患。輸 液系統21 0可以用軟體、韌體、硬體、或是其中之一種組 合來實施之。在一種模式中,輸液系統21〇是用軟體來實 施成一個可執行的程式,並且藉由一或多個特殊的或是一 般目的之數位電腦來加以執行,例如,個人電腦(pc:;〗bm 相容的、Apple相容的、或是其它)、個人數位助理、工作 _ 站、微型電腦、或是大型電腦。一般目的之電腦的一個可 以實施該輸液系統210之例子係被展示在第2圖中。該輸 液系統210可以存在於(或是使得其各種部份存在於)任何 例如是(但不限於),藥局電腦1〇4、中央系統1〇8、藥物治 療推車132、以及數位助理丨丨8的電腦中。因此,第2圖 的電腦200係代表該輸液系統210存在或是部分地存在於 其中的任何電腦。 58 1244022 一般而言,就硬體架構而論,如第2圖中所示,該電 甾200係包含經由本地的介面208通訊地耦接之處理器 202、記憶體204以及一或多個輸入及/或輸出(1/〇)裝置 2〇6(或是週邊設備)。該本地的介面208可以是例如(但不 =於),一或多個匯流排或是其它有線或是無線的連線, T如此項技術中已知者。該本地的介面2〇8可以具有例如 是控制器、緩衝器(快取)、驅動器、中繼器、以及接收器 之頜外的TL件(其係為了簡明起見而被省略)以使得通訊成 為可能的。再者,該本地的介面可以包含位址、控制以及 /或是資料連、線,以使得在其它的電腦組件之間適當的通 訊成為可能的。 處理器202是-個用於執行軟體,尤其是儲存在記憶 體204中的軟體之硬體裝置。處理器2〇2可以是任何特製 的或是市售的處理器、中央處理單元(⑽、數個與該電腦 2〇〇相關的處理器中之辅助的處理器、以半導體為基礎的 微處理器(具有微晶片或是晶片組的形式)、巨集處理器 (macroprocessor)、或大致上是任何用於執行軟體指令的 裝置。適當的市售微處理器之例子係為如下:“惠普公 司的PA-RISC系列微處理器、來自英特爾公司的8_或 是PentiUm系列微處理器、來自IBM的PowerPC微處理器 、來自昇陽微系統公㈣Sparc微處理器、或是來自摩托 羅拉公司的68XXX系列微處理器。處理器2G2也可以代表 -種分散式處理架構,例如(但不限於^、福心 APL KLisp、Snobol、Devei〇per 2〇〇、MUMPS/Magic。 59 1244022 /己憶體204可以包含依電性記憶體元件(例士口,隨機存 取。己體(RAM,例如DRAM、SRAM、SDRM、等等))以及非 ^電性冗憶體元件(例如,國、硬碟、磁帶、⑽⑽、等等 中之任何一個或是其組合。再者,記憶體2〇4可以包含電 =磁性、光學、以及/或是其它類型的儲存媒體。記憶 ^ 可以具有種分散式架構,其中的各種組件係位在 ^此的遠端處,但仍然可藉由處理器2〇2存取。 >在記憶體204中的軟體可包含-或多種個別的程式。 该些個別的程式係包括用於實施邏輯功能之可執行的指令 =順序列表。在第2圖中,記憶體綱中的軟體係包含根 本實施例的輸液系、统以及適當的作業系統(0/S)212 。適當之市售的作業系、统212之例子的一個非完全列出的 J係為如下·(a)可從微軟公司購得的視窗作業系統; (b)可從Novell公司購得的Netware作業系統;(c)可從蘋 ^f^^^#0^^^(Macint〇sh)^t ; (d)^^ 例如疋惠普公司、昇陽微系統公司與AT&T公司之許多販 商購仔的UNIX作業系統;(e)在網際網路上容易可得的 費款體之LINUX作業系統;⑴來自WindRiver系統公司之 即妗的VxWorks作業系統;或是(§)以應用為基礎的作業系 、先例如疋在手持式電腦或是個人數位助理(pDA)中所做成 的作業系統(例如,可從Palm c〇mputing公司蹲得的 PalmOS以及可從微軟公司購得的視窗邙)。作業系统 實質上係控制其它例如是輸液系、统21〇的電腦程式之執行 ’並且提供排程、輸人輪出的控制、#案及資料管理、/ 王、呂己 60 1244022 體g理、以及通訊控制與相關的服務。 西輸液系統210可以是一個原始程式、可執行的程式(目 杯(ject)碼)、腳本、或是任何其它包括一組將被執行 指今之每娜 ^ 、/體。當原始程式經由編譯器、組合程式、解譯器 —或’乜者而被轉換時’其可以内含或可以不内含在記憶 "/之内,以便於結合0/S 212而適當地運作。再者, 輸液系統21〇可以被撰寫成⑷物件導向的程式語言,其係 :有資”法的類別’或是⑻程序程式語言,其係具有 第弋人木式、以及/或是函數,例如(但不限於),c、C + +At the treatment site, the medication 124 may be mounted above the infusion pump 12 () and flow from the infusion pump 120 to the patient 112 using an intravenous (IV) line 130. The infusion pump 120 may include a pumping unit 120a, a keypad 120b, a display 120c, an infusion pump 12d, and an antenna 120e. A conventional infusion pump may be provided with a wireless adapter (not shown) to facilitate the complete implementation of the system 100. If necessary, the wireless adapter may have its own battery to avoid shortening the battery life of the infusion pump of the conventional technology. The wireless adapter can also use intelligent data management, such as (but not limited to), storage and delivery of data management and data compression to minimize power consumption and network throughput. The wireless adapter may also include a function to communicate with the digital assistant 118, even when the network 102 is not in operation. In one embodiment, the patient care system 100 may include various identifiers, such as, but not limited to, identifiers of persons, equipment, and medications. In FIG. 1, the medical staff 116 may have an identifier of a medical staff badge 16a, the patient 112 may have an identifier of a wristband 112a, and the infusion pump 120 may have an infusion pump ID 120d And the medicine 124 may have an identifier of the tag 124a of the medicine 56 1244022. Medical staff badge U6a, wristband 12a, 'infusion pump Iβ 12Od, and drug label; [24a contains information to identify the person, device, or drug connected to it. These identifiers can also have additional information. For example, the label 124a of the drug may contain information about the intended recipient of the drug I 24, operating parameters for the infusion pump 20, and information about the lot number and the expiration date of the drug 124. The information contained in the identifier can be printed, but is preferably printed in a device-readable format, such as (but not limited to) an optically readable device format such as a bar code, Examples are RFID., IButton, smart card radio frequency (RF) device readable format, and laser readable format. The digital assistant 118 may include a display 118a and have a function to read the identifiers. 'It includes reading biometric information such as fingerprints. The wristband 112a is typically entered into the medical care of the patient 112 At the time of the facility, it was placed above the patient 112. The wristband 112a contains a patient identifier. The patient identifier may include printed information to identify the patient and additional information ' such as the name of a treating physician. The patient identifier for Patient_II 2 may include, for example (but not limited to), the patient's name, age, social security number, patient's blood type, address, allergy, hospital ID number, and relatives of the patient Name information. In one embodiment, 'if necessary or desired, the patient identifier may include a unique reference code or password for the patient, which is also stored in a central database for cross-referencing. . A. System Hardware-Demand 57 1244022 Figure 2 is a block diagram of a computer 200, which represents the pharmacy computer 104, central system 108, CPOE, digital assistant 118, and / or Contained in any number of other computers, such as a medication therapy cart 132, that communicate via the network 102. As previously indicated, the computer 200 includes the infusion system 210 or a part of the infusion system 20 for use in the patient care system 100. The infusion system described with reference to Figure 2 is preferably a computer program. However, in addition to being implemented as a computer program, the infusion system can be fully or partially implemented as a method and system. A key consideration in this technique is that the right drug is administered to the right patient. Therefore, the infusion system 210 includes features to help ensure that the medication being read is administered to the right patient in an efficient manner. The infusion system 210 can be implemented by software, firmware, hardware, or a combination thereof. In one mode, the infusion system 21 is implemented in software as an executable program and executed by one or more special or general purpose digital computers, such as a personal computer (pc :; 〖 bm compatible, Apple compatible, or other), personal digital assistant, workstation, microcomputer, or mainframe computer. An example of a general purpose computer that can implement the infusion system 210 is shown in FIG. The infusion system 210 may exist in (or cause its various parts to exist in) any such as (but not limited to), a pharmacy computer 104, a central system 108, a medication trolley 132, and a digital assistant.丨 8 computer. Therefore, the computer 200 in FIG. 2 represents any computer in which the infusion system 210 exists or partially exists. 58 1244022 In general, as far as the hardware architecture is concerned, as shown in Figure 2, the steroid 200 includes a processor 202, a memory 204, and one or more inputs communicatively coupled via a local interface 208. And / or output (1/0) device 206 (or peripheral equipment). The local interface 208 may be, for example (but not equal to), one or more buses or other wired or wireless connections, as known in the art. The local interface 208 may have, for example, controllers, buffers (caches), drivers, repeaters, and TL components outside the jaw (which are omitted for brevity) to enable communication Become possible. Furthermore, the local interface may include addresses, controls, and / or data links and lines to enable proper communication between other computer components. The processor 202 is a hardware device for executing software, especially software stored in the memory 204. The processor 200 may be any special or commercially available processor, a central processing unit (⑽, an auxiliary processor among several processors associated with the computer 200, and a semiconductor-based microprocessing). Processors (in the form of microchips or chipsets), macroprocessors, or roughly any device used to execute software instructions. Examples of suitable commercially available microprocessors are as follows: "HP Corporation PA-RISC series microprocessors, 8_ or PentiUm series microprocessors from Intel, PowerPC microprocessors from IBM, Sparc microprocessors from Sun Microsystems, or 68XXX series from Motorola Microprocessor. Processor 2G2 can also represent a decentralized processing architecture, such as (but not limited to, ^, Fuxin APL KLisp, Snobol, Deveoper 2000, MUMPS / Magic. 59 1244022 / cherry body 204 can Contains electrical memory components (eg, access, random access. Memory (RAM, such as DRAM, SRAM, SDRM, etc.) and non-electrical redundant memory components (such as country, hard disk, tape , ⑽, etc., or a combination thereof. Furthermore, the memory 204 may include electrical = magnetic, optical, and / or other types of storage media. The memory ^ may have a decentralized architecture, of which Various components are located at the remote end, but can still be accessed by the processor 202. > The software in the memory 204 may contain-or a variety of individual programs. The individual programs include Executable instructions = sequence list for implementing logical functions. In Figure 2, the soft system in the memory class contains the infusion system, system, and appropriate operating system (0 / S) 212 of the basic embodiment. As appropriate A non-completely listed J series of examples of commercially available operating systems and systems 212 is as follows: (a) Windows operating system available from Microsoft Corporation; (b) Netware operating system available from Novell Corporation; (C) Available from Apple ^ f ^^^ # 0 ^^^ (Macint〇sh) ^ t; (d) ^^ For example, Hewlett-Packard, Sun Microsystems, and many AT & T companies UNIX operating system; (e) LINUX operating system easily available on the Internet; WindRiver Systems' immediate VxWorks operating system; or (§) an application-based operating system, such as an operating system made on a handheld computer or personal digital assistant (pDA) (for example, PalmOS from Palm computing company and Windows available from Microsoft 邙). The operating system is essentially to control the execution of other computer programs such as infusion systems and system 21 ′ and provides scheduling, input Rotation control, #case and data management, Wang, Lu Ji 60 1244022 system management, and communication control and related services. The western infusion system 210 may be an original program, an executable program (ject code), a script, or any other including a set of instructions to be executed. When the original program is converted by a compiler, a combination program, an interpreter—or 'the translator', it may or may not be included in the memory " / in order to appropriately combine with 0 / S 212 Operation. In addition, the infusion system 21 can be written as an object-oriented programming language, which is: a "class of law" or a programming language, which has a first-person style and / or a function, For example (but not limited to), c, C ++
Pascal、Basic、F〇rtran、c〇b〇i、、Java、以及 論。在—個實施例中,該系統程式210係以C+ +撰寫。在 其它實施例中’該輸液系統210係利用Power Builder來 加以產生。該1/0裝置2〇6可以包含輸入裝置,例如(但不 限於),鍵盤、滑鼠、掃描器、麥克風、觸控勞幕、用於 各,醫療器材的介面、條碼閱讀機、指示筆(styius)、雷 射讀取器、射頻裝置讀取器、等等。再者,該i/〇裝置 206也可以包含輸出裝置,例如(但不限於),印表機、條 碼列印機、顯示器、等等。該1/〇裝置2〇6可以更包含作 為輸入及輪出通訊的裝置,譬如(但不限於),調變器/解調 器(數據機;用於進入其它的裝置、系統或是網路)、射頻 (RF)或是其它收發機、電話的介面、橋接器加㈣ 由器、等等。 若電腦200SPC、工作站、個人數位助王里、或類似者 ’則記憶冑2G4中的軟體可以進—步包含基本輸出入系統 61 1244022Pascal, Basic, Fortran, Coboi, Java, and others. In one embodiment, the system program 210 is written in C ++. In other embodiments' the infusion system 210 is generated using Power Builder. The 1/0 device 206 may include an input device, such as (but not limited to), a keyboard, a mouse, a scanner, a microphone, a touch screen, an interface for medical equipment, a barcode reader, and a stylus. (Styius), laser reader, RF device reader, etc. Furthermore, the i / 0 device 206 may also include an output device, such as (but not limited to), a printer, a bar code printer, a display, and so on. The 1 / 〇 device 20 may further include a device for input and rotation communication, such as (but not limited to), a modulator / demodulator (modem; used to enter other devices, systems, or networks). ), Radio frequency (RF) or other transceivers, telephone interfaces, bridges and routers, etc. If the computer 200SPC, workstation, personal digital assistant, or the like, then the software in the memory 2G4 can be advanced—including the basic input and output system 61 1244022
(BIOS)(未展示在第2圖中)。該M〇s是一組基本的軟體常 式,其係在起動時初始化及測試硬體、起始Ο” 212、並 且支援在硬體裝置之間的資料傳輸。該BI〇s係儲存在r〇m 中,因而該BIOS可以在電腦200被起動時加以執行。 當電腦200是在動作中,處理器2〇2係被配置以執行 儲存在記憶體204之内的軟體、傳遞資料往返於記憶= 204、以及大致上根據該軟體來控制電腦的動作。該輪 液系統210以及0/S 212全部或是部分地(典型地是部 鲁 )藉由處理器2〇2加以讀取,可以被暫存在該處理器2〇2 内’並且接著加以執行。 當輸液系、統210是以軟體做成時,即如帛2圖中所示 者,該輸液系、统21〇的程式可以被儲存在任何電腦可讀: 的媒體之上,以藉由或是結合任何電腦相關的系統或方去 加以利用。如同在此所用者,電腦可讀取的媒體是可以’勺(BIOS) (not shown in Figure 2). The Mos is a basic software routine that initializes and tests the hardware at startup, starts 0 "212, and supports data transfer between hardware devices. The Mos is stored in r 〇m, so the BIOS can be executed when the computer 200 is started. When the computer 200 is in operation, the processor 202 is configured to execute software stored in the memory 204, transfer data to and from the memory = 204, and roughly control the computer's movement based on the software. The wheel fluid system 210 and 0 / S 212 are read in whole or in part (typically Bulu) by the processor 202, which can be read by Temporarily stored in the processor 2002 and then executed. When the infusion system 210 is made of software, that is, as shown in Fig. 2, the program of the infusion system 210 can be stored. On any computer-readable media, to be used by or in conjunction with any computer-related system or method. As used herein, computer-readable media can be used.
腦程式的電子、磁性、光學、或是其它實體的 义置或機構,以藉由或是結合任何電腦相關的系統或 加以利用。該輸液系統21G可以被實施在任何 抱 的媒體中’以藉由或是結合執行指令的系、统、裝置二The electronic, magnetic, optical, or other physical meaning or mechanism of the brain program to be used by or in conjunction with any computer-related system. The infusion system 21G can be implemented in any of the media ’with or in combination with the system, system, and device that executes the instruction
::以二,以電腦為基礎的系统、内含處理二 統、或疋其它可以從該執行指令的系统、裝置 J (fetch)指令並且執行該些指令的系統。在此文件的 ’一種“日電月1可讀取的媒體,,可以是任何可儲存、通訊二 程式的裝置’以藉由或是結合該執行指令的 …件加以利用。該電腦可讀取的媒體可以例 62 1244022 如是(但不限於),電子、磁性、光學、電磁、紅外線、或 是半導體系統、裝置、元件、或是傳播媒體。電腦可讀取 的媒體之更明確的例子(非完全列出的表列)將包含以下·· 具有一或多條導線的電氣連線(電子的)、可攜式的電腦碟 片(磁性的)、隨機存取記憶體(RAM)(電子的)、唯讀記憶體 (R0M)(電子的)、可抹除可程式化唯讀記憶體(EpR〇M、 EEPR0M或是快閃記憶體)(電子的)、光纖(光學的)、以及 可攜式的光碟唯讀記憶體(CDR〇M)(光學的)。請注意的是該 電腦可讀取的媒體甚至可以是其上列印有程式的紙張或是 其它適當的媒體,因為該程式可以經由譬如是紙張或是其 它媒體的光學掃描之透過電子手段地加以捕捉,而接著以 一種適當的方式被編譯、解譯或處理(若必要的話),並且 接著被儲存在電腦記憶體中。:: Based on a computer-based system, a built-in processing system, or other system that can execute instructions from this, install J (fetch) instructions and execute those instructions. In this document, "a kind of media that can be read by NEC 1 can be any device that can store and communicate with two programs" to be used by or in combination with the execution of the command. The computer can read Examples of media include: 1244022 If (but not limited to) electronic, magnetic, optical, electromagnetic, infrared, or semiconductor systems, devices, components, or communication media. More specific examples of computer-readable media (not complete) The listed list) will include the following: electrical connections (electronic) with one or more wires, portable computer discs (magnetic), random access memory (RAM) (electronic) , Read-only memory (R0M) (electronic), erasable and programmable read-only memory (EpROM, EEPR0M, or flash memory) (electronic), optical fiber (optical), and portable CD-ROM (optical). Please note that the computer-readable media can even be paper on which the program is printed or other appropriate media, because the program can Via paper or The optical scanning of its medium to be captured through electronic means, and then compiled in a suitable manner, interpreted or processed (if necessary), and is then stored in the computer memory.
在另一實施例中,輸液系統21〇是以硬體做成的, 輸液系統210可以用以下在此項技術中眾所週知的技系好 之任一種技術或是技術的組合加以完成:具有用於在資 L唬上實施邏輯功能的邏輯閘之離散的邏輯電路、具有 當的組合邏輯閘之特殊應用積體電路(ASIC)、可程式化 閘陣列(PGA)、現場可程式化的閘陣列(FpGA)、等等。 曰在例如是第3 —11圖的圖式中之任何過程的說明或是 塊,打算被理解為代表硬體、軟體或類似者的模組、片 或疋部份,其可以包含用於實施特定的邏輯功能或是過 中的:驟之一或多個可執行的指令,並且替代的做法係 含在實施例的範圍之内,其中可以依據牵涉到的功能而 63 1244022 不=於所展禾或論述的順序來執行功能,此係包括實質上 同時或是以相反的順序來執行,即 之-般技能者將會理解者。 同具有在此項技術中 病患照顧条統之組# 第4圖是展示第1圖的病患照顧系統100之功能袓件 的第-方塊圖。如同在第4圖中所示,病患照顧系統⑽ 可以被實施為-種模組化系統,其中的模組係代表該病患 照顧糸統的各種功能,其包含該輸液系統21〇(第2圖)。 當該系統被實施為模組化系統時,病患照顧系、统⑽盥輸 液系統的彈性可以被增進。該輸液系統21。(第2圖二 組可以内含在病患照顧系統100之各種部份中。在一個實 施例中’該病患照顧系統的功能組件可以包含尤其是藥物 管理模組302、處方產生模組3〇4、處方啟動模組3〇6、以 及處方授權模組308。 該藥物管理模組302可以協調在該病患照顧系統ι〇〇 中牵涉到醫療之給藥的其它模組之功能。該藥物管理模組 302大致上是與病患照顧系統1〇〇 #其它部份協調。該藥 物管理模組302可以包含用於操作及/或與cp〇E介面連接 的次模組、用於操作及/或與治療點模組通訊的次模組、 以及用於操作及/或與醫療比較模組通訊的次模組。在第4 圖中 個入P元出院及轉院(ADT)介面310、一個開帳單 介面312、一個貫驗室介面314、以及一個藥局介面3丨6係 被展不。該ADT介面3丨〇係被使用來抓取例如是病患的基 本資料、體型、重量以及過敏的資訊。在一個較佳實施例 64 1244022 中,該ADT系統係利用一種HL7類型的介面以將被輸入醫 院的ADT系統内的事件傳輸到第二中央伺服器1 〇8a中。 HL7是一種在醫療保健環境中用於格式化 料的協定。其係透過一種訊息傳送的標準以在醫療保健資 訊系統之間提供互通性(interoperabi 1 ity),此係使得不 同的醫療保健應用程式,例如是各種不同的第三方之應用 程式能夠交換關鍵的臨床及給藥的資料組。典型地,在本 系統100中’該HL7 ADT介面是由三個應用程式所組成: HL7 ADT伺服器、HL7 ADT客戶以及HL7 ADT觀看者。該藥In another embodiment, the infusion system 210 is made of hardware, and the infusion system 210 can be completed by any one of the following technologies or a combination of technologies well-known in the art: Discrete logic circuits of logic gates that implement logic functions on assets, special application integrated circuits (ASICs) with appropriate combinational logic gates, programmable gate arrays (PGA), field programmable gate arrays ( FpGA), etc. Descriptions or blocks of any process in the diagrams such as Figs. 3-11 are intended to be understood as modules, pieces or parts that represent hardware, software or the like, which may contain Specific logic functions are either in transit: one or more executable instructions, and alternatives are included in the scope of the embodiment, which can be based on the functions involved. 63 1244022 is not equal to the displayed He or the order of execution of the function, this system includes the execution of essentially the same time or in the reverse order, that is, ordinary people will understand. The group having the patient care system in the art # FIG. 4 is a block diagram showing the functional components of the patient care system 100 of FIG. 1. As shown in Figure 4, the patient care system ⑽ can be implemented as a modular system, where the module system represents various functions of the patient care system, which includes the infusion system 21〇 (第2)). When the system is implemented as a modular system, the flexibility of patient care systems and systemic infusion systems can be enhanced. The infusion system 21. (The second group in FIG. 2 may be included in various parts of the patient care system 100. In one embodiment, the functional components of the patient care system may include, in particular, a drug management module 302 and a prescription generation module 3 〇4, prescription activation module 306, and prescription authorization module 308. The drug management module 302 can coordinate the functions of other modules involved in medical administration in the patient care system ι〇〇 The medication management module 302 is generally coordinated with other parts of the patient care system 10〇 #. The medication management module 302 may include a sub-module for operation and / or connection with the cp〇E interface, for operation And / or a sub-module that communicates with the treatment point module, and a sub-module that is used to operate and / or communicate with the medical comparison module. In Figure 4, a P-discharge and transfer (ADT) interface 310, A billing interface 312, a laboratory interface 314, and a pharmacy interface 3 丨 6 are not shown. The ADT interface 3 丨 〇 is used to capture, for example, basic information, body type, and weight of a patient And allergy information. In a preferred embodiment 64 1244022 The ADT system uses an HL7 type interface to transmit events entered into the hospital's ADT system to the second central server 108a. HL7 is a protocol for formatting materials in a healthcare environment .It is a standard for transmitting information to provide interoperabiity between healthcare information systems. This system enables different healthcare applications, such as various third-party applications, to exchange key information. Clinical and drug data set. Typically, in the system 100, the HL7 ADT interface is composed of three applications: the HL7 ADT server, the HL7 ADT client, and the HL7 ADT viewer. The drug
#S 局介面316係從藥局輸入指令。該藥局介面316可以是一 種HL7類型的介面,其係與其它用於輸入指令的系統,例 如是CP0E介面連接。此功能係降低超過一次地輸入資料到 病患照顧系統10G的必要性。該藥局介面316可被配置以 和市售的第二方系統,例如是(但不限於)、肋阢、 Pyxis、Meditech、SMS、Pham〇us、與類似者通訊。一個網 路服務介面可以在支援口服的藥物之給藥的例如是#S 局面 面 316 is input from the pharmacy. The pharmacy interface 316 may be an HL7 type interface, which is connected to other systems for inputting commands, such as a CP0E interface. This function reduces the need to enter data into the patient care system 10G more than once. The pharmacy interface 316 may be configured to communicate with a commercially available second party system, such as (but not limited to), costum, Pyxis, Meditech, SMS, Phomaus, and the like. An online service interface can support the administration of oral medications such as
McKesson A^RX . Pyxi s Ver, f 5 ^ ^ # ^ 理糸統職輸液果相關的藥物管理之間提供幾乎 調。各種其它亦為且有在此項 人、 項技術中之一般技能者所知的 w面並未被展示在第4圖中。 該藥物管理模、组302可以具有額外的特 查由於藥品與藥品之間的不相k 、藥品劑量的限制、用藥w 複的、、、。杂、樂品過敏 〗里。限制、用樂頻率的限制、 制、以及筚品、左、产uθ ^ 只Μ間的限 疾病的禁忌症所弓1起的不良反應之功能。食 65 1244022 物與酒精的相互影響也可以被注意。藥品限制可以包含例 如是(但不限於)與成人、兒童、幼兒、新生兒、早產兒、 老年人、年齡群、重量群、身高群以及身體表面積相關的 Γϋ °在—個實施射,該藥物管理模組302係避免從病 —顧系、統1 00之内的兩個不同的來源對於相同的病患輸 入相同的處方。 該藥物管理模組302也可以包含產生報告的功能。該 2報告係包含(但不限於)輪班(shift)結束、滴定資訊病 患事件表列、輸液歷史、泵效能歷史、泵位置歷史、以及 泵維護歷史。該輪班結束報告可以包含泵通道、開始時問 、結束時間、主要的輸液、小軟袋輸液、藥物、劑量、速 率泵狀態、輸液的量、剩餘量、剩餘的時間、以及上次 清除的時間。該輸液歷史報告係包含輸液的藥物及量。 «亥藥物管理模組302也可以包含一個醫療設備狀態的 資料庫。該醫療設備狀態的資料庫係包含指出醫療器材 3 3 2在該病患照顧系統丨〇 〇之内的位置之資料。該醫療設 備狀態的資料庫也可以包含指出醫療器材332之過去的效 能之資料。該醫療設備狀態的資料庫也可以包含指出醫療 器材332的維護計劃表以及/或是歷史之資料。 輸液處方或是指令係在處方輸入324中被輸入。此種 指令可以包含例如是(但不限於)單一劑量輸液、斷續的輸 液、連續的輸液、定序的(sequencing)、滴定法的、以及 交替的類型之處方。輸液處方也可以包含全靜脈營養(τρΝ) 混合物(admixture)、化學療法(chemotherapy)之連續的輸 66 1244022 '】軟衣、大容量注射液(Parenteral)、以及其它的輸 处方。亥病患照顧系、統!〇〇可以在指令是沒有結束日期 、乍4病患照顧系統10 0係使用連續的計劃表產生哭 、其係考慮到未來-段預先定義的㈣,並且產生一個對 於邊期間之供應混合物的計劃表。該預先定義的期間可以 在病患照顧系、統100的層級或是在例如是臨床學科的層級 、及、、且織的層級之次系統的層級來加以界定。該預先定義 勺功間可藉由輪入指令的醫護人貞i i 6加以調整。該計割 ϋ、疋可自動延伸的’只要該指令在病患照顧系統1 〇 〇 中是有效的即可。 該處方產生模組304係產生文本的(hard)處方以及電 勺(E copy )處方。在醫療設施中之文本的處方一般是被 產份。第—份複印文本318 一般是被傳送至藥局,第 :份稷印文本320 —般是被保存作為病患的記錄,並且第 三份複印文本322係被傳送至治療位置1〇6。電子的處方 係被傳送至藥物管理模組3〇2。 處方產生模組304可以包含確認操作參數。操作參數 可以是根據來自處方輸入模組324的資訊而定。處方產生 3〇4可以發生在該病患照顧系統_中的任何地方,例如( 但不限於)’藥局、治療位置106以及護理中心。 電腦化的醫師醫令輸入(CP〇E)系統或類似者可以被採 二來詩該處方產生模、组3G4的某些或是全部的功能。醫 ^員1丨6可以用各種的方式輸入資料,例如(但不限於) ,利用平板無線電腦、個人數位助理、治療推4 132以及 67 1244022 工作站。該藥物管理模、组·可以係與超過一個的處方產 生模組304介面連接。該藥物管理模組可以從在病患照顧 系統1 0 0之内的任何地方接收指令。McKesson A ^ RX. Pyxi s Ver, f 5 ^ ^ # ^ Management of infusions provides almost the same level of management of infusion-related medications. Various other surfaces that are also known to those skilled in the art and in this technology are not shown in Figure 4. The drug management module and group 302 may have additional inspections due to inconsistencies between drugs and drugs, restrictions on drug doses, medication repetition, and so on. Miscellaneous, music allergies〗 In. Restriction, restriction of the frequency of use, control, and counterfeit, left, and uθ ^ limits between the disease's adverse effects caused by the adverse reactions. The interaction between food and alcohol can also be noticed. Drug restrictions may include, but are not limited to, Γϋ ° related to adults, children, young children, newborns, premature babies, elderly, age groups, weight groups, height groups, and body surface area. The drug The management module 302 avoids entering the same prescription for the same patient from two different sources within the disease-gu system and the system 100. The medicine management module 302 may also include a report generating function. The 2 reports include (but is not limited to) shift end, titration information, patient event list, infusion history, pump performance history, pump position history, and pump maintenance history. The shift end report can include the pump channel, start time, end time, main infusion, small soft bag infusion, medication, dose, rate pump status, amount of infusion, remaining amount, remaining time, and time of last clearing . The infusion history report contains medicines and amounts infused. «Hai medicine management module 302 may also contain a database of medical device status. The database of medical device status contains data indicating the position of the medical device 332 within the patient care system. The medical equipment status database may also contain data indicating the past performance of the medical device 332. The medical device status database may also include data indicating a maintenance schedule and / or history of the medical device 332. An infusion prescription or instruction is entered in the prescription input 324. Such instructions may include, for example, but not limited to, single dose infusions, intermittent infusions, continuous infusions, sequencing, titration, and alternate types. Infusion prescriptions can also include total intravenous nutrition (τρΝ) admixture, continuous infusion of chemotherapy 66 1244022 '] soft clothing, large volume injection (Parenteral), and other infusions. Hai patient care system, system! 〇〇 It is possible to generate a cry when the instruction is no end date, the patient care system 100 uses a continuous schedule, it takes into account the future-segment predefined ㈣, and generates a plan for the supply of mixtures for the side period. table. The predefined period may be defined at the level of the patient care system, the level of the system 100, or at the level of a sub-system such as the level of a clinical discipline, and, and the level of the organization. The pre-defined scooping room can be adjusted by the paramedic i 6 of the turn instruction. The plan can be automatically extended as long as the instruction is valid in the patient care system 1000. The recipe generation module 304 is a hard recipe and an E copy recipe. Prescriptions in medical facilities are generally delivered. The third copy of the text 318 is usually transmitted to the pharmacy, the third copy of the text 320 is generally saved as a patient record, and the third copy of the text 322 is transmitted to the treatment site 106. The electronic prescription is transmitted to the medicine management module 302. The prescription generation module 304 may include a confirmation operation parameter. The operating parameters may be determined based on information from the prescription input module 324. Prescription generation 304 can occur anywhere in the patient care system, such as (but not limited to) a pharmacy, a treatment location 106, and a care center. A computerized physician order input (CP0E) system or the like can be adopted to describe some or all of the functions of the prescription generation module, group 3G4. Medical staff can input data in various ways, such as (but not limited to) using tablet wireless computers, personal digital assistants, therapeutic push 4 132 and 67 1244022 workstations. The drug management module and group can be connected to more than one prescription generating module 304 interface. The medication management module can receive instructions from anywhere within the patient care system 100.
該藥局電腦104係能夠從藥物管理模組3〇2來存取該 電子複製本(electronic copy)。該處方啟動模組3〇6是」 種用於協調處方的供藥以及貼標籤之電腦輔助的系統。處 方的供藥以及藥物124從庫存的產生或是位置係由該處方 啟動模組3G6來處理。在—個實施财,相對於該處方啟 動過程,該供藥過程係導致藥物的標籤丨…的產生。 該病患照顧系統100可以繞過(bypass)處方啟動模組 此可月b表生在例如是病患的醫師之下指令的醫護人員 116擁有立即啟動一項指令的權力時。若該指令是立即被 啟動時,則藥物管理模、組3〇2可以直接進行供藥,且因此 前進至處方的貼標籤模組326。The pharmacy computer 104 is capable of accessing the electronic copy from the drug management module 302. The prescription activation module 3006 is a "computer-assisted system" for coordinating the administration of prescriptions and labeling. The supply of medicines and the generation or location of medicines 124 from the inventory are handled by the prescription activation module 3G6. In one implementation case, as opposed to the prescription initiation process, the drug supply process results in the production of drug labels 丨 .... The patient care system 100 may bypass the prescription activation module. This may occur when the medical staff 116, who is instructed by, for example, a patient's physician, has the authority to immediately initiate an instruction. If the instruction is immediately activated, the medicine management module and group 302 can directly supply the medicine, and thus proceed to the prescription labeling module 326.
在方塊326 +,病患照顧系、统1〇〇係列印藥物的標鐵 124a。該處方可以在遠端被列印,因而將會經常藉由藥局 的印表機104d來加以列印。在方塊326之後,該病患照顧 系統f進至方塊328。在方塊328中,藥物的標籤12乜係 貼到藥物1 24之上。藥劑師一般是對於藥物的標籤^仏是 否符合該處方的第一份複印文本318提供視覺上的確認 334。第4圖係展示一項視覺上的確認334亦與處方授權模 組308相關連。㈣124於是可以從藥局運送至治療位置 106。可攜式的醫療用推車132可以被使用於從藥局至治療 位置106的路徑之一部份。 68 1244022 該藥物的標籤124a可以包含用 ^ ^ c 3用於準備輸液袋的資訊。 右樂物的標籤124a並非在病*昭鈕么 户隹届患照顧系統1 00之内被產生時 ’藥物的標籤124a可以由大量的薤犏糾處产 里的桌物供應廠商提供。若是 由大量的藥物供應廠商提#日丰, — 捉仏%則病患照顧系統100係從 樂物的標籤12 4 a收隼杳印。 收木貝Λ此外,該病患照顧系統100可 以將例如是病患識別符的資訊加到該藥物的標籤124a上。 —該藥物之貼標藏模組328係將藥物的標祕設置在 藥物124之上。此可以人工地完成。此也可以利用一種自 動的f方供藥及包裝系統(未展示出)來加以達成。若自動 =供樂及包裝系統被使用時,則藥物之貼標籤模組⑽係 提供用於樂物124的貼標籤與該供藥及包裝系統之協 資料。 在治療位置106處,醫護人員116係使用-個無線裝 置330,例如是數位助理⑴及/或醫療用推車132,以驗 :及給予藥物i 24至病患! J 2。無線裝置33〇係和該藥物 s理核組3G2經由-條例如是第_通訊路# 126的通訊路 徑來通訊。 省濩人員116藉著掃描徽章i i 6a以表明自己身分,藉 著掃描腕帶U2a來識別病患、112,藉著掃描藥物的標: 1 曰24a來識別_ 124,並且藉著掃描標1 i2〇d &識別例如 是輸液泵120的醫療器材332。醫護人員116也可以藉由 提供指紋以及/或是如上所述且展示在第19圖的登錄畫面 1 903中之密碼以表明自己身分。該醫療器材332可以是一 種能夠和藥物管理模乡且302 $行雙向的通訊之醫療器材。 69 1244022 或者是,該醫療器材332可以是只能夠提供資訊給藥物管 理模組302。該輸液系統21〇係協助醫護人員116在給予 及驗證醫療上。在一個替代的實施例中,該輸液系統21〇 可以包含操作參數的下載至醫療器材332。醫護人員116 可以提供視覺上的確認,以確認該第三份322以及/或是 MAR是否符合該貼有標籤的藥物124。掃描器3犯可以被利 用來從該第三份322輸入機器可讀取的資訊至無線裝置 330以及醫療器材332。 該病患照顧系統1 〇〇可以對於輸液指令做調整及修改 。尤其,可以包含輸液調整的功能之模組是處方輸入324 處方啟動3 0 6、處方技權3 〇 8以及處方修改模組3 3 6。醫 遵人員116係利用處方修改模組336以便對於指令做調整 。醫護人員116可以在病患照顧系統1〇〇的各處來利用處 方修改模組336。然而,一個對於醫護人員116利用處方 修改模組336非常有用的位置是在治療位置丨〇6處。 在處方授權模組308中,病患照顧系統1〇〇係判斷醫 濩人員116是否具有權力來獨立修改一項輸液指令。醫護 人員116可以被病患照顧系統丨00認可為具有權力來獨立 修改該指令的某些部份。若醫護人員116不具有權力來獨 立修改該指令時,則藥劑師或是醫師可以被請求來核准由 g亥醫護人員11 6所輸入的修改。 在病患照顧系統1 00的一種做法中,指令係被輸入到 藥局電腦104巾。該指令係包含—個第—病患識別符以及 一個操作參數。該藥局電腦104係產生一個藥物的標籤 70 1244022 U4a,其係貼到藥物袋或是容器上。該藥物i24係被傳送 至治療位置106。在治療位置106處,醫護人員116係利 用數位助理118來讀取醫護人員的徽章U6a、病患的腕帶 112a以及藥物的標籤124a。該數位助理118係根據由中央 系統108所做的判斷來報告藥物的標籤124a及腕帶 疋否對應於相同的病患112。該系統1〇〇於是傳送該藥物 識別符至藥局電腦1〇4。該藥局電腦1〇4係確認該藥物的 t鐵124a,識別與該指令相同的病患,並且傳送操作參數 至輸液泵。該操作參數可以直接被傳送至輸液泵12〇。該 操作參數係接著被用以規劃該輸液泵以將藥物124施予病 患 112。 第5圖是在實施輸液系統21〇(第2圖)之各種功能上 疋有用的電腦晝面400之範例的方塊圖。除了其它的功能 之外’該電腦晝面400可以被利用來輸入新的輸液指令、 修改現有的輸液指令以及停止輸液指令。電腦晝面4 〇 〇較 佳地係包含一個處理區域4〇2、多個搜尋區域4〇4、一個藥 物資訊區域406、一個滴定/減量標準區域408、一個指令 及注意事項區域4丨〇、以及一個計劃的溶液成分區域4丨2。 輸液用藥指令的類型係包含單一劑量、斷續的、連續的、 定序的以及交替的類型。電腦畫面4〇〇可以被使用於數位 助理118、藥局電腦ι〇4、輸液泵12〇、cp〇e系統以及醫療 用推車132。電腦畫面400大致上是被設計以具有外觀及 感覺為醫護人員可在第1圖的病患照顧系統丨〇〇各處利用 的電腦晝面。電腦晝面400的功能部分地是利用具有在此 71 1244022 項技術中之一般技能者所孰 …、白的負料庫連結技術,例如( 但不限於),超連結、定義各 我现Uefinitlon box)以及下拉式 項目單來加以達成。 八/處理區域4G2係包含觸發輸液指令的產生、輸液指 々的儲存、輸液指令的修改、以及輸液指令的取消之功能 1遠人貞U6可以自訂該電腦晝面彻以提供該醫護人 、之"的輸入#日令程序。該處理區域402係包含-個針對&令的狀悲指不器。該處理區$權亦包含—個區 域胃用於心出一個PRN指令(“如必要時,,或是“當需要時,,指令 疋否可以藉由m員116開出。該處理區域術更包含 功能以顯示及調整醫療器讨332的操作參數、輸液指令路 =、輪液管、輸液給藥場所、輸液指令開始時間、輸液用 樂指令類型、輸液流速容限、輸液流速、輸液持續期間以 及準備的區域(例如,藥局或是遠端的場所)。該處理區域 2也可以包s 一個區域用於連結醫療的指令至其它醫療 的才"或疋關聯的臨床的監㉟’例如,連結醫師的輸液指 φ 令至另-個由另一醫護人員116所輸入之醫療的指令。該 處理區域402可以包含一個起動裝置用於展示資料在電腦 晝面400的其它區域中,例如(但不限於),在該計劃的溶 液區域412中。 搜哥區域404係使得搜尋用於輸液指令的藥物、溶液 以及/或是添加物成為可能的。預設的稀釋液可被提供以 i、扣々使用若種藥物之預設的劑量被定義在病患照顧 系統100中時,則該預設的劑量係自動地與包含該藥物的 72 1244022 搜哥結果—起出現。—項來自搜尋區⑨4G4的搜尋可以導 致有藥物名稱、給藥的途徑、成本、包裝尺寸、劑型、學 ^忒藥物是否為一種麻醉劑(narc〇tic)、該藥物是否被 管制、處方及該藥物是否已製出的顯示。 、f物資訊區域406彳被利用來定義輸液指♦的添加物 、、及/合液某物資汛區域406可以包含個別的添加物區域 以及/谷液區域。該溶液區域可以包含一個標籤“溶液/稀釋 液”。該病患照顧系統1〇〇可以使用一個藥物124資料庫、 一個溶液資料庫以及一個添加物資料庫來使得藥物124、 溶液以及添加物存在於藥物資訊區域4〇6中。在一個資料 庫中識別出的物質也可能在其它資料庫中被識別出。該些 資料庫可以被連結以提供用於藥物124以及溶液的組合之 預設值。 滴定/減量標準區域408 —般是應用至連續的輸液指令 。滴定係定義一項指令的某些參數,例如,劑量以及/或 疋/瓜速。劑ϊ以及流速可以被輸入為一個絕對值。再者, 例如是(但不限於)大於“〉,,、小於“〈”以及等於“=”之數學的 符號可以單獨或是組合地被使用來在滴定/減量標準區域 408中輸入資訊。一個曰曆也可以被利用來在滴定/減量標 準區域408中輸入資料。劑量以及流速也可以被輸入為一 個可接受的範圍。當非連續的輸液指令被輸入以及/或是 被修改時’滴定/減量標準區域408可以被隱藏。滴定的標 準可以包含各種有關病患的狀況之參數值,例如(但不限 於),各種的實驗結果、生命徵象、口服流體的功能、流 73 1244022 體輸入及輸出、與類似者。 指令及注意事項區域410係包含儲存例如有關病患 112以及/或是輸液指令的醫師注意事項之資訊的功能。該 指令及注意事項區域410可以包含一個顯示及查詢區域用 於識別負責該病患112的醫護人員116,例如是病患的醫 師。 該計劃的溶液區域412係根據被處理以用於病患112 的指令之目前狀態來顯示溶液計劃表以及相關的成分。計 劃的期間可以是病患照顧系統100的預設值。該期間也可 以藉由醫護人員116加以調整。該計劃的溶液區域412可 以包含一個指出由病患照顧系統100所計劃的期間之可調 整的顯示畫面。在該計劃的溶液區域412中所顯示的資料 係大致在處理區域402中觸發指令儲存時被儲存。該計割 的溶液區域412可以包含在修改一項先前輸入的指令時, 回顧一段期間的功能。此係容許醫護人員丨丨6能夠觀看可 能已經根據該尚未修改的輸液指令而備妥之溶液。 輸液糸統之組件 第6圖是展示第2圖的輸液系統21 〇之功能组件的方 塊圖。該些功能組件係包含用於設定系統參數5〇2、輸液 指令產生504、輸液指令準備5〇6、給藥512、輸液指令修 改514、以及訊息傳送520的方塊。第6圖亦包含用於藥 局授權508、醫師授權510、停止指令516、以及存貨與開 帳單518的方塊。第6圖係提出對於該輸液系統的說明。 然而,第6圖並未定義用於實施該輸液系統所需之過程系 74 1244022At block 326+, the patient care department, the 100 series of drugs, is printed with a standard iron 124a. The prescription can be printed remotely, so it will often be printed by the pharmacy printer 104d. After block 326, the patient care system f proceeds to block 328. At a block 328, the label 12 of the medication is attached to the medication 1 24. Pharmacists typically provide a visual confirmation 334 of the first copy of the drug's label ^ 仏 whether it meets the prescription. Figure 4 shows that a visual confirmation 334 is also associated with the prescription authorization module 308. Rhenium 124 can then be transported from the pharmacy to the treatment site 106. The portable medical cart 132 can be used as part of the path from the pharmacy to the treatment site 106. 68 1244022 The label 124a of the drug may contain information for using ^ ^ c 3 to prepare the infusion bag. When the label 124a of the right music object is not generated within 100 of the disease * Zhao Niu's patient care system, the label of the drug 124a can be provided by a large number of tableware suppliers in the industry. If it is mentioned by a large number of drug suppliers # 日 丰, — 100% of patients are captured, the patient care system 100 is stamped from the label 12 4 a of the musical object. In addition, the patient care system 100 can add information such as a patient identifier to the label 124a of the medicine. —The labeling storage module 328 of the drug sets the label of the drug on the drug 124. This can be done manually. This can also be achieved using an automated F-side drug supply and packaging system (not shown). If automatic = when the supply and packaging system is used, the labeling module of the drug does not provide the cooperation information for the labeling of the music object 124 and the supply and packaging system. At the treatment location 106, the medical staff 116 uses a wireless device 330, such as a digital assistant and / or a medical cart 132, to test: and give the drug i 24 to the patient! J 2. The wireless device 3330 communicates with the drug management group 3G2 via a communication path such as the communication path # 126. Provincial officials 116 identified the patient by scanning the badge ii 6a, identifying the patient by scanning the wristband U2a, 112, scanning the target of the drug: 24a to identify _ 124, and scanning the target 1 i2 Od & identifies the medical device 332, which is, for example, the infusion pump 120. The medical personnel 116 may also identify themselves by providing a fingerprint and / or a password as described above and shown in the login screen 1 903 in FIG. 19. The medical device 332 may be a medical device capable of bidirectional communication with a drug management model and a 302 $ line. 69 1244022 Alternatively, the medical device 332 can only provide information to the medicine management module 302. The infusion system 21 assists the medical staff 116 in the administration and verification of medical treatment. In an alternative embodiment, the infusion system 21 may include downloading of operating parameters to the medical device 332. The healthcare provider 116 may provide a visual confirmation to confirm whether the third 322 and / or MAR is in compliance with the labeled drug 124. The scanner 3 can be used to input machine-readable information from the third copy 322 to the wireless device 330 and the medical equipment 332. The patient care system 1000 can adjust and modify the infusion instructions. In particular, the modules that can include the function of infusion adjustment are prescription input 324, prescription activation 306, prescription technical rights 308, and prescription modification module 3 36. The medical practitioner 116 uses the prescription modification module 336 to make adjustments to the instructions. The medical personnel 116 can use the prescription modification module 336 throughout the patient care system 100. However, a location that is very useful for medical personnel 116 to use the prescription modification module 336 is at the treatment location. In the prescription authorization module 308, the patient care system 100 determines whether the medical staff 116 has the power to independently modify an infusion instruction. Healthcare personnel 116 may be recognized by the patient care system 00 as having the authority to independently modify certain parts of the directive. If the medical staff 116 does not have the authority to modify the order independently, the pharmacist or physician may be requested to approve the changes entered by the medical staff 116. In one approach of the patient care system 100, the instructions are entered into the pharmacy computer 104. The instruction consists of a first patient identifier and an operating parameter. The pharmacy computer 104 generates a drug label 70 1244022 U4a, which is attached to a drug bag or container. The drug i24 is delivered to the treatment site 106. At the treatment location 106, the medical staff 116 uses the digital assistant 118 to read the medical staff's badge U6a, the patient's wristband 112a, and the medication label 124a. The digital assistant 118 reports whether the label 124a and the wristband of the medicine correspond to the same patient 112 based on the judgment made by the central system 108. The system 100 then transmits the drug identifier to the pharmacy computer 104. The pharmacy computer 104 confirmed the t-iron 124a of the drug, identified the same patient as the instruction, and transmitted the operating parameters to the infusion pump. This operating parameter can be transmitted directly to the infusion pump 12o. This operating parameter is then used to program the infusion pump to administer the medication 124 to the patient 112. Fig. 5 is a block diagram of an example of a computer day 400 which is useful for implementing various functions of the infusion system 21o (Fig. 2). Among other functions, the computer day 400 can be used to enter new infusion instructions, modify existing infusion instructions, and stop infusion instructions. The computer day surface 400 preferably includes a processing area 402, multiple search areas 404, a drug information area 406, a titration / reduction standard area 408, an instruction and precaution area 4 丨, And a planned solution composition area 4 丨 2. The types of infusion medication instructions include single-dose, intermittent, continuous, sequential, and alternating types. The computer screen 400 can be used for the digital assistant 118, the pharmacy computer 04, the infusion pump 120, the cpoe system, and the medical cart 132. The computer screen 400 is designed to have a look and feel that is a computer screen that can be used by medical personnel in various places in the patient care system of FIG. 1. The function of the computer day surface 400 is partly using the skills of those who have the general skills in the 71 1244022 techniques ..., the white negative library connection technology, such as (but not limited to), hyperlinks, definitions, etc. Uefinitlon box ) And drop-down list of items to achieve. 8 / Processing area 4G2 includes the functions of triggering the generation of infusion instructions, storage of infusion instructions, modification of infusion instructions, and cancellation of infusion instructions 1 Yuan Renzhen U6 can customize the computer to provide the doctor, Of " Enter # 日 令 程序. The processing area 402 contains a pointer to the & order. The right of the processing area also includes a region stomach for issuing a PRN instruction ("if necessary, or" when required, whether the instruction can be issued by m 116. The processing area is more Contains functions to display and adjust the operating parameters of the medical device 332, infusion instruction path =, liquid tube, infusion administration site, infusion instruction start time, music instruction type for infusion, infusion flow rate tolerance, infusion flow rate, duration of infusion And prepared areas (for example, a pharmacy or a remote site). The processing area 2 may also include an area for connecting medical instructions to other medical professionals " or related clinical supervision ', such as The doctor's infusion instruction refers to another medical instruction entered by another medical staff 116. The processing area 402 may include a startup device for displaying information in other areas of the computer day 400, such as ( But it is not limited to, in the solution area 412 of the plan. The search area 404 makes it possible to search for drugs, solutions and / or additives for infusion instructions. The preset dilution Liquid can be provided. When a predetermined dose of a drug is defined in the patient care system 100, the preset dose is automatically associated with the results of the search of 72 1244022 containing the drug. Appear. — A search from the search area ⑨4G4 can lead to the name of the drug, the route of administration, cost, packaging size, dosage form, science, whether the drug is a narcotic, whether the drug is regulated, prescribed, and A display indicating whether the drug has been prepared. The f-information area 406 彳 is used to define the addition of the infusion finger, and / or a certain material flood area 406 may contain individual areas of the additive and the valley area. The solution area may contain a label "solution / diluent". The patient care system 100 may use a drug 124 database, a solution database, and an additive database to allow the drug 124, solution, and additives to exist In the drug information area 406. Substances identified in one database may also be identified in other databases. These databases can be linked to provide Preset value for combination of drug 124 and solution. Titration / decrement standard area 408-generally applied to continuous infusion instructions. Titration defines certain parameters of an instruction, such as dose and / or 疋 / melon speed The agent and flow rate can be entered as an absolute value. Furthermore, mathematical symbols such as (but not limited to) greater than ">", less than "<", and equal to "=" can be used individually or in combination. Enter information in the titration / reduction standard area 408. A calendar can also be used to enter data in the titration / reduction standard area 408. The dose and flow rate can also be entered into an acceptable range. When discontinuous infusion The 'titration / decrement standard area 408 can be hidden when instructions are entered and / or modified. The titration criteria can include various parameter values related to the condition of the patient, such as (but not limited to) various experimental results, vital signs, functions of oral fluids, flow 73 1244022 body input and output, and the like. The instructions and precautions area 410 contains a function to store, for example, information about the patient 112 and / or physician's instructions for the infusion instructions. The instruction and caution area 410 may include a display and query area for identifying the medical staff 116 responsible for the patient 112, such as the patient's doctor. The planned solution area 412 displays a solution plan sheet and related components based on the current status of the instructions being processed for the patient 112. The planned period may be a preset value of the patient care system 100. This period can also be adjusted by the medical staff 116. The planned solution area 412 may include an adjustable display indicating the period planned by the patient care system 100. The data displayed in the planned solution area 412 is stored approximately when a command storage is triggered in the processing area 402. The metered solution area 412 may contain functions for reviewing a period when modifying a previously entered instruction. This system allows medical personnel to view solutions that may have been prepared in accordance with the unmodified infusion instructions. Components of the infusion system Figure 6 is a block diagram showing the functional components of the infusion system 21 0 in Figure 2. These functional components include blocks for setting system parameters 502, infusion command generation 504, infusion command preparation 506, medication 512, infusion command modification 514, and message transmission 520. Figure 6 also contains blocks for pharmacy authorization 508, physician authorization 510, stop order 516, and inventory and billing 518. Figure 6 presents a description of the infusion system. However, Figure 6 does not define the process system required to implement the infusion system 74 1244022
列。該輸液系統之一項優點是醫護人員1 1 6可以在該病患 照顧系統1 〇〇之内,從許多實際以及功能上的位置來存取 與輸入資訊。例如,一項輸液指令可能是藉由醫師利用 CP〇£、藉由藥劑師利用藥局電腦1 06、藉由醫護人員1 i 6 利用數位助理丨18、以及藉由醫護人員利用藥物治療推車 132來加以產生。再者,病患的生命徵象、實驗結果以及 其它的記錄都可以從該醫療保健設施之内的許多位置,包 如疋院内藥局處加以檢查。於是,在院内藥局第 1圖)之内的使用者可以從計算裝置104c觀看在醫療保健 設施之内的病房。在由使用者選擇病房之際,一個病患表 列係被提供,其中使用者可以選擇一位病患以及關聯的記 錄用於顯示在該計算裝置之上。或者是,使用者可以輸入 該病患的姓名的全部或是部分到該計算裝置中,藉此與該 病患相關的記錄係藉由該計算裝置而被提供給該使用者做 選擇。在選擇之際,該些記錄係被顯示出。 在一個實施例中,第6圖可以被視為 ’準備Column. An advantage of this infusion system is that medical personnel 116 can access and enter information from many actual and functional locations within the patient care system 1000. For example, an infusion instruction might be CP0 by a physician, a pharmacy computer by a pharmacist, 06, a digital assistant by a medical staff, 1 i6, 18, and a medication trolley by a medical staff 132 to produce. Furthermore, the patient's vital signs, experimental results, and other records can be examined from many locations within the healthcare facility, including the pharmacy in the hospital. As a result, users within the in-hospital pharmacy can view the ward within the healthcare facility from the computing device 104c. Upon selection of a ward by a user, a patient list is provided in which the user can select a patient and associated records for display on the computing device. Alternatively, the user may enter all or part of the patient's name into the computing device, whereby records related to the patient are provided to the user for selection through the computing device. At the time of selection, these records are displayed. In one embodiment, Figure 6 can be viewed as ‘ready
第 病患照顧系統1〇〇用於接收輸液指令-設定系統參數5〇2 第一 ’產生该輸液指令—輸液指令產生;第三,準備 輸液指令-準備5〇6 ;第四,授權該輸液指令-藥局及醫1 &權508與510 ;第五,提供該輸液指令—給藥512丨第: ,記帳及補充被用以準備該輸液指令的存貨,並且針對^ 輸液指令開帳單給病患—存貨與開帳# 518,·帛七n 輸液指令—修& 514;以及第八,提供訊息給有關該輸《 令、輸液的進行之各種人員及次系統,亦即提供用於協耳 75 1244022 確保正確的藥物是有效率地被準備,以及用正確的劑量且 在正確的時間被提供給正確的病患之訊息、或類似者一訊 息520。修改514可以包含停止該指令—停止指令516 一此係 根據該傳輸介面310所提供的資訊而定。 設定系統參數502係包含備妥該輸液系統21〇以產生 及處理輸液指令的功能方塊。設定系統參數5〇2係包含(但 不限於)設定容限542、設定預設值544、建立資料庫546 、定義函數548、以及決定系統的設定55〇。設定系統參數 502係進一步在以下參考第7圖來加以描述。 輸液指令產生504係包含被用以產生輸液指令的功能 方塊。輸液指令產生504係包含功能為類似於該些參考處 方產生304(第4圖)所描述的功能。輸液指令產生5〇4係 包含(但不限於)輸入資訊560、計算562、檢查564、以及 撤銷566。輸液指令產生係進一步在以下參考第8圖來加 以祸述。輸液指令產生的結果是一個輸液指令7 〇 2 (第8圖 )。輸液指令702大致上是包含一個輸液計劃表7〇4(第8 圖)。 輸液指令可能需要如參考方塊308(第4圖)所述的授 權。在第6圖中,藉由藥劑師的處方授權以及藉由醫師的 處方授權係在藥局授權508以及醫師授權51〇的功能方塊 中刀開被考慮。若該輸液指令是由醫師所起始的,則醫師 才又權51 〇可能是不必要的。若該指令是由藥劑師或是醫師 之外的醫護人員在治療位置106處被產生時,則該輸液指 令大致上是需要藥局授權508以及醫師授權510。然而, 76 1244022 若藥物124是立即所需的,則該輸液系统2ι〇係容許用藥 ^醫護人員越過處方授權508以及醫師授權在緊急 情況的指令或是例行的用藥之非緊急情況的指令之情形中 ’該輸液系統210可能判斷出病患照顧系统1〇〇巾並未儲 存有關於醫護人員116打算給藥於病患、112的醫療之資訊 。若該輸液系統100認可該醫護人員116為具有起姶所要 的醫療之權力時’則該系統21。係容許該醫療的給藥能夠 =前進至方塊508與510。此種授權於是在給藥之後才獲 得。 又 輸液指令準備506可以在醫療設施之各處中的一些位 置被達成,例如(但*限於),藥局、護理中心、,在該樓層 j、以及治療位置1G6處。準備5G6係、包含提供用於準 藥物124以及最小化在藥物準備上的錯誤之可能性的指令 給藥川«生在該治療位置106處。該輸液系統 210係被設計以使得該指令的給藥為儘可能地有效率且正 確的w亥輸液糸統21 0係提供給藥的醫護人員在正確的护 :且經由正確的途徑,在正_的泵設定之下,以正確的: 量來將正確的藥物施予正確的病患之工具。假設警告、警 報:提醒或是其它的訊息在協助醫護人員進行藥物的給藥 上是適當的,則該給藥模組係提供一狀態資訊輸出至該訊 息傳送模組520。響應於該狀態資訊輸出,該訊息傳送模 組520係將一個相關的文字訊息、聽覺的指示器致能、戋 是兩者傳送至一或多個電子計算裝置。 77 !244022 如同在此項技術中具有技能者所知的,輪液指令是經 常被修改的。輸液系統210係提供修改514 么* U 1 員 令的修改。修改514係包含對於輸液持續期間、流速、輸 液部位以及停止指令516之修改。 液指令的修改所需之功能方塊。 修改514亦包含完成輸 該輸液系統21 0可以包含整個病患照顧系統1 所定The first patient care system 100 is used to receive the infusion instruction-setting system parameters 502. The first is to generate the infusion instruction-the infusion instruction is generated; the third is to prepare the infusion instruction-to prepare the 506; the fourth is to authorize the infusion Instruction-Pharmacy and Medicine 1 & right 508 and 510; Fifth, provide the infusion instruction-administer 512 丨 first:, accounting and replenishment are used to prepare the inventory of the infusion instruction, and billing for ^ infusion instruction To patients—inventory and opening account # 518, · 帛 七 n Infusion Instructions—Repair &514; and Eighth, provide information to the various personnel and sub-systems related to the infusion, order, and infusion, that is, to provide for Xie Er 75 1244022 ensures that the correct medication is prepared efficiently and that the correct patient is provided with the correct dose and at the right time, or something similar 520. Modification 514 may include stopping the command—stop command 516, which is based on the information provided by the transmission interface 310. The setting system parameter 502 includes a function block which prepares the infusion system 21 to generate and process an infusion instruction. The setting system parameters 502 include (but are not limited to) setting tolerances 542, setting preset values 544, establishing a database 546, defining functions 548, and determining system settings 55. The setting system parameter 502 is further described below with reference to FIG. 7. The infusion instruction generation 504 is a function block which is used to generate an infusion instruction. The infusion command generation 504 contains functions similar to those described in the reference place generation 304 (FIG. 4). The infusion command generation 504 series includes (but is not limited to) input information 560, calculation 562, check 564, and cancellation 566. The infusion command generation is further described below with reference to FIG. 8. The result of the infusion instruction is an infusion instruction 7 02 (Figure 8). The infusion instruction 702 basically contains an infusion schedule 704 (Figure 8). The infusion instruction may require authorization as described in reference block 308 (Figure 4). In Figure 6, the prescription authorization by the pharmacist and the prescription authorization by the physician are considered in the functional blocks of the pharmacy authorization 508 and the physician authorization 510. If the infusion instruction was initiated by a physician, it may not be necessary for the physician to grant the right. If the instruction was generated at the treatment location 106 by a pharmacist or a medical staff member other than a physician, the infusion instruction generally requires pharmacy authority 508 and physician authority 510. However, 76 1244022 If the drug 124 is needed immediately, the infusion system 20m allows medications to be passed ^ Prescription authorization 508 by medical staff and instructions given by physicians for emergency situations or routine non-emergency instructions In the situation, the infusion system 210 may determine that the patient care system 100 towels do not store information about the medical treatment of the medical personnel 116 intending to administer to the patient 112. If the infusion system 100 recognizes the medical staff 116 as having the authority to initiate the required medical treatment ', then the system 21. It is permissible for the medical administration to proceed to blocks 508 and 510. This authorization was then obtained after administration. Infusion instruction preparation 506 can be reached at various locations throughout the medical facility, such as (but * limited to) a pharmacy, a care center, on the floor j, and at a treatment location 1G6. Preparing the 5G6 line, including instructions to provide for quasi-drug 124 and to minimize the possibility of errors in drug preparation. Drug administration was born at the treatment site 106. The infusion system 210 is designed so that the administration of the instruction is as efficient and correct as possible. The infusion system 21 0 provides medical staff in the correct care: and through the correct route, in the right way. Under the pump setting, the right: the right tool to administer the right medicine to the right patient. Assuming warnings, alarms: reminders or other messages are appropriate to assist medical staff in drug administration, the drug delivery module provides a status information output to the message transmission module 520. In response to the status information output, the messaging module 520 transmits a related text message, an audible indicator enable, or both to one or more electronic computing devices. 77! 244022 As is known to those skilled in the art, the fluid instruction is often modified. The infusion system 210 provides a modification of 514 * U 1 order. Modification 514 includes modifications to the duration of the infusion, the flow rate, the location of the infusion, and the stop instruction 516. Function block required for modification of fluid instruction. Modification 514 also includes completion of infusion. The infusion system 21 0 can include the entire patient care system 1.
義的停止指令516。在病患狀態上的改變可以產生對應之 適當的動作之όΚ息5 2 0。該輸液糸統21 〇係與傳輸介面^ 1 〇 協調以在出院或是死亡之際自動地停止指令516Right stop instruction 516. Changes in the patient's state can produce corresponding actions 5 2 0. The infusion system 21 〇 coordinated with the transmission interface ^ 1 〇 to automatically stop the instruction 516 upon discharge or death
該系統1〇〇係包含存貨與開帳單模組518。存貨與開 帳單518係容許與病患照顧相關的金融交易能夠在最^的 人為介入下進行mi2 #完成彳能會透過該開帳單介 面31 2來觸發對於病患開帳單。該開帳單介面可以包含一 個HL7介面。若病患將根據輸液指令準備5〇6的完成而被 收費時,則該存貨與開帳單系統21〇係包含一個記帳 (crediting)過程。該記帳過程可以在輸液袋送回藥局用於 丢棄或疋再進入樂局的存貨管理系統時被觸發。 5亥輸液系統21 0係包含一個訊息模組wo用於與病患 照顧系統1〇〇之各處的實體通訊。尤其,該訊息模組52〇 係將文字訊息、聽覺的指示致能、或是兩者傳送至病患照 顧系統100之内的一或多個電子計算裝置。該些訊息係回 應於藉由該病患照顧系統100之内的給藥模組或是其它的 輸液系統模組所提供之狀態資訊輸出而被傳送。該些訊息 係關於該狀態資訊輸出,並且因而提供警告、警報、提醒 78 1244022 或是其它適合於協助醫護人員給藥的訊息。 例如,當醫師輸入一項新的扣 ”…… 續的彳日令時,訊息傳送係出現 在藥局中以警示藥劑師一項輪 止、 貝翰,夜才曰令正需要授權。同樣地 ,畐輸液指令適當地被授權時,醫1 1 1 _ y. 了百邊人貝116係在數位助 118之上接收到訊息傳送,盤 以吕不商護人員116該輸液 才曰々應该根據該輸液計劃表7 〇 4爽加认— ίυ4木加M給藥。撤銷566可 以產生訊息520給該醫師以;3 4兮从 西τ Μ及/或疋该樂局。該輸液系統 1 〇〇可以區別整個系統以及次糸續 人示、尤之間的撤銷,以決定是 否必要來產生一個訊息520。訊息傳送52〇係包含接收來 自及/或傳送至中央系統、藥局、㈣、開帳單及存貨的 訊息。 ”亥系統可以呈現個人電腦顯示器的晝面給醫護人員 11 6。個人電腦顯示器係提供一個概述對於該醫護人員的病 患之尚未解決的臨床問題之晝面。醫護人員丨16可以快速 地掏取病患之詳細的資訊。當某些嚴重的病患狀況盛行時 ,系統1 00也可以產生一個電子郵件或是頁給數位助理 U8或是其它的通訊裝置。 第6圖亦描繪某些發生在病患照顧系統1 〇 〇中的通訊 路徑。該些被強調的通訊路徑係被呈現以便易於描述輸液 糸統21 0。具有在此項技術中之一般技能者係體認到當病 患照顧系統1 〇〇是在網路上被實行時,各種的功能方塊可 以經由在第6圖中所強調的路徑以及經由未在第6圖中展 示之替代的路徑來彼此通訊。設定系統參數502係包含經 由路徑522來傳遞有關於系統參數的資料至輸液指令產生 79 1244022 504以及/或是從輸液指令產纟5〇4接 料以通知輸液指令產生⑽該所接收到㈣料是如 於系統參數。 輸液指令可以直接經由路徑524被傳送至輪液準備 5〇6。輸液指令也可以在被傳送至準備5()6之前,經由路徑 526被傳达至藥局授權5()8,以及/或是經由路徑⑽被傳 送至醫師授權,530係強調㈣124從該準備區域至 治療位置106的傳送。傳送可以利用藥物治療推車132而 被達成。路徑532、534、536以及538係強調存貨與開帳 早518的交易可以關連到各種其它的功能,例如(但不限於 ),輸液指令產生504、準備5〇6、給藥512以及修改514 。路控572、574以及576係強調在病患照顧系統_中所 牽"到之相當大數目的功能及參與者可以經由訊息“Ο來 產生及接收資訊。路徑582係強調系統預設值544可以藉 由藥劑師而被產生以及/或是修改。同時,路徑58〇係強調 例如是輸液指令的資訊是系、统1〇〇各處的各種功能單元可 利用的。 第7圖是展示用於第6圖的系統參數5〇2之設定的功 件之方塊圖。設定系統參數5〇2係包含(但不限於), 叹疋容限542、設定預設值544、建立資料庫546、定義函 數548、以及決定系統設定55〇。容限542係包含例如是( 但不限於)淨藥物量(net medicati〇n)容限542&、流速容 限542b、給藥時間容限542c、給藥系統持續期間“Μ、 藥物持續期間容限542e以及部位改變容限542f的容限。 80 1244022 二;糸、統21G也可以包含個別的容限用於指令輸入及對 如^不的容限之修改。例如,個別的容限可加以確定,例 ;不限於),給藥系統持續期間542d、指令輸入之最大 續:寺續期間可撤銷的設定、以及給藥之最大的輪液持 ’ ^間可撤銷的設定。 淨藥物量容限542a是在一段特定的期間内,可以安全 =病患的藥物之最大的濃度。該輸液系統21〇係將該 =物量容限關連到藥物。淨藥物量容限池可以在藥物 爱貝料庫中的藥物識別檔案内被界定。在輸液指令產生… 肩間,5亥輸液系統21 〇可以決定流速56〇e、在一段指定的 』間所需的輸液袋之數目562a、在每個輸液袋中之主要的 成分濃度、每個輸液袋將被施用的期fe1、以及每個輸液袋 的總容量。流速可以是藉由改變每個輸液袋 或是持續期間來人工地加以輸入或是調整。在一個實施: 中,該輸液系統210係執行淨濃度檢查564a(第8圖)以確 :呆不超過該藥物之最大的濃度。然而,若在任何時間當醫 護人員116正在藉由調整最終的濃度來修改流速而導致溶 液之最終的濃度超過該藥物之最大的濃度時,則該輸液系 統210係傳送一項訊息520給該用藥的醫護人員。該給藥 的醫護人員可以被授權以撤銷淨藥物量容限542a。該輸液 系統210可能需要醫護人員116對於該撤銷提供一個理由 輸液系統210可以包含用於給藥之可調整的流速容限 542b以及流速調整容限。流速容限542b係選配地對於病 81 1244022 患照顧系統100之所有組織的層級都加以界定。該容限 542b可以是用於整個病患照顧系統1 〇〇、或是用於該病患 妝顧系統1 〇〇的次系統。例如,不同的流速容限542b可以 μ用至例如疋(但不限於)新生兒科(ne〇natal)、小兒科、 精神科(psychiatric)、特定的護理站之次系統以及用於特 疋的病患。該流速容限542b可以相對於原始命令的流速或 疋相對於上一次流速來加以指定。醫護人員11 6也可以指 疋一項特殊的指令專用之流速容限。 t _ 5亥輸液系統210可以包含一項預先定義的指示,其係 私:忒給藥的醫護人員j i 6是否被允許在不需要新的指令 ”沈可以撤銷流速容限542b。此指示可以適用於整個病患 知顧系統1 〇〇、次系統或是個別的醫護人員⑴。 ☆最大的輸液持續期間542d可以個別地對於病患照顧系 =100之各種部份定義的。該最大的輸液持續期間5伽也 是-種特定的藥物124專用的。若在指令輸入之際可 /㈣該最大的輸液持續期間5指時,則可以提供對於 續期間之撤銷566(第8圖)。給藥之最大的 間之撤銷可被提供以設定在 輸液持續期間542d,以及哪一個群組= 可允許I::此撤銷。若在指令輸入以及/或是給藥期間 中擁有則㈣液糸統21G可"^義醫護人員116 合。“來撤銷該最大的輸液持續期間542d之一個子集 預设值544係包含預設值例如是(但 不限於) 藥物稀 82 1244022 釋液的預設值544a、稀釋液詈的預机彳 十丨曰u 叩评/從里的預σ又值544b、劑量的預設 值5 4 4 c以及置測的单位之箱执福ς」 干饥炙預自又值544d。量測的單位(u〇M) 之預設值5 4 4 d係包含指定畏、高人田於 疋取適。用於病患照顧系統1 0 〇之 不同的部份之量測的單^^ } 早位之功月b。例如,藥物可以由醫師 、給藥的醫護人員、藥劑師、財務人員以及藥物篩選者 (sCreener)用不同的單位加以量測。醫師的u⑽一般是一 個可測量的值,例如“_Γ,、“mEq”、“mi”、以及/或是 ‘‘岐”,相對於“小瓶(vial)”以及/或是‘‘劑(puff),,。醫師的 U0M係被使用於例如是下指令以及輸入資訊56〇的工作。 —給藥的醫護人員之U0M —般是一個反映藥物將會被給 藥所用的U0M之值,例如“劑,,、“tbsp”以及“片劑Uab)”。 給藥的醫護人員之_係在給藥512期間被使用。給藥的 醫護人員之U0M也可以出現在文件記錄(d〇cumentati〇n)上 ,例如,給藥報告、混合物供應以及製造的工作指令。 藥局的U0M —般是一個反映藥物配方所用的實體形式 的值,例如,“片劑”、“小瓶,,、“吸入器(inhalat〇r)”以及 _ “罐’’。藥局的U0M係在準備506中以及在存貨與配方系統 中被使用。財務的U0M —般是一個被用以計算出現在帳單 及發票上之財務上的金額之值。藥物篩選的υ〇Μ 一般是在 篩選藥物時被使用。 量測的單位之預設值544d可以利用一個核取方塊 (check 一b〇x)表而被指定,其中查核的記號(checkmark)係 被13又置在一個表中,其係使各種的U0M與使用者的U0M互 相關聯。該輪液系統210可以使用相同的U0M在一個以上 83 1244022 的功能中。例如,醫師的U0M可以與藥劑師的U0M相同。 5又疋預設值544係包含協調各種U0M所需的資料。例如, U〇M預設值544d可以包含產生在各種的U0M之間一對一的 對應所需的乘法器及除法器。U0M的預設值544b可被改變 以付合個別的醫護人員之期望。然而,該一對一的對應應 。亥由病患照顧系統1〇〇加以維持。該輸液系統21〇可以被 設計以維持藥物單位預設值的歷史。 該輸液系統210也可以包含藥物量測字尾(suffix)。 〆二藥物里測字尾在指令輸入期間可以是預設的。該藥物 里測予尾可以是量測藥物之共同的單位,並且可以包含有 關例如疋身體表面積及重量的病患特徵之單位。藥物量測 子毛可以根據藥品、根據指令類型、根據劑量以及根據 U0M來命名。 建立貝料庫546係包含建立資料庫以及/或是單一資料 庫的部份,例如(但不限於),準備區域546a、添加物資訊 54=、溶液546c、預製混合物定義546d、喜愛事項546e 日守序之撤銷理由546f、流速之撤銷理由546g、轉換表 546h机速說明546i、設備及指定路由資訊546 j以及訊 息觸發誘因546k。 日寸序之撤銷理由546f係包含用於修改輸液指令的時序 之可颂不的理由。例如,時序之撤銷理由W6f可以包含— 個用於數位助理顯示器之用指示筆可選的理由,以用 於在除了原始的輸液指令中所指定的時間之外的一個時間 來進仃一個輪液指令的給藥。若醫護人員116在所指示的 84 1244022 則該醫護人員116可The system 100 includes an inventory and billing module 518. Inventory and billing 518 allows financial transactions related to patient care to be performed with the most human intervention mi2 #completed. The billing interface 31 2 can be used to trigger billing for patients. The billing interface can include an HL7 interface. If the patient is to be charged according to the completion of the infusion preparation 506, the inventory and billing system 21 includes a crediting process. This billing process can be triggered when the infusion bag is returned to the pharmacy for discarding or re-entering the Lehuo's inventory management system. The 5H infusion system 21 0 contains a message module wo for communicating with entities throughout the patient care system 100. In particular, the message module 52 is configured to transmit text messages, audible instructions, or both to one or more electronic computing devices within the patient care system 100. These messages are transmitted in response to the status information output provided by the drug delivery module or other infusion system module in the patient care system 100. These messages are related to the status information output, and thus provide warnings, alarms, reminders 78 1244022 or other messages suitable for assisting medical personnel in drug administration. For example, when the physician enters a new deduction "... continued the next day order, the message transmission appears in the pharmacy to warn the pharmacist of a turn, Behan, the night order is in need of authorization. Similarly When the infusion instruction was properly authorized, the doctor 1 1 1 _ y. The Baibianrenbei 116 received a message transmission on the digital assistant 118, and Lu Bu did not protect the personnel. According to the infusion plan table 7 〇 4 cool plus recognition-υ υ 4 Mu Jia M dosing. Cancellation 566 can generate a message 520 to the physician; 3-4 Xi from τ Μ and / or 疋 the music. The infusion system 1 〇 〇 Can distinguish between the entire system and the revocation of the next order, especially to determine whether it is necessary to generate a message 520. The message transmission 52o includes receiving from and / or transmitting to the central system, pharmacy, hospital, and hospital. Billing and inventory information. "The Hai system can present the daytime display of a personal computer monitor to medical staff 11 6. The personal computer monitor provides a day-to-day overview of the clinical issues that remain unresolved for the healthcare provider's patient. Medical staff 16 can quickly retrieve detailed patient information. When some serious patient conditions prevail, the system 100 can also generate an email or page to the digital assistant U8 or other communication device. Figure 6 also depicts some communication paths that occur in the patient care system 1000. These emphasized communication paths are presented to facilitate the description of the infusion system. Those with ordinary skills in this technology recognize that when the patient care system 100 is implemented on the Internet, various functional blocks can be routed through the paths highlighted in Figure 6 and The alternative paths shown in Figure 6 communicate with each other. Setting the system parameter 502 includes transmitting the information about the system parameters to the infusion command generation 79 1244022 504 via the path 522 and / or receiving the material from the infusion command 504 to inform the infusion command generation. The received data Is as system parameters. The infusion instruction can be transmitted directly to the liquid preparation 506 via path 524. The infusion instruction can also be transmitted to the pharmacy authorization 5 () 8 via path 526 before being transmitted to preparation 5 () 6, and / or to the physician's authorization via path ⑽. 530 emphasizes that ㈣124 from this preparation Transfer of area to treatment location 106. Delivery can be achieved using the medication trolley 132. Paths 532, 534, 536, and 538 emphasize inventory and account opening. Early 518 transactions can be linked to various other functions, such as (but not limited to), infusion command generation 504, preparation 506, medication 512, and modification 514. Road Control 572, 574, and 576 emphasize the considerable number of functions involved in the patient care system_ and the participants can generate and receive information via the message "0. Path 582 emphasizes the system default value 544 It can be generated and / or modified by a pharmacist. At the same time, path 58 emphasizes that information such as infusion instructions is available, and various functional units in system 100 are available. Figure 7 is for display The block diagram of the function of setting the system parameter 502 in Fig. 6. The setting system parameter 502 includes (but is not limited to), the sigh tolerance 542, the setting of the preset value 544, the establishment of the database 546, Define function 548 and determine system setting 55. Tolerance 542 includes, for example, but is not limited to, net medication tolerance 542 &, flow rate tolerance 542b, dosing time tolerance 542c, and The drug system duration "M, the drug duration tolerance 542e, and the site change tolerance 542f tolerance. 80 1244022 II; 糸, system 21G can also include individual tolerances for instruction input and modification of tolerances such as ^ not. For example, individual tolerances can be determined, such as; not limited to), the duration of the drug delivery system is 542d, the maximum continuation of the instruction input: the setting that can be undone during the temple continuation period, and the maximum fluid holding capacity for drug delivery. Undo setting. The net drug tolerance 542a is the maximum concentration of drug that can be safely equal to the patient during a specific period. The infusion system 21 is related to the drug volume tolerance. The net drug volume tolerance pool can be defined in the drug identification file in the drug Aibe database. When the infusion command is generated ... between the shoulders, the 5H infusion system 21 can determine the flow rate of 56 e, the number of infusion bags required in a specified period of time, 562a, the main component concentration in each infusion bag, each Period fe1 to which the infusion bag will be administered, and the total capacity of each infusion bag. Flow rate can be manually entered or adjusted by changing each infusion bag or duration. In one implementation, the infusion system 210 performs a net concentration check 564a (Figure 8) to ensure that the maximum concentration of the drug is not exceeded. However, if at any time when the medical staff 116 is modifying the flow rate by adjusting the final concentration and the final concentration of the solution exceeds the maximum concentration of the drug, the infusion system 210 sends a message 520 to the drug Medical staff. The administering healthcare provider may be authorized to revoke the net drug volume tolerance 542a. The infusion system 210 may require medical staff 116 to provide a reason for the revocation. The infusion system 210 may include an adjustable flow rate tolerance 542b for drug administration and a flow rate adjustment tolerance. The flow rate tolerance 542b is optionally defined for all levels of the organization of the disease 81 1244022 patient care system 100. The tolerance 542b may be a sub-system for the entire patient care system 1000, or a sub-system for the patient makeup system 100. For example, different flow tolerances 542b can be used for, for example, but not limited to neonatal, pediatrics, psychiatrics, secondary systems of specific nursing stations, and special patients . The flow rate tolerance 542b may be specified relative to the original commanded flow rate or 疋 relative to the previous flow rate. Medical personnel 11 6 may also refer to a special instruction dedicated flow rate tolerance. The t_5hai infusion system 210 may contain a pre-defined instruction, which is private: whether or not the medical personnel administering the drug ji 6 is allowed without the need for a new instruction "Shen may revoke the flow rate tolerance 542b. This instruction may apply Based on the entire patient awareness system 100, sub-system or individual medical staff. ☆ The maximum infusion duration 542d can be individually defined for various parts of the patient care system = 100. The maximum infusion duration Period 5 is also dedicated to a specific drug 124. If the maximum infusion duration is 5 fingers at the time of instruction input, 566 for the renewal period can be provided (Figure 8). The maximum revocation can be provided to set the duration of the infusion period to 542d, and which group = Allowable I :: This revocation. If owned during instruction input and / or during the dosing period, the liquid solution system 21G can be " ^ Volunteer medical staff 116 combined. "To revoke a subset of the maximum infusion duration 542d. A preset value 544 includes a preset value such as (but not limited to) a drug dilute 82 1244022 default value of the release solution 544a. ,dilution Dirty pre machine left foot ten Shu said rapping u Comments / from the inside of the pre-value and preset value σ 544b, dose box 544 and execution units of Fu ς c opposed measured "hunger dry roast and value from the pre-544d. The default value of the measurement unit (u〇M) is 5 4 4 d. ^^} for the measurement of different parts of the patient care system 100 For example, medicines can be measured by physicians, medics, pharmacists, financial staff, and drug screeners (sCreener) in different units. The doctor's u⑽ is generally a measurable value, such as "_Γ", "mEq", "mi", and / or "qi", relative to "vial" and / or "puff" ) ,,. The doctor's U0M system is used for tasks such as giving instructions and inputting information 56. —U0M of the medical staff who administers—It is generally a value that reflects the UOM of the drug that will be administered, such as "dose," "tbsp", and "tablet Uab)". Used during dosing 512. U0M of the healthcare provider who is administering can also appear on file records (docomentation), for example, dosing reports, supply of mixtures, and work instructions for manufacturing. U0M for pharmacy in general Is a value that reflects the physical form used in the formulation of the drug, for example, "tablets", "vials", "inhalator" and _ "cans". U0M of the pharmacy is in preparation 506 and It is used in inventory and formulation systems. Financial UOM is generally a value used to calculate the financial amount appearing on bills and invoices. Υ〇M for drug screening is generally used when screening drugs. The default value of the measurement unit 544d can be specified by using a check box (check-b0x) table, where the checkmark is 13 and placed in a table, which makes various U0M Interrelated with the user's U0M. The fluid system 210 can use the same U0M in more than one function of 83 1244022. For example, the doctor's U0M can be the same as the pharmacist's U0M. 5 Also, the preset value 544 contains the information needed to coordinate various U0Ms. For example, The UOM preset value 544d may contain multipliers and dividers required to generate one-to-one correspondence between various U0M. The U0M preset value 544b can be changed to meet the expectations of individual medical staff. However The one-to-one correspondence is maintained by the patient care system 100. The infusion system 21 can be designed to maintain a history of preset values for the drug unit. The infusion system 210 can also include medication measurement words Suffix. The suffix in the second drug may be preset during the instruction input. The suffix in the drug may be a common unit for measuring the drug, and may include patients with, for example, body surface area and weight. Units of characteristics. Medications can be named according to the drug, the type of instruction, the dose, and the U0M. The establishment of the shellfish database 546 includes the establishment of a database and / or a single resource. Part of the library, such as (but not limited to), preparation area 546a, additive information 54 =, solution 546c, prefabricated mixture definition 546d, favorite items 546e, day-to-day revocation reasons 546f, flow rate revocation reasons 546g, conversion table 546h Speed instructions 546i, equipment and designated routing information 546 j, and message triggers 546k. Day order revocation reasons 546f include commendable reasons for modifying the timing of infusion instructions. For example, timing revocation reasons W6f may include — An optional stylus for the digital assistant display for the administration of a fluid instruction at a time other than the time specified in the original infusion instruction. If the medical staff 116 is at the indicated 84 1244022 then the medical staff 116 may
乐、况丄u可以包含一個定義的訊息觸發誘因546k,若醫護 人貝116撤銷一個指令所界定的流速容限時,其係指出一 給藥時間容限542c之外施予藥物時 能被要求從所顯示的理由1 0 Μ f令 由碼(第Π圖)。女66棟山^ 個訊息為是否應該被傳送至病患的醫師。輸液系統21〇也 可以包含定義的訊息觸發誘因546k,若醫護人員116撤銷 一個在除了該指令之外的層級處所界定的例如是流速容限 542b的容限時,其係指出一個訊息為是否應該被傳送以及 要傳送給誰。 該輸液系統210可以包含轉換表546h,例如(但不限 於),流速轉換表、變化的(varying)成分轉換表以及變化 的流速轉換表。流速轉換係包含轉換一個輸液指令成為一 個藉由容量/時間所定義的流速,其中該指令是原先用任 何方式被指定的,例如(但不限於),具有一特殊的濃度之 劑量/時間、每單位的重量/時間之容量、每單位的身體表 面積/時間之劑量、以及總劑量與持續期間。 變化的成分轉換係包含轉換複數個具有變化的成分在 85 1244022Le and condition can contain a defined message that triggers 546k. If the medical staff member 116 revokes the flow rate tolerance defined by an order, it indicates that a drug can be required to be administered from a dose time tolerance beyond 542c. The reason shown is 10 μF (by Π). Female 66 buildings ^ message is whether it should be transmitted to the patient's physician. The infusion system 21 may also contain a defined message to trigger an incentive 546k. If the medical staff 116 revokes a tolerance defined at a level other than the instruction, such as the flow tolerance 542b, it indicates whether a message should be Teleport and to whom. The infusion system 210 may include a conversion table 546h, such as (but not limited to), a flow rate conversion table, a varying component conversion table, and a changed flow rate conversion table. Flow rate conversion involves converting an infusion command into a flow rate defined by volume / time, where the command was originally specified in any way, such as (but not limited to), a dose / time with a specific concentration, each Unit weight / time capacity, body surface area / time dose per unit, and total dose and duration. The changing composition conversion system includes converting a plurality of components having a change in 85 1244022.
個:的輸液袋中的輸液指令之流程時間成為用⑥目前正被 給藥的輸液袋之流速。具有變化的成分之指令係包含例如 疋(但不限於)定序的(sequencing)指令。在定序的指令中 ’不同的袋係具有不同的成分以及潛在為不同的流速。A: The flow time of the infusion instruction in the infusion bag becomes the flow rate of the infusion bag currently being administered. Varying instructions include, for example, (but not limited to) sequential instructions. In the sequenced instructions, different bag systems have different compositions and potentially different flow rates.
變化的流速轉換係包含轉換具有變化的流速之輸液指 令成為用於目前正被輸液的溶液之流速。變化的流速指令 係包含例如是(但不限於),單次劑量/持續背景輸液 (basal)的指令、減量劑量指令以及交替的劑量指令之指令 輸液系統210可以包含預先定義的輸液流速⑽。該 些預先定義的輸液流速542b可以與流速說明5術相關連 ,以谷e午從一個下拉式表列中傲撰遲 、仏W甲做璉擇,作為一個鍵入流速 的捷徑。 定義的函數548係、包含例如是(但不㈣),㈣㈣ 的函數5伽、袋持續期間的函數5桃、驗證撤銷請求的函 數548c、持續期間至容量的函數5、持續期間至流速的 函數548e、以及流速至點滴速率的函數咖之函數。該 輸液系統21 0可以包含持嬙望日門—曰 人 幵π期間至容篁的函數548d以根據 輸液指令決練輸液的量。流速至點滴速率的函數5術係 使用有關醫療器材330的資訊以轉換流速至點滴速率。” 決定的設定550係包令々“ θ τ 人、 匕S例如疋(但不限於),撤銷授權 550a、流速精確度550b、裳吾林地☆ 谷里精確度550c、以及時間精確 度550d的設定。若為所要的祜仏、六么从01Λ 受的后,輸液糸統21〇可以決定輸 液的總容量以及輸液指令的户祜 ^ ^ ^ ^ 7扪/從速。右14些數字被決定時, 86 1244022The variable flow rate conversion involves converting an infusion command having a changed flow rate into a flow rate for a solution currently being infused. The variable flow rate instructions include, for example, but are not limited to, single dose / continuous background infusion (basal) instructions, reduced dose instructions, and alternate dose instructions. The infusion system 210 may include a predefined infusion flow rate. The pre-defined infusion flow rate 542b can be related to the flow rate specification method. The user can choose from a drop-down list to select a time frame as a shortcut to enter the flow rate. The defined function 548 includes, for example (but not ㈣), ㈣㈣'s function 5 gamma, bag duration function 5 peach, verification cancellation request function 548c, duration function to capacity 5, duration function to flow rate function 548e, and a function of flow rate to drip rate. The infusion system 211 may include a function 548d from the day of watching the gate to the capacity of the person to determine the amount of infusion according to the infusion instruction. Flow rate to drip rate function 5 The technique uses information about medical device 330 to convert flow rate to drip rate. The setting of 550 is determined by the order 々 θ τ, such as 疋 (but not limited to), revoking the authorization 550a, the accuracy of the flow 550b, the precision of the woodland ☆ valley 550c, and the time accuracy 550d . If it is the desired volume, after receiving from 01Λ, the infusion system 21 can determine the total volume of the infusion and the household of the infusion instruction ^ ^ ^ ^ 7 扪 / speed. When the number of right 14 is decided, 86 1244022
將該些計算出的值四捨五人至流速精確度55Gb以及容量精 確度550c是所要的,其係為例如是醫師、藥劑師以及護士 的醫護人員116可理解的。流速顯示的精確度55〇b可以被 設定以顯示流速至設定的小數點位數。該病患照顧系統 1〇〇之各種部分可以獨立地決定用於顯示的流速之精確度 例如,輸液系統210可以在成人治療位置顯示到一個小 數點位數,而在新生兒的治療位置顯示到三個小數點位數These calculated values are rounded to a flow rate accuracy of 55 Gb and a capacity accuracy of 550c, which are understandable by the medical staff 116, such as physicians, pharmacists, and nurses. The accuracy of the flow rate display can be set to 55 ° b to display the flow rate to a set number of decimal places. Various parts of the patient care system 100 can independently determine the accuracy of the flow rate used for display. For example, the infusion system 210 can display a decimal place at the adult treatment position and Three decimal places
。該流速精確纟55Gb係反映醫護人貝的病患所纟的服務。 輸液指令的流速可以被四捨五人至—個系統定義的精確度 。該精確度可以是對於所有的輸液指令都是相同的、或是 根據對病患的服務而定。 容量顯示的精確度550c可以類似地被設定以顯示輸液 容量至設定的小數點位數。若輸液是單—劑量輸液或是斷 續的輸液時,則可設定的時間精確度55()(1可被利用來根據 流=以計算出給藥的持續期間。所計算出的每個輸液袋的 總今里係根據容量精確度55〇c被四捨五入。該給藥時間係 蟢由輸液系統210根據該設定的時間精確度55〇d而被四捨 五入。該時間精確度550d可以是對於所有的輸液指令都是 相同而不論對病患的服務為何、或者可以是對服務為特定 的。 指令產峰 第8圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令產生5 〇4之功能 、且件的方塊圖。輸液指令產生5〇4係包含用於產生輸液指 令的功能方塊。輸液指令產生5〇4係包含輸入資訊56〇、 87 !244〇22 。輸入資訊560可以包含 560a、識別藥物560b、 、識別流速560e以及識 叶异562、檢查564以及撤銷566 例如是(但不限於),識別指令類型 織別劑量560c、識別稀釋液560d 別輪液部位560f的功能。 輸液指令產生504係連結到輸液袋準備5〇6、輸液袋 =送(路徑530)、給藥512、以及輸液指令修改514。輸液 才曰令類型560a係包含例如是(但不限於),單一劑量給藥、 大量給藥、斷續的給藥以及連續的指令類型。連續的輸液 係包含交替的輸液、定序的輸液、減量輸液以及滴定法輸 液。在一個輸液指令中選擇第一種藥物56〇b之際,可以預 叹一種用於該藥物的輸液指令類型56〇a之形式。下指令的 西濩人員可以具有選擇不同的指令類型之選擇權。該劑量 560c以及量測的單位544d也可以是預設的。量測的單位 544d可以關聯至藥物以及/或是劑量54杬。輸液系統 可以包含一種預設的稀釋液或是數種預設的稀釋液,以用 於该藥物。其中的一種預設的稀釋液可以被指明為較佳的 稀釋液。一項說明可以與該稀釋液相關連,以幫助下指令 的醫護人員決定要選擇何種稀釋液。稀釋液的說明可以: 含一參考事項為若是病患高滲性的(hypert〇nic),則特定 的稀釋液避免使用在該病患上。 輸液系統210也可以容許有根據先前所提及的輸液指 令類型之額外的輸液指令次類型56〇a。額外的輸液指令次 類型560a可以包含(但不限於)τρΝ輸液指令、化學療法之 連續的輸液指卜Μ欠袋輸液指令以及大容量注射液的輸 88 1244022 液指令。該輸液指令次類型可以從輸液系統210之不同的 部分加以利用,此係容許根據該些次類型來分類及過濾輪 液指令。用於每個輸液指令次類型之一種特殊的標籤袼式 也可以被疋義’以進一步自訂輸液指令次類型的指令以及 相關聯的藥局工作流程。 當在輸液指令產生504期間搜尋藥物124時,該藥物 1 24可以被標示為添加物以及/或是溶液,以幫助醫護人員 116產生輸液指令。此種標示可以在藥物識別檔案中做成 〇 藥物劑量560c可以用例如是(但不限於)根據身體重量 、身體表面積的一些方式加以決定,並且根據速率加以輸 入。當流速未被輸入時,輸液系統21〇係根據指定的劑量 以及期間來計算流速。下指令的醫護人員可以指定稀釋液 560d以及其之量。藥局可以提供此種參數的預設值-請參 見線條582(第6圖)。檢查564可被執行以確保對於藥物 560b的淨濃度564a以及流速564b是適當的。 /輸液系、,先21 0可以根據病患的重量、身體表面積以 及/或是治療之指定的頻率與持續期間來指定以及/或是計 2流速560e。所指示的流速56〇e係對照例如是系統流速 容限542b的流速容限而被檢查564b。藥物124的淨濃度 可以對照例如是系統淨濃度容限542a的淨濃度容限而被檢 查 564a 〇 $-個實施例中m 560e也可以包含顯示預設的流 速之D兒明,以助於指令的輸入。流速56〇e可以參考流速說 89 1244022 明的資料庫546i。 計算562可以包含根據病患體重以及/或是身高(可能 是由ADT介面310所提供的)、藥品量、稀釋液容量、濃度 、或是速率來計算劑量。計算562可以包含(但不限於)根 據在溶液中的成分濃度來計算流速(若在處方中未被指定 的話)、對於一段指定的期間所需之袋量562a或是輸液袋 的數目、每個輸液袋被施用的期間、以及每次輸液及輸液 袋的總容量。流速、將被輸液的容量以及/或是持續期間 可以加以修改。若被修改的話,則輸液系統21〇係根據計 异值來自動地計算出相對應的量,若其將會超過如同在成 分的藥物檔案中所指明之該成分在該濃度中之最大的劑量 時,則病患照顧之輸液系統21〇係警告藥劑師以及/或是醫 護人員116,並且可以對於該項調整要求一個理由碼。 計算562可以包含例如是(但不限於)袋量的計算562& 以及流 、轉換的計算562b、持續期間至容量的計算562c、 速至點滴速率的計算562d之計算。檢查564係包含輸液指 令可能會受到管制之各種的檢查。該些檢查係包含例如是 (但不限於)淨濃度的檢查564a、流速的檢查564b、給藥時 間的檢查564c、持續期間的檢查564d以及輸液部位的檢 查564e之檢查。若一項輸液指令未通過檢查564時,則醫 護人員U6可以是能夠撤銷該檢查的。撤銷566可以包含 例如疋(但不限於)淨濃度的撤銷,566a、流速的撤銷n 給藥時間的撤銷566c、 位的撤銷566e之撤銷。. The flow rate of 55 Gb accurately reflects the services provided by the patient. The flow rate of the infusion command can be rounded to a system-defined accuracy. The accuracy can be the same for all infusion instructions, or it can depend on the service to the patient. The accuracy of the volume display 550c can be similarly set to display the infusion volume to a set number of decimal places. If the infusion is a single-dose infusion or intermittent infusion, a settable time accuracy of 55 () (1 can be used to calculate the duration of administration based on the flow =. Each calculated infusion The total bag size is rounded according to the volume accuracy of 55 ° c. The dosing time is rounded by the infusion system 210 according to the set time accuracy of 55 ° d. The time accuracy of 550d can be for all infusions The instructions are the same regardless of the service to the patient, or may be specific to the service. Figure 8 of the production peak is a block diagram showing the function of 504 for the infusion instruction used in Figure 6 The infusion instruction generation 504 series contains function blocks for generating infusion instructions. The infusion instruction generation 504 series contains input information 56o, 87! 244〇22. The input information 560 may include 560a, identification drug 560b, and identification The flow velocity 560e and the identification of leaf 562, inspection 564, and revocation 566 are, for example (but not limited to), the functions of identifying the type of instruction to weave the dose 560c, and the identification of the dilution fluid 560d and the position of other fluids 560f. The 504 series is connected to the infusion bag preparation 506, the infusion bag = send (path 530), the administration 512, and the infusion instruction modification 514. The infusion only command type 560a series contains, for example, but is not limited to, a single dose administration , Mass administration, intermittent administration, and continuous instruction types. Continuous infusion systems include alternating infusions, sequential infusions, reduced infusions, and titration infusions. The first drug, 56ob, is selected in one infusion instruction On this occasion, you can predict a form of infusion instruction type 56a for the drug. The people who have given the order can have the option to choose different types of instructions. The dose 560c and the measurement unit 544d can also be Preset. The measurement unit 544d can be associated with a drug and / or a dose of 54 杬. The infusion system can include a preset diluent or several preset diluents for the drug. One of them A predetermined diluent can be designated as the preferred diluent. An explanation can be associated with the diluent to help the medical staff instructed to decide which diluent to choose. Diluent Instructions can include: A reference is that if the patient is hypertonic, specific dilutions should be avoided for that patient. The infusion system 210 may also allow for the type of infusion instructions previously mentioned The additional infusion instruction subtype 56oa. The additional infusion instruction subtype 560a may include (but is not limited to) τρΝ infusion instructions, continuous infusion instructions for chemotherapy, infusion bag infusion instructions, and infusion of large volume injections 88 1244022 Infusion instruction. This infusion instruction subtype can be used from different parts of the infusion system 210. This allows classification and filtering of rotatable instructions based on those types. A special label for each infusion instruction subtype. The formula can also be defined to further customize the infusion instruction type and the associated pharmacy workflow. When searching for a drug 124 during the infusion instruction generation 504, the drug 1 24 may be labeled as an additive and / or a solution to help the medical staff 116 generate the infusion instruction. Such labeling can be made in the drug identification file. The drug dose 560c can be determined in some ways, such as (but not limited to) based on body weight and body surface area, and entered based on the rate. When the flow rate is not entered, the infusion system 21 calculates the flow rate based on the specified dose and duration. The medical staff under the order can specify the dilution 560d and its amount. Pharmacies can provide preset values for such parameters-see line 582 (Figure 6). A check 564 may be performed to ensure that the net concentration 564a of the drug 560b and the flow rate 564b are appropriate. / Infusion system, first 210 can be specified according to the patient's weight, body surface area, and / or the specified frequency and duration of treatment and / or the flow rate 560e. The indicated flow velocity 560e is checked 564b against, for example, the system flow velocity tolerance 542b. The net concentration of the drug 124 can be checked against, for example, the net concentration tolerance of the system's net concentration tolerance 542a. In the embodiment, m 560e can also include a Ding Ming showing a preset flow rate to help instruct input of. The flow rate 56oe can be referred to the database 546i of 891244022. The calculation 562 may include calculating the dose based on the patient's weight and / or height (probably provided by the ADT interface 310), the amount of medicine, the volume of the diluent, the concentration, or the rate. The calculation 562 may include (but is not limited to) calculating the flow rate (if not specified in the prescription) based on the concentration of the components in the solution, the amount of bags 562a or the number of infusion bags required for a specified period, each The period during which the infusion bag is administered, and the total volume of each infusion and bag. The flow rate, volume to be infused and / or duration can be modified. If modified, the infusion system 21 will automatically calculate the corresponding amount based on the difference value, if it will exceed the maximum dose of the component in the concentration as specified in the drug file of the component At that time, the patient care infusion system 2110 warns the pharmacist and / or medical staff 116 and may request a reason code for the adjustment. The calculation 562 may include, for example, (but not limited to) the calculation of the amount of bags 562 & the calculation of the flow, the calculation of the conversion 562b, the calculation of the duration to the capacity 562c, the calculation of the speed to the drip rate 562d. Inspection 564 consists of a variety of inspections where infusion instructions may be regulated. These tests include, for example, but are not limited to, a net concentration check 564a, a flow rate check 564b, a dosing time check 564c, a continuous check 564d, and an infusion site check 564e. If an infusion instruction does not pass inspection 564, medical staff U6 may be able to cancel the inspection. Cancellation 566 can include, for example, (but not limited to) the cancellation of net concentration, 566a, the withdrawal of flow rate, n the withdrawal of dosing time 566c, and the cancellation of bit 566e.
持續期間的撤銷566(1以及輸液部 撤銷566可以產生訊息52〇給醫師 90 1244022 以及/或是藥局。輸液系統21 0可以區別整個系統的撤銷以 及次系統的撤銷,以決定是否必要產生訊息520。 撤銷可以包含一項指示為醫護人員是否具有權力來撤 銷一項容限。例如,流速的撤銷5 66b可以提供一項指示為 輸入該輸液指令的醫護人員是否具有權力來撤銷系統流速 容限542b。此指示可以應用至病患照顧系統丨〇〇或是次系 統。持續期間的撤銷566d可以提供一項指示為輸入該輸液 指令的醫護人員116是否具有權力來撤銷系統持續期間 542d。此指示可以應用至病患照顧系統丨〇〇或是次系統。 撤銷566亦包含對於撤銷的理由之顯示566f。對於撤銷的 理由566f可以由醫護人員116從下拉式項目單來加以選擇 〇 輸液指令產生504的結果是一個輸液指令7〇2。輸液 指令702可以包含一個輸液計劃表7〇4。輸液系統21〇可 以考慮到未來一段期間並且產生輸液計劃表7〇4(只要該輸 液指令7G2是有效的),以用於該段期間或是依要求而被指 定為更長的期間之輸液袋供應。下指令的醫護人員並不被 要求來指定該輸液指令之結束日期。輸液系統21〇可以包Duration of cancellation 566 (1 and infusion department cancellation 566 can generate message 52 to the physician 90 1244022 and / or pharmacy. The infusion system 21 0 can distinguish the cancellation of the entire system and the cancellation of the secondary system to determine whether it is necessary to generate a message 520. Revocation may include an indication as to whether the healthcare provider has the authority to revoke a tolerance. For example, the revocation of flow rate 5 66b may provide an indication as to whether the healthcare personnel who entered the infusion instruction has the authority to revoke the system flow rate tolerance 542b. This instruction can be applied to the patient care system 〇〇〇 or sub-system. Revocation of the duration 566d can provide an indication as to whether the medical staff 116 who entered the infusion instruction has the power to revoke the system duration 542d. Can be applied to the patient care system 丨 〇〇 or sub-system. Revocation 566 also includes the reason 566f for the reason for revocation. For the reason for revocation 566f can be selected by the medical staff 116 from the drop-down list. 504 Infusion order generation 504 The result is an infusion instruction 702. The infusion instruction 702 can contain an infusion Schedule 704. The infusion system 21 can take into account a period of time in the future and generate an infusion schedule table 704 (as long as the infusion instruction 7G2 is valid) for use during the period or designated as required Infusion bag supply for a long period of time. Medical staff who are instructed are not required to specify the end date of the infusion instruction. The infusion system 21 can pack
含根據輸液系統210界定的容限542來自動排程輸液袋的 傳送。 X 迤令準備 第9圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令準備5〇6之功能 組件的方塊圖。輸液準# 506 4系包含用於準備輸液指令 7〇2(第8圖)的功能方塊。輸液準備5Q6可以包含(但不限 91 1244022 於)決定準備位置Μ。 _ ^上\ blJ6a、田成分506b、袋持續期間之檢 查506c以及用於藥物標鐵12“的條碼列印5_。條碼列 印506d可以包令w l么心 上乡考列印標籤326(第4圖)所述的功 能。 在輸液指令被輪入到輸液系、统21 〇中之後,準備指令 係被指定路由至_個準 羊備位置。邊準備位置係依據該輸液Includes automatic scheduling of delivery of infusion bags according to tolerance 542 defined by infusion system 210. X Command Preparation Figure 9 is a block diagram showing the functional components used in Figure 6 for the infusion command preparation 506. Infusion Standard # 506 4 Series contains function blocks for preparing infusion instructions 702 (Figure 8). The infusion preparation 5Q6 may include (but not limited to 91 1244022) to determine the preparation position M. _ ^ \ BlJ6a, Tian component 506b, inspection period 506c of the bag, and bar code printing 5 for drug labeling 12 ". Bar code printing 506d can be ordered to print the label 326 (No. 4) (Figure). After the infusion instruction is rotated into the infusion system and system 21, the preparation instruction system is designated to be routed to _ quasi sheep preparation positions. The side preparation position is based on the infusion
系統的21 0的準備藉+ R +侑私式506以及輪液組件而定。輸液系統 21 0可以包含例如是準借 :欠 疋+備&域貝枓庫546a之可調整的資料 庫,f係指明該輪液指令將在何處被準備。該輸液指令可 、^局中$疋在例如是該樓層之遠端的位置、或是在 治療位置1 〇 6處被準備。殿 口 有 w道人貝116係被導引經過該些 準備過程’其包含成分的條碼驗證、利用可被顯示在數位 助里118或疋其匕具有顯示器的裝置之上的事件管理資訊 〇 藥物的標籤124a #扣日日#八 ^ ^ 糸扎明成/刀以及成分的濃度。藥物的 4示籤124a可以被列印為^ ^ 在任何位置處。藥物的標籤124a較 佳地是包含條碼列印c;n.. t — 6d。條碼列印5〇6d可以包含對於 每個輸液袋都列印一個條满押 、 扪條碼払鐵124a。標籤124a係有助 於確保正確的藥物在正確 、“A — 雉妁k間以及/或是用正確的順序 被給樂。交替以及定序的輪 的輸,夜▲令尤其是容易發生順序及 =曰^錯誤。條碼列印5_可以包含對於在輸液指令 中的母-袋都列印一個獨特的條碼標藏。條碼列印 3也、可以包含列印—個唯一指明在輸液袋中的成分以及 〜成刀的浪度之組合的條碼標籤i24a。用於藥物⑼的 92 1244022 铋碼可以包含—個字首、一個字尾以及國家藥品碼(NCD)。 在*個貫施^列φ τ ’ ir'碼也可以包含一個批號以及有效日期 〇 或者是,一. 固別的條碼可被提供以包含該批號以及有效 日期。包含主動或是被動式RFID標籤、磁條、等等之條碼 的其它實施例都可以被使用。 給藥— 第10圖是展示用於第6圖的給藥512之功能組件的方 塊圖給藥512係包含施予藥物給病患112所使用的功能 方塊。給藥512可以包含讀取藥物條碼512a、讀取病患條 馬512'執仃有效曰期的檢查512c、提供用滴定法的通知 1 2d提仏机速至點滴速率的顯示512e、提供“如所需的 (士as needed)”輸液之起㉟512f、下載操作參數叫以及 時間監視512h。該輸液系統21〇也可以轉換可能具有超過 -種的流速之指令,例如減量以及交替的指令, 目前正被給藥的輸液袋之流速。該輸液系、統2U)也可以轉 換具有不同成分的輸液袋之指令(例如定序指令),成 於目前正被給藥的輸液袋之流速。 μ用 ”在給予藥物124之際,醫護人員116係掃描藥物的標 戴124a。輸液miG係、包含在起始輸液指令的级藥 改變流速、改變袋以及/或是停止輸液指令時 標籤124a。輸液系統210係確認具有條碼的標籤之衿、、’代 應该在該時間被給藥並且是用於病患1 1 2。勺八 l ‘ ^ . . I S流速以Β 給樂的量之給藥的歷史可被擷取及维牲。 及 、准持某些輪液指令曰 需要掛起一個輸液袋,其意圖是只有一 疋 ^ ^刀、特定的量之 93 1244022 輸液袋將被給藥。該輸液系統210係容許醫護人員ιΐ6能 夠下指令一個將被給藥的輸液袋之量。大部分的輸液泵: 具有界定將被給藥的量或是流速及期間的功能。一旦此時 間已過去後,輸液泵將會自動地避免進一步的給藥。輸液 系統210係作為一項提醒於給藥的醫護人員,其係提供— 個在藥物的標籤124a之上的訊息,其將會部分地被給藥以 及將被給藥之適當的量。The preparation of the system's 21 0 depends on + R + 侑 private type 506 and liquid components. The infusion system 21 0 may contain, for example, an adjustable database of quasi-borrowing: owe + reserve & domain shell library 546a, where f indicates where the liquid instruction will be prepared. The infusion instruction may be prepared at a position, for example, at the far end of the floor, or at the treatment position 106. There are 116 people in the entrance of the hall. They are guided through these preparation processes. The barcode verification of the ingredients, the use of event management information that can be displayed on the digital assistant 118 or the device with a display. Drugs Label 124a # 扣 日 日 # 八 ^ ^ 糸 Zhang Mingcheng / knife and ingredient concentration. The drug's 4 indicator 124a can be printed as ^ ^ at any position. The drug label 124a preferably contains a bar code print c; n .. t-6d. Bar code printing 506d may include printing a full bar, bar code, iron 124a for each infusion bag. The label 124a helps to ensure that the correct medicine is given in the correct, “A — 雉 妁 k” and / or in the correct order. The alternation and the order of the rounds of the loser are particularly prone to sequence and = ^ ^ Error. Barcode print 5_ can include a unique barcode label for both mother-bag in the infusion instruction. Barcode print 3 can also include print—a unique designation in the infusion bag The combination of the ingredient and the knife-shaped wave length label i24a. The 92 1244022 bismuth code for drug tincture can contain a prefix, a suffix, and a National Drug Code (NCD). τ 'ir' code can also contain a batch number and expiration date. 0 or yes, one. A fixed barcode can be provided to include the batch number and expiration date. Contains active or passive RFID tags, magnetic stripe, etc. Other embodiments can be used. Medication-Figure 10 is a block diagram showing the functional components of Medication 512 used in Fig. 6. Medication 512 contains functional blocks used to administer medication to Patient 112. Medicine 512 can contain reads Drug bar code 512a, read the patient's strip horse 512 'to perform the effective date check 512c, provide notification by titration method 1 2d to display the machine speed to the drip rate display 512e, provide "as needed (士 as needed ) "Infusion start 512f, download operation parameters, and time monitoring 512h. The infusion system 21 can also convert instructions that may have more than one type of flow rate, such as reduction and alternate instructions, which are currently being administered in the infusion bag Flow rate. The infusion system (2U) can also change the instruction of infusion bags with different components (such as sequencing instructions), resulting in the flow rate of the infusion bag currently being administered. ΜUse "at the time of drug administration 124, The medical staff 116 scans the label 124a of the medicine. The infusion miG system, a grade drug included in the infusion initiation instruction, changes the flow rate, changes the bag, and / or stops the infusion instruction label 124a. The infusion system 210 confirms that the 代 ,, ′ generation with a bar code label should be administered at that time and is used for the patient 1 1 2. Spoon eight l ‘^.. The history of the flow rate of the drug in the amount of B given to B can be retrieved and maintained. And, holding certain infusion instructions requires that an infusion bag be suspended. The intent is that only a knife, a specific amount of 93 1244022 will be administered. The infusion system 210 allows the medical staff to specify the amount of an infusion bag to be administered. Most infusion pumps have the function of defining the amount to be administered or the flow rate and duration. Once this time has elapsed, the infusion pump will automatically avoid further dosing. The infusion system 210 serves as a reminder to the medical staff of the administration that it provides a message on the label 124a of the medication that will be partially administered and the appropriate amount to be administered.
流速至點滴速率之顯示5l2e係利用由流速至點滴速率 ^函數548f所產生之貧料,以提供給藥的醫護人員用於目 則的輸液袋之點滴速率。在給# 512㈣,醫護人員m 可以利用數位助理118來檢查流速以及其它的操作參數。 流速的修改1002b(第U圖)係即時地被傳送。Flow rate to drip rate display 5l2e uses the lean material generated by the flow rate to drip rate ^ function 548f to provide the drip rate of the infusion bag for the intended use by the medical staff. At # 512㈣, the medical staff m can use the digital assistant 118 to check the flow rate and other operating parameters. The modification of flow rate 1002b (Figure U) is transmitted in real time.
輸液系、统210可以包含觸或是“如所需的,,輸液起士 512f。如所需的”輸液起始512係造成一個新的有效的求 二產t U及PRN藥物的準備。此種選擇權可以包含提3 ^員11 6來彳之一個為了病患而設置的表列之預期合 …選擇一請輸液,並且將被請求的輸液袋予〗 為衣西°蒦人員116可以具有權力來修改該被請求以 輸液袋量。 :、乡數的下載512g可以包含判斷與該項醫療相關的 线別符、以及/或是從腕帶u2a所擷取的病患識別符 ^、在中央位置處與該項醫療相關的病患識別符相同。 :亥:】斷I吊疋藉由例如是第一中央伺服器⑽的第一電腦 來兀成的。若該輸液系、統21G騎各種的病患識別符並不 94 1244022 相同時,則該系統可以產生一個警報訊息52〇。 系統2㈣斷各種的病患識別符是相同時,則該輸=文 加可以,直接下載操作參數至醫療器材332。輸液系統加 可以傳运操作參數至例如是輸液栗12〇的醫療器材咖。 該系統程式21。的一項好處是用於醫療器材3 作翏數並不必在可利用兮此猫从$ & 士 歸 ▲ H #作线來規劃該醫療器材 咖之别’必須通過數位助自m或是任何其它 位置中之電腦。繞過在遠端的位置處之電腦係消除了在仏 予藥物m至病患、112上之一個潛在的錯誤來源。假= 項的確_被達成時,用於醫療器材332的操作參數可以“ 直接”被傳送至醫療写好cj q 9 ju , _ ㊅縻讀332。在此上下文中, 不該些操作參數可以在不經過數位⑽ιΐ8或是任何盆它 在遠端的位置處之電腦下被傳送至醫療器材。 /、 ,另一實施例中’輸液系統21〇可以包含一個額外的 ▲‘被展不出),其中,中央電腦係接受—個第二藥物 識別符。在遠端的位置處之醫護人 二 藥物識別符。該第二華物气別、3 ”“入該第二 梁物識別付可以是一個修改後的第一 藥物識別符。例如,該第二藥物識別符可以是[病患ID =操作參數的來源之處方或是電子醫師醫令輸入的部分 〇 _ 疋了以在傳送操作參數至醫療器材之前 確s忍違弟一與第二筚物ID b 条物ID疋相同的。該第二藥物ID可以 在處方被輸入時以及筚物19/| + 条物124到達治療位置106時之間, 用'一個修改後的第一藥物τ η丄 別符不同於内含在荜物的尸籤:取代。若該第二藥物識 丰物的軚戰12 4 a中之第一藥物識別符時 95 1244022 ,則該輸液系統210將會發出一個警報的聲音。在另一個 貫施例中,輸液系統21〇可以包含一個額外的方塊(未展示 出其中操作參數係被使用來規劃醫療器材332。The infusion system 210 may include a touch or "as needed, infusion cheese 512f. As needed" infusion initiation 512 results in a new and effective preparation of secondary U and PRN drugs. This option can include the expected combination of a list of patients set up for the patient. Choose one for infusion, and give the requested infusion bag to Yixi. Personnel 116 may Has the power to modify the volume of the requested infusion bag. :, The download of 512g of the township number may include a line identifier for judging the medical treatment, and / or a patient identifier extracted from the wristband u2a ^, a patient related to the medical treatment at a central position The identifiers are the same. : HAI:】 Breaking I is done by the first computer which is, for example, the first central server. If the patient IDs of the infusion system and the system are different from each other, the system can generate an alarm message 52. When the system 2 judges that the various patient identifiers are the same, the input can be directly downloaded to the medical equipment 332. The infusion system can transfer operating parameters to medical equipment such as infusion pump 120. The system program 21. One of the benefits is that it is not necessary to use it for medical equipment. It is not necessary to use this cat from $ & 士 归 ▲ H #work line to plan the difference of the medical equipment 'must be assisted by digital or any Computers in other locations. Bypassing the computer at the remote location eliminates a potential source of error in administering the drug to the patient, 112. False = When item _ is reached, the operating parameters for the medical device 332 can be "directly" transmitted to the medical writing cj q 9 ju, _ read 332. In this context, these operating parameters can be transmitted to the medical device without going through a digital display or any computer at a remote location. /, In another embodiment, the 'infusion system 21o may include an additional ▲' which cannot be displayed), wherein the central computer system accepts a second drug identifier. Paramedic at the remote location. The second Chinese medicine identification, 3 "" into the second beam identification, may be a modified first drug identifier. For example, the second drug identifier may be [patient ID = the source of the operating parameter or the part entered by the electronic physician ’s order. The second article ID b is the same. The second drug ID may be different from the content contained in the drug when the prescription is entered and when the drug 19 / | + strip 124 reaches the treatment position 106 using a modified first drug τ η 丄. Postmortem: replaced. If the second drug recognizes the first drug identifier 95 1244022 in the battle 12 4a of the abundant substance, the infusion system 210 will emit an alarm sound. In another embodiment, the infusion system 21 may include an additional block (not shown in which the operating parameters are used to plan the medical device 332).
輸液系統210之各種方塊,例如方塊512,可以包含 在數位助理丨丨8上顯示治療資訊。此可以包含顯示資訊為 反映在輸液泵12〇的顯示器12〇c上之資訊。在輪液泵 的顯不器120c上之資訊可以被補充有關病患112、病患位 置以及輸液指令的資訊。此資訊可以包含有關輸液泵12〇 的夕個通道之資訊。所顯示的資訊可以包含例如是(但不 限於)特性、提示行、狀態行、操作圖像以及泵標題顯示 資Λ操作圖像係包含落滴(f a 11 i ng drop)、停止記號 μ私核查小軟袋以及延遲開始。該泵標題顯示係包含例 如疋藥品標籤以及輸液速率的資訊。具有在此項技術中之 般技肖b者係熟悉上述之所顯示的資訊以及操作圖像。Various blocks of the infusion system 210, such as block 512, may include displaying treatment information on the digital assistant. This may include information displayed on the display 120c of the infusion pump 12o. The information on the display 120c of the liquid pump can be supplemented with information on the patient 112, the patient's position, and the infusion instruction. This information can include information about the 12 channels of the infusion pump 120. The displayed information can include, but is not limited to, features, prompt lines, status lines, operation images, and pump title display. Operation images include fa 11 i ng drop, stop sign μ private verification Small soft bag as well as delayed start. The pump header display contains information such as the drug label and the infusion rate. Those who have the general skills in this technology are familiar with the displayed information and operating images described above.
^ T輸液系統210的時間監視512h係計算完成一個指令 還要夕少時間以及一個輸液指令還要被給藥的量。當醫護 人員116使用輸液系統2丨〇來給藥該輸液指令時,為了對 :速做改4以及為了檢查輸液的狀態,輸液系统2 ^ 〇係計 算還要被給藥的時間及量,i且其係指出該計算結果是否 為才曰示將會使用到一部分的袋。例如,在整個量被給藥之 前,在一個指令的最後一袋將被停止時、以及/或是在整 個:被給,之前,纟一個指令之内的 '個袋必須被換掉時 、,醫護人員U6係在數位助理118以及/或是推車132之上 被“口忒警告可以包含一個訊息,例如是“請只給藥1 50 96 1244022 ml”。 時間監視512h係包含利用條妈掃描來追蹤任何對於流 速所做的修改。藥局係即時地主 ; 敕下ϋ Ό以根據該項修改來調 正下一個所需的輸液袋之準備聊。準備咖以及” 512 的監視係容許藥物124的剛好及時之傳 八 T <得达為可行的。 及日守之傳送係減少歸因於中斷或是改 。監視亦確保病患112的安全。 ㈣嶋之浪費 對於滴定法PRN指令而言,若在沪八 # Ψ ★在札々中的滴定條件是 仏速必須被改變時,則醫護人員116係自動地被通知 所需的流速改變。輸液系統21G係包含用於計算流速至點 滴速率的轉換548f之定義的函數。輸液系統21()所定義的 值可以是可調整的。輸液系、统21〇可以包含自動的流速至 點滴迷率的㈣548f以在治療的給藥期間協助醫護人員 116。 、 文件記錄及倐改 第11圖是展示用於輸液指令的文件記錄1〇12以及第 6圖的輸液指令修改514與訊息傳送52〇之功能組件的方 塊圖。修改514係包含被用以修改現有的輸液指令之功能 方塊。修改514也可以被視為產生新的指令以取代現有的 輸液指令。修改514可以包含修改的改變1002、對於新的 指令可利用之大致上所有下指令的選項1 〇〇4、再次檢查 1 0 06、再次檢查的撤銷1〇〇8以及新的流速至新的點滴速率 之顯示1〇1〇。輸液指令的修改經常導致有文件記錄1〇12 以及Λ息傳送5 2 0。修改514係包含參考處方修改模組 97 1244022 336(第4圖)所述的功能。然而,修改514也可從病患照顧 系統100的其它部份,例如(但不限於),處方輸入324、 處方啟動306以及處方授權308之處加以利用的。 修改514係包含修改持續期間1002a、修改流速i〇〇2b 、使用新的輸液部位1 002c、指明修改的理由i〇〇2d、指明 一個輸液袋的容量1 002e以及處理停止指令i〇〇2f。若病 患112正在抱怨不適或是為了促進流體平衡,例如,當病 患11 2正在嘔吐時,醫護人員丨丨6也可以在沒有指令之下 就改變輸液速率。 修改的改變1 002係包含指明新的持續期間1〇〇2a、指 明新的流速1 002b、指明新的輸液部位1〇〇2c、指明修改的 理由1002d、指明在輸液袋中之剩餘量1〇〇2e以及停止指 令516。在最初的輸液指令產生5〇4期間可利用之下指令 的選項係大致上可利用於修改輸液指令。在最初的輸液指 令產生504期間可利用之下指令的選項係包含在第8圖中 所展不者。再次檢查1〇〇6以及再次檢查的撤銷⑽係類 似於參考第8圖所述的檢查564及撤銷566。新的流速至 新的點滴速率之顯示1〇1〇係協助醫護人員,並且最小化在 給藥512期間錯誤的可能性。該修改後的輸液指令可以導 致有一個修改後的輸液計劃表。 流速在治療位置106處係經常為了例如是當輸液已經 不慎㈣m豆期間時’為了在不改變用於準備的計劃 表之下趕上進度之理由而被修改。此種修改可以不需要將 新的輸液汁劃表7 〇 4屑、淹$ IS g ' J π 傳遞至樂局。在其它的情形中,新的 98 1244022 計劃表704應該被傳送至藥局或是其他準備的工作人員。 流速的修改U)G2b係觸發輸液指令排程的改變以及/或是訊 息520給適當的醫護人員116。 當醫護人員116在治療位置1〇6處輸入流速的修改 1002b到輸液系、统21〇中時,該醫護人貝116也可以選擇 來使得輸液計劃纟704 #重新計算並且傳送至藥局。醫護 人貝116係具有請求新的藥物標籤ma是藉由條碼列印 5〇6d模組來被列印的選擇權。新的藥物標籤12乜係包含 資料以反映該新的資訊用於任何先前備妥的輸液袋。 輸液线以及/或是醫護人貝116可㈣㈣於輸 液部位1 002c做修改。該部位可以從在電腦畫面上之一個 表列的解剖圖(anat〇mical representati⑻中選出。醫護 人員116可能被要求針對該修改i刪指明—個理由。儲 存在資料庫中的理由可被顯示,例如(但不限於),時序撤 銷:理由546f以及流速撤銷的理由546g,以便於由醫護 人貝11 6指明。對於醫師下指令的修改可以有—個別的硬 :碼的=ard-coded)固定理由。對於醫師下指令的修改, 酉。蒦人員116可能被請求來指明該醫師。 在實細修改之刖’在目前的輸液袋中之剩餘量係被指 明l〇〇2e。醫護人員116可被提供選擇權來接受一個從修 改前的流速以及/或是容量之顯示值所計算出之容量。 ▲右為所期望的話,目前的輸液可以被停止i 〇〇2f。若 停止指令並非必要的話,例如’同-個輸液袋可被使用於 新的流速以及/或是新添加的藥物,則舊的流速可以被指 99 1244022 明並且與該修改後的流速做比較。 任何先前準備的輸液袋都可以根據新的輸液計劃表 m來檢查有效日自。#—個輸液指令是在暫時停止或是 保留(hold)指令之後重新繼續日夺,有&日期檢查可以相關 於已經準備的溶液之有效日期來加以進行。 —該新的輸液計劃表7〇4係被使用來控制在藥局或是其 它準備地點中的準備506。可以設定系統預設值544以用^ The time monitoring 512h of the T infusion system 210 calculates the amount of time required to complete an instruction and the amount of medication to be administered for an infusion instruction. When the medical staff 116 used the infusion system 2 to administer the infusion instruction, in order to quickly change 4 and to check the status of the infusion, the infusion system 2 ^ 〇 calculates the time and amount to be administered, i And it is pointed out whether the calculation result is only said that a part of the bag will be used. For example, before the entire amount is administered, when the last bag of an instruction is to be stopped, and / or when the entire: is given, before, when the 'bags within one instruction must be replaced, The medical staff U6 was “spoken by warning” on the digital assistant 118 and / or the cart 132. For example, “please only administer 1 50 96 1244022 ml”. The time monitoring 512h system includes scanning with a ticker. To track any changes made to the flow rate. The pharmacy is an instant landlord; 敕 下 ϋ Ό to adjust the preparation of the next required infusion bag according to the modification. Prepare coffee and "512 surveillance system allows drugs 124 The just-in-time biography of Eight T < Ded is feasible. And the reduction of teleportation was due to interruptions or changes. Surveillance also ensures patient 112 safety. Waste of ㈣ 嶋 For the titration method PRN instruction, if the titration conditions in Shanghai # # Ψ are in the case that the speed must be changed, the medical staff 116 is automatically notified of the required flow rate change. The infusion system 21G contains a defined function for calculating the flow rate to drip rate conversion 548f. The value defined by the infusion system 21 () may be adjustable. The infusion system 210 may include an automatic flow rate to 548f of the drip rate to assist the medical staff 116 during the administration of the treatment. File Recording and Correction Figure 11 is a block diagram showing the functional records of the infusion instruction modification 1012 and the infusion instruction modification 514 and the message transmission 52 of FIG. 6 for the infusion instruction. Modification 514 is a function block that is used to modify an existing infusion instruction. Modification 514 can also be seen as generating new instructions to replace existing infusion instructions. The modification 514 may include the modified change 1002, which is available for the new instruction, and substantially all the options of the next instruction 1 004, the re-check 1 06, the re-check revocation 1 08, and the new flow rate to a new point The rate display is 1010. Modifications to the infusion instructions often result in a documented record of 1012 and a message transmission of 5 2 0. Modification 514 includes the functions described in Reference Recipe Modification Module 97 1244022 336 (Figure 4). However, the modification 514 may also be utilized from other parts of the patient care system 100, such as (but not limited to) prescription input 324, prescription activation 306, and prescription authorization 308. Modification 514 includes a modification duration of 1002a, a modification of flow rate 〇〇02b, the use of a new infusion site 1 002c, an indication of the reason for the modification 〇0022, an indication of the capacity of an infusion bag 002e, and a processing stop instruction 〇0022. If the patient 112 is complaining of discomfort or to promote fluid balance, for example, when the patient 112 is vomiting, the medical staff 6 can also change the infusion rate without instructions. Modified changes 1 002 include specifying a new duration 1002a, specifying a new flow rate 1 002b, specifying a new infusion site 1002c, specifying a reason for the modification 1002d, and specifying the remaining amount in the infusion bag. 〇2e and stop instruction 516. The options available under the command during the initial infusion command generation 504 are generally used to modify the infusion command. The options available under the command during the initial infusion command generation 504 are not shown in Figure 8. The re-check of the 2006 and the re-check of the re-check is similar to the check 564 and the revocation 566 described with reference to FIG. 8. The display of the new flow rate to the new drip rate 1010 is to assist medical staff and minimize the possibility of errors during 512 administrations. This modified infusion instruction can lead to a modified infusion schedule. The flow rate at the treatment location 106 is often modified for reasons such as when the infusion has been accidentally taken during the m bean period, for reasons of catching up without changing the schedule for preparation. This modification can eliminate the need to transfer the new infusion juice to the table, the crumbs, and the $ IS g 'J π to the game. In other cases, the new 98 1244022 schedule 704 should be transmitted to the pharmacy or other prepared staff. Modification of the flow rate U) G2b triggers a change in the infusion command schedule and / or a message 520 to the appropriate medical staff 116. When the medical staff 116 inputs the flow rate modification 1002b at the treatment position 106 to the infusion system and system 21, the medical staff 116 can also choose to make the infusion plan 纟 704 # recalculate and transfer to the pharmacy. The medical care person 116 has the option to request that the new medication label ma be printed by a barcode printing module 506d. The new drug label 12 does not contain data to reflect this new information for any previously prepared infusion bags. The infusion line and / or paramedic 116 can be modified at the infusion site 1 002c. The site can be selected from a list of anatomic representations on the computer screen. Medical staff 116 may be required to specify a reason for the amendment. The reason stored in the database may be displayed, For example (but not limited to), timing revocation: reason 546f and flow rate revocation reason 546g, so as to be specified by the medical staff member 116. The modification of the order given by the doctor can be-individual hard: code = ard-coded) fixed reason. For the modification of the order given by the physician, 酉. Puppet personnel 116 may be requested to identify the physician. The remaining amount of "刖" in the actual modification in the current infusion bag is designated 002e. The healthcare provider 116 may be provided with the option to accept a volume calculated from the displayed flow rate and / or volume before the modification. ▲ The right is the desired, the current infusion can be stopped i 〇 02f. If the stop instruction is not necessary, for example, 'the same infusion bag can be used for the new flow rate and / or newly added drugs, the old flow rate can be referred to 99 1244022 and compared with the modified flow rate. Any previously prepared infusion bag can be checked for the effective date according to the new infusion schedule m. # —The infusion instruction is to resume the day after the temporary stop or hold instruction. The & date check can be performed in relation to the effective date of the prepared solution. -The new infusion schedule 704 is used to control preparations 506 in a pharmacy or other preparation site. Can set system default value 544 to use
於是否有任何準備的袋應該透過開帳單介面312而被記帳 於病患112,以及該些袋是否應該被記入存貨。 輪液指令的改變1 002係包含可利用於新指令之所有下 指令的選項1004。修改後的流速可以針對規則及容限而被 再次檢查1 006,例如(但不限於),淨濃度1〇〇6a、流速Whether any prepared bags should be billed to the patient 112 through the billing interface 312, and whether the bags should be credited to inventory. The change in the liquid instruction 1 002 includes all the options 1004 available for the new instruction. The modified flow rate can be checked again for rules and tolerances. For example (but not limited to), the net concentration is 1006a, the flow rate
i〇〇6b、給藥時間1 006c、持續期間1 006e以及輸液部位 1 006f。撤銷1〇〇8是可利用於超出容限的修改。輸液系統 21 〇可以顯示用於撤銷以及用於除了在原始的指令中所指 定的時間之外給予藥物之理由l〇〇8f。醫護人員丨16可能 被要求對於該修改要指明一個理由。 輸液系統21 0可以提供醫護人員116 —個顯示晝面指 出5亥修改後的點滴速率係與該修改後的流速1 〇 12相關。該 顯示出的資訊可以藉由該流速至點滴速率548f之定義的函 數而被計算出。輸液系統210也可以被提供在輸液系統 21 〇内所用之典型的输液管之說明,以用於計算點滴速率 修改係導致輸液系統210來確認輸液袋的有效日期並 100 1244022 且若該輸液袋在指令的完成之前就已經過期時,其係提供 一個訊息給醫護人員11 6。該訊息可以請求醫護人員J i 6 聯絡藥局。溶液(例如(但不限於),預混合的溶液以及輸液 系統21 0外部所製造的溶液)之輸液袋的有效日期之確認可 以包含语法分析(pars i ng)該掃描碼。 流速的撤銷1 008b可以提供一項指示為修改輸液指令 的醫護人員11 6是否具有權力在不需要對於新的輸液指令 之認可下,就可撤銷所指示的限制。此指示可以適用於病 患照顧糸統1 0 〇或是一個次系統。 文件記錄1012係即時地捕捉輸液指令的資訊。文件記 錄係包含記錄多個同時被給藥的輸液以及輸液修改,例如 (但不限於),持續期間的改變1〇12a、流速的改變1〇1訃、 容量的改變1012c、以及輸液部位的改變i〇12d。 當改變正在發生時,輸液系統210可以協助醫護人員 Π 6來捕捉所有在流速上的改變。醫護人員丨丨6可以改變 在指令中所需要的流速,例如,降低嗎啡輸液的流速從 4ml至2ml。儘管輸液系統21〇可以將該改變視為新的指令 ,但是輸液系統21 0可以被配置以避免重複,因而該修改 後的指令並不導致新袋的產生。 文件記錄1 012係包含記錄例如是(但不限於),暫時停 止、中斷以及/或是重新開始之輸液的改變之功能。醫護 人員11 6可以因為各種的理由來停止輸液,例如,輸液部 位已經受到損害、輸液已經鬆脫以及/或是輸液可以用肝 素/鹽水(sa 11 ne)鎖定以使得病患丨丨2的移動變得容易。當 101 1244022 新的部位/輸液已經重新被建立時,輸液可以被恢復繼續 。然而,此可能花費的時間長度是可變的,並且大致上是 藉由輸液系統21 〇加以記錄的。 政府法規經常需要追蹤在輸液給藥的過程中之每一個 步驟。輸液系統210係容許給藥的醫護人員116能夠在數 位助理118或是其它的電腦裝置上記錄流速的修改,此係 藉由知描藥物的標籤丨24a並且根據容限,例如是藉由設定 谷限542所產生的容限來調整流速工〇〇2a。流速的修改 1 002b係即時地對應於相關聯的藥局之輸液計劃表7〇4,以 確保送到病患治療區域1〇6的輸液袋有剛好及時的存貨管 理。文件記錄1G12可以容許指令在某些情況下將日期追溯 到過去某時。 輸液系統21 0係包含記錄輸液部位丨〇丨2d以及對於多 個輸液部位記錄多個輸液1〇12e之功能。在許多情形中, 病患112可以有多種藥物124以及“γ字形連接的,,輸液, 因而某些輸液係流入一個部位,而其它輸液則注入另一部 位。例如,嗎啡輸液、抗生素以及生理食鹽水係被注入右 手臂(部位1),而ΤΡΝ與2/3 & 1/3係流入一個雙腔靜脈 導管(double lumen)CVL(部位2)。輸液系統21〇係容許醫 護人員116能夠記錄各種的流體正在輸液通過之部位為哪 個部位。在例如是加護中心的治療位置丨〇6中,許多種超 過兩個的輸液可以流入一條管或是内腔(丨umen)。醫護人員 11 6係能夠指出輸液或是藥物正流入之CVL的哪個内腔。 輸液系統210係包含記錄用於輸液的部位位置1〇12d 102 1244022 :及任何部位位置的改變之功能。輸液部位係經常由於阻 塞(occlusion)或是政策的關係而被改變。因此,若輸液變 成鬆脫的且接著被重新開始日夺,醫護人貞1160須記錄在 部位位置上的改變。 锎欣糸統係使得 ,〜,,,.、·…W机且心且取馮可能的。用戈 例如疋輸液泵12〇的醫療器材之操作參數經常包含預設< 以及/或是容限。預設值以及/或是容限可以存在於輸液$〇〇6b, administration time 1 006c, duration 1 006e, and infusion site 1 006f. Revocation 1008 is a modification that can be used beyond the tolerance. The infusion system 21 can display the reasons for withdrawal and for the administration of medications other than the time specified in the original instruction 108f. Health care workers16 may be asked to indicate a reason for the change. The infusion system 21 0 can provide medical personnel 116-a display day and time indicates that the modified drip rate of 5 Hai is related to the modified flow rate 10 12. The displayed information can be calculated by a function defined by the flow rate to the drip rate 548f. The infusion system 210 can also be provided with a description of a typical infusion tube used in the infusion system 21 〇 for the calculation of the drip rate. The modification causes the infusion system 210 to confirm the expiration date of the infusion bag and 100 1244022 and if the infusion bag is in the When the instruction has expired before it is completed, it provides a message to the medical staff 11 6. This message can ask the medical staff Ji 6 to contact the pharmacy. Confirmation of the expiration date of the solution (such as (but not limited to), pre-mixed solutions, and solutions made outside the infusion system 210) can include parsing the scan code. The revocation of flow rate 1 008b may provide an indication to the medical staff 11 6 whether to amend the infusion instruction without the authority to revoke the indicated restriction without the need for approval of the new infusion instruction. This instruction can be applied to the patient care system 100 or a sub-system. Document record 1012 captures information about infusion commands in real time. The file record system records multiple simultaneous infusions and infusion modifications, such as (but not limited to) changes in duration 1012a, changes in flow rate 101〇, changes in volume 1012c, and changes in the infusion site i〇12d. When changes are taking place, the infusion system 210 can assist the medical staff 6 to capture all changes in flow rate. The medical staff can change the flow rate required in the instruction, for example, reduce the flow rate of morphine infusion from 4ml to 2ml. Although the infusion system 210 can treat this change as a new instruction, the infusion system 210 can be configured to avoid repetition, so the modified instruction does not result in the creation of a new bag. File record 1 012 contains functions to record changes such as (but not limited to), temporarily stopping, interrupting, and / or restarting an infusion. Medical staff 11 6 can stop the infusion for various reasons, for example, the infusion site has been damaged, the infusion has been loosened, and / or the infusion can be locked with heparin / saline (sa 11 ne) to allow the patient to move 2 Made easy. When 101 1244022 a new site / infusion has been re-established, the infusion can be resumed. However, the length of time this may take is variable and is generally recorded by the infusion system 21o. Government regulations often need to track every step in the process of infusion administration. The infusion system 210 allows the medical staff 116 to administer the medication to record changes in flow rate on a digital assistant 118 or other computer device. This is done by knowing the label of the drug 24a and by tolerance, for example by setting the valley Limit 542 is used to adjust the flow rate. The flow rate modification 1 002b corresponds to the infusion schedule 704 of the relevant pharmacy in real time to ensure that the infusion bag sent to the patient treatment area 10 6 has just-in-time inventory management. Documented record 1G12 may allow instructions to date back to a certain time in the past in some cases. The infusion system 210 includes the function of recording infusion sites 2o 2d and recording multiple infusions 1012e for multiple infusion sites. In many cases, patient 112 may have multiple medications 124 and "γ-shaped," infusions, so that some infusions flow into one site while others are injected into another site. For example, morphine infusions, antibiotics, and physiological salt The water system was injected into the right arm (Site 1), and the TPN and 2/3 & 1/3 systems flowed into a double lumen CVL (Site 2). The infusion system 21o allows the medical staff 116 to record What is the site where various fluids are passing through the infusion. In a treatment site such as an intensive care center, many infusions of more than two can flow into a tube or lumen. Medical staff 11 6 series Can indicate which lumen of CVL the infusion or medicine is flowing into. The infusion system 210 includes the function of recording the position of the site for infusion 1012d 102 1244022: and the change of the position of any site. The infusion site is often due to occlusion ) Or policy changes. Therefore, if the infusion becomes loose and is then recaptured, the medical nurse Zhen 1160 must be recorded at the site location The change of the system makes it possible to use ~ ,,,,,,, ..., and to take care of the situation and take the possibility possible. Operating parameters of medical equipment such as the infusion pump 12o often include presets < and / Or tolerance. The default value and / or tolerance can exist in the infusion $
統21〇巾,例如,流速容限542b以及/或是在與該器木 332相關的記憶體中。例如,輸液泵12〇可以包含一個, 料庫料庫係具有—個擁有關聯的流速容限之藥物# 表士右醫濩人員116輸入一個超出該關聯的流速容限之滿 =、貝m貝lie係被警告並且接著可能被允許進朽 3疋被禁止進行。例如是心率監視器的器#奶也可以里 有可組態設定的容限用於警告。除了警告之外,許多苴二 =徵二型都可以被組態設定用於器材332,例如、網:System 210, for example, flow rate tolerance 542b and / or in memory associated with the device 332. For example, the infusion pump 12 may include one. The hopper is a drug with an associated flow rate tolerance. Lie is warned and may then be allowed to enter the dying dynasty and is prohibited from proceeding. For example, the device #milk of the heart rate monitor can also have a configurable tolerance for warning. In addition to warnings, many of the two types = levy type 2 can be configured for equipment 332, for example, nets:
設定醫療ϋ材332 / 、電%來個別地或是成組地組態 系統配置參數可以被定義用於第—類型的醫療 二糸統配置參數伟被值接日山 ’、 ,除非兮^ 被傳达且由該第一類型的器材所接收 ㈣ 的第一類型的器材具有適用於該特定的第 類型的梦罟 > 击。0 * ί了久的第一 以置之更明確的配置參數 類型的醫療哭好η— Α ^ #複數個第一 •療“才可位在一般的照顧治療位置 個弟-類型的醫療器材可位-硬數 仕加4治療位置處。該_船从 103 1244022 π顧治療位置可能不且 位置確實具有特定的:療::的配置參數,而該加護治療 輸液系統210中之所 1 /糸統配置參數將會適用於 -般的照顧治療位置的裝類型的醫療器材’亦即,在該 例如是該加護治療位置:外。’除非有特定的配置參數適用 於一類型的裝置而言,特定的配置參數係、,用 -的壯疋彳置群組中之所有該類型的裝置,若Γ 疋的裝置屬於具有此稀定羞u 主叼扃置右一個特 數俜撤銘彡 〇群組時,該些特定的配置Α 数係Μ銷糸統配置參數, 阢置參 被界·疋為臨床的服務、 一砰組可 組合。 # 理站以及/或是服務及護理站.的 對於每種類型的裝詈 m“ 置而s ’使用者可以定義配置來數 、,且^相於被用在具有指定 ^ :類::裝置,該些動作係蓋過任何其它的定:::: 以包:ΪΓ乍可'是由輸液指令所組成,因而該些屬性可 匕:Ί、體重、樂品、病患疾病狀態與病情嚴重程度。 4置可以藉由將裝置位址内含在資料庫 明Γ般的群組之部分、-個特定的群組以及/或二 特疋的病患相關。一般或是特定的配置參數於是 該裝置的識別而被傳送至該裝置。該些特定的配置夫數接 著可被讀回到輸液系統210’並且與原先所傳送的配置夫 數做比較,以驗證原始的配置參數已正確地由器材332二 接收。若該些配置參數未正確地被接收時,則輸液系2 104 1244022 21 0可以提供一個指明不一致或是通訊失敗的訊息52〇。 輸液系統21 0可以檢測在該器材處對於配置參數所做 的改變,而不是透過中央電腦,並且其係傳送一個訊息以 及/或疋警告520。輸液系統21〇也可以查詢器材以驗證其 配置參數。若系統以及/或是特定的配置參數改變時,則 根據輸液系統210中被指明的分組,該些改變可以被傳遞 至讜系統中被指明為屬於該群組之所有的器材332。Setting medical materials 332 /, electricity% to configure system configuration parameters individually or in groups can be defined for the first type of medical secondary system configuration parameters. The first type of equipment communicated and received by the first type of equipment has a nightmare > strike suitable for that particular type of equipment. 0 * ί the first long-term medical cry with a clearer configuration parameter type η — Α ^ #Plural first first treatments can only be placed in the general care and treatment position. Brother-type medical equipment can be Bit-hard number Shijia 4 treatment position. The _ boat from 103 1244022 π Gu treatment position may not be and the position does have a specific: Healing :: configuration parameters, and the intensive care infusion system 210/1 The general configuration parameters will be applied to the general type of medical equipment that cares for the treatment location, that is, in the intensive care location: for example. Outside. Unless there are specific configuration parameters applicable to a type of device, The specific configuration parameters are all devices of this type in the group with-. If the device of Γ 属于 belongs to a group with this unique feature, the system is set to a special feature. During the grouping, the specific configuration A is a system configuration parameter, and the parameters are set to be a clinical service. A group can be combined. # 理 站 and / or service and nursing station. Each type of device is used instead of s'. You can define the configuration to count, and ^ relative to being used in a device with a specified ^: class :: device, these actions are overriding any other set :::: package: ΪΓChaco 'is composed of infusion instructions , So these attributes can be used: Ί, weight, music, disease status and severity of the patient. This can be done by including the device address in the database as part of a group, a specific group, and / or a specific patient. The general or specific configuration parameters are then transmitted to the device with its identification. The specific configuration numbers can then be read back to the infusion system 210 'and compared with the configuration number originally transmitted to verify that the original configuration parameters have been correctly received by the device 332. If the configuration parameters are not received correctly, the infusion system 2 104 1244022 21 0 can provide a message 52 indicating an inconsistency or communication failure. The infusion system 210 can detect changes to configuration parameters at the device, rather than via a central computer, and it sends a message and / or a warning 520. The infusion system 21 can also query equipment to verify its configuration parameters. If the system and / or specific configuration parameters change, then according to the designated group in the infusion system 210, these changes can be passed to all devices 332 in the system that are designated as belonging to the group.
在此整份文件以及相關的申請專利範圍中,“中央位置 以及遠端的位置是彼此相對的用語。“遠端的位置,,是任 何其中病患係透過-個受控制的醫療器材來接受治療的位 置,例如,其中病患112是透過輸液泵120來接受治療之 病患治療位置106。“中央位置,,是除了遠端的位置之外的 任U用於操作醫療器材的參數是可利用的位置,例如 (但不限於),藥局電腦104以及中央系統108的位置。在 個典型的配置中,數個例如是治療位置106之遠端的位 置係與一個中央位置通訊。Throughout this document and the scope of the related patent applications, "the central location and the remote location are relative to each other." The remote location is any situation where the patient receives it through a controlled medical device The treatment location is, for example, a patient treatment location 106 in which the patient 112 is treated through the infusion pump 120. "The central location is any location other than the remote location where the parameters for operating medical equipment are available, such as (but not limited to) the location of the pharmacy computer 104 and the central system 108. In a typical In the configuration, several remote locations, such as the treatment location 106, communicate with a central location.
儘管本揭露内容已經專注於輸液泵12〇在該系统2 之内的使用,但可瞭解到的是,其它的醫療器材也可心 使用在該系統21G之内,而不脫離本發明的範·。例如 各種類型的醫療器材係包含(但不限於)輸液系、呼吸: 透析機(dialysis ㈣㈣、等等。一: 額外之類型的醫療器材是微型電 a 钺糸統(MEMS)組件。MEJ| 疋一種被利用以產生在尺寸上可以小於i 小裝置的技術,儘管該些裝置也 的、’、尘或名Although this disclosure has focused on the use of the infusion pump 12 within the system 2, it can be understood that other medical equipment can also be used within the system 21G without departing from the scope of the present invention. . For example, various types of medical equipment include (but are not limited to) infusion systems, breathing: dialysis machines (dialysis, etc.): One additional type of medical equipment is a miniature electrical system (MEMS) component. MEJ | 疋A technique that is used to produce small devices that can be smaller than i, although the devices are also
7以疋較大的。MEMS裝S 105 1244022 典型地是從玻璃晶圓或是矽製成,但是該技術已經發展遠· 超出其在半導體產業之起源技術。每個MEMS裝置都是在一 個B曰片之上的一個整合的微系統,除了光學、流體、電氣 、化學以及生物醫學的元件之外’其可以納入移動的機械 邛件所產生的MEMS裝置或元件係回應於許多類型的輸入 ’其包含壓力、振動、化學製品、光以及加速。mems組件 可以疋一些不同的元件,其包含各種類型的泵、流量閥、 流量感測器、管、壓力感測器或是元件的組合。 _ 於是,即如同以下更詳細所述者,MEMS組件的一種用 途是作為概要地在第53圖中所示之管線MEMS泵“Η。 MEMS泵5314係能夠透過管5312來將内含在R袋532〇中 的流體泵唧出來,經由進入裝置5324而進入病患。με^ 組件係具有一個附接至其的MEMS本地的電子元件,並且該 MEMS電子兀件係連接到一個外部的、耐久的仳奶控制器 ,其可以如同在此所述之本輸液泵12〇 一般地與本系統 210通訊。在MEMS泵5314的一個實施例中,MEMS電子元 _ 件5332係被内嵌於其中,並且較佳地可以儲存m{:ms參數 的操作資訊。該MEMS控制器以及其電子電路與電源可以實 際上或是無線地連接至抓奶電子元件。在一個實施例中, 該參數的操作資訊可以從該可分離的MEMS控制器5338載 入較佳地,该泵元件5314係根據被本地儲存在該MEMS 電子電路5332之内的資訊,透過管5312以產生液體流。 此資訊較佳地是從一個連線的、但為可分離的MEMS控制器 _下載而得Q再者’ # _s組件可以經由無線通訊來 106 1244022 和系統21 0通訊。此外,該MEMS控制器可以透過一條無線 或是有線的通訊路徑來提供往返於系統2丨〇的資訊傳輸, 以元全自動化在本系統21 〇中的MEMS組件之控制及查詢。 MEMS或是其它新興之經濟的製造技術之使用係提供機 會來將MEMS元件加裝到一個用完即丟的管.線組,其係提供 額外的功能,例如,泵唧、裝設閥門以及感測。部分或是 全部支援之本地的電子電路也可以内含在管線組之一個用 凡即丟的部份中。例如,内含一個包含用於泵、壓力感測 器以及/或是流量感測器、閥、或是用完即丟的元件之組 合的校準資訊之記憶體晶片可能是較佳的。用後即可丟棄 疋所期望的,因為其免除了在每次後續的應用之間,對於 系統的組件之昂貴的消毒之需要。 i牟出式視窝 在一個實施例中,該系統可以經由彈出式視窗來自動 地提供4遵人員與一或多種藥物相關的資訊。較佳地,一 :藥物表係被輸人到中央資料庫1_中。該藥物表可以包 含-或多種藥物的學名以及任何與其相關聯的商品名稱。 j-到忒藥物表之内的每一種藥物的是用於經由彈出式視 自來j 7F之個別的訊息。該些訊息可以藉由醫療保健設施 、疋義或疋藉由该系統提供者預先定義的。較佳地, 與每一種藥物相關的訊息係有較:υ與該藥物相關的危 險事項’例如是在處理或是暴露到該藥物上,2)醫護人員 要如何施用該藥物;3)有關藥物的醫師參考資訊;:)用於 輸液該藥品之適當的泵通道;m 5)有關輸液設定的程序 107 1244022 之警語,例如,為了小軟势於 一。 "人衣輪液而打開-個滚筒夹(roller 彈出式視窗是在一種藥物被選擇或是輸 中之際被顯示出的,例如:當該筚 Τ π Y直7 to 疋 larger. MEMS devices S 105 1244022 are typically made from glass wafers or silicon, but the technology has evolved far beyond its origins in the semiconductor industry. Each MEMS device is an integrated microsystem on a B chip, in addition to optical, fluid, electrical, chemical, and biomedical components, which can be incorporated into MEMS devices produced by moving mechanical components or Components respond to many types of inputs, which include pressure, vibration, chemicals, light, and acceleration. Mems components can hold a number of different components, including various types of pumps, flow valves, flow sensors, tubes, pressure sensors or a combination of components. _ Thus, as described in more detail below, one use of the MEMS assembly is as a pipeline MEMS pump "Η shown schematically in Figure 53. The MEMS pump 5314 is capable of being contained in an R bag through a tube 5312 The fluid pump in 532 is pumped out and enters the patient via the access device 5324. The με ^ module has a MEMS local electronic component attached to it, and the MEMS electronic component is connected to an external, durable A milk controller, which can communicate with the system 210 in the same manner as the infusion pump 120 described herein. In one embodiment of the MEMS pump 5314, the MEMS electronic component 5332 is embedded therein, and Preferably, the operation information of the m {: ms parameter can be stored. The MEMS controller and its electronic circuit and power supply can be connected to the milk-clamping electronic component actually or wirelessly. In one embodiment, the operation information of the parameter can be Loaded from the detachable MEMS controller 5338, preferably, the pump element 5314 is based on information stored locally within the MEMS electronic circuit 5332 and passes through the tube 5312 to generate a liquid flow. This information is preferably A wired but detachable MEMS controller_download Q and get it again # # sThe component can communicate with the system 21 0 via wireless communication 106 1244022. In addition, the MEMS controller can be wireless or wired Communication path to provide information transmission to and from the system 2o, to control and query the MEMS components in the system 21o. The use of MEMS or other emerging economic manufacturing technologies provides opportunities to The MEMS component is added to a disposable tube and wire set, which provides additional functions, such as pumping, valve installation and sensing. Local or electronic circuits that are partially or fully supported can also be included in the One of the disposable parts of a pipeline set. For example, it contains a calibration that includes a combination of components for pumps, pressure sensors and / or flow sensors, valves, or disposable components. A memory chip for information may be better. It can be discarded after use, because it eliminates the need for expensive disinfection of system components between each subsequent application. According to one embodiment, the system can automatically provide information related to one or more drugs to the compliance personnel through a pop-up window. Preferably, one: the drug list is entered into the central database 1_ The drug list may contain-the scientific name of the drug or any associated product name.-Each of the drugs in the drug list is a separate message for viewing through the pop-up j 7F. These messages can be predefined by the healthcare facility, the righteousness, or by the system provider. Preferably, the messages related to each drug are compared: υ Dangerous matters related to the drug 'for example 2) How the medical staff will administer the drug when handling or being exposed to it; 3) Reference information for physicians about the drug; :) Appropriate pump channels for infusion of the drug; m 5) Procedures for infusion setting 107 1244022 warning, for example, for the sake of weakness. " People's clothes are opened by liquid-a roller clip (roller pop-up window is displayed when a drug is selected or lost, for example: when the 筚 Τ π Y directly
^ „ ± 田。亥糸物正猎由醫師經由CP0E 而被“;當該藥物正藉由藥局或類似者;以及 當該藥物正藉由醫護人員給藥 本„ 糸於病患時。在—個實施例中 ,種樂物的選擇或輸入已經在一個遠端的位置處之計 异裝置上被完成時,在中央李 ,盘中央糸統108内之資料庫係被利用 給該遠編至少一個彈出式視窗訊息係被提供 ’”口 <而、°十裝置用於顯示給該醫護人員。 β在Γ二與一種藥物相關的至少一個彈出式視窗訊息 之二 =:、過程以及給藥程序中的-個特定步驟起始 之際被&㈣於顯㈣。譬如,在輸人— 如是CP0E的計曾奘罟少队 , 节相7至例 由」 冲开#置之際’一個彈出式視窗係被顯示,立 中-個訊息係有關該藥物的醫師參考資訊, 實 施例中,另一個遝φ 1、日咖 你1回貫 的产m。 以被顯示有關與該藥物相關 、“ j、。妾著’在藉由藥局或類似者處理該指令之際 個彈出式視窗係被顯示在該藥局104之内的-二 :二=上’用於提供有關該藥物之一般的資訊以及與 關,可能的危險事項。接著,當該指令正藉由醫 。…樂吩或多個彈出式視窗係被顯示在—個盥哼 醫護人員相關的計算裝置(亦即,手持式裝置ιΐ8)之二 用關該藥物的給藥之資訊,並且在-個實施例* 心…樂物相關之可能的危險事項’例如,該藥物要 108 1244022 如何處理。 較佳地,在計算裝置上所顯 θ 正藉由醫護人昌無與—从 5平出式視匈疋特定方 之牛w㉟ 藥指令、過程以及給率矛。岸4 之步驟。譬如’包含醫師表 序4 不經由手持切¥ m考貝讯的彈出式視窗較佳地j 乎持式裝置118顯示給護士。儘管如n 施例中,使用者或是醫院可 —在, 於丨 疋義§ 一種藥物被ip;!^:十曰^ „± Tian. The drug is being hunted by a physician via CP0E”; when the drug is being administered by a pharmacy or the like; and when the drug is being administered by a medical staff. In one embodiment, when the selection or input of a kind of musical object has been completed on a different device at a remote location, the database in Central Li and Pan Central System 108 is used for the remote editor. At least one pop-up window message is provided, and the device is displayed to the medical staff. β was & displayed at the start of Γ2 at the beginning of at least one pop-up window message related to a drug = 2 :, process, and a specific step in the dosing procedure. For example, in the case of a loser—such as the CP0E's Ji Zengye Squad, the 7th phase of the case is explained by a “pop-up #set occasion”. A pop-up window is displayed, and a message is related to the physician's reference for the drug. Information, in the embodiment, another 遝 φ1, Japanese coffee you 1 round of production m. In order to be displayed in relation to the drug, "j ,. 妾 '" when a command is processed by the pharmacy or the like, a pop-up window is displayed within the pharmacy 104-two: two = on 'Used to provide general information about the drug and related, potentially dangerous matters. Then, when the order was being used by a doctor .... Rifephen or multiple pop-up windows were displayed on a lavatory medical staff Of a computing device (ie, a handheld device ιΐ8) with information about the administration of the drug, and in one example * heart ... possible dangers related to the pleasure ', for example, the drug requires 108 1244022 how Processing. Preferably, the θ displayed on the computing device is controlled by the medical caregiver—from the flat-out view of the Hungarian horde to a specific party ’s medicine instruction, process, and rate rate spear. Steps of shore 4. For example 'Include physician order sequence 4 The pop-up window without cutting through the handheld test is preferably displayed to the nurse on the handheld device 118. Although, as in the embodiment, the user or the hospital may-here, in 丨疋 义 § A drug is ip;! ^: 十 曰
輸入到一個特定的計算裝置 、擇或X 出ϋ目介@ $,何時(以及是否)一個强 出式視自應該被顯示。 個每Entered into a specific computing device, select, or X out of the screen @@, when (and whether) a forced output should be displayed. Each
藥局定義何時(以及是否)一 是較佳的。譬如,對於並通出式視窗將被顯示也 、曰的樂物,彈出式視窗較佳地是 不予以顯示。反而是’彈出式視窗較佳地是對 療保健設施認為在彈出式視窗二- <领外的貝汛將會有助於 糸物的下指令、準備或是給藥的藥物時才予以顯示。 旌予藥物 、一種利用輸液系統210來施予藥物124的方法係被描 述於下。該方法係包含修改輸液指令的功能。該些修改係 包含對於流速、輸液部位、暫時停止輸液、重新開始輸液 以及掛上新的藥物124之容器的修改。該方法係包含:掃 描與病患相關的條碼512b ;掃描與該藥物相關的條碼512a ’若該輸液是一種混合物,則確認有效日期51 2C ;對於該 修改選擇一個理由1〇〇2d ;以及記錄輸液袋剩餘的容量或 是接受從先前的容量及流速計算出的值1 002e。輸液袋之 有效曰期的確認512c可以包含一個混合物表以及/或是一 個條碼的使用。 109 1244022 對於該修改的理由可以來自於一個定義的表洲。對 於該修改的理由也可以包含一個硬編碼的固定值用於醫師 指示的改變。當該硬編碼的固定值被選擇時,醫護人員 116係被提醒要從一個醫師的表列中選擇該醫師。主治的 醫師可以是在該醫師的表列中之預設的醫師。 可以有一項快速選擇的特點以停止藥物124的給藥, 例如’停止指令1002f。若未選該快速的選擇時,則可以 包含以下的過程:記錄流速以及/或是接受先前用於流速 的值-該先前的值係被顯示在數位助理的顯示器1丨化、輸 液泵的顯示器 120c以及/或是醫療用推車132之上;比較The pharmacy defines when (and if) one is better. For example, the pop-up window is preferably not displayed for the music items that will be displayed in the parallel-type window. Instead, the 'pop-up window' is preferably displayed when the healthcare facility believes that the pop-up window 2-< Beizin outside the territories will help the order, preparation or administration of the medication . Administering the drug, a method of administering the drug 124 using the infusion system 210 is described below. The method includes a function of modifying an infusion instruction. These modifications include modifications to the flow rate, the location of the infusion, temporarily stopping the infusion, restarting the infusion, and attaching the container of the new drug 124. The method includes: scanning a patient-related bar code 512b; scanning the drug-related bar code 512a 'if the infusion is a mixture, confirming the effective date 51 2C; selecting a reason 1002d for the modification; and recording The remaining capacity of the infusion bag may accept a value of 1 002e calculated from the previous capacity and flow rate. The 512c confirmation of the expiration date of the infusion bag can include a mixture table and / or the use of a barcode. 109 1244022 The reason for this modification can come from a defined continent. The reason for the modification may also include a hard-coded fixed value for the change instructed by the physician. When the hard-coded fixed value is selected, the medical staff 116 is reminded to select a physician from a list of physicians. The attending physician may be a preset physician in the list of the physician. There may be a quick-select feature to stop the administration of drug 124, such as ' stop instruction 1002f. If this quick selection is not selected, the following processes may be included: recording the flow rate and / or accepting a value previously used for the flow rate-the previous value is displayed on the display of the digital assistant, the display of the infusion pump 120c and / or medical cart 132; compare
該先前的流速與該指示的流速一此比較可以藉由利用輸液 系統210或是次系統的規則以及容限而被達成;顯示適當 的訊息;在流速與點滴速率之間的轉換可被顯示ι〇ΐ2一該 些轉換可以根據輸液系統21 〇定義的點滴速率之轉換表 548f而被計算出。該輸液系統210典型地係使用根據所使The comparison between the previous flow rate and the indicated flow rate can be achieved by using the rules and tolerances of the infusion system 210 or the secondary system; displaying appropriate information; switching between flow rate and drip rate can be displayed. 〇2—These conversions can be calculated according to the conversion table 548f of the drip rate defined by the infusion system 21 〇. The infusion system 210 is typically used in accordance with
用的管線之說明,以使得其易於由醫護人員116來選擇正 確的點滴速率轉換。 改變流速係觸發該輸液系統21〇來根據排定的流速以 確認輸液袋的有效日期。若該溶液在給藥之前或是在給藥 期間就過期時,則—個訊息係被傳送至醫護人貞116,例 如,“此溶液將會在排定的給藥期間内過期。請聯絡藥局,, ^ 個預’❿合的輸液袋以及/或是一個訂製的輸液 衣日守二則若可能的話,有效曰期是藉由語法分析掃描碼而 被確5忍的。該先前的輸液部位係被接受,或是一個新的輸 110 1244022 液部,位置係從-個表列或是一個圖形的解剖圖中被選擇 。於是,該計劃表7G4係被重新計算以實施藥局的再儲備 ㈣。輸液“ 21G可以包含用於識別病患及醫 護人員116的生物測定學(bi⑽etrics)。 /在容許醫護人員116使用輸液系統21〇之前,該輸液 糸統210係取得有關該醫護人員116的身分之資訊。該輸 液系統210可以藉由利用一種例如是條碼閱讀機的裝置來 識別醫護人員116,以讀取該醫護人員的徽章116&。該系 統也可以使用生物測定學以明確地識別醫護人員116,以 確保該醫護人員是該系統之一位被授權的使用I,並且以 判斷》亥醫4人貞116是否具有權力來利用該輸液系統川 的部份。該輸液系統21G可以需要醫護人員的徽章u 是其它鑰匙以及被驗證的生物辨識符合之組合,才能准許 醫護人員116利用該輸液系統21〇。該系統也可以被配置 以在醫護人M的徽章n6a係從被用以讀取醫護人員的徽章 或是其它鑰匙之裝置的附近移開時,終止對於該輸液 系統21 0的利用。 生物測疋學是統計上分析戶斤量測到之生物學的資料之 技術及科學。生物測定學之一領域是判斷例如是指紋之獨 特的身體特徵之領域。生物測^學係使得識別個人來進入 例如是輸液系、統210的數位系統成為可能的。一個數位人 物(pers麵)係被產生,此係使得交易以及互動更加便利與 ,全。用於識別的生物辨識特徵係包含例如是(但不限於) 指紋、臉孔、虹膜(iris)及視網膜(retina)掃描、以及語 111 1244022 音識別的特徵。生物辨識裝置係包含一個掃描或是讀取裝· 置、用以轉換該掃描出的資訊成為一種數位袼式軟體、以 及用以儲存該生物辨識資訊的記憶體,以供和一個儲存的 記=做比較。軟體係利用一種演算法以識別出已經被處理 的貝料之特定的相符點,並且比較該資料。不同於密碼、 ΠΝ±碼以及智慧卡,該輸液系統210的生物測定學:可能 會运失、忘記或是被偷走。 該生物辨識掃描器可以與用於讀取醫護人員的徽章籲 116a之裝置相關連。例如,該生物辨識掃描器可以是一個 在條碼閱讀機的把手上之拇指指紋讀取機。在其它=施例 中,该生物辨識掃描器以及一個電子鑰匙讀取機可以被設 置在可攜式的醫療用推車以及/或是醫療器材之上。當醫 護人員116將電子鑰匙放在醫療器材的一個指定的距離之 内時,處理器將會知道其應該預期會有的特定之個人的電 子生物辨識識別檔案。該輸液系統21 0較佳地是提醒醫護 人員116掃描其生物辨識資訊。該生物辨識資訊係被輸入籲 到具有某種類型的生物辨識讀取或是掃描裝置的輸液系統 21 〇。在該掃描出的生物辨識資訊以及該先前所儲存的特定 之個人的電子生物辨識識別檔案之間係進行一對一的比較 。相對於比較一對多的身分檔案,此種一對一的身分比較 是更有效率的,因為它並不需要搜尋整個醫護人員的資料 庫中是否有相符。反而,只有一項特定的比較係被進行。 若有相符時,則醫護人員116係被准許來利用醫療器材 332。若沒有相符時,則該醫護人員116係被否決使用權。 112 1244022 此外,在另-實施例中,該醫療 。例如,嗜罄瘩哭鉍e 1 1个具有控制器 可以是—個沒有控制器的泵_單元, 疋接雙來自一個別的控制器之控制信號。在—個, 列中,用於此種醫療器材的控制 :也 ρ療二二 109可以直接傳送控制信號至 口亥百療杰材以用於控制該醫療器材。The description of the tubing used makes it easy for the medical staff 116 to select the correct drip rate conversion. Changing the flow rate triggers the infusion system 21 to confirm the expiration date of the infusion bag according to the scheduled flow rate. If the solution expires before or during the administration period, a message is sent to the health care provider Zhen 116, for example, "This solution will expire within the scheduled administration period. Please contact the drug In this case, ^ a pre-coupled infusion bag and / or a custom-made infusion set. If possible, the effective date is confirmed by parsing the scan code. The previous The infusion site was accepted, or a new infusion 110 1244022, the location was selected from a list or a graphical anatomical diagram. Therefore, the schedule 7G4 was recalculated to implement the Restocking ㈣. The infusion "21G may contain biometrics for identifying patients and medical personnel 116. / Before the medical staff 116 is allowed to use the infusion system 21, the infusion system 210 obtains information about the identity of the medical staff 116. The infusion system 210 can read the medical staff's badge 116 & by identifying the medical staff 116 with a device such as a bar code reader. The system can also use biometrics to clearly identify the medical staff 116 to ensure that the medical staff is one of the systems authorized to use I, and to determine whether "Hei Yi 4 Renzhen 116 has the power to use the infusion" Part of the system Chuan. The infusion system 21G may require the badge of the medical staff u to be a combination of other keys and verified biometrics in order to allow the medical staff 116 to use the infusion system 21o. The system can also be configured to terminate the use of the infusion system 210 when the badge n6a of the medical staff M is removed from the vicinity of the device used to read the badge or other key of the medical staff. Biometrics is the technology and science of statistically analyzing the biological data measured by households. One field of biometrics is the field of judging unique physical characteristics such as fingerprints. The biometrics department makes it possible to identify individuals to enter digital systems such as infusion systems and systems 210. A digital person (pers face) system was created, which makes transactions and interactions more convenient and comprehensive. Biometric features used for identification include, for example, but are not limited to, fingerprints, faces, iris and retina scans, and speech recognition features. The biometric device includes a scanning or reading device, which is used to convert the scanned information into a digital software, and a memory for storing the biometric information, and a stored record. compare with. The soft system uses an algorithm to identify specific points of coincidence in the shellfish that have been processed and compare the data. Unlike passwords, Π ± codes, and smart cards, the biometrics of the infusion system 210 may be lost, forgotten, or stolen. The biometric scanner may be associated with a device for reading the badge 116a of a medical staff. For example, the biometric scanner may be a thumb fingerprint reader on the handle of a barcode reader. In other embodiments, the biometric scanner and an electronic key reader may be provided on a portable medical cart and / or medical equipment. When the medical personnel 116 places the electronic key within a specified distance of the medical device, the processor will know the electronic biometric identification file of the specific individual that it should expect to have. The infusion system 210 preferably reminds medical staff 116 to scan their biometric information. The biometric information is input to an infusion system 21 having a biometric reading or scanning device of some kind. A one-to-one comparison is performed between the scanned biometric information and the previously stored electronic biometric file of a specific individual. Compared to comparing one-to-many identity files, this one-to-one identity comparison is more efficient because it does not need to search the entire medical staff database for matches. Instead, only one specific comparison was made. If there is a match, the medical staff 116 is permitted to use the medical equipment 332. If there is no match, the medical staff 116 is denied the right to use. 112 1244022 Furthermore, in another embodiment, the medical treatment. For example, an addiction weeping bismuth e 1 1 with a controller may be a pump unit without a controller, which is coupled with a control signal from another controller. In one column, it is used for the control of this kind of medical equipment: Also, the two treatments 109 can directly send the control signal to Kouhaibaihejie materials for controlling the medical equipment.
實施例中,在輸液系統210准許醫護人員U6 使用權之後,纟電子輪起從生物辨識掃描器移開或是從 物辨識掃描器的附近移開時,該輸液系統21q係終止該使 用。電子鑰匙必須被保持在其内《鄰近程度可以是預設的 以及/或是可為一個可變且可程式化的輸液系統2ι〇之$數 在一個實施例中,該輸液系統21〇係包含一個加密的 數位指紋樣板(template)、醫護人員的姓名、登錄名稱以 及密碼。一種用於做成醫護人員識別符的技術係包含來自 DallaS半導體公司的技術之“IBUTTON 400”技術。該輸液 系統210可以在醫護人員將手指放在指紋掃描器之上時被 啟動。若輸液系統210發現到相符時,該輸液系統21〇可 以清求醫護人員116登錄到輸液系統210。若輸液系統210 未發現到生物辨識的相符時,則該系統並不容許醫護人員 116利用該輸液系統21〇。 在另一實施例中,儲存生物辨識資訊的資料庫可以被 保存在中央系統1 08、藥局電腦1 〇4以及/或是治療位置 106中。在治療位置1〇6處,該資料庫可以被維持在移動 113 1244022 式的推車132、數位助理118以及/或是醫療器材332中。 即使是網路102無法在各種的位置之間通訊,此種分散式 的資料庫也容許利用遠端的裝置。當網路1G2的通訊重新 被建立時,遠端以及令央的資料庫可以用任何在其它位置 處被修改的資訊而被同步化,因而兩個輪液系統21〇的資 料庫都適當地被更新。 輸液系統21 0係提供一種閉迴路輸液治療管理系統。 該閉迴路係開始於一個醫護人員116指令。除了其它的方 法之外,醫護人員116可以透過數位助理118以及/或是醫 療用推車1 3 2來輸入指令。該指令於是為即時可利用的, 以用於藥局授權508以及醫師授權51〇。該指令是即時可 利用為一個電子給藥記錄(eMAR)。醫護人員116可利用該 eMAR於輸液給藥上。該輸液系統21〇自動地記錄給藥Η? 以及例如是流速的改變1〇〇2b之修改514。透過給藥512 的過程,該輸液系統210係同時調整輸液系統21〇以及/或 疋次系統的存貨與開帳單518。該輸液系統21〇亦提供事 件官理以及決策支援的資料。輸液系統210是與裝置無關 的,此表示其可以被執行在工作站、無線平板,以及手持 式數位助理118之上。輸液系統21〇大致上是即時地運作 的,然而,批次(batch)處理以及/或是訊息傳送可被利用 來協調輸液系統21 〇之過程的各種階段。 該閉迴路輸液治療管理系統係包含輸液指令的輸入 才曰々準備5 0 6以及輸液狀態的可利用性。輸液指令輸 入560可以透過例如是(但不限於)處方輸入模組324、處 114 1244022 方修改模組336以月— 可以被利用朴樂局介面316的一些裝置。電腦畫面 112輪液之特定:。入輸液才"。輸液的狀恶係提供病患 。 用途,並且警告藥局需要額外的輪液袋 統的互動 員116是否輪可以使用登錄系統以判斷醫護人 21。的登錄系:之1液系統210的使用權。用於輸液系統 的登錄晝面咖/面畫面的一個例子係被展示在第19圖 人使用者名稱以及:=::,醫護人員116係輸 系統210传財Y1’並且點選在該“登錄’’按鍵上。該 該系統210而+曰不u 可石轉以及么碼對於 有效的話,則系:疋21二::。若使用者名稱或密碼不是 2005 Φ ί ^ ' :曰在第20圖所展示之登錄書面 2005中通知醫罐 _ 诸4人貝116該登錄失敗。醫護人員ιΐ6於 將會有機會來再次輸入正 : — w汉么碼以修正任何的錯 二二用者名稱及密碼是有效的’醫護人員116將會具 ==糸統210的使用權。此外,若醫護人員ιΐ6登錄到 —立助理118中’但未使用它有—段期間’則系統21〇的 :個女全性特徵係避免該數位㈣118被繼續使用,直到 该醫護人員116登錄回來為止。 掌管的(charge)醫護人員也可以登錄到系統21〇。如 同在此所詳細解說者,掌管的醫護人員-般是監督者或是 醫護人員所要報告的某人。此外,掌管的醫護人員可以是 協助醫護人員的工作流程或是協助監視警報或是邀告情況 115 1244022 的人。典型地’掌管的醫護人員係維持至少一個單… 督或是責任的角色。因此,掌管的醫護人員必須用如上: ㈣的登錄及密碼來登錄’並且接著選擇與掌管的醫護人 員相關的單位。 、在醫護人員116已經完成在第19圖中所示的登錄過程 ’並且已經被准許利用該系,统21〇之後,該醫護人員”6 可以執行數個給藥的功能。—個此種的給藥功能是選擇一 個單,。如同在第21圖的單位選擇介面畫面21〇5中所示 ’醫護人員16可以從下拉式項目單2m中選擇一個單位 。在第21圖所舉的例子中,醫護人員已選擇“神經學科 (Ne⑽kgyMcr作為單位。在醫護人員116已經從該下拉 式項目單2107選擇適當的單位之後,該醫護人員ιΐ6可以 按下該箭頭按鍵4809以輸入所選的單位。 醫濩人員可以執行的另一個給藥的功能是選擇該醫蠖 人員的輪班。如同在第22圖的選擇輪班晝面介面MU °中 所示’醫護人貞116可以選擇標準的輪班或是訂製的輪班 ^數種可被選擇之標準的輪班係在下拉式項目單2i中被 提出用於輸入。然而,若醫護人M 116選擇訂製的輪班, 則醫護人員係被要求輸入用於該訂製的輪班之開始時間以 及結束時間。醫護人員116也可以在所提供的區域2255中 輸入一個人工輪班,並且接著點下(tap)該輸入按鍵 一個觀看病患介面畫面2313係被展示在第23圖中。 在該畫面2313中,在輪班已經被選擇之後,醫護人員ιΐ6 116 1244022 可以觀看與該醫護人員丨丨6相關的病患。該醫護人員^ ^ β 也可以觀看與該醫護人員u 6相關的工作。於是,一個“待 辦事項”表列可以根據病患、醫護人員的工作或是兩者·來加 以提供。不同程度的陰影(shading)以及/或是著色可被利 用來區隔對於一位特定的病患所需之緊急照顧的程度。此 外’各種的圖像可以與病患有關地被使用來提供醫護人員 116快速的理解一位病患所需之照顧。第23圖的病患查看 介面晝面2313亦提供醫護人員116在按鈕2315之處加入 更多病患的功能。當醫護人員116選擇該‘‘加入更多病患” 按鍵2315時,該醫護人員可以被提供一個額外的病患之表 列。 醫護人員11 6也可以被提供如第24圖中所示的病患選 擇介面畫面2417。在此畫面2417中,醫護人員116可以 選擇被加到該醫護人員的輪班之病患。病患可以是來自與 該醫護人員相關的單位,或是該醫護人員可以選擇從不同 的單位來加入病患。醫護人員丨丨6也可以選擇其將會與該 病患有關連的時間量。再者,醫護人員丨丨6也可以在按鍵 241 9之處尋找更多病患。亦可瞭解到醫護人員丨丨6也可以 在任何時間從一個輪班中移去病患。 該系統210亦提供被指定給醫護人員的輪班之病患的 特別有關之訊息給該醫護人員11 6。典型的訊息可能包含 例如是指令簡檔(prof i le)的改變以及遺忘的給藥之項目。 一個展示在第25圖中的病患資訊項目單介面畫面 2521在本系統上亦是可利用的。該病患資訊項目單畫面 117 1244022 2 5 21係對於所選的病患提供一個小型的病患圖表。該病患 項目單畫面2521亦提供該醫護人員116連結至相關於該病 患的項目之功能,例如:施予藥物/輸液、停止輸液、恢 復繼續輸液、滴定法輸液、流速歷史、泵狀態以及從輪班 移去病患。該病患項目單晝面2521亦具有標記(tab)用於 •過敏及Ht/Wt、用藥歷史以及實驗結果。過敏及Ht/Wt ”面晝面2 5 21 a的一個例子係在第2 5 A圖中被提出。典型 地,此晝面2521a係在該小型的圖表第一次被開啟時被顯 不。其係顯不有關病患的藥品與一般的過敏以及該病患上 人记錄的身尚與體重之資訊。用藥歷史介面晝面252ib的 個例子係在第25B圖中被提出。典型地,此畫面252ib 係提供邊5蔓人員該病患在所選的回顧期間之内的用藥歷史 。亥回顧期間可以由醫護人員加以調整。最後,實驗結果 w面畫面2521c的一個例子係在第25C圖中被提出。實驗 、、°果係透過一個實驗室介面而被做成在系統210中是可利 用的所有可利用的結果都被展示,並且以最近期的結果 排在前面的順序來顯示之。 用於一位病患的輸液計劃表介面晝面2623係在第26 圖中被展示。此畫面2623係說明一個用於該所選的病患之 輸液汁表。藉由在該輸液計劃表畫面2623之上點選其中 個所才曰明的指令,例如,用於硫酸嗎啡的指令2625,該 糸統210將會連結至第26A圖中所展示的用藥指令介面晝 面2627。用藥指令畫面2627係對於該指定的指令(亦即, 欠馬非)提供指令的細節2625。作為該詳細的指令2625 118 1244022 之。卩刀的/σ療芩數2629與任何警語2631及連結至額外的 資訊之功能2633係被提出。 第28圖係說明一個病患簡檔輸液計劃表介面畫面 2835’其中的一個排定的輸液是先前所遺忘的。如同在畫 面2835中所示,一個遺忘的用藥,,圖像“π係被展示在 該計劃表硫酸嗎啡輸液指令2839的旁邊。藉由點選在該“ 遺忘的用藥”圖像撕之上,該系统21〇係連結醫護人員In the embodiment, after the infusion system 210 grants the use right of the medical staff U6, when the electronic wheel is removed from the biometric scanner or removed from the vicinity of the biometric scanner, the infusion system 21q system terminates the use. The electronic key must be kept within the "proximity may be preset and / or may be a variable and programmable infusion system $ 20. In one embodiment, the infusion system 21o contains An encrypted digital fingerprint template, medical staff's name, login name, and password. One technology used to make a healthcare worker's identifier is the "IBUTTON 400" technology from DallaS Semiconductor Corporation. The infusion system 210 can be activated when a healthcare professional places a finger on the fingerprint scanner. If the infusion system 210 finds a match, the infusion system 21 may ask the medical staff 116 to log in to the infusion system 210. If the infusion system 210 does not find a biometric match, the system does not allow medical personnel 116 to use the infusion system 21o. In another embodiment, a database storing biometric information may be stored in the central system 108, the pharmacy computer 104, and / or the treatment location 106. At the treatment location 106, the database may be maintained in a mobile 113 1244022-style cart 132, a digital assistant 118, and / or a medical device 332. This distributed database allows remote devices to be used even if the network 102 cannot communicate between various locations. When the network 1G2 communication is re-established, the remote and command center's databases can be synchronized with any information modified elsewhere, so the databases of the two liquid systems 21 can be properly updated. Update. The infusion system 21 0 provides a closed-loop infusion therapy management system. The closed circuit begins with a medical personnel 116 order. Among other methods, the medical staff 116 may enter instructions through the digital assistant 118 and / or the medical cart 1 2 2. The order is then immediately available for pharmacy authorization 508 and physician authorization 51. This instruction is immediately available as an electronic dossier (eMAR). Medical personnel 116 can use the eMAR for infusion administration. The infusion system 21 automatically records the medication dose and the modification 514 such as a change in flow rate of 002b. Through the process of administering 512, the infusion system 210 adjusts the inventory and billing 518 of the infusion system 21 and / or the secondary system at the same time. The infusion system 21 also provides information on event management and decision support. The infusion system 210 is device-independent, meaning that it can be implemented on workstations, wireless tablets, and handheld digital assistants 118. The infusion system 21o operates substantially instantaneously, however, batch processing and / or messaging can be utilized to coordinate the various stages of the infusion system 21o process. The closed-loop infusion therapy management system includes the input of an infusion instruction before preparing the 506 and the availability of the infusion status. The infusion instruction input 560 can be, for example (but not limited to) a prescription input module 324, a processing module 114, 1244022, a modification module 336, and a device that can be used by the Parkland interface 316. Computer screen 112 round liquid specific :. "Infusion only". Symptoms of infusion provide patients. Uses, and warns pharmacies that additional round fluid bags are needed. The system's interactive staff 116 can use the login system to determine the caregiver 21. Login system: the right to use the liquid system 210. An example of the login noodle coffee / noodle screen for the infusion system is shown in Figure 19 with the user name and: = ::, the medical staff 116 department infusion system 210 Chuancai Y1 'and click on the "Login ”On the button. The system 210 ++ ca n’t be changed and the code is valid, then it is: 疋 21 二 :: If the username or password is not 2005 Φ ί ^ ': said on the 20th The written registration notice shown in the figure in 2005 informs the medical tank _ 4 people shell 116 that the registration failed. The medical staff ι 机会 6 will have the opportunity to enter the positive again: — w Han what code to correct any wrong user name and The password is valid. 'Medical staff 116 will have the right to use the system 210. In addition, if the medical staff 6 logs in to the Li-Assistant 118' but has not used it for a period of time, then the system 21 The female trait is to prevent the digital 继续 118 from being used until the medical staff 116 logs in. The medical staff in charge can also log in to the system 21. As explained in detail here, the medical staff in charge- Supervisor or Healthcare Worker Someone to report. In addition, the person in charge can be someone who assists the worker's workflow or assists in monitoring alerts or inviting situations 115 1244022. Typically the person in charge is in charge of maintaining at least one order ... It is the role of responsibility. Therefore, the medical staff in charge must use the above:: 's login and password to log in' and then select the unit related to the medical staff in charge. The medical staff 116 has completed the process shown in Figure 19 The “login process” and has been authorized to use the department, after the 21st century, the medical staff “6 can perform several drug administration functions. One such drug delivery function is to select a single one. As shown in the unit selection interface screen 2105 in FIG. 21, 'the medical staff 16 can select a unit from the drop-down list 2m. In the example shown in Figure 21, the medical staff has selected "Neurology (Ne⑽kgyMcr as the unit.) After the medical staff 116 has selected the appropriate unit from the drop-down list 2107, the medical staff 6 can press the arrow button Enter the selected unit at 4809. Another dosing function that the medical staff can perform is to select the shift of the medical staff. As shown in the selection shift in Figure 22 in the day shift interface MU ° '医护 人 贞 116 You can choose a standard shift or a customized shift ^ Several standard shifts that can be selected are proposed for input in the drop-down list 2i. However, if the medical staff M 116 chooses a customized shift, the medical staff The staff department is required to enter the start time and end time for the customized shift. The medical staff 116 can also enter a manual shift in the provided area 2255, and then tap the input button to view the patient The interface screen 2313 is shown in Figure 23. In this screen 2313, after the shift has been selected, the medical staff 6116 1244022 can watch and talk with the doctor 6 related patients. The medical staff ^ ^ β can also watch the work related to the medical staff u 6. Therefore, a "to-do list" list can be based on the work of the patient, medical staff or Both are provided. Different degrees of shading and / or coloring can be used to isolate the degree of emergency care required for a particular patient. In addition, 'various images can be related to the patient It is used to provide medical personnel 116 to quickly understand the care required of a patient. The patient viewing interface in Figure 23. The day surface 2313 also provides medical personnel 116 to add more patient functions at the button 2315. When the medical staff 116 selects the "Add more patients" button 2315, the medical staff can be provided with an additional list of patients. The medical staff 116 can also be provided with the diseases as shown in Figure 24 Patient selection interface screen 2417. In this screen 2417, the medical staff 116 can select patients who are added to the shift of the medical staff. The patient can be from the unit related to the medical staff or the medical staff You can choose to join the patient from different units. The medical staff 丨 6 can also choose the amount of time it will be associated with the patient. Furthermore, the medical staff 6 6 can also look for more There are many patients. It is also known that the medical staff 丨 6 can also remove patients from a shift at any time. The system 210 also provides special relevant information for the patients assigned to the shift to the medical staff. Personnel 11. 6. A typical message may include, for example, changes to a command profile (prof. Le) and forgotten dosing items. A patient information item list screen 2521 shown in Figure 25 is also on this system. Is available. The patient information item screen 117 1244022 2 5 21 provides a small patient chart for the selected patient. The patient item screen 2521 also provides the medical staff 116 with functions related to the patient, such as: administering drugs / infusions, stopping infusions, resuming infusions, titration infusions, flow rate history, pump status, and Remove the patient from the shift. The patient project single day face 2521 also has tabs for • allergies and Ht / Wt, medication history, and experimental results. An example of the allergic and Ht / Wt "diurnal surface 2 5 21 a is presented in Figure 2 A. Typically, the diurnal surface 2521a is shown when the small graph is turned on for the first time. It shows information about the patient's medicines and general allergies, as well as the body and weight recorded by the patient. An example of the medication history interface 252ib is presented in Figure 25B. Typically, This screen 252ib provides the history of the patient's medication during the selected review period. The review period can be adjusted by the medical staff. Finally, an example of the experimental result screen 2521c is shown in Figure 25C. It was proposed that the experiment, fruit system is made through a laboratory interface, and all available results that are available in the system 210 are displayed and displayed in the order of the most recent results in the front. The infusion schedule table interface 2623 for a patient is shown in Figure 26. This screen 2623 illustrates an infusion juice table for the selected patient. By using the infusion schedule Click on one of the offices on screen 2623 Ming instructions, for example, instruction 2625 for morphine sulfate, the system 210 will be linked to the medication instruction interface day 2627 shown in Figure 26A. The medication instruction screen 2627 is for the specified instruction (ie , Owe Ma Fei) to provide the details of the instruction 2625. As the detailed instruction 2625 118 1244022. The number of stabbing / σ treatment 2629 and any warning 2631 and the function 2633 linked to additional information were proposed. Section 28 The figure illustrates a patient profile infusion plan interface screen 2835 'where one of the scheduled infusions was previously forgotten. As shown in screen 2835, a forgotten medication, the image "π is shown in The schedule is next to morphine sulfate infusion instruction 2839. By clicking on the "forgotten medication" image, the system 21 connects medical staff.
116至如第29圖中所示之遺忘的用藥介面畫面294卜該遺 忘的用藥晝面2941係請求醫護人員116針對遺忘的用藥輸 個里由、或疋在下拉式項目單中選擇一個理由2943。 該遺忘的用藥介面畫面2941亦詢問醫護人員⑴對於該指 7 9的用藥什劃表是否應該被調整。為了調整該用藥計 劃表,醫護人貞116將會選擇在介面畫面2941之上的盒 。當醫護人員116點選在該下拉式項目單之上以輸入 ^擇個對於遺忘的用藥之理由2943時,該下拉式項目單116 to the forgotten medication interface screen 294 shown in Figure 29. 294 The forgotten medication daytime surface 2941 is asking the medical staff 116 to enter a reason for the forgotten medication, or select a reason in the drop-down list 2943 . The forgotten medication interface screen 2941 also asked medical staff whether or not the medication schedule for the finger 7 9 should be adjusted. In order to adjust the medication schedule, the doctor 116 will select the box above the interface screen 2941. When the medical staff 116 clicked on the drop-down list to enter ^ Select a reason for the forgotten medication 2943, the drop-down list
將曰:展成如第3〇圖的介面畫面3。47上所展示者。典型 地右”亥用藥.不再需要時,醫護人員將會選擇該 ,,理由咖。當醫護人員116針對遺忘的用藥選擇該“不需 要的:由3045時’系統21〇係移去該遺忘的藥物圖像 "到主且杨入“不需要的,,圖像4857,如同在第31圖的輸 液汁d表畫面3135中所展示者。 如第32圖中所示,冑醫護人員116準備好對於病串提 =治療或是指令時,該醫護人…會在二 面I面3235中選擇該指令3225,並且接著向下捲動至 119 1244022 取得物品,,按鍵3249。在醫護人員n6選擇第32圖的· —面3249中之取得物品,,按鍵3249之後,該系統210係 顯:如同在第33 中所示的藥物介面畫面3351。在該藥 +里面3351巾’醫護人貞j丄6係能夠掃描從如同在該“掃 =儲藏處圖像3353所示的藥物儲藏處所選的藥物、或是 藉由選擇該“略過掃描儲藏處,,按鍵3355以略過(skip)該掃 :儲?處方塊。當醫護人員116掃描一個物品時,例如, 二帚彳田在”玄物之上的條碼時,該物品資訊係被顯示在 該醫護人員的PDA 118之上。掃描畫面3465的一個例子係· f第34圖中被展示。例如,當醫護人員116掃描一種藥物 日寸’處方3467係被顯示在該掃插晝面3465中。然而,若 該被掃描的物品不符合用於該病患的指令時,-個例如是 ^第35 ®中所展示的掃描錯誤畫φ 3569將會被顯示在醫 "蔓人員的PDA 118之上。如同在介面晝面3569上所示,當 读測到掃描錯誤時,醫護116將會被提供該物品的^ ^以用於如同在畫面3569上所示的請求或是搜尋。若例如 是由於模糊或是受損的條碼標籤之緣故而使得條碼無法被· 知描時,該掃描所請求的資料可以人工地被輸入。 右所遥的藥物與最近被給予病患的其它藥物是相同的 治療類別時,則醫護人員的數位助理118係顯示一個警告 訊息。類似地,若該物品已經由其他醫護人員擷取時 忒數位助理11 8係顯示一個指出此發生事件的訊息。 右將被擷取的指令是一個在樓層上混合之輸液時,其 個別的成分係在數位助理118之上被指明,並且由醫護1 120 1244022 員11 6所取用。在該些物品被擷取之後,該系統2丨〇係產 生個袋1D並且提醒醫護人員11 6要列印一個標籤124a 在此日守’醫遵人員11 6亦混合該些成分。在醫護人員 11 6列印出標藏之後,該標籤係被附加到該袋,並且其可 以藉由數位助理丨18來加以掃描。 某些指令可以是待命的(〇n_call)或是延遲的— hold)。這些指令係被顯示在該病患簡檔畫面之上,例如, 第28圖介面的晝面2835。待命的或是延遲的指令是只可 供觀看的,而非可供擷取用的。這些指令是接著在適當的 時候被啟動。 ^西護人員n 6具有一個未正在使用於病患的物品(包含 藥品)之情節也可能發生。請參考在第36圖中的介面晝面 3657 ’醫護人員ι16係能夠指明未施予藥物的理由,例如 :由於監測的結果而為不需要的、病患沒空或是該藥物被 拒絕。若病患已不在該晝面3657中被指明時,則醫護人員 11 6可以藉由掃&病患或是輸人病患的名稱來選擇病串 366卜此外,該醫護人員116可以藉由按下該“廢棄/退還^ 選擇按鍵3663來選擇退還該醫療物品至藥物儲藏處。對於 某些麻醉劑以及管制的藥物而言,最初獲得該藥物以及退 還該藥物至儲藏處可能需要兩次簽名(亦即,典型地為a 錄以及密碼的形式之第二次授權簽名)。 且 第36圖的介面畫面3657亦提供醫護人員U6掃描病 患ID以識別該病患的功能。若錯誤的病患被掃描到時、 或是若病患ID並未能適當地掃描時,該系統2iq係顯干— 121 1244022 個訊息為該掃描是無效的。再者,若醫護人員116無法施 予藥物時,則該醫護人員典型地將必須如同在第36圖的 畫面3657中所示地輸入未施予該藥物的一個理由3659。 某些未施予該藥物的理由是··該藥物由於監測的結果而為 不需要的、病患沒空、或是該藥物被病患所拒絕。 在酉遵人貝11 6已經驗證病患與物品或是藥物之後,Will say: Shown in the interface picture 3.47 as shown in Figure 30. Typically right "Hai medication. When no longer needed, the medical staff will choose this, reason. When the medical staff 116 selects the" unwanted: for the forgotten medication "by the 3045 'system 21 0 system to remove the forgetting. The image of the drug "to the master and Yang Ru" unwanted, image 4857, as shown in the infusion juice d table screen 3135 in Fig. 31. As shown in Fig. 32, the medical staff 116 When you are ready to lift the disease string = treatment or instruction, the medical staff ... will select the instruction 3225 in the second side 3235, and then scroll down to 119 1244022 to get the item, and press 3249. At the medical staff n6 Select the item in the face 3249 in Figure 32. After pressing 3249, the system 210 is displayed: the medicine interface screen 3351 shown in 33. In the medicine + 3351 towel '医护 人 贞 j' The 丄 6 series can scan the medicine selected from the medicine store as shown in the "scan = store image 3353, or by selecting the" Skip scan store ", press 3355 to skip the Sweep: Store? At the block. When the medical staff 116 scans an item At the time, for example, when the bar code of Er Bian Putian is above the mystery, the item information is displayed on the PDA 118 of the medical staff. An example of the scanning screen 3465 is shown in Fig. 34. For example, when a medical staff 116 scans a medicine, a day's prescription 3467 is displayed in the scanning day surface 3465. However, if the scanned item does not meet the instructions for the patient, a scan error picture φ 3569 shown in, for example, ^ No. 35 ® will be displayed on the doctor's PDA 118. on. As shown on the interface day 3569, when a scanning error is detected, the medical care 116 will be provided with the item ^ ^ for the request or search as shown on the screen 3569. If, for example, the barcode cannot be traced due to a blurred or damaged barcode label, the data requested by the scan can be manually entered. When the medicine on the right is in the same treatment category as other medicines recently given to the patient, the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff displays a warning message. Similarly, if the item has been retrieved by other medical staff, the digital assistant 11 8 series displays a message indicating the occurrence of the event. The instruction to be retrieved on the right is a mixed infusion on the floor, the individual components of which are specified above the digital assistant 118, and are taken by the medical staff 1 120 1244022 staff 116. After the items have been retrieved, the system 210 generates a bag 1D and reminds the medical staff 116 to print a label 124a. On this day, the medical compliance staff 116 also mixes the ingredients. After the medical staff 116 printed the label, the label was attached to the bag and it could be scanned by a digital assistant 18. Some instructions can be on-call (On_call) or deferred — hold). These instructions are displayed on the patient profile screen, for example, the day view 2835 of the interface of FIG. 28. Standby or delayed commands are for viewing only, not for retrieval. These instructions are then activated at the appropriate time. ^ Western nurses n 6 may also have an item (including medicines) that is not being used by the patient. Please refer to the interface in Figure 36. Day 3657 'The medical staff 16 can indicate the reason for not administering the drug, for example, it is unnecessary due to the monitoring results, the patient is not available, or the drug is rejected. If the patient is no longer specified in the day and day 3657, the medical staff 116 can select the disease string 366 by scanning the name of the patient or the patient who entered it. In addition, the medical staff 116 can use the Press the "Discard / Return ^ Select button 3663 to choose to return the medical item to the drug store. For some narcotics and controlled drugs, obtaining the drug initially and returning the drug to the store may require two signatures ( That is, it is typically a second authorized signature in the form of a record and a password.) And the interface screen 3657 in Figure 36 also provides medical staff U6 to scan the patient ID to identify the patient's function. If the patient is wrong When scanned, or if the patient ID does not scan properly, the system 2iq is significantly dry — 121 1244022 messages are invalid for the scan. Furthermore, if the medical staff 116 is unable to administer the medication, The medical staff would typically have to enter a reason 3659 for not administering the drug as shown in screen 3657 in Figure 36. Some reasons for not administering the drug are because the drug is being monitored as a result of the monitoring For Unwanted, the patient is not available, or the drug is rejected by the patient. After the compliance patient has verified the patient with the item or drug,
個返徑確認介面畫面3 7 71係被顯示。如同在第3 7圖中 所不,途徑確認晝面3771的一個例子係協助醫護人員J i 6 於驗證途徑3773、管線3775以及部位3777。藥物治療 3778也可以在該途徑確認畫面3771中被提供。在醫護人 員輸入途徑3773、管線3775以及部位3777之後’該醫護 人員116可以選擇該比較按鈕4817,因而該系統21〇將會 驗證所輸入的資料是否為正確的。The return path confirmation interface screen 3 7 71 is displayed. As shown in Figure 37, an example of the route confirmation day 3771 is to assist the medical staff Ji 6 to verify the route 3783, the pipeline 3775, and the site 3777. Medication 3778 can also be provided in the route confirmation screen 3771. After the medical staff enters the route 3873, the pipeline 3775, and the site 3777, the medical staff 116 can select the comparison button 4817, and the system 21 will verify whether the entered data is correct.
接著,醫護人員116可以如同在第38圖的介面晝 3剛中所示地選擇线道模式。在該㈣道模式介面畫 =81中,療法3882係被展示,並且醫護人員116係具 、擇權來^疋该療法3882為主要的治療㈣4或是小軟 :療3883。& 了小軟袋治療之外,泵的每個通道都具有: f以運作主要的治療。在栗通道模式已經被選擇之後,. 員可以進行一項泵通道掃描。第38A圖係說明-個i ^掃描介面晝面祕。在«掃描畫面期中十 通掃描、醫療器材,例如,其係藉由掃描對應於月 ’ “碼並且接者點選在該箭頭按鍵4809之上。 醫護人員116已經:⑷例如是在第23圖的介面售 122 1244022 面231 3之上掃描該病患,(b)例如是在第34圖的介面晝面 3 4 6 5之上掃描該藥物,以及(c)例如是在第3 8 a圖的介面 晝面3885之上掃描該泵通道之後,該醫護人員116可以規 劃該輸液泵並且進行該所規劃的輸液泵參數或是設定與該 藥局指令的參數之比較。 材没定及指令的比敕 比較過程5200之一個範例的流程圖係在第52圖中被 提出。此過程也可以適用於在伺服器之遠端地規劃該些輸 液設定。請參考第52圖,該比較過程5200係被起始在方❿ 塊5202之處,在醫護人員!丨6已經如上所指明地掃描病患 ID 112a、藥物容器或是袋iD 124a以及泵通道ι21之後。 藉由掃描病患、藥物袋以及泵通道,相關的基線 (baseline)資料之關連係被提供,使得該系統21〇(更明確 地說,伺服器109)可以進行進一步的分析以及比較此與額 外的資料。然而,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係首先在方塊 5204之處進行一項檢查,以確保對於病患、藥物袋以及泵 通道之掃描出的或疋所輸入的資料產生有效的關連。若該馨 三個資料項目並未產生有效的關連時,則系統21〇係在方 塊5206之處顯示一個錯誤訊息,並且請求醫護人員ιΐ6在 方塊5202之處分別對於病患ip、袋以及泵通道❿重 新掃描或是重新輸入碼。若該三個資料項目在方塊52〇4之 處產生有效的關連時,則伺服器1〇9亦將會進行一個序列( 即如以下所解說者),以判斷該指明的泵通道121是否在伺 服器1〇9的資料庫中,並且泵通道121是否為可利用的。 123 1244022 在果通道ID已經被掃描到該系統21〇之後,第一中央· 伺服器109係在方塊5208之處進行一項檢查以判斷該所選 的泵通道121是否為有效的。對於無效的系通道判斷之各 種的理由是:該泵通道並不存在於該系統中、該所選的泵 通道已經在動作中、等等。若系通道121的檢查導致一個 無效的結果時,則一個錯誤訊息係被顯示,並且該醫護人 員係被警告已遠到-個無效的通道。該比較過程5⑽係受 到阻礙’並且該系統無法進行如同在方塊5214中所指明的 比較’直到醫護人貞116重新掃描該㈣道並且—個有效φ 的通道係在方塊5208之處被認可為止。然而,若該些檢查 結果係確認該所選的通道121是一個有效的通道時,該^ 統係前進到方塊5212以建立適當的連結,即如以下所解說 者。 在比較過程5200期間的某個時點,第二中央伺服器 1 08a係產生一個包含相關於病患ID以及指令ID的資料之 XML訊息。如同在比較過程52〇〇的流程圖中所示,在方塊 5212之前的任何時點,該XML資料可以被產生並且傳送至籲 第一中央伺服器109,即如在方塊5210處所示者。然而, 若來自該第二中央伺服器1〇83而由該第一中央伺服器1〇9 所接收之XML資料是無效或是不完整的,則該比較過程係 文到阻礙’並且該系統如在方塊5 214中所示地不容許該比 較過程繼續前進。相反地,若在該第一中央伺服器丨〇 9從 δ玄苐一中央伺服器1 〇8a接收到XML資料之後,相關於病患 ID以及指令Π)的XML資料是完整且有效的,則該比較過 124 1244022 程5200係前進到方塊5212。 · 在方塊5212之處,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係嘗試來在, 病患ID、指令ID以及泵通道121之間建立一種關係或是 關連。若該第一中央伺服器109並不能夠在方塊5212處、 於該些被指明的資料之間建立一種關連時,則該比較過程 5200係受到阻礙,並且該系統21〇如在方塊5214中所示 地不容許該過程繼續前進。再者,該系統21()係顯示一個 錯誤訊息為某些資料是缺少或是不正確的,並且該系統無 法進行比較。若該第一中央伺服器1〇9在方塊5212之處,_ 在忒些被指明的貧料之間適當地建立一種關連時,則該系 統210係前進至方塊5216,其中該醫護人員116係被要求 來按下在數位助理118之上的比較按鈕4817。在方塊5216 之處出現的畫面系列之一個例子係在以下被指明。 在適當的關連已經藉由第一中央電腦1〇9建立之後, 該系統210係前進到該些比較介面畫面中的一個晝面,例 如,第39圖的比較介面畫面3986。在此比較介面畫面 3986中,该系統21 〇係提供指令給該醫護人員j丨6以在進春 行任何比較之前先規劃該輸液泵。可以做比較來確保對於 藥物的藥局參數以及泵的設定是一致的。在一個較佳實施 例中,在此所指明的比較過程52〇〇中,該系統21 〇係進行 一項速率比較。然而,該系統可以進行任何例如是速率、 谷I、劑量、等等的輸液參數之單一比較或是同時的多個 比較。 若該輸液是主要的輸液時,該些指令係被提供以在該 125 1244022 比較介面畫面3986之上點選該“比較,,按鈕4817,並且接 -著在開始該泵通道之前等待指令。若該輸液是小軟袋輸液 ’ 日守,该些指令係被提供以按下在該泵丨2〇之上的開始按鍵 ,並且接著點選該“比較”按鈕48丨7。在小軟袋輸液中,若 在按下該泵之上的開始按鍵之前,醫護人員116在方塊 5216之處按下該比較按鈕4817時,則在第42圖中所示的 介面畫面4287典型地將會被顯示以提供錯誤訊息給醫護人 員。 ϋ 最初,在進行比較之前,該系統210係查詢伺服器參 109以確保在泵12〇、伺服器109以及數位助理118之間的 通訊鏈路仍然是有效的。若該通訊鏈路是有效的,則該比 較過程5200係繼續進行。若失去通訊鏈路的話,則該比較 過程並不能夠繼續進行。 於是,在醫護人員116已按下該比較按鈕4817之後, 该系統210係前進至第52圖中所示的方塊5218。在方塊 5 21 8之處’該系統21 〇係判斷該通道1 21是否為備妥的。 例如,若該輸液已經被指明為主要的輸液,但該通道正已❿ 經在執行時,則該系統將會預設前往方塊5214並且顯示一 個錯誤訊息為該系統無法進行比較。再者,若該輸液已經 被指明為小軟袋輸液,並且在該泵之上的開始按鍵尚未被 按下時,該系統將會預設前往第42圖的介面畫面4287以 通知醫護人員116在按下該比較按鈕4817之前來按下在該 泵之上的開始按鍵。 該比較過程5200亦在方塊5220之處檢查該泵120以 126 1244022 判斷被規劃到該泵120中的該些設定或是操作參數是否勺 含新的資料。舉例而言,該系統可能需要在請求該比_之 前,該泵資料在某一時間限制(亦即,5分鐘)之内已經被 規劃到該泵之中。此一用於判斷該資料是否為新的資料之 時間限制可以由醫療保健設施加以設定。若該資料不是新 的資料,則該系統將會回復到方塊5214,並且顯示一 誤訊息為該資料是舊的。該系統21 〇於是將會要求該泵 1 20被重新規劃,以讓該比較過程可以繼續進行。若該資 料在方塊5220之處被判斷是新的資料時,則該系統2ι〇 2 會在方塊5222之處執行比較。實際的資料比較一般是在該 第一中央伺服益10 9之處被進行的。如同先前所解說的, 該比較是判斷被規劃到該泵之中的參數是否與醫師的指令 相符。此外,㈣泵設定或者是可以藉由遠端的控制器: 是伺服器來遠端地加以規劃。 在方塊5222之處進行比較之後,該系統21〇係在方塊 5224之處判斷是否有相符或是不㈣,並且經由數位助理 來傳回結果給醫護人員1丨6。 結果的比較介面畫面3987的一個其中該比較係產生相 符之例子係在第39A圖中被展示,並且在第52圖中的方塊 5226之處被㈣。在此例中,若藥局處方參數與所規劃的 泵通道設定相符時,則醫護人員116係被指示來啟動該輸 液泵120。 結果的比較介面晝面的一個其中在方塊5224處之藥局 處方參數以及所規劃的系設定之比較並不相符之例子係被 127 1244022 描緣在第40圖之不相符的比較介面晝面4〇87中,其中展 不有不相符的圖像4825。若此結果發生時,則該系統21 0 將會要求醫護人員U 6如同在方塊5228之處所指明地接受 該不相符、或是在方塊5230之處重新規劃該輸液泵並且在 方塊521 6之處進行另一次比較。典型地,其中發生不相符 的參數將會被顯示在該不相符的晝面4〇87中。若該不相符 被接受時,其將會在方塊5232之處被記錄在系統資料庫 109中。再者,若在方塊5228之處接受不相符時,則該伺 服器108a將會導引醫護人員至適當的畫面。 第41圖係顯示比較介面晝面4187的一個例子,藉此 該系統210是因為某些資料是不可利用的而不能夠進行比 較。明確地說,在第41圖的例子中,果速率設定尚未被 輸入到該系統210中。因此,該系統21〇無法進行比較, 直到額外的資料(例士口,在此例子中為速率)已被輸入為止 。典型地,若輸液已經在進行,該系統無法接收更新的泵 貧訊、存在系統通訊的錯誤、或是該所規劃的通道資訊或 是藥局處方資訊有缺少資料時,則該系統210 |不能夠進 行比較。最後,第42圖的比較畫面彻係顯示另一種情 節為該純21G無法進行比較,直到進 -^ ^ ^ L ^的步驟如所指 不地被採取為止。典型地’此介面畫面428 液是小軟袋輸液,並且醫護人員已經 疋雨 面畫面中之比較按紐觀,而不是=39圖的介 紐額之前按下在輸液泵m之上的開始按二日^比較按 第39圖的介面畫面3986之指令中所指出者。守,即如在 128 1244022 在該輸液泵已經起始治療之後,醫護人員116係能夠 在其數位助理118上,於第43圖中所示的泵狀態介面畫面 4391中觀看泵的狀態。該泵狀態的顯示4391係顯示對於 一位特定的病患之所有目前有效的輸液之表列。典型地, 五個圖像中的一個圖像將會在此晝面中被顯示關聯到一個 輸液··輸液執行指示器4807、輸液待命指示器4810、輸液 停止指示器4811、未知的圖像、以及延遲圖像。該泵狀態 的顯示4391在目前的晝面正被顯示時並未即時地被更新; 然而’藉由按下該更新按鈕4819,最新之即時的泵狀態畫籲 面將會被顯示。 如同在第44圖中所示,醫護人員116亦能夠觀看流速 歷史介面晝面4493。醫護人員116可以藉由點選在第25 圖中所示的病患項目單介面晝面2521之上的流速歷史連結 之上,以直接導引至流速歷史畫面4493。該流速歷史係顯 示在一個特定的通道上之目前的輸液被規劃之流速歷史的 改變之歷史。一般而言,與該通道相關的病患資訊以及目 前對於該通道的處方資訊係被顯示。再者,在醫護人員 · 116已經在數位裝置118之上登錄、選擇輪班並且選擇病 患之後’该醫護人員11 6可以在該數位裝置118之上執行 各種的工作,#包含(但不限於):記錄所給藥的輸液、記 錄停止或是重新繼續的輸液、記錄中斷的輸液、觀看如上 所述m速歷史、觀看如上所述的栗輸液狀態、回應於 如下所述的录警報與警告、觀看訊息/通知以及回應於訊 息/通知。明確地說,關於記錄所給藥的輸液,在醫護人 129 1244022 員116已經掃描物品條碼、病 ,該殿鳟人昌尨处私 病心、條碼以及泵通道條碼之後 人 、、此σ如上所詳細解說地比較所規$的 定與藥局輸人的指令。4 &所規W的泵汉 料i 12〇丈:醫護人員116接著將會利 用该泵120來施予該輸液, 該輸液。 1且㈣數位裝置m來記錄 為了開始輸液,醫謹人昌Ί la ^ t 帶鉻说典型地係掃描病患的腕 一、 且掃描輸液袋條碼標籤124a。當被數位裝 置⑴所提醒時,醫護人員116係輸入並且比較用於該輸 液的管線:部位以及途徑,即如在第37圖的介面畫面 771中所示者。接著,在第38圖的畫面3881中,醫護人 貝116係選擇主要的或是小軟袋輸液3883,並且掃描該泵 k道西。蒦人員116係接著如由醫師醫令所指示地規劃該 泵。當泵120被規劃時,醫護人員116係選擇進行一項藥 局指令與泵的比較檢查,即如在第39-42圖中所示者。若 所規的泵。又疋相付藥局輸入的指令時,例如畫面4 2 8 7的 介面畫面將會指出相符,並且醫護人員116可以點下該〇κ 按鈕4805以接受該相符。最後,醫護人員116將會按下在 遠泵120之上的開始按鍵。數位助理丨丨8於是將會顯示第 49圖中的記錄給藥結果介面畫面4937,並且醫護人員116 可以從下拉式表列中的選項中輸入適當的結果。這些步驟 可以重複用於額外的病患以及/或是額外的泵或是通道。 在施予藥物之前,醫護人員116可以被提醒來輸入一 個監視參數’例如,在給予二惡英(d i ox i η )之前輸入一個 心率’或是在給予嗎啡之前輸入疼痛評估。當一個監視參 130 1244022 數與一種藥物相關時,顯示在數位助理丨丨8之上的每次給 樂都具有一個連結至一個介面畫面為其中該醫護人員116 可以輸入一個值。此種具有一個連結5〇〇1至一個監視參數 2輪入之指令的一個例子係被展示在第5〇圖中所示的指 ▽中。在该監視爹數連結5001被選擇之後,如同在第5〇A 圖中所不的監視參數輸入介面畫面5〇〇3係被顯示。在該處 西羞人員116可以輸入被請求的資訊至該系統2丨〇中。Then, the medical personnel 116 can select the lane mode as shown in the interface day 3 in FIG. 38. In this martial art interface picture = 81, the therapy 3882 is shown, and the medical staff 116 is equipped with the option to choose the therapy 3882 as the main treatment 4 or small soft: treatment 3883. & In addition to the small soft bag treatment, each channel of the pump has: f to operate the main treatment. After the chestnut channel mode has been selected, the operator can perform a pump channel scan. Figure 38A is an illustration of a scanning interface for day and night. During the «scanning screen period, ten pass scans, medical equipment, for example, it corresponds to the month by scanning the" "code and the recipient clicks on the arrow button 4809. The medical staff 116 has: The interface sells the patient on 122 1244022 face 231 3, (b) scans the drug on the daytime face 3 4 6 5 in FIG. 34, and (c), for example, on page 3 8a After scanning the pump channel above the daytime interface 3885, the medical staff 116 can plan the infusion pump and perform the planned infusion pump parameters or compare the parameters with those set by the pharmacy. An example flowchart of the comparison process 5200 is presented in Figure 52. This process can also be used to plan the infusion settings remotely from the server. Please refer to Figure 52, the comparison process 5200 Begins at Block 5202, after the medical staff! 6 has scanned the patient ID 112a, the drug container or bag iD 124a, and the pump channel ι21 as specified above. By scanning the patient, drug bag and Pump channel, related base The (baseline) relationship of data is provided so that the system 21 (more specifically, the server 109) can perform further analysis and compare this with additional data. However, the first central server 109 A check is first performed at block 5204 to ensure that there is a valid correlation with the scanned or entered data from the patient, the drug bag, and the pump channel. If the three data items do not generate a valid correlation , The system 21 displays an error message at block 5206, and requests the medical staff 6 to rescan or re-enter the patient ip, bag, and pump channel 方块 at block 5202. If the three When the data item has a valid relationship at block 5204, the server 109 will also perform a sequence (ie, as explained below) to determine whether the specified pump channel 121 is on the server 1〇 9 database, and whether pump channel 121 is available. 123 1244022 After the channel ID has been scanned to the system 21, the first central server 109 is located at block 5208. Perform a check to determine whether the selected pump channel 121 is valid. Various reasons for the invalid system channel judgment are: the pump channel does not exist in the system, and the selected pump channel is already operating Medium, etc. If the inspection of channel 121 results in an invalid result, an error message is displayed, and the medical staff is warned that it has reached an invalid channel. The comparison process is blocked. And the system cannot perform the comparison as specified in block 5214 'until the paramedic Zhen 116 rescans the martyrdom and a valid φ channel is recognized at block 5208. However, if the results of these checks confirm that the selected channel 121 is a valid channel, the system proceeds to block 5212 to establish the appropriate connection, as explained below. At some point during the comparison process 5200, the second central server 108a generates an XML message containing data related to the patient ID and the command ID. As shown in the flowchart of the comparison process 5200, at any point before block 5212, the XML data can be generated and transmitted to the first central server 109, as shown at block 5210. However, if the XML data received from the second central server 1083 and received by the first central server 1009 is invalid or incomplete, the comparison process is obstructed 'and the system is as The comparison process shown in block 5 214 is not allowed to proceed. On the contrary, if the XML data related to the patient ID and the instruction ii) is complete and valid after the first central server 109 receives the XML data from the δ Xuanyuan-central server 108a, The comparison passes 124 1244022 and 5200 to block 5212. · At block 5212, the first central server 109 attempts to establish a relationship or relationship between the patient ID, the command ID, and the pump channel 121. If the first central server 109 is not able to establish a relationship between the specified data at block 5212, the comparison process 5200 is blocked, and the system 21 is as described in block 5214. Explicitly does not allow the process to continue. Furthermore, the system 21 () displays an error message that some data is missing or incorrect, and the system cannot compare. If the first central server 109 is at block 5212, and a relationship is properly established between the specified lean materials, the system 210 proceeds to block 5216, where the medical staff 116 is A comparison button 4817 is requested to be pressed over the digital assistant 118. An example of a series of pictures appearing at block 5216 is indicated below. After an appropriate connection has been established by the first central computer 109, the system 210 proceeds to a day of the comparison interface screens, for example, the comparison interface screen 3986 of FIG. 39. In this comparison interface screen 3986, the system 210 provides instructions to the medical staff j6 to plan the infusion pump before any comparison is performed in the spring. Comparisons can be made to ensure that the pharmacy parameters for the drug and the pump settings are consistent. In a preferred embodiment, in the comparison process 5200 indicated herein, the system 2100 performs a rate comparison. However, the system can perform any single comparison of infusion parameters such as rate, trough I, dose, etc. or multiple simultaneous comparisons. If the infusion is the main infusion, the instructions are provided to click the "Compare, button 4817" on the 125 1244022 comparison interface screen 3986, and then-wait for instructions before starting the pump channel. If The infusion is a small soft bag infusion 'day guard, the instructions are provided to press the start button above the pump 丨 20, and then click the "compare" button 48 丨 7. Infusion in the small soft bag If the medical staff 116 presses the comparison button 4817 at block 5216 before pressing the start button on the pump, the interface screen 4287 shown in FIG. 42 will typically be displayed as Provide an error message to the medical staff. Ϋ Initially, before the comparison, the system 210 queries the server parameters 109 to ensure that the communication link between the pump 120, the server 109, and the digital assistant 118 is still valid. If If the communication link is valid, the comparison process 5200 is continued. If the communication link is lost, the comparison process cannot be continued. Therefore, after the medical staff 116 has pressed the comparison button 4817, The system 210 proceeds to block 5218 shown in Figure 52. At blocks 5 21 8 'the system 21' determines whether the channel 1 21 is ready. For example, if the infusion has been specified as The main infusion, but the channel is already running, the system will default to block 5214 and display an error message that the system cannot be compared. Furthermore, if the infusion has been designated as a small soft bag When an infusion is performed and the start button on the pump has not been pressed, the system will preset to interface screen 4287 in FIG. 42 to notify the medical staff 116 to press on the pump before pressing the comparison button 4817. The start button on the top. The comparison process 5200 also checks the pump 120 at block 5220 to determine whether the settings or operating parameters planned to the pump 120 contain new data. For example, The system may require that the pump data has been planned into the pump within a certain time limit (ie, 5 minutes) before requesting the ratio. This is used to determine whether the data is new Time limit The system can be set by the health care facility. If the information is not new, the system will revert to box 5214 with an error message indicating that the data is old. The system 21 will then request the pump 1 20 is re-planned so that the comparison process can continue. If the data is judged to be new at block 5220, the system 2om2 will perform the comparison at block 5222. The actual data is relatively general It is performed at the first central servo center 10 9. As explained previously, the comparison is to determine whether the parameters planned into the pump are consistent with the doctor's instructions. In addition, the pump setting may be With a remote controller: It is a server to plan remotely. After making a comparison at block 5222, the system 21 determines whether there is a match or not at block 5224, and returns the results to the medical staff 1 through 6 via a digital assistant. An example of the resulting comparison interface screen 3987 in which the comparison is consistent is shown in Fig. 39A, and is boxed at block 5226 in Fig. 52. In this example, if the prescription parameters of the pharmacy match the planned pump channel settings, the medical staff 116 is instructed to start the infusion pump 120. Result comparison interface. An example of the daytime interface where the comparison of the prescription parameters and the planned system settings at box 5224 do not match. The non-matching daytime interface of 127 1244022 is depicted in Figure 40. In 〇87, there is no non-conforming image 4825 in it. If this result occurs, the system 21 0 will ask the medical staff U 6 to accept the discrepancy as specified at block 5228 or to re-plan the infusion pump at block 5230 and at block 52 16 Make another comparison. Typically, a parameter in which a mismatch occurs will be displayed in the mismatch daytime 408. If the discrepancy is accepted, it will be recorded in the system database 109 at block 5232. Furthermore, if a mismatch is accepted at block 5228, the server 108a will guide the medical staff to the appropriate screen. Figure 41 shows an example of the comparison interface day 4187, whereby the system 210 cannot perform comparisons because some data is not available. Specifically, in the example of Fig. 41, the fruit rate setting has not been entered into the system 210. As a result, the system 21 cannot make comparisons until additional information (such as the rate in this example) has been entered. Typically, if the infusion is already in progress, the system is unable to receive updated pump lean messages, there is a system communication error, or there is missing data in the planned channel information or pharmacy prescription information | Able to compare. Finally, the comparison screen in Figure 42 shows another scenario in which the pure 21G cannot be compared until the steps of-^ ^ ^ L ^ are taken as indicated. Typically, this interface picture 428 fluid is a small soft bag infusion, and the medical staff has already seen the comparison button view in the rain face picture, instead of the start button that was pressed above the infusion pump m in the figure above = 39 Day Two ^ Compare those indicated in the instructions in interface screen 3986 in Figure 39. This means that, as in 128 1244022, after the infusion pump has started treatment, the medical staff 116 can view the pump status on the digital assistant 118 in the pump status interface screen 4391 shown in FIG. 43. The pump status display 4391 shows a list of all currently available infusions for a particular patient. Typically, one of the five images will be displayed on this day and associated with an infusion · infusion execution indicator 4807, infusion standby indicator 4810, infusion stop indicator 4811, unknown image, And delayed images. The pump status display 4391 is not updated immediately when the current day and day are being displayed; however, by pressing the update button 4819, the latest real-time pump status picture will be displayed. As shown in Figure 44, the medical staff 116 is also able to view the flow rate history interface day view 4493. The medical personnel 116 can directly click on the flow rate history link 4293 on the flow item history interface 2521 on the patient item single interface shown in FIG. 25 to direct to the flow rate history screen 4493. The flow rate history is a history of changes in the flow rate history of the current infusion being planned on a particular channel. In general, patient information related to the channel and current prescription information for the channel are displayed. Furthermore, after the medical staff 116 has logged on the digital device 118, selected shifts and selected patients, the medical staff 116 can perform various tasks on the digital device 118, #include (but not limited to) : Record the administered infusion, record the stopped or resumed infusion, record the interrupted infusion, watch the m-speed history as described above, watch the chestnut infusion status as described above, respond to the recorded alarms and warnings as described below, Watch messages / notifications and respond to messages / notifications. Specifically, regarding the recorded infusion, the medical staff 129 1244022 and staff 116 have scanned the bar code and disease of the article. After the hospital trout's ill health, bar code and pump channel bar code, this σ is as above. A detailed explanation of the comparison between the prescribed amount and the pharmacy's instructions. 4 & W pump: i 12 oz: The medical staff 116 will then use the pump 120 to administer the infusion, the infusion. 1 and the digital device m to record. In order to start the infusion, the medical doctor la ^ t with chromium is typically scanning the patient's wrist and scanning the infusion bag barcode label 124a. When reminded by the digital device 医, the medical staff 116 inputs and compares the pipelines: parts and routes for the infusion, as shown in the interface screen 771 in Fig. 37. Next, in the screen 3881 of FIG. 38, the medical nurse Bei 116 selects the main or small soft bag infusion 3883, and scans the pump k channels west. Staff 116 then planned the pump as directed by the physician's order. When the pump 120 was planned, the medical staff 116 chose to perform a pharmacy order comparison with the pump, as shown in Figures 39-42. If the specified pump. When the order entered by the pay pharmacy is met, for example, the interface screen of screen 4 2 8 7 will indicate a match, and the medical staff 116 may click the 〇κ button 4805 to accept the match. Finally, the medical staff 116 will press the start button above the remote pump 120. The digital assistant 8 will then display the record dosing results interface screen 4937 in Figure 49, and the medical staff 116 can enter the appropriate results from the options in the drop-down list. These steps can be repeated for additional patients and / or additional pumps or channels. Prior to administering the medication, the healthcare provider 116 may be reminded to enter a monitoring parameter ', e.g., enter a heart rate before dioxin (dioxox), or enter a pain assessment before morphine administration. When a monitoring parameter 130 1244022 is related to a medicine, each give-up displayed on the digital assistant 丨 8 has a link to an interface screen in which the medical staff 116 can enter a value. An example of such a command having a connection of 501 to a monitoring parameter and 2 rounds is shown in the finger ▽ shown in Fig. 50. After the monitoring link 5001 is selected, the monitoring parameter input interface screen 5003 shown in FIG. 5A is displayed. Here, the shame personnel 116 can enter the requested information into the system 2 丨 〇.
此外,該系統210可以請求醫護人員116監視一個」 期计數,典型地是在從藥物儲藏處擷取麻醉劑或是管制$ =時。舉例而言,當該儲藏處抽屜打開以提供麻醉劑或; 管制藥物時,數位助理118可以顯示如在第51圖中所示! ^期計數介面畫面5101。此介面晝面51〇1係提醒醫護> 貝來計算目前在該箱或是儲存區域中的藥物單位,並且^ 著在所提供的攔位中輸入此資料。該系統21〇係接著比与 此量與預期的計數。若該週期計數並不相符時,則數位^ 理118係顯示一個訊息以指出不相符,並且接著再次顯f 該週期計數畫面5101。若該週期計數又不相符時,則該> 統21 0將會記錄該不一致,並且可以採取適當的手段。 當情況需要時,在輸液完成之前,醫護人員可以停』 執行中的輸液。此在該系統中可以在有或是無中斷指令1 進行,以停止該輸液。已經被停止的輸液可以視情況需達 而被恢復繼續,例如,滴定法指令。當該中斷的輸液如 以及執行中的輸液圖像4807都顯示在數位助理118之上時 ,醫護人員116係被指示以在數位助理118之上瀏^ 131 1244022 (navigate)以顯示用於該病患的一個表列之所有執行中的 輸液。此種中斷輸液介面晝面2727a的一個例子係在第 27A圖中被提出。在第27A圖中,該中斷的輪液指令將會 被強調並且被指明為一個中斷的輸液指令。醫護人員^ ^ 6 接著將會掃描用於該中斷的輸液之溶液容器上的條碼,並 且接著掃描病患的ID。接著,如第27B圖中所示,介面書 面2727b係在醫護人員的數位助理118之上被提出。在介 面晝面2727b中,醫護人員可以輸入該輸液已經被停止的 時間以及停止該輸液的理由。醫護人員丨丨6於是可以藉由 按下在該輸液泵12〇之上的停止按鈕來實際地停止該輸液 泵 120 〇 一個恢復繼續輸液介面畫面2727c係在第27C圖中被 提出。在沒有中斷指令之下,被記錄為停止的輸液可被恢 復繼續。為了恢復繼續輸液,醫護人員116最初必須在數 位助理118之上瀏覽至適當的介面晝面。藉由按下在病患 項目單中之停止的輸液圖像4811,對於該病患的一個表列 之所有目前停止的輸液都將會被顯示,即如在第27c圖的 介面畫面2727c中所示者。一項提示係被提供給醫護人員 來選擇被恢復繼續的輸液。該醫護人員116係接著掃描在 用於該輸液的溶液容器之上的條碼而被恢復繼續。該系統 210係比較該掃描出的ID與對於該病患之目前停止的輸液 之ID。在系統210比較該ID與對於該病患之目前停止的 輸液之ID之後,數位助理118係提醒醫護人員116來掃描 病患的I β。糸統21 0係接著確認該掃描出的I d是否符合 132 1244022 該病患的ID,並且該系統21 0將會在數位助理118之上顯 示該被掃描的輪液之說明,並且提示醫護人員116來對於 恢復繼續該輸液選擇一個由設施所定義的理由,即如同在 第27D圖的介面2727d中所示者。一旦該理由被選擇之後 ’醫護人員116可以在該泵120之處重新開始該輸液,並 且接著點下該箭頭4809以繼續。該系統21〇係記錄該輸液 為已經被恢復繼續的。 如同在用於數位助理118之各種的畫面/介面中所示,In addition, the system 210 may request the healthcare provider 116 to monitor a period count, typically when anesthetic is retrieved from a drug store or controlled. For example, when the storage drawer is opened to provide narcotics or controlled drugs, the digital assistant 118 may display as shown in FIG. 51! ^ Period counting interface screen 5101. This interface Day 5101 reminds doctors and nurses to calculate the number of drug units currently in the box or storage area, and enter this information in the provided stop. The system 21o then compares this amount with the expected count. If the cycle counts do not match, Digital 118 displays a message to indicate that they do not match, and then displays the cycle count screen 5101 again. If the cycle counts do not match, the > system 210 will record the inconsistencies and can take appropriate measures. When the situation requires, the medical staff can stop the infusion in progress before the infusion is completed. This can be done in the system with or without interruption command 1 to stop the infusion. Infusions that have been stopped can be resumed as needed, for example, titration instructions. When the interrupted infusion such as the infusion image 4807 is displayed on the digital assistant 118, the medical staff 116 is instructed to browse 131 1244022 (navigate) on the digital assistant 118 to display for the disease Suffering from a list of all ongoing infusions. An example of such an interrupted infusion interface day 2727a is presented in Figure 27A. In Figure 27A, the interrupted fluid instruction will be highlighted and designated as an interrupted fluid instruction. The medical staff ^ 6 will then scan the barcode on the solution container for the interrupted infusion, and then scan the patient's ID. Next, as shown in Fig. 27B, the interface book 2727b is raised above the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff. In the interface day 2727b, the medical staff can enter the time when the infusion has been stopped and the reason for stopping the infusion. The medical staff 6 can then actually stop the infusion pump 120 by pressing the stop button above the infusion pump 120. A resume infusion interface screen 2727c is presented in Figure 27C. The infusion recorded as stopped can be resumed without interruption instructions. In order to resume continued infusion, the paramedic 116 must initially navigate over the digital assistant 118 to the appropriate interface daytime. By pressing the stopped infusion image 4811 in the patient menu, all currently stopped infusions for a list of the patient will be displayed, as shown in the interface screen 2727c in FIG. Show. A reminder is provided to the health care provider to choose to resume the infusion. The paramedic 116 then resumed scanning by scanning the barcode on the solution container for the infusion. The system 210 compares the scanned ID with the ID of the patient's currently stopped infusion. After the system 210 compares the ID with the ID of the patient's currently stopped infusion, the digital assistant 118 reminds the medical staff 116 to scan the patient's I β. System 21 0 then confirms whether the scanned I d matches the patient ID of 132 1244022, and the system 21 0 will display a description of the scanned fluid on top of digital assistant 118 and prompt medical staff. 116. Select a facility-defined reason for continuing the infusion to resume, as shown in interface 2727d in Figure 27D. Once the reason is selected, 'the medical staff 116 can restart the infusion at the pump 120 and then click the arrow 4809 to continue. The system 21 records that the infusion has been resumed. As shown in the various screens / interfaces for digital assistant 118,
各種的圖像係被利用來協助醫護人員116。許多這些圖像 係被展不在第48圖中。病患表列按鈕48〇1是一個按鍵當 被點選時,容許醫護人M 116直接劉覽至病患表列畫面, 例如’在f 23圖中所示的病患表列晝φ 2313。返回按紐 4803是一個按鍵當被點選時,使得在數位助理ιΐ8之上的 田另回到先則的晝面〇 ΟΚ按鈕48〇5係被點選以認可在數 士虞置118之上所展不的資料。當該〇κ按紐糊5被點選Various image systems are utilized to assist the medical staff 116. Many of these images are not shown in Figure 48. The patient list button 48001 is a button that when clicked, allows the medical caregiver M 116 to directly browse to the patient list screen, for example, the patient list day φ 2313 shown in the f 23 diagram. The return button 4803 is a button that, when clicked, causes Tian above the digital assistant ιΐ8 to return to the daytime surface of the rule. The 〇Κbutton 48〇5 is clicked to be recognized above the number of Yushu 118 Information not shown. When the 〇κbutton 5 is clicked
通吊曰顯不下一個晝面。輸液執行指示器按鈕4807係 二出一個所規劃的輸液現在正對所選的泵120以及通道在 :丁中。輸液待命指示器购係指出對於所選的病患、栗 二及通道之—個所規劃的輸液已經在待命中。輸液停 止的指不器4811係指出對於 —〜 了於所遥的病患、泵120以及通道 之所規劃的輸液已經被停止。 . 止輸液中斷指令指示器4813係 才曰出一個藥局輸入的 12n ,、; a、、 夺曰7將會中斷對於所選的病患、泵 乂及通道之一個輸液。 ψ ^ 酉師的注意事項指示器4815係 才曰出對於所選的病患、泵 120以及通道有著醫師的注意事 133 1244022 項之存在。醫護人員116可以點選該注意事項指示器48 j 5 以觀看該些注意事項。比較按鈕4817係在各種的晝面中被 提出,並且當被點選時,其係使得系統21〇執行被掃描的 物品與藥局輸入的指令之比較以及額外的比較。更新按鈕 4819係被點選以更新,並且在晝面之上顯示最新的資料。 離開按知4821係容許醫護人員離開目前的畫面,並且回到 先前所顯示的晝面。輸入按鈕48〇5也是〇κ按鈕,並且被 點選以認可且輸入從-個下拉式表列之内的選項所選的資 料、或是在-個攔位中人工輸入的資料。比較相符指示器 4823係指出所規劃的果設定相符藥局輸入的指令資訊。比 較不相符指示器4825係指出所規劃的果設定並不相符藥局 輸入的指令資訊。無法比較指示器彻係指出該系統盈法 ::所規劃的果設定與藥局輸入的指令資訊。系警報: …872係指出一個警報或是警告情況正在發生。當 忒警報/警告指示器4872被 田 逖土查面筏1姑 皮2 k日卞,一個展開的泵警報與 …面係被顯示,警報與警告畫面之上,一 吕報/警告圖像4872係指出一個警報 報/警告圖⑽係指出—個警告情況。警:/二 鈕4874係被點選以暫時 孰/ §。月尹曰知 告。失去通❹…、 裝置118上之聽覺的警 器I 07並未適當地與該以及/或是集線 _描述解決該問題所要採取的、二::二此指示: 警告指示器4835係指出集線器107目前正執^ 電量 電池上,其係具有小於30分鐘的剩餘電池=在-個備用 134 1244022 、 胃方'數位助理1 1 8的設定及使用之揭露内容已 經相關於執行这此 °二功此的醫護人員116來加以論述。然而 ,應瞭解的是这此 口 °二 作可以藉由醫院的任何給藥或是工作 人貝個人來加以勃 m仃’而不論該個人是否為醫護人員u 6 〇 請參考第1 2 FI廿、丄 圖’其被展示有緊急情況通知系統丨200 之一個較佳警# j t , ⑪?’。一 個通知·方(notifying party)1210 係與一個通訊網路1 20通訊。在此項技術中具有技能者將 έ體呑心到,各^穿舎占/js > 、、汛、,同路都是可運作的,其包含(但不 限於)乙太網路、ρη ▲ 電、、覽線網路、無線的本地區域網路 以及無線廣域網路。μ 、 _ 此外,各種的通訊網路協定都是可運 、八匕3 (但不限於)傳輸控制協定/網際網路協定 (“TCP/IP”) 、 ^ …、線應用協定(“WAP”)以及使用者資料元 (Datagram)協定(“UDp,n。 P ) 此外,通訊網路1220係可運作 為一個更大的通訊網路之一八· 口ί5刀,例如,該通訊網路1 220 可以是與例如是醫卩宗Φ ?目& > + & • 見有之有線的通訊網路通訊之&線 通訊網路。 ' 與該通訊網路1 2 2 Π彳δ i aa b 以0通讯的是—個通知方1210。該通 知方1210可以是一位醫Ρ奈医5 。 1面院西崚人貝,例如,護士、醫生、 醫卩元行政人員、或是保全主任。該通知t i 9 i η 成通知方1 21 0也可以是病 患。此外,該通知方1 2 1 〇可v ® y 10可以疋一個自動化的過程,例如 ’電腦程式或是醫療器材。作為 卞用马通知方1210之自動化的 過程可被規劃以在滿足某一種愔 禋h况或是一個事件之際,廣 135 1244022 播-個緊急情況通知到通訊網路122〇的各處。例如,嗜自 動化的過程可被規劃以在感測到一個病患的狀況之際:廣 播一個緊急情況通知。 μ 該緊急情況通知将姑 I, Μ 係被一或多個目標方(target party)1230所接收。目標方】 铩万1230可以是醫護人員,例如 ,醫生與護士。目標方σ , …β 1 230也可以是-個緊急情況回應主 任或疋保全主任、或是一個環境災害小組。目標方測可 以是任何與該通訊網路122()通耗以。 選擇權給通知方121“只傳送該緊急情況通知到竿=、 標方測、傳送到多個目標方㈣、或是所有的 1 230;該實施例係容許通知方㈣能_擇料目標方 1230來接收該緊急情況通知。 丁 目標方測以及通知方1210係與該通訊 γ熟習此項技術者將會體認到各種的通訊模式⑵ 以提供通知方121〇以及目標方& 邙〇办丨上 文 ”口亥通讯網路1220通 二::通_可以是有線的連線,例如,個人 =或疋可程式化的控制器。通訊模式⑽也 手持式電腦或是行動電咭所、t Α 疋透過 X疋㈣^所達成的無線網路的連線。 _ ^在請參考第13圖,此係從通知方121 --個通知介面1300。熟習 角-耒展 右夂絲ΛΑ Α 议观T ^將會體認到的是, 口種的;丨面將會使得通知 1220來卢撼^ 210此夠經由通訊網路 姑 緊急情況通知。該通知介面可m 至内部網路或是網際網路的網站。 疋 由行動電話或Μ電話%面也可以藉 疋猎由電子郵件來加以啟動。 136 1244022 在一個貫施例中,該通知介面13〇〇是廣泛被市售的類型之 ^持式4。其例子係包含由PalmQne公司所製造的 裝[由Palm〇ne公司所製造的Vis〇r裝置、由惠普公司 所製造的J〇rnada褒置、由戴爾公司所製造的A—裝置、 由新力公司所製造的Clie裝置以及由東芝公司、康柏以及 Symbol公司所製造的p〇cketpc裝置。 在一個實施例中,該通知介面1300係包括一個列出一 或多個選項1340的項…33〇。例如,一個通知選項 1340可以容許通知方mQ能夠選擇—位特定的醫護人員 或是特定類型的醫護人員為緊急情況通知的目標m 另一個通知選項134G可以容許通知方121G在緊急情況通 知被錯誤地發送的事件中,能夠選擇來取消該緊急情況通 知。額外的通知選項1340也可以包含用於病患識別資訊、 病患位置、緊急情況的類型,以及預期回應的時間之項目 〇 現在請參考第14圖’其係從目標方1230的角度來展 示接收介面1400的-個實施例。類似於該通知介面13〇〇 ’該接收介面UG0可以運作在各種不同的平台上,並且在 本發明的原理下仍然保持為可行的。在第13圖所示的一 個實施例中’接收介面14〇〇是手持式電腦。該介面 係包含-個畫面1420用於顯示可組態設定的資訊235〇。 該資訊235G可以包含緊急情況通知資訊,例如,病患_ '緊急情況的位置、緊急情況的類型以及預期回應的時間 137 1244022 個:Γ介面1 300以及接收介面14°°都選配地被配置有 ;:ΓΓ146°。關於該通知介面,熱鍵‘ :二置以傳送一個包含自動地從通知介面測 付的貝讯之緊急情況通知。例如,按下在該通知介面咖 之上的熱鍵13 5 0可被配置以自動蚰值w 緊急情況通知。 自動地傳--個包含該資訊的 該系統係提供有傳送通知及訊息。通知可以包含(作 限於):病患狀態表列、警報、警告、輸液計劃表、指 、撤銷、鑿語、治瘩夂* 曰 — ° /〇療麥數、至額外的資訊之連結、遺夂 藥物、途徑確認、比較、流速 “ ^ ",L逑貝矾、醫師注意事項、失, 通、低電量、給筚纟士 I 隹 +、 u 〇 °該系統亦提供有顯示: 二以及額外的通知。通知被g 溉頌不的一種方式是在數位助: 位Tong Hang said he could not see the next day. The infusion execution indicator button 4807 is a planned infusion which is now facing the selected pump 120 and the channel in: D. The infusion standby indicator purchase indicates that the planned infusion for the selected patient, chestnut, and channel is already on standby. The infusion stopper 4811 indicates that the planned infusion for the patient, the pump 120, and the channel in the remote place has been stopped. The infusion stop instruction indicator 4813 is only a pharmacy input of 12n ,; a ,, and 7 will interrupt an infusion for the selected patient, pump, and channel. ψ ^ Master's Attention Indicator 4815 is a physician's attention to the selected patient, pump 120, and channel 133 1244022. The medical staff 116 may click the caution indicator 48 j 5 to view the cautions. The comparison button 4817 is proposed in various day and day, and when clicked, it causes the system 21 to perform comparison and additional comparison of the scanned item with the instruction input by the pharmacy. The update button 4819 is clicked to update, and the latest information is displayed above the day. Departure Press 4821 allows the medical staff to leave the current picture and return to the daytime display previously shown. The input button 4805 is also a κ button, and is clicked to recognize and enter the information selected from the options in a drop-down list, or the information manually entered in a block. The comparison match indicator 4823 indicates that the planned fruit setting matches the instruction information entered by the pharmacy. The less-match indicator 4825 indicates that the planned fruit setting does not match the order information entered by the pharmacy. The indicator cannot be compared to indicate that the system is profitable :: the planned fruit setting and the information entered by the pharmacy. Alarm: 872 indicates that an alarm or warning condition is occurring. When the 忒 alarm / warning indicator 4872 was inspected by the farmer, the raft 1 gupi 2k sundial, an unfolded pump alarm and ... face was displayed, and above the alarm and warning screen, Yi Lu Bao / warning image 4872 An alarm / warning map is indicated. A warning condition is indicated. Police: / 二 Button 4874 was selected to temporarily 暂时 / §. Yue Yin said. Loss of communication ..., the audible alarm I 07 on the device 118 is not properly connected with the and / or hub_describe what to take to solve the problem 2: 2: This indication: The warning indicator 4835 indicates the hub 107 Currently working on the ^ battery, which has a remaining battery of less than 30 minutes = in a spare 134 1244022, Weifang 'digital assistant 1 1 8 settings and use of the disclosure content has been related to performing this Medical staff 116 to discuss. However, it should be understood that this can be done by any medication in the hospital or by a worker, regardless of whether the individual is a medical staff u 6 〇 Please refer to Section 1 FI 2丄 Figure 'It is shown that there is an emergency notification system # 200 a better police # jt, ⑪? '. A notifying party 1210 communicates with a communication network 120. Those skilled in this technology will know that each of them can be operated, including, but not limited to, Ethernet, ρη ▲ Electricity, cable network, wireless local area network and wireless wide area network. μ, _ In addition, all kinds of communication network protocols are transportable, eight (but not limited to) Transmission Control Protocol / Internet Protocol ("TCP / IP"), ^, ..., wire application protocol ("WAP") And the User Datagram protocol ("UDp, n. P). In addition, the communication network 1220 can operate as one of a larger communication network. · Port 5: For example, the communication network 1 220 can be connected with For example, it ’s a doctor ’s case Φ? Head & > + & A notifying party 1210. The notifying party 1210 may be a doctor, a doctor, and a doctor. 1. A person in the hospital, such as a nurse, doctor, medical administrator, or security officer. The notification ti 9 i η The notification party 1 21 0 can also be a patient. In addition, the notification party 1 2 1 0 can be an automated process, such as a 'computer program or medical device. As a user of the notification party 1210 Automated processes can be planned to meet certain conditions or a On the occasion, Guang 135 1244022 broadcast an emergency notification to various parts of the communication network 122. For example, an automated process can be planned to broadcast an emergency notification when the condition of a patient is sensed. μ This emergency notification will be received by one or more target parties 1230. [Target party] 铩 1230 can be medical staff, such as doctors and nurses. Target party σ,… β 1 230 can also be an emergency response director or security director, or an environmental disaster team. The target test can be any communication with the communication network 122 (). The option to notify the party 121 "Only send the emergency The situation notification is sent to the target party, measured, transmitted to multiple target parties, or all 1 230; this embodiment allows the notification party to be able to select the target party 1230 to receive the emergency notification. Dingfangfang and Notifying Party 1210 are familiar with this communication. Those who are familiar with this technology will recognize various communication modes to provide notifying party 121〇 and the target party & Road 1220 through 2: 2: through _ can be a wired connection, for example, personal = or 疋 programmable controller. Communication mode ⑽ also a handheld computer or mobile phone station, t Α 疋 through X 疋 ㈣ ^ The connection of the wireless network reached. _ ^ Please refer to Figure 13, this is from the notification side 121-a notification interface 1300. Familiar with the angle-耒 展 右 夂 丝 ΛΑ Α 观 观 T ^ will recognize The answer is that it is mouth-to-mouth; it will make notifications 1220 come in awkward ^ 210 This is enough for emergency notification via communication network. The notification interface can be to the intranet or Internet website. 疋 by action The phone or M-phone can also be activated by e-mail. 136 1244022 In one embodiment, the notification interface 1300 is a widely-available type of support type 4. Examples include A device made by PalmQne [Vis made by PalmOne 〇r device, Jornada device manufactured by Hewlett-Packard company, A-device manufactured by Dell company, Clie device manufactured by Sony Corporation, and pockcketpc manufactured by Toshiba Corporation, Compaq and Symbol Corporation Device. In one embodiment, the notification interface 1300 includes an item listing one or more options 1340 ... 33. For example, a notification option 1340 may allow the notifying party mQ to select a particular healthcare provider or Specific types of medical personnel are targeted for emergency notifications. Another notification option 134G may allow the notifier 121G to choose to cancel the emergency notification in the event that the emergency notification is sent incorrectly. The additional notification option 1340 is also available. Contains items for patient identification information, patient location, type of emergency, and expected response time. Now refer to Figure 14 'which shows an embodiment of the receiving interface 1400 from the perspective of the target 1230. .Similar to the notification interface 1300 ′, the receiving interface UG0 can operate on a variety of different platforms, and in the present invention In principle, it is still feasible. In one embodiment shown in FIG. 13, the 'receiving interface 1400 is a handheld computer. The interface includes a screen 1420 for displaying configurable information 2350. The information 235G can contain emergency notification information, for example, patient_ 'emergency location, type of emergency, and expected response time 137 1244022: Γ interface 1 300 and receiving interface 14 °° are optionally configured Yes;: ΓΓ146 °. Regarding the notification interface, the hotkey ':' is set to send an emergency notification containing Beixun that is automatically measured from the notification interface. For example, pressing the hot key 13 50 on the notification interface can be configured to automatically set w emergency notifications. Automatic transmission-a system containing this information is provided with transmission notifications and messages. Notifications can include (limited to): patient status list, alarms, warnings, infusion schedules, instructions, revocation, gossip, cure * * — — / wheat treatment, links to additional information, legacy夂 Medications, route confirmation, comparison, flow rate, ^ ", 逑 逑, alumina, physician's precautions, loss, pass, low power, to the doctor I 隹 +, u 〇 ° This system also provides a display: two and Extra notice. One way to notify you is not to help:
上。通知可以被提供給許多的醫護人員以及/或是掌, 的醫護人員中之任何 ,、on. Notifications can be provided to many healthcare professionals and / or any of them,
如上所解說者,—種通知的類型是警報/警告通知。在 本系統中’通知可以被提昇警訊(一⑽。一個特定的 警報/警告之提昇警訊過程係被展示在第15圖中。典型地 :一個通知過程係被提出以傳送通知給任意數目的醫護人 貝116。f 15圖所指出之警報/警告的提昇警訊過程测 係提供用於當-個警報或是警告在例如是輸液纟m的醫 療器材上是進行中的時候,經由醫護人員的裝4 U8來通 知系'列的酉護人貝。在一個較佳實施例中,該醫護人員 的裝置是個人數位助理(“PDA,,)U8,例如在第i與3圖中 138 1244022As explained above, one type of notification is an alert / warning notification. In this system, 'notifications can be escalated (one. A specific alert / warning escalation process is shown in Figure 15. Typically: a notification process is proposed to send notifications to any number The health care worker 116. The alarm / warning escalation alerting process indicated in Figure 15 is provided for the use of medical care when an alarm or warning is in progress on a medical device such as an infusion pump. The personnel's equipment is 4 U8 to notify the guardian of the train. In a preferred embodiment, the medical personnel's device is a personal digital assistant ("PDA,") U8, for example, 138 in Figures i and 3 1244022
所展示者’其典型地具有顯示器118a以及聽覺的音頻或是 聲音產生器⑽。但僅為了說明之目的,所以在此詳細的 說明中之醫護人員的裝置在以下將會被指明為數位助理 U8。再者,當醫護人員未能夠在數位助理ιΐ8之上回應該 警報/警告通知時’該警報/警告提昇警訊過程15〇。係提二 一個提昇警訊過程。當-個提昇警訊過程被開始時,一項 通知係被提出至在該提昇警訊程序中所指定的另一位或是 第二醫護人員的數位助理118。當該警報/警告通知被傳: 至數位助理118時,可瞭解到的是,系警報與警告典型地 只可以在該泵之處被解決。如同在此所解說的,例如在第 15圖的方塊1580中,在數位助理118處之警報或警告的 靜音可以或是可以不影響該泵。 口 當一個警報或是-個t告情況中 < 至少一個或是兩個 情況在醫療器材120之處被觸發時,該警報/警告提昇警訊 過程1 500係在方塊15〇5之處開始。在第3圖中所示的一 個較佳實施例中,在醫療器# 12〇之處的警報或是警告的 觸發之後,一個包含相關於該警報或是警告情況的資料之 信號係在方塊1510之處被產生,並且從醫療器材12〇傳送 至飼服器1G9。在無線的環境中,具有無線發送器的醫療 為材120係被提供、或是連接至無線集線器丨〇7的醫療器 材120係被提供。在後者的例子中,即如在第3圖中所展 示者,該集線器1〇7係從醫療器材12〇接收信號,並且轉 換該信號成為一個格式是適合用於經由無線通訊路徑或是 連結128來傳輸到系統網路1〇2上。再者,若集線器1〇了 139 1244022 認可該警報、警告或是其它的通知是重複的,則集線器 -1 〇7可以拋棄該重複的通知。被發送的信號係藉由在該醫 · 療保健環境之内的一個無線存取點丨丨4加以接收。該無線 存取點114係提供一個介面在無線通訊路徑(亦即,無線路 徑128)以及電纜線通訊路徑(例如是第3圖中所展示的電 纜線通訊路徑11 〇 )之間。 在及伺服杰1 0 9接收到在方塊1 51 0之處所傳送之相關 於該警報或是警告情況的資料之後,伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 1515之處進行一項先決條件(prec〇nditi〇n)檢查。該先決籲 條件檢查3030可以包含··將醫療器材12〇處之警報或是警 告情況關連至一位特定的病患;將該病患關連至一位主要 的醫護人員,亦被稱為第一醫護人員(此關連可以在該中 央系統伺服單元1 08a之處被進行);並且,將該第一醫護 人員關連至邊醫護人員的數位助理1 1 8。該伺服器1 〇 g係 使用其在方塊1 51 5處之先決條件的檢查中所獲得的資訊來 在西療器材120 (以及在一個實施例中為輸液泵丨2〇之特定 的通道121)、病患、主要的或是第一醫護人員以及該第一鲁 醫護人員的數位助理118之間建立起一種關係。可瞭解到 的是,在多位病患112以及多位醫護人員116之間有一種 多對多的關係。於是,冑多的第一醫護人員、許多的第二 醫護人員以及許多的第n層級的醫護人員可以與一位特定 的病患相關。再者,第η層級的提昇警訊在此系統之内亦 是可行的。 典型地,伺服器l〇8a係已經在其中餘存病患至醫護人 140 !244022 員的多對多之關連、以及病患至單位之關連。該伺服器 1 08a係傳送這些關連至伺服器109,並且該伺服器1 09係 儲存這些關連。類似地,該伺服器108a係將掌管的醫護人 員至單元的關連傳送至該伺服器1 09以供儲存。 在方塊1 51 5之處的先決條件檢查之後,該伺服器1 〇 g 係決定適當的通道121給病患112至醫護人員116的對映 。一旦該對映完成後,該伺服器1〇9係在方塊152〇之處判 斷該第一醫護人員的數位助理118是否為有效的。若該第 酉5蒦人員的數位助理118是有效的,則該伺服器丨〇 9係 產生一個代表該警報或是警告情況存在的信號。該信號係 包含貧料為例如是病患的名稱、病患的位置、病房識別、 病床識別、警報或是警告類型、情況說明、時間、日期、 西羞人員識別以及/或是處方。在該較佳實施例中,該信 唬係從伺服器1 09被傳送至無線存取點丨丨4。該無線存取 點114係接著在方塊1525之處經由無線通訊的傳輸來傳送 該相關於警報或是警告情況的信號至醫護人員的數位助理 118。 該相關於警報或是警告情況的信號也可以在方塊MM 之處被發送至一位掌管的醫護人員、一位次要的第一醫護 人員或是-位次要的醫護人員。&種信號可以經由益線或 是有線的通訊來被發送。再者,冑管的醫護人員可以利用 數位助理118、桌上型電腦或是某種其它的電子裝置。掌 管的醫護人員-般是監督者或是醫護人員所要報告的某人 。此外,掌管的醫護人員可以是協助醫護人員的工作流程 1244022 或是協助監視警報或警告情況的人。 該信號係藉由醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8來被接收,並 且接著在第15圖中的方塊1530之處被顯示。此方塊係提 供用於在醫護人員的數位助理118之上指出該警報或是警 告h況。在醫護人員的數位助理之上的指示可以是視覺的 、聽覺的或是視覺與聽覺的。再者,視覺的指示可以包含 文字、圖像、符號、等等中之一或多種。類似地,如上所 解說者,該聽覺的指示可以包含在各種的分貝位準之下的 各種覺的音頻。該視覺與聽覺的指示器係可由醫院組態 η又定的。第16 A圖係揭示在醫護人員的數位助理i丨8之上 的警報/警告介面表列晝面1662a之-個範例的畫面。該警 艮y U表列W面l 662a係包含目前相關於作用中的通道警 報/警告之一個表列的病患。如第16A圖中所示,此醫護人 員的數位助理118目前有三個作用中的警報/警告之指示。 '病心有警報情況1 664,對於“病患二,,有馨報情況 1 666,以及對於“病患三, 止 ^ s 口 r月况1668。母位病患的名 稱以及對應的尊報/巡止 =報口圖像疋一個超連結至適當的泵警 報細郎介面畫面,即 一 φ, 第17圖中所示者。在一個實施例 ’二病^的表列係被過濾成只包含目前相關於登錄到顯 不此”面晝面的數位助理118中之 此藉殺嗜又〇 心请屢人貝11Θ的病患。 此檀酉4人貝至病患的 是作為 ㈣連了 h作為主要的醫護人員或 疋忭馮皙日卞代班的醫護人 兮;^曰邈β 、 要的诀凌人員也可以透過 a亥美汁警讯過程而被利用。該警報 业型地扃T A t 0孜/警告表列介面1 662係 ,、i地在正常的醫護人 、 ” J間,藉由點選被顯示 1244022 在西4人員116的數位助理i丨8之上的警報/警告圖像. 4 8 7 2來加以利用的。 如上所解况者,當該警報或是警告情況係在方塊丨53〇 之處被指不在醫護人員的數位助理之上時,此指示可以是 視見地、聽覺地或是兩者地被提供。當聽覺的指示在醫護 人員的數位助理118之處被提供時,該警報圖像4872係出 現在醫護人員的數位助理118之顯示器n8a之上。若聽覺 的指示被提出時,則醫護人員係能夠來靜音該聽覺的指示 ’即使該醫護人員尚未回應於該警報或是警告情況。若該· 醫護人員確實靜音該警報,則伺服器1〇9將會起始一個靜 音計時器。視覺的指示將會被保持,即使該聽覺的指示已 被#音亦是如此。如第丨6 A圖中所示,若一個警報/警告將 會在醫護人員的數位助理118之處提供聽覺的指示,但是 可供該醫護人員靜音時,則一個靜音的警報/警告圖像 4874係被提供。再者,在該警報/警告情況的提昇警訊之 IV、’若或醫護人員並未在該計時器時限之内回應於該警報 時’則該聽覺的指示之靜音可以被解除。聽覺的指示之—_ 個替代的實施例可以是振動的警告。 再者’可瞭解到的是,多個警報/警告情況可以同時或 疋在重疊的期間中發生。於是,包含相關於該特定的警報 或是警告之情況的資料之同時或是重疊的信號係在方塊 1510之處被產生,並且從醫療器材12()被傳送至伺服器 1 09。警報/警告信號可以源自於相同或是不同的醫療器材 20再者吕報/警告彳§號可以相關於相同或是不同的病 143 1244022 患。然而,如同在此對於個別的警報/警告情況所述的警 報/警告之提昇警訊過程1 500中,每個警報/警告信號係個 m也被指定路由。如第16A圖中所示,—位特定的醫護人 員可以在其數位助理i i 8上具有許多的警報/警告情況。警 報/警告晝面的另一個例子係被展示在第ΐ6β圖的介面晝面 1 662b之上。如同在本系統中之典型的做法,在帛⑽圖 =介面畫面1 662b中被標示為1676的行係指示一個表列的 ° '、且在此”面中明確地指出對於一位特定的醫護人 員之警報/警告指示表列。 面遵人員已經在遠醫護人員的數位助理118之上, 從第“A圖的介面表列_選擇來觀看對於病患超連結 :警報/警告指示中之-個指示之後,第17圖係描繪一個 评細的病患警報/警告介面1765。在此,該醫護人員已經 選擇對於“病患—,,的警報指示1664。該警報/警告細節畫 =Π65係提供醫護人員一個描述該警報/警告的理由之細 即的訊息。醫護人員可以點選在該更新按紐4819之上,以 更新目前在該畫面1765之上所顯示的資訊。如同在第18 圖勺:Φ 1867上所不的,對於相同的病患可能存在多個警 報或是警告1878、1882。此警報/警告介面1867係提供一 I之目刚相關於一位特定的病患之所有作用中的泵警 報/警告。這些作用中的泵警報/警告可以是來自多個通道 121 =及/或是| 120 ’ j^甚至是擴散至多個集線器1〇7 面且面1867係藉由在該泵警報表列晝面丨gw之上 指定一位特定的病患來加以利用的。 1244022 在该#號係於方塊15 2 5之處被傳送至醫護人員的數位 助理,並且在方塊1530之處由主要的醫護人員的數位助理 118接收之後’在方塊1535之處,一個計時器係於伺服器 1 09之處被起始。該計時器係具有一個計時器時限。一個 典型的提昇警訊計時器時限大約是2分鐘;然而,此限制 是可由醫院組態設定的。在方塊1540之處,該系統係判斷 回應係是否在該計時器時限之内針對該警告或是警報而被 長:出。若到了该計時器時限而沒有來自該主要的醫護人員 的數位助理118之應答時,該過程係前進至方塊丨。在 方塊1545之處,該系統係進行進一步的查詢,其係有關對 於該警報/警告情況是否已經在醫療器材12〇之處做成應答 或是回應。若在該主要的醫護人員的數位助理118、醫療 器材120之處、或是掌管的醫護人員都尚未做成回應時, 則忒警報/警告過程係在方塊丨545之處被提昇警訊。 若在一個警報/警告情況被觸發之後,但在該警報/警 告情況應答之前的任何時間點發生失去通訊時,則一旦該 失去通訊已修復時,該警報/警告情況將會再度發出。類 似地,若一個警報/警告情況是在失去通訊之後被觸發時 ,則一旦該通訊被重新建立時,該警報/警告情況將會再 度被發出。 當一個警報被提昇警訊時,該伺服器109係在方塊 1 550之處進行另一項先決條件的檢查。此先決條件的檢查 1 550可以包含:將該病患關連至一位次要的醫護人員(此 關連可以在該中央系統伺服單元馳之處被進行);並且 145 1244022 ’將該第二醫護人員關連至該醫護人員的數位助理ιΐ8, 此亦被稱為該第二醫護人員的裝置或是第二醫護人員的數 位助理118。4伺服器1G9係使用其在方塊處之先決 ίτ'件的 > 查中所獲付之育訊,以在該醫療器材1別、病患 、次要的醫護人員以及該第二醫護人員的數位助理ιΐ8之 間建立一種關係。 在方免1550處之第_先決條件的檢查之後,該伺服器 1〇9也可以判斷第二醫護人員的數位助理ιΐ8是否為有效 的。若第二醫護人員的數位助理118是有效的,則該词服 器109係產生-個代表該警報或是警告情況存在之被提昇 警訊的信號。該被提昇警訊的信號同樣地包含例如是病患 的名稱、病患的位置、病房識別、病床識別、警報或是警 告類型、情況說明、時間、日期、醫護人員識別以及/或 是f方。在該較佳實施例中,該被提昇警訊的信號係從伺 服:10 9被傳送至無線存取點i J 4。該無線存取點η 4係 接著在方塊1555之處經由無線通訊的傳輸來傳送該相關於 警報或是警告情況之被提昇警訊的信號至第二醫護人員的 數位助理11 8。 相關於該警報或是警告情況之被提昇警訊的信號也可 以在方塊1555之處被發送至一位掌管的醫護人員。此種被 j昇警訊的信號可以是經由無線或是有線的通訊。再者, 莩g的w濩人員可以利用數位助理、桌上型電腦或是某種 其它的電子裝置》如上所解說的,掌管的醫護人員一般是 監督者或是醫護人員所要報告的某人、或是協助醫護人員 1244022 的工作流程或協助監視警報或是警告情況的人。 該被提昇警訊的信號係在第15圖中的方塊1 560之處 被該第二醫護人員的數位助理118接收並且接著被顯示。 此方塊係提供用於在該第二醫護人員的數位助理丨丨8之上 指出該警報或是警告情況。在該第二醫護人員的裝置之上 的指示可以是視覺的、聽覺的或是視覺與聽覺的。再者, 視覺的指示可以包含文字、圖像、符號、等等中之一或多 種。類似地,如上所解說者,該聽覺的指示可以包含各種 聽覺的音頻。該視覺與聽覺的指示器係可由醫院組態設定 的。然而,應瞭解的是,在方塊1 525所見到被傳送至該第 一醫護人員之原始的信號仍然是被保持在該第一醫護人員 的數位助理之處,即如在第15圖的方塊153〇中所示者。 在該第一醫護人員的數位助理118之處的信號可以被提昇 警訊的(亦即,該信號可以被展示為較大的尺寸或是字體 、其可以是閃爍的、該聽覺的警告之音量可以是較大聲的 、等等)。 在次要的信號於方塊1 555之處被傳送至醫護人員的數 位助理,並且在方塊1 5 6 0之處被該次要的醫護人員的數位 助理118接收之後,有至少兩個個人(該第一醫護人員以及 /或疋莩管的醫護人員)以及至少兩個裝置有該作用中的警 報/警告情況。於是,任何的這些醫護人員都可以回應於 °亥警報/警告情況,即如在方塊1 540與1 565中所示者。該 被提昇警訊的警報過程將會在方塊157〇之處繼續,直到該 θ報/警告情況係在該醫護人員的數位助理1 18、掌管的醫 147 1244022 護人員的電腦或是裝置中之一、或是在醫療器材120之處 , 被清除為止。 請回到方塊1 520,若該伺服器1 09判斷該主要的醫護 人員的數位助理118並非有效的,並且若該伺服器1 〇 9在 方塊15 4 5之處判斷該警報/警告情況仍然存在時,則該伺 服器10 9將會如上所論述地前進至方塊1 5 5 0,以決定適當 之次要或是掌管的醫護人員以傳送該警報/警告信號。此 外,可瞭解到的是,方塊1520可以發生在該警報/警告之 提昇警訊過程1 500期間内的任何時間點。醫護人員的數位 _ 助理118是失效的一個理由可能是失去來自伺服器1 〇 9的 信號。如同在第45A與45B圖的失去通訊介面晝面4501中 所示,當失去該信號時,數位助理丨丨8將會提供該醫護人 員116 —個指出失去的信號之晝面45〇1以及/或是聽覺的/ 振動的指示。該失去通訊晝面45〇 i亦通知醫護人員丨丨6有 關哪些病患的信號已經失去。在晝面45〇1之處,該系統 21 〇亦提供醫護人員11 6解決問題的提示以重新獲得一個 #號。當集線器107或是數位助理118超出無線的範圍時 φ ,泵警報與警告並無法在該數位助理丨丨8之處被接收到。 其它數位助理118是失效的理由可能是在該數位助理 118之處失去電池電力、在無線集線器1〇7之處失去電池 電力、或是該數位助理失去與存取點114有關的信號。該 系統210確實會提供醫護人員116 一個低電量畫面。如同 在“6圖的介面晝面46〇3中所示,一種類型的低電量晝 面是-個警告醫護人員低電量的情形存在於連接至病患的 148 1244022The presenter 'typically has a display 118a and audible audio or sound generators. However, for the purpose of illustration only, the medical staff's device in this detailed description will be designated as Digital Assistant U8 below. Furthermore, when the medical staff is unable to respond to the alert / warning notification on the digital assistant 8 ', the alert / warning escalates the alert process 15. The second is to raise the alert process. When an ascending alert process is initiated, a notification is presented to the digital assistant 118 of another or second medical staff designated in the ascending alert process. When the alert / warning notification is transmitted: to the digital assistant 118, it is understood that the alerts and warnings can typically only be resolved at the pump. As explained herein, for example, in block 1580 of Figure 15, the silence of the alarm or warning at the digital assistant 118 may or may not affect the pump. When an alarm or an alarm situation < at least one or two conditions are triggered at the medical device 120, the alarm / warning escalation process 1 500 starts at block 1505 . In a preferred embodiment shown in Figure 3, after the triggering of the alarm or warning at Medical Device # 12〇, a signal containing information related to the alarm or warning condition is at block 1510. The place is generated and transmitted from the medical device 120 to the feeder 1G9. In a wireless environment, 120 series medical devices with wireless transmitters are provided, or 120 series medical devices connected to wireless hubs are provided. In the latter example, as shown in Figure 3, the hub 107 receives the signal from the medical device 120 and converts the signal into a format suitable for use over a wireless communication path or link 128. To transmit to the system network 102. Furthermore, if the hub 10 139 1244022 acknowledges that the alert, warning, or other notification is a duplicate, the hub -1 07 can discard the duplicate notification. The transmitted signal is received by a wireless access point 4 within the healthcare environment. The wireless access point 114 provides an interface between a wireless communication path (i.e., the wireless path 128) and a cable communication path (e.g., the cable communication path 11 shown in FIG. 3). After receiving the data related to the alarm or warning transmitted at block 1 51 0 and servo 1 10 9, server 9 performs a prerequisite (prec〇nditi) at block 1515 〇n) Check. The prerequisite call 3030 may include: associating an alarm or warning condition at 120 medical devices to a specific patient; associating the patient to a primary medical staff, also known as the first Medical staff (this connection can be performed at the central system servo unit 108a); and, the first medical staff is connected to the digital assistant 1 18 of the medical staff at the side. The server 10g uses the information obtained from the examination of its prerequisites at block 1 515 to the western therapy equipment 120 (and in one embodiment a specific channel 121 of the infusion pump 20) A relationship is established between the patient, the patient, the primary or first medical staff, and the digital assistant 118 of the first Lu medical staff. What is understandable is that there is a many-to-many relationship between multiple patients 112 and multiple healthcare professionals 116. Thus, a large number of first-level medical staff, many second-level medical staff, and many n-th level medical staff can be related to a specific patient. In addition, η-level escalation warnings are also feasible within this system. Typically, the server 108a has a many-to-many relationship between the patient and the caregiver 140 to 244022 members, and the patient-to-unit relationship. The server 1 08a transmits these relations to the server 109, and the server 1 09a stores the relations. Similarly, the server 108a transmits the connection from the medical staff in charge to the unit to the server 1009 for storage. After checking the prerequisites at block 1 51 5, the server 10 g decides the appropriate channel 121 for the mapping of patient 112 to medical staff 116. Once the mapping is complete, the server 109 judges at block 1520 whether the digital assistant 118 of the first medical staff is valid. If the digital assistant 118 of the 25th person is valid, the server 9 generates a signal representing the existence of the alarm or warning condition. The signal contains, for example, the name of the patient, the location of the patient, ward identification, bed identification, alarm or warning type, fact sheet, time, date, occupant identification, and / or prescription. In the preferred embodiment, the message is transmitted from the server 10 to the wireless access point 4. The wireless access point 114 then transmits the signal related to the alarm or warning condition to the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff via a wireless communication transmission at block 1525. The signal related to the alarm or warning condition can also be sent to a supervising medical staff, a secondary first medical staff, or a -secondary medical staff at the block MM. & Signals can be sent via benefit lines or wired communications. Furthermore, the caregiver can use a digital assistant 118, a desktop computer, or some other electronic device. The health care provider in charge-usually the supervisor or someone to report. In addition, the health care provider in charge can be someone who assists the health care worker's workflow 1244022 or who assists in monitoring an alert or warning situation. This signal is received by the medical assistant's digital assistant, and is then displayed at block 1530 in Figure 15. This box is provided to indicate the alarm or warning condition on the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff. The instructions on the paramedic's digital assistant can be visual, auditory, or visual and auditory. Furthermore, the visual indication may include one or more of text, images, symbols, and the like. Similarly, as explained above, the auditory indication may include various audio frequencies below various decibel levels. The visual and auditory indicators are configurable by the hospital. Fig. 16A is a screen showing an example of the day / night surface 1662a on the alarm / warning interface above the digital assistant i8 of the medical staff. The alarm list U 662a is a list of patients currently containing a list of active channel alarms / warnings. As shown in Figure 16A, the digital assistant 118 of the healthcare professional currently has three active alarm / warning indications. 'Sick heart has an alarm condition of 1 664, for "patient two, there is a sweet report of 1 666, and for" patient three, only ^ s s mouth r monthly status 1668. The name of the maternal patient and the corresponding honorable report / patrol = report image: a hyperlink to the appropriate pump warning report interface screen, which is a φ, as shown in Figure 17. In one embodiment, the list of the two diseases is filtered to include only the patients currently associated with the digital assistants 118 who are currently logged in to the display. The four people in this group are the patients who are the main medical staff or the health care staff of Feng Xiri's substitute; Haimei juice alert process was used. The alarm industry type TA t 0 / warning list interface 1 662 series, where i is in the normal medical staff, "J, displayed by clicking 1244022 in Alert / warning image on digital assistant i 丨 8 of West 4 staff 116. 4 8 7 2 to use. As explained above, when the alarm or warning condition is indicated above the digital assistant of the medical staff at block 5300, this instruction may be provided visually, audibly, or both. When an audible instruction is provided at the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff, the alarm image 4872 appears on the display n8a of the digital assistant 118 of the medical staff. If an audible instruction is presented, the medical staff can mute the audible instruction 'even if the medical staff has not responded to the alert or warning situation. If the medical staff does silence the alarm, the server 109 will start a silence timer. The visual indication will be maintained even if the auditory indication has been # sounded. As shown in Figure 6A, if an alarm / warning will provide an audible indication at the medical staff's digital assistant 118, but when the medical staff can be silenced, a silent alarm / warning image 4874 Department is provided. Furthermore, at the time of the alert / warning escalation alert IV, 'if or the medical staff does not respond to the alert within the time limit of the timer', the mute of the audible instructions may be unmuted. An audible indication—an alternative embodiment could be a warning of vibration. Furthermore, it can be appreciated that multiple alert / warning conditions can occur simultaneously or simultaneously in overlapping periods. Thus, a simultaneous or overlapping signal containing information related to the condition of that particular alarm or warning is generated at block 1510 and transmitted from the medical device 12 () to the server 1 09. The alarm / warning signal can originate from the same or different medical equipment. 20 Furthermore, the Lu Bao / Warning 彳 § number can be related to the same or different diseases. 143 1244022 However, as in the alarm / warning escalation process 1500 described herein for individual alarm / warning situations, each alarm / warning signal m is also routed. As shown in Figure 16A, a particular healthcare professional can have many alarm / warning conditions on his digital assistant i i 8. Another example of a warning / warning daytime face is shown above the interface daytime face 1 662b in Fig. 6β. As is typical in this system, the line labeled 1676 in 帛 ⑽ 图 = interface screen 1 662b indicates a list of ° ', and in this page, it clearly states that for a specific medical care List of personnel's alarm / warning instructions. The face-to-face personnel are already on the digital assistant 118 of the telemedicine staff. From the interface list in Figure A_select to view the hyperlink to the patient: of the alarm / warning instructions- Following these instructions, Figure 17 depicts a detailed patient alert / warning interface 1765. Here, the medical staff has selected the alarm indication 1664 for "Patient—". The details of the alarm / warning = Π65 provides the medical staff with a detailed message describing the reason for the alarm / warning. The medical staff can click Select on the update button 4819 to update the information currently displayed on the screen 1765. As shown in Figure 18: Φ 1867, there may be multiple alarms or the same patient Warnings 1878, 1882. This alarm / warning interface 1867 provides all active pump alarms / warnings that are related to a specific patient. These active pump alarms / warnings can come from multiple channels 121 = and / or | 120 'j ^ even spread to multiple hubs 107 and 1867 are used by designating a specific patient on the pump alarm list daytime surface gw 1244022 is transmitted to the digital assistant of the paramedics at # 15 at block 15 2 5 and is received at the digital assistant 118 of the main paramedics at block 1530 'at block 1535, a timer Tied to servo It is started at 09. The timer has a timer time limit. A typical alarm alert timer time limit is about 2 minutes; however, this limit can be set by the hospital configuration. At block 1540, The system determines whether the response was prolonged for the warning or alarm within the timer time limit: Out. If the timer time limit is reached without a response from the digital assistant 118 of the primary medical staff, the process The system proceeds to block 丨. At block 1545, the system conducts further inquiries regarding whether the alarm / warning condition has been answered or responded to at medical device 120. If the primary If the medical staff's digital assistant 118, medical equipment 120, or the medical staff in charge have not responded, the alarm / warning process is raised at block 545. If an alarm / warning is raised After the condition is triggered, but at any point before the alarm / warning condition is acknowledged, the alarm / alarm will be restored once the lost communication has been repaired. The condition will be issued again. Similarly, if an alarm / warning condition is triggered after losing communication, the alarm / warning condition will be issued again once the communication is re-established. When an alarm is raised the alarm At the time of the hearing, the server 109 performs another prerequisite check at block 1 550. The check of this prerequisite 1 550 may include: linking the patient to a secondary medical staff (this link can be Performed at the central system servo unit); and 145 1244022 'connects the second medical staff to the digital assistant of the medical staff, which is also referred to as the second medical staff's device or the second medical staff Personnel's digital assistant 118. 4 The server 1G9 uses its pre-determined item in the box to check the education information paid in order to identify the medical device, patient, secondary medical staff, and A relationship is established between the digital assistant of the second medical staff ΐ8. After the inspection of the first precondition at 1550, the server 109 can also determine whether the digital assistant 8 of the second medical staff is valid. If the digital assistant 118 of the second medical staff member is valid, the server 109 generates a signal indicating that the alarm or an alarm condition is raised to raise the alarm. The elevated alert signal also includes, for example, the patient's name, patient location, ward identification, bed identification, alarm or warning type, fact sheet, time, date, medical staff identification, and / or f . In the preferred embodiment, the signal of the lifted alert is transmitted from the server: 10 9 to the wireless access point i J 4. The wireless access point η 4 then transmits the elevated alert signal related to the alarm or warning condition to the digital assistant's digital assistant 118 via a wireless communication transmission at block 1555. A signal of an elevated alert related to the alert or warning condition may also be sent to a medical officer in charge at block 1555. The signal of the j-warning can be via wireless or wired communication. In addition, 莩 g staff can use digital assistants, desktop computers, or some other electronic device. As explained above, the medical staff in charge is generally the supervisor or someone who the medical staff wants to report, Either assisting the healthcare staff's 1244022 workflow or assisting in monitoring alerts or warnings. The signal of the lifted alert is received at block 1 560 in Figure 15 by the second medical assistant's digital assistant 118 and then displayed. This box is provided to indicate the alarm or warning condition on the digital assistant's digital assistant. The instructions on the device of the second healthcare worker may be visual, auditory, or visual and auditory. Furthermore, the visual indication may include one or more of text, images, symbols, and the like. Similarly, as explained above, the auditory indication may contain various auditory audio. The visual and audible indicators are set by the hospital configuration. It should be understood, however, that the original signal transmitted to the first medical staff seen at block 1 525 is still maintained at the digital assistant of the first medical staff, as in block 153 of FIG. 15 〇 Those shown. The signal at the digital assistant's 118 of the first medical staff can be boosted (ie, the signal can be displayed in a larger size or font, it can be flashing, the volume of the audible warning) Can be louder, etc.). After the secondary signal was transmitted to the digital assistant of the paramedic at block 1 555 and received at the digital assistant 118 of the secondary paramedic at block 1 560, there were at least two individuals (the First paramedics and / or paramedics) and at least two devices have an active alert / warning condition. Thus, any of these medical personnel can respond to the alarm / warning condition, as shown in blocks 1 540 and 1 565. The alarm process for the elevated alert will continue at block 1570 until the theta report / warning condition is on the computer or device of the medical staff's digital assistant 1 18, the medical staff in charge 147 1244022. First, or until the medical device 120 is removed. Please return to block 1 520, if the server 1 09 determines that the digital assistant 118 of the main medical staff is not valid, and if the server 1 09 determines at block 15 4 5 that the alarm / warning condition still exists At that time, the server 10 9 will proceed to block 1550 as discussed above to determine the appropriate secondary or in-charge medical staff to transmit the alert / warning signal. In addition, it can be appreciated that block 1520 can occur at any point during the 1500 escalation alert process of the alert / warning. One of the reasons for the failure of the medical staff's digital assistant 118 may be the loss of the signal from the server 109. As shown in the loss of communication interface day face 4501 in Figures 45A and 45B, when the signal is lost, the digital assistant will provide the medical staff 116-a day face indicating the lost signal 4501 and / Or audible / vibrating instructions. The loss of communication day and night 45i also informed medical staff 丨 6 about which patients' signals have been lost. At 4501 on the day, the system also provides medical staff 11 6 tips to solve the problem to regain a #. When the hub 107 or the digital assistant 118 is out of wireless range, φ, pump alarms and warnings cannot be received at the digital assistant. Other reasons for the failure of the digital assistant 118 may be a loss of battery power at the digital assistant 118, a loss of battery power at the wireless hub 107, or a loss of signals related to the access point 114 by the digital assistant. The system 210 does provide a low battery picture for the medical staff 116. As shown in "Interface Day 46 of Figure 6", one type of low battery day is a condition that warns health care providers of low battery when it is connected to the patient 148 1244022
輸液泵之無線集線器107之畫面。當一個低電量畫面被提 供時,該晝面係包含一個表列之輸液與該特定的集線器 107相關之病患。該病患的表列一般是被過濾成只包含目 月1J相關於登錄到顯示該畫面4603的數位助理118中之醫護 人員的病患、以及所有與該登錄的醫護人員共用相同的輸 液泵120/集線器1〇7之病患。透過該提昇警訊過程,此種 醫護人員至病患的關連可以是有關第一醫護人員或是次要 的酉濩人員。可瞭解到的是,醫護人員的數位助理丨1 8之 失效的其它理由也是可能的。儘管如此,若該醫護人員的 數位助理118在任何時點變為失效的,則該過程15〇〇可以 刖進至方塊1 550,使得該信號可以被傳送至次要的醫護人 :以及/或是掌管的醫護人員。再者,如以上相關於此揭 路内今之個逾日守特點以及其它的特點所解說的,若從伺 服器1 0 9或是醫療琴姑1 9 η &丄、s 厥為柯失去通矾信號時,則一個失去 信號的訊息可以如同在帛侃肖45B w中所示地被提供在 數位助理11 8之上。Picture of the wireless hub 107 of the infusion pump. When a low battery screen is provided, the diurnal face contains a listed infusion of patients associated with that particular hub 107. The patient's list is generally filtered to include only the patients in the month 1J who are related to the medical staff registered in the digital assistant 118 displaying this screen 4603, and all the infusion pumps 120 shared with the registered medical staff / Patient with hub 107. Through this escalation alert process, this kind of medical staff-to-patient relationship can be related to the primary medical staff or the secondary puppet staff. It can be understood that other reasons for the failure of the digital assistant of the healthcare staff 18 are also possible. Nonetheless, if the medical assistant's digital assistant 118 becomes ineffective at any point in time, the process 1500 can advance to block 1 550 so that the signal can be transmitted to the secondary healthcare worker: and / or Medical staff in charge. Furthermore, as explained above with regard to the present day-to-day characteristics and other characteristics of the road, if the server 10 or the medical piano 1 9 η & 丄, s is lost for Ke When the signal is communicated, a lost signal can be provided on the digital assistant 11 8 as shown in the Kankan 45Bw.
在。亥警報/警告過程期間中的任何時間•點,主要的醫護 人員都可以回應於該警報/警告信號。若主要的醫護人員 在方塊154G之處回應該警報/警告信號時,則該被提昇警 訊的過程將可避免之。然而,其 .^ …、向,右一個被提昇警訊的過程已 經在方塊1 550之處被起始砗,士莊u % 主要的醫師或是次要的醫護 人員可以在方塊1 565之處回靡於兮龄| U應於该警報/警告信號。類似 地,該警報/警告情況可以在盤銪 牡g報/警告的提昇警訊過程之 前或是在警報/警告的提昇擊部 s ^過程期間,在醫療器材120 149 1244022 之處或是藉由掌管的醫護人員在任何時間來加以解決。在 該警報/警告情況已經在方塊1540、方塊1 565之處,且在 醫療器材120或是藉由掌管的醫護人員加以解決之後,在 X西療為材12 〇處以及在該醫護人員的數位助理118處之 聽覺的警報將會在方塊1 540之處被終止。 伺服器109係在方塊1 585之處記錄所有的警報/警告 情j兄為-個事件。記錄該事件可以包含:記錄有關該警報 /警告情況的資訊;記錄回應該警報/警告情況的醫護人員 :記錄該警報/警告情況之最初的時間(請參見方塊祕) ;以及,記錄當該警報/警告情況被改正的時間。此外, 在方塊1590之處,該飼服器1()9將會重置該計時器並且更 新-個醫療器材的警報表列。該警報/警告情況也可以被 吕己錄在該泵的事件歷史中。 IE例用途之例早in. At any time during the alarm / warning process, key medical personnel can respond to the alarm / warning signal. If the primary medical staff responds to the alarm / warning signal at block 154G, the process of elevating the alarm will be avoided. However, its ^,…, right, the process of being promoted to the right has been initiated at block 1 550. Shizhuang u% The main physician or secondary medical staff can be at block 1 565 Back in time | U should respond to this alert / warning signal. Similarly, the alarm / warning condition may be before the alarm / warning ascent process or during the alarm / warning ascending section ^ at the medical device 120 149 1244022 or by The medical staff in charge is available to resolve it at any time. After the alarm / warning condition is already at block 1540, block 1 565, and is resolved by medical device 120 or by the medical staff in charge, it is at 120 and the digital number of the medical staff The audible alarm at Assistant 118 will be terminated at block 1 540. The server 109 records all alarms / warnings at block 1 585. This is an event. Recording the event may include: recording information about the alarm / warning condition; recording medical staff responding to the alarm / warning condition: the initial time when the alarm / warning condition was recorded (see box); and, when the alarm / Warning time when the situation was corrected. In addition, at block 1590, the feeder 1 () 9 will reset the timer and update an alarm list for the medical device. This alarm / warning condition can also be recorded in the pump's event history by Lu Ji. IE example uses early
“5A圖-第62圖是可以利用在此所述的系統來加 執仃之範例的動作之流程圖。範例的動作係包含施予新 輸液、掃描果通道、改變系被指定的通道、停止/中斷 液、恢復繼續輸液以及移除果。_般而言,這些動作的 從例如是數位助理118的電子裝置來接收輸入 二包含指出將被執行的動作之資訊、指明哪 病患112將受影響(例如,病患⑻的資訊、以及指明用 該將受影響的病患112之藥物124為何(例如,r二 訊。此資訊係接著被傳送至第一中央伺服器1()9第 中央祠服11⑽係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該輸2 150 1244022 貝訊,並且確認正確的輸液動作是否發生。 袷藥輪液過裎 第55A圖係說明給藥輸液過程55⑽的—個例子。該給 ’、别液過程5500的部份是以上概述的比較程彳之一 ㈣代的實施例。該給藥輸液過程5_可以被利用來開始 -項新的輸液。一般而言,該給藥輸液過程55〇〇係從一個 例如是數位助,里118的電子裝置接收輸入,該電子裝置係 包含指出將被執行的給藥輸液過程之資訊、指明哪位病患 112將受影響(例如,病患ID)的資訊、以及指明用於該: 被開始進行的病患112之藥物124為何(例如,RXID)的資 訊::過程5500係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器1〇9 X第中央伺服益1 〇 9係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該 輸液指令資訊,並且確認正確的輸液是否開始。 ° 更明確地說,該範例的給藥輸液過程5500開始於方塊 5502之處,第二中央伺服器1〇8a係使得數位助理ιΐ8顯 不一個病患表列。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理之顯示器 118a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患表列較佳 地疋限於與在该時間登錄到該數位助理1丨8的使用者(例如 ’醫濩人員11 6)相關之病患。一旦該使用者選擇一位病患 112之後’指明該選擇以及/或是該病患112的資訊係從該 數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。介於該數位 助理118以及第二中央伺服器1 08a之間的通訊可以經由例 如疋上述的無線/有線的網路1 〇 2之任何適當的通訊通道。 該第二中央飼服器l〇8a係接著在方塊5504之處使得該數 1244022 位助理1 1 8顯示一個動作矣加 _ 似動作表列。顯不-個動作表列的數位 助理之顯示器U8a的—個例子係被描繪在第25圖中。該 動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患112相關之動作。X 例如’m個輸液是目前與該所選的病患112 ,則將只有“給藥輸液”動作是可利用的。 、 當該使用者從該㈣表列選擇“給藥輸液、作時 明所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央飼服器⑽“ 為回應地,該第二中央伺服哭〗n … 天1』服斋108a係在方塊5506之處使 得數位助理118顯示一個畫面為提示該使用者從一個在數 位助理1181上所示的藥物表列中選擇將被輸液的藥物 124。顯示-個藥物表列的數位助理之顯示器心的—個 例子係被描繪在第26圖中。該藥物表列較佳地是根據用 於此病患U2之實際的指令以從第二中央伺服器ma的資 科庫中操取。當然,該表列可以具有任意數目的項目,其 包含沒有要給藥的輸液或是一項要給藥的輸液。指示該所 選的藥物m之資料係接著被傳送至第二中央伺服器1〇8& 〇 曰接著,該第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊55〇8之處使 ,數位助ί里118顯示—個畫面為提示該使用者掃描一個與 該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示該使用者掃 描-個與該病4 112相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助 理之顯示器118a的—個例子係被描繪在第36圖中。該使 ^者可以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在該病患的腕 12a之上的條碼標籤。或者是,該使用者可以人工地輸 152 1244022 入該病患識別符至數位助理118中。該病患識別符係接著 在方塊5510之處被傳送至第二中央伺服器1〇8a用於驗證 。該第二中央伺服器! 〇8a係接著嘗試在一個資料庫中查詢 該病患識別符。若該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)並未在該 貢料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則該第二中央 伺服器108a係在方塊5512之處使得該數位助理118顯示 一個無效的病患通知。一旦該使用者應答該無效的病患通 知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理118係在方塊55〇8之處 再次顯示該晝面以提示該使用者掃描一個與該病患112相鲁 關之機器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊5510之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID) 確员在该資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,第二 中央伺服器108a係在方塊5514之處使得數位助理118顯 不一個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個與將被施予的藥物 1 24相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示該使用者掃描一個 與該藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯 不器11 8a的一個例子係被描繪在第34圖中。該使用者可 0 以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在一袋的藥物124上 之藥物的標籤124a(例如,在一個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或 者是,該使用者可以人工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理 118中。該藥物識別符係接著在方塊5516之處被傳送至該 第二中央伺服器108a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器i〇8a 係嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符 (例如,袋ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識 153 1244022 別符時,則該第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊5518之處使 知忒數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用 者應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 118係在方塊5514之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃 描一個與該藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符以重新繼 續。 一旦獲得有效的藥物識別符後,該第二中央伺服器 l〇8a係使用該藥物識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患識 別符。來自該資料庫的病患識別符係接著在方塊552〇之處 與該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)病患識別符相比較,以判 斷該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)藥物124是否屬於該掃描 出的(或疋人工輸入的)病患!丨2。若該兩個病患識別符並 不相符時,則該第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊5518之處 使知该數位助理118顯示該無效的物品通知。 若該兩個病患識別符確實相符(亦即,此病患ιΐ2與此 ㈣124是相配的)時’則該第二中央飼服器㈣係在方 塊5522之處使得數位助理118顯示—個晝面為提示該使用 者輸入途徑、管線以及部位。提示使用者輸人途徑、管線 Η立的數位助理之顯示器⑽的一個例子係被描繪在 第 ®巾才曰不返#、官綉·以及部位的資料係接著在方 塊5524之處被傳送至該第二中央飼服器⑽用於驗證。 若途徑不相符發生時,則第二中央伺服器嶋係在方塊 =6之處使得數位助理118顯示—個途徑不相符的通知。 帶有不相符通知之數位助理之顯示器ma的—個例子係在 154 1244022 第40圖中被描繪。一旦使用者應答該途徑不相符的通知( 或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理118係在方塊5522之處再 次顯示該晝面以提示該使用者輸入途徑、管線以及部位。 若並未發生途徑不相符的話,則該第二中央伺服器i 〇8a係 在方塊5528之處使得數位助理118顯示一個畫面為要求該"Figure 5A-Figure 62 is a flowchart of the example actions that can be performed using the system described here. The example actions include applying a new infusion, scanning the fruit channel, changing the designated channel, and stopping / Interrupt the fluid, resume the infusion, and remove the fruit. In general, these actions receive input from an electronic device such as the digital assistant 118. The second contains information indicating the action to be performed, which patient 112 will be affected. Impact (for example, information on the sickness of the patient, and the drug 124 indicating which patient 112 will be affected (for example, the second message). This information is then transmitted to the first central server 1 () 9 and the second center The temple service 11 is to confirm whether the channel identification information is consistent with the infusion 2 150 1244022 and to confirm whether the correct infusion action has occurred. 袷 The medicine fluid is passed. Figure 55A illustrates an example of the infusion process 55⑽. 'The part of the infusion process 5500 is an example of one of the comparative procedures outlined above. The drug infusion process 5_ can be used to start a new infusion. In general, the drug infusion process 55 〇 〇Receives input from an electronic device, such as Digital Assistant, which contains information indicating the administration and infusion process to be performed, and which patient 112 will be affected (eg, patient ID) And the information indicating what (for example, RXID) of the drug 124 of the patient 112 that was started: Process 5500 then sends this information to the first central server 1109 1 〇9 confirms whether the channel identification information matches the infusion instruction information, and confirms whether the correct infusion started. ° More specifically, the example infusion process 5500 starts at block 5502, and the second central server 1 〇8a makes the digital assistant 8 display a patient list. An example of the digital assistant display 118a showing a patient list is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably limited to Patients who are logged in to the digital assistant 1 丨 8 at that time (for example, 'medical staff 11 6'). Once the user selects a patient 112 ', indicate the choice and / or the disease The information of 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central server 08a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server 108a can be performed via, for example, the above-mentioned wireless / wired Any suitable communication channel of the network 1 02. The second central feeding device 108a then causes the number 1244022 assistants 1 1 8 to display an action on the block 5504 like a list of actions. An example of a digital assistant's display U8a of an action list is depicted in Figure 25. The action list is preferably limited to actions related to the selected patient 112. X such as' m Each infusion is currently associated with the selected patient 112, and then only the "administer infusion" action will be available. 2. When the user selects from the list, "Information for administration of infusions, and the action of the selected time is transmitted to the second central feeding device" "In response, the second central servo cries〗 n… "Day 1" service 108a is at block 5506 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a screen to prompt the user to select the drug 124 to be infused from a drug list shown on the digital assistant 1181. An example of a digital assistant's display showing a drug list is depicted in Figure 26. The drug list is preferably retrieved from the repository of the second central server ma according to the actual instructions for the patient U2. Of course, the list can have any number of items, including either no infusion to be administered or one infusion to be administered. The data indicating the selected drug m is then transmitted to the second central server 108 and next, the second central server 108a is displayed at block 55008, and the digital assistant 118 displays A screen prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. An example prompting the user to scan a digital assistant display 118a of a machine-readable identifier associated with the disease 4 112 is depicted in FIG. The user can use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan the bar code label on the patient's wrist 12a. Alternatively, the user can manually enter 152 1244022 into the patient identifier into the digital assistant 118. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 5510. The second central server! 〇8a then tried to look up the patient identifier in a database. If the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the tribute store, the second central server 108a is at block 5512 to enable the digital assistant 118 displays an invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant 118 displays the daytime surface again at block 55008 to prompt the user to scan a patient 112 that is similar to the patient 112 Off machine-readable identifier. If at block 5510, the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) does exist in the database as a valid patient identifier, the second central server 108a is at block 5514 such that Digital assistant 118 displays a diurnal surface to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 1 24 to be administered. An example of a digital assistant display 11 8a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 is depicted in FIG. 34. The user may use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan the label 124a of the drug on a bag of the drug 124 (e.g., a barcode on a transfusion bag). Alternatively, the user may manually enter the medication identifier into the digital assistant 118. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 5516. The second central server 108 tries to query the drug identifier in the database. If the drug identifier (for example, the bag ID) does not exist in the database as a valid drug identifier 153 1244022, the second central server 108a makes the digital assistant at block 5518 known. 118 displays an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the screen again at block 5514 to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable machine associated with the drug 124 Identifier to resume. Once a valid drug identifier is obtained, the second central server 108a uses the drug identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The patient identifier from the database is then compared to the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5520 to determine the scanned (or manually entered) medication. Does 124 belong to the scanned (or manually entered) patient!丨 2. If the two patient identifiers do not match, the second central server 108a is at block 5518 so that the digital assistant 118 is notified to display the invalid item notification. If the two patient identifiers do match (ie, this patient ι 病 2 is compatible with this ㈣124) 'then the second central feeder is located at block 5522 so that the digital assistant 118 displays-a day The face is to prompt the user to enter the route, pipeline, and location. An example of a digital assistant ’s display that prompts the user to enter the pipeline, the pipeline stands, is depicted in Section # ® 才 曰 不 回 #, the official embroidery, and the data of the part is then transmitted to the box at block 5524 A second central feeder is used for verification. If a path mismatch occurs, the second central server will cause the digital assistant 118 to display a notification of a path mismatch at block = 6. An example of a display ma with a digital assistant for non-compliance notification is depicted in Figure 154 1244022, Figure 40. Once the user responds to the notification that the route does not match (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the daytime surface again at block 5522 to prompt the user to enter the route, pipeline, and location. If no discrepancies occur, the second central server i 08a makes the digital assistant 118 display a screen at block 5528 to request the
使用者在人工的處方比較以及自動的處方比較之間做選擇 。在方塊5530之處,若人工的處方比較被選擇時,則該第 二中央伺服器108a係在方塊5532之處使得數位助理118 顯示一個指示為參數將藉由該使用者而人工地被驗證。 接著,第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊5534之處判斷 是否有另外的物品(例如,藥物)要施加用於此病患112。 例如,在方塊5506中所選的輸液指令可能需要主要的輸液Users choose between manual prescription comparisons and automatic prescription comparisons. At block 5530, if a manual prescription comparison is selected, the second central server 108a is at block 5532 so that the digital assistant 118 displays an indication that the parameter will be manually verified by the user. Next, the second central server 108a determines at block 5534 if there are additional items (eg, drugs) to be applied to the patient 112. For example, the infusion instruction selected in block 5506 may require a major infusion
以及小軟袋輪液。若有另外的物品(例如,藥物)要施加月 於此病患112時,則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊551 之處使得該數位助理118顯示該晝面為提示使用者掃描一 個與將被施予的藥& 124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。輕 示該使用者掃描-個與該藥@ 124相關之機器可讀取的詰 別符之數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在聋 3/圖中。若沒有另外的物品(例如,藥物)要施加用於此病 患112,則第二巾央伺服器馳係在方塊55%之處使棉 數位助理118顯示一個畫面為展示該給藥結果。展示該仏 118a 1 0 9 °例如 該些給藥結果亦被傳遞至第一中央伺服器 155 1244022And small soft bag liquid. If there is another item (for example, a drug) to be applied to the patient 112, the second central server 108a is at block 551 so that the digital assistant 118 displays the day surface as a prompt for the user to scan a A machine-readable identifier associated with the medicine to be administered & 124. An example of the digital assistant's display 118a that taps the user to scan a machine-readable 诘 symbol associated with the drug @ 124 is depicted in Deaf 3 / figure. If there is no other item (for example, a drug) to be applied to this patient 112, the second towel server will make the cotton digital assistant 118 display a screen at 55% of the box to show the result of the administration. Display the 仏 118a 1 0 9 ° For example, the results of these administrations are also transmitted to the first central server 155 1244022
給藥結果可以被傳遞至第一中央伺服器ι〇9作為表 早(form)變數(猶如從一個網頁所提供的)。該第一中央伺 服器109係接著在方塊5538之處檢查所有的給藥結果是否 有任何失敗。若沒有失敗的話,則第一中央飼服器1〇9係 在方塊5540之處係將所有新的通道一病患一藥物的關係交給 第:中央伺服n 1G9的資料庫。該第_中央伺服器1〇9係 接著在方塊5542之處,藉由瀏覽至與第二中央伺服器 l〇8a相關之預先定義的URL,以將控制權還給該第二中央 伺服器108a。若有一或多個失敗,則第一中央飼服器1〇9 係在方塊5544之處拋棄與該些失敗相關之通道-病患—藥物 的關係,並且將與成功相關之通道-病患-藥物的關係交給 孩第中央伺服器1 〇 9的資料庫。該些失敗可能是與該第 二中央伺服器108a以及/或是第一中央伺服器1〇9相關的 。於是,當該第一中央伺服器109在方塊5546之處藉由瀏 I至與該第二中央伺服器1 〇8a相關之預先定義的URL以將 控制權還給第二中央伺服器1 〇8a時,第一中央伺服器1 〇9The results of the dosing can be passed to the first central server as a form variable (as if provided from a web page). The first central server 109 then checks at block 5538 for any failures in the administration results. If there is no failure, the first central feeding device 109 will hand over all the new channel-patient-medicine relationships to the first: central servo n 1G9 database at block 5540. The first central server 109 then returns to the second central server 108a at block 5542 by browsing to a predefined URL related to the second central server 108a. . If there are one or more failures, the first central feeder 109 discards the channel-patient-drug relationship related to those failures at block 5544, and the channel-patient- The drug relationship is handed over to the Children's Central Server 1009 database. The failures may be related to the second central server 108a and / or the first central server 108. Therefore, when the first central server 109 at block 5546 returns the control right to the second central server 108a by browsing to the predefined URL associated with the second central server 108a Time, the first central server 1 〇9
車乂佳地係傳遞與該第一中央伺服器1 〇 9相關的失敗(例如, 完整性的失敗)回到該第二中央伺服器。 請回到方塊5530,若自動的處方比較被選擇時,則第 二中央伺服器108a係在方塊5531之處傳送一個“處方比較 ’’XML文件至第一中央伺服器ι〇9。該“處方比較”XML文件 係包含該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)、藥物識別符(例如 ’袋ID)、完成的URL以及取消的URL。該完成的URL是若 發現處方相符時所使用的一個網路位址。該取消的URL是 156 1244022 若未發現處方相符時所使用的一個網路位址。 一第中央伺服态109接收到“處方比較,,xml文件 後,該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5548之處判斷該“處 方比較”XML文件是否為有效的。例,第一中央伺服器 ⑽可以檢查是否通常在“處方比較,,鼠文件中預期會有^ 任何資料是接收到的“處方比較” XML文件所缺少的。若該 第一中央伺服器1〇9判斷該“處方比較”XML文件不是有效 的,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊555〇之處使得數位助 理118顯示-個錯誤訊息以指出讓使用者知道該“處方比較 動作無法被執仃。此顯示可以包含―個理由為例如哪個資 料是該“處方比較” XML文件所缺少的。在使用者按下一個 “〇κ”按鈕以認知該錯誤訊息之後,該第一中央伺服器⑽ 係在方塊5552之處,經由取消的飢以將一個取消碼傳回 給第二中央伺服器l〇8a。The car is best to pass the failure (eg, the failure of integrity) related to the first central server 109 back to the second central server. Please return to block 5530. If an automatic prescription comparison is selected, the second central server 108a sends a "prescription comparison" XML file to the first central server at block 5531. The "prescription" The "Compare" XML file contains the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID), medication identifier (eg, 'bag ID'), completed URL, and cancelled URL. The completed URL is used if a prescription is found to match A network address. The cancelled URL is 156 1244022. A network address used when no prescription match is found. The first central server state 109 receives the "prescription comparison. After the xml file, the first central server The browser 109 determines at block 5548 whether the "prescription comparison" XML file is valid. For example, the first central server can check whether the "prescription comparison" is expected in the rat file. ^ Any information is missing from the received "prescription comparison" XML file. If the first central server 1〇 9 determines that the "prescription comparison" XML file is not valid, then the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an error message at block 5550 to indicate to the user that the "prescription comparison action cannot be performed" Alas. This display can include a reason, for example, which data is missing from the "prescription comparison" XML file. After the user presses a "〇κ" button to recognize the error message, the first central server is located at block 5552, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server through the cancelation process. 〇8a.
右第中央伺服器1 〇9判斷該“處方比較,,XML文件是 冗效的,則該第-中央伺服器、1〇9係起始一個通道掃描過 ^ 5554。一般而言,該通道掃描過程π”係提示使用者 知j個與新的,,泵通道(例如,泵通道ι〇⑷相關之機琴 可項取的識別# ’並且判斷是否該掃描出的通道是可利用 的(例如,未被指定給任何病患、112;被指定給目前的病患 仁未在使用中,被指定給其他病患丨12並且被覆寫的 rwr it ten) ’等等)。若該掃描出的通道不是可利用的 ,則該“給藥輸液”動作係被取消。纟此種事件中,該第一 、伺服器109係經由取消的URL以將取消碼傳回第二中 157 1244022 央伺服态108a。若該掃描出的通道是可利用的,則一個新 的通道-病患-藥物之關係係被產生。該通道掃描過程5554 係在以下參考第56圖更加詳細地被描述。 若该通道掃描過程5554判斷該掃描出的通道是有效且 可利用的,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5556之處使得 數位助理118顯示一個晝面為提示使用者來規劃該泵通道 。較佳地,該數位助理之顯示器U8a係包含一個“比較,,按 鈕以及一個取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道_ _ 病患-藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的 URL以將取消碼傳回第二中央伺服器1〇8&。若使用者按下 该‘比較”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊556〇之處 判斷與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。例如,若狀態資 Λ尚未在一段預先定義的期間之内從該通道被接收到時, 第一中央伺服器' 1 09 Τ以判斷出與該泵通道的通訊並未適 若與。亥泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作時,則第一中央The right central server 1 009 judges that the “prescription comparison, the XML file is redundant, then the first central server, 109 series starts a channel scan ^ 5554. Generally speaking, the channel scan "Process π" prompts the user to know about the new, pump channel (for example, the optional identification of the machine channel related to the pump channel ι〇⑷) and determine whether the scanned channel is available (for example , Not assigned to any patient, 112; the kernel assigned to the current patient is not in use, assigned to other patients 丨 12 and overwritten rwr it ten) 'and so on). If the scanned channel is not available, the "administration infusion" action is cancelled.纟 In such an event, the first server 109 sends the cancellation code to the second middle server 157 1244022 via the canceled URL. If the scanned channel is available, a new channel-patient-drug relationship is created. The channel scanning process 5554 is described in more detail below with reference to FIG. 56. If the channel scanning process 5554 determines that the scanned channel is valid and available, the first central server 109 is at block 5556 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a daylight surface to prompt the user to plan the pump. aisle. Preferably, the digital assistant's display U8a includes a "compare, button, and a cancel" button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central server 109 discards the new channel at block 5558__patient-drug relationship, and passes the canceled URL at block 5552 To send the cancellation code back to the second central server 108 and the user. If the user presses the 'compare' button, the first central server 109 judges the communication with the pump channel at block 5560. Whether it works properly. For example, if the status information Λ has not been received from the channel within a predefined period, the first central server '1 09 T determines that the communication with the pump channel is not appropriate. When the communication of the Hai pump channel is not working properly, the first central
码 %权莰妞以及一個“ 109係在方塊5558之處拋棄 ’並且在方塊5552之處經由 第二中央伺服器l〇8a。若使 ^ …于乂 牧紐以及一個“取消 消”按紐,則第一中央伺服器 I道的通訊,所以處方的比較 之顯示器118a較佳地係包含 肖’’按鈕。若使用者按下該“取 該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係, 該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第 158 1244022 用者按下a比較按知,則第一中央伺服器1 〇9係在方塊 6 〇之處再-人檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。 若與該泵通道的通訊為適當地運作的,則第一中央伺 的109係在方塊5564之處判斷是否有缺少任何與此通道 個預期的序就時’則第一中央飼服器i〇9可以判斷出與此 =道相關的資料是有缺少的。若通道資料是有缺少的,則 弟一中央伺服H 1G9係在方塊5564之處使得數位助理118 -貝不㈤晝面為指出由於缺少通道資料,因此處方的比較籲 無法被執行。再者,數位助理之顯示器U8a較佳地是包含 :個“比較”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下該“取 消”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5558之處拋棄 η亥新的通道—病患-藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由 4取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。若使 · 用者按下該“比較,,按鈕時,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方 塊5560之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否為適當地運作 的。 _ 右 >又有缺少通道資料,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 塊5568之處判斷該通道是否已經在運行。例如,第一中央 伺服裔1 09可以藉由讀取從該通道接收的狀態資訊來判斷 該泵通道是否在運行。若該通道已經在運行,則第一中央 伺服态1 0 9係在方塊5 5 7 0之處使得數位助理丨丨8顯示一個 晝面為指出因為該通道已經在運行,所以處方的比較無法 被執行。指出處方的比較無法被執行的數位助理之顯示器 159 1244022 118a的一個例子係被描繪在第42圖中。該數位助理之顯. 示器118a也可以指出使用者應該按下在該泵12〇之上的某.. 個知:鍵(例如,開始)。再者,該數位助理之顯示器11 h 較佳地係包含一個“比較,,按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使 用者按下§亥“取消”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器i 〇9係在方塊 5558之處拋棄該新的通道—病患_藥物之關係,並且在方塊 5552之處經由該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服 器l〇8a。若使用者按下該“比較,,按鈕,則第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊5572之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適修 當地運作。 若與该泵通道的通訊並未適當地運作時,則第一中央 伺服器109係在方塊5574之處使得數位助理118顯示一個 晝面為指出由於失去與該泵通道的通訊,所以處方的比較 無法被執行。再者,數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a較佳地係包含 —個“比較,,按鈕以及一個“取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該“取 消”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5558之處拋棄 該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由鲁 該取消的URL傳回該取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8&。若使 用者按下該“比較”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 5574之處再次檢查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若 與該泵通道的通訊係適當地運作,則第—中央伺服哭】 係在方塊5576之處執行該被請求之處方的比較。 請回到方塊5568,若該通道未在運行時,則第一中央 伺服裔1 0 9係在方塊5 5 7 8之處判斷該泵通道是否準備好要 160 1244022 目%、 °若該泵通道並未準備好要傳送速率資訊時The code% right girl and a "109 are discarded at block 5558 'and pass through the second central server 108a at block 5552. If you use ^ ... on the Shemu New Zealand button and a" Cancel Cancel "button, Then the communication of the first central server 1 channel, so the comparison display 118a of the prescription preferably includes the "Shaw" button. If the user presses the "take the new channel-patient-drug relationship, the cancellation URL returns the cancellation code to the 158th 1244022. If the user presses a to compare, then the first central server 1 009 is located at block 6 0, and the person checks whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. . If the communication with the pump channel is properly functioning, the first central server 109 judges at block 5564 if there is any lack of expected sequence with this channel. Then the first central feeder i. 9 It can be judged that there is a lack of information related to this channel. If the channel information is missing, then the central servo H 1G9 at the block 5564 makes the digital assistant 118-Bei Buzhi day face to point out that due to the lack of channel data, the comparison of the prescription cannot be performed. Moreover, the display U8a of the digital assistant preferably includes: a "Compare" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server 109 is in a box The new channel-patient-drug relationship is discarded at 5558, and the cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the 4 cancel URL at block 5552. If the user presses The "comparison, when the button is pressed, the first central server 109 checks again at block 5560 whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. _ Right > If there is a lack of channel data, the first central server 丨 〇9 determines whether the channel is already running at block 5568. For example, the first central servo system can determine whether the pump channel is running by reading the status information received from the channel. If the channel is already running, the first central servo state 1 0 9 is at the block 5 5 7 0 so that the digital assistant 丨 8 displays a day surface to indicate that because the channel is already running, the comparison of the prescription cannot be carried out. An example of a digital assistant's display 159 1244022 118a indicating that the comparison of prescriptions cannot be performed is depicted in Figure 42. The digital assistant's display 118a may also indicate that the user should press a certain: key (eg, start) on the pump 12o. Furthermore, the display 11 h of the digital assistant preferably includes a “Compare,” button and a “Cancel,” button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server i 009 discards the new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5558, and passes the canceled at block 5552. The URL returns the cancellation code to the second central server 108a. If the user presses the "comparison," button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 5572 whether the communication with the pump channel works properly. If the communication with the pump channel is not properly In operation, the first central server 109 is at block 5574 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a daylight surface to indicate that the comparison of prescriptions cannot be performed due to loss of communication with the pump channel. Furthermore, the digital assistant's display 8a preferably includes a "compare," button and a "cancel" button. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server 109 discards the new channel-patient-medicine relationship at block 5558, and transmits it via the URL of the cancellation in block 5552 Return the cancellation code to the second central server 108 &. If the user presses the "Compare" button, the first central server 099 checks again at block 5574 whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. If the communication with the pump channel is working properly, then the first central servo cry is performed at block 5576, where the comparison of the requested party is performed. Please return to block 5568. If the channel is not running, the first central servo line 1 0 9 is at block 5 5 7 8 to determine whether the pump channel is ready. 160 1244022 mesh%, ° If the pump channel When not ready to send rate information
、’弟-中央飼服器1〇9係在方塊5580之處使得數位助理 8顯不-個畫面為指出因為該通道並未傳送速率資訊, :::處方的比較無法被執行。指出處方的比較無法被執行 勺數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第41圖 二。該數位助理之顯示器118a也可以指出使用者應該按下 邊泵120之上的某一個按鍵(例如,速率)。再者,數位 助里之頌不益118a較佳地係包含一個‘‘比較,,按鈕以及一個 取消”按1丑。若使用者按下該“取消,,按雀丑,則第—中央伺 服益109係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道_病患—藥物之 關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的URL傳回該取消 碼至第二中央飼服器1〇8a。若使用者按下該“比較,,按紐時 ,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5572之處再次檢查與該 泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。若該泵通道係準備好要傳 达速率資訊,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5576之處執 行該被請求之處方的比較。 作為處方的比較之部分,第一中央伺服器1〇9係使用修 精由該通道掃描過程5554所獲得的通道識別符以及由第二 中央伺服器l〇8a所傳送的病患識別符,以在該資料庫中查 詢一個藥物識別符(或是若主要的藥物124以及小軟袋藥物 124兩者都與此通道相關時,則為兩個藥物識別符)。來自 該資料庫的藥物識別符係接著在方塊5582之處與該掃描出 的(或疋人工輸入的)藥物識別符相比較。若來自該資料庫 的藥物識別符中之一個藥物識別符並不相符該掃描出的( 161 1244022 或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符時,第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在 方塊5584之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的藥物通知 二例如’该數位助王里i 18可以顯示一個訊息為該掃描出的 樂物124並未與該掃描出的通道相關,並且指出實際被指 定給該掃描出的通道之藥物124(若可適用的話,為主要以 及小軟袋兩者)。再者,數位助理之顯示器u8a較佳地係 包含—個“比較”按叙以及一個“取肖”独。若使用者按下 該“取消,,按紐’則第—中央伺服器109係在方塊现之處 ㈣㈣㈣m藥物之關係’並且在方塊舰之處 ,由該取消的祖傳回該取消碼至第二中央祠服器雨a。 右使用者技下„亥比較按鈕時,則第一中央伺服器1 係 在4 572之處再_人檢查與該果通道的通訊是否適當地運 作。 作為處方的比& ΑΑ Μ \ ^ 敉之額外的部分,該第一中央伺服器 109係使二藉由該通道掃描過程5554所獲得的通道識別符 以=由該第二中央伺服器1G8a所傳送的病患識別符,以在 5亥負料庫中查詢一個攀物十A — Μ 速率。來自該資料庫的藥物速率 係接著在方塊5584之處與實際從該线道所接收的速率相 心4來自該資料庫的藥物速率並不相符實際從該栗通 道所接收的速率時,Ρ丨丨笛_ 士丄y 、J弟中央伺服器109係在方塊5586 之處使得該數位助理1 1 R贴- 助埋118顯不一個速率不相符的通知。具 有不相符的通知之數你日^ _ 4助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被 描繪在第40圖中。例如, ^ 、、、 μ數位助理118可以顯示一個訊 息為該通道的速率摩琴姑▲ I午應並且指出正確的值。再者 162 1244022 ,數位助理之顯示器1 18a較佳地係包含一個“比較,,按鈕以 及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則第一 中央伺服為1 09係在方塊5558之處拋棄該新的通道—病患_ 藥物之關係,並且在方塊5552之處經由該取消的URL傳回 該取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a。若使用者按下該“比較,, 按鈕時,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5572之處再次檢 查與該泵通道的通訊是否適當地運作。 此外,該數位助理之顯示器1丨8a可以包含一個“接受 不相符”按鈕。若使用者按下該“接受不相符,,按鈕,則第一 中央伺服器109係在方塊5588之處’經由該完成的URL來 傳回-個不相符碼以及該不相符的速率至第二中央伺服器 l〇8a。右在方塊5584之處,來自該資料庫的藥物速率確實 相符實際從㈣通道所接收的速率時,則第_中央飼服器 109係在方塊5590之處使得數位助王里118暴員示一個相符通 知。具有相符通知的數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係 被描繪在帛39圖中。—旦使用者接受該相符通知的訊息 後’該第-中央伺服器109係在方塊5588之處,經由該二 成的URL來傳回一個相符碼以及該相符的速率至第二中央 伺服器108a。 _ ' 逐,產掃描用於藥 第56圖係說明在以上參考第 可弟55圖所用之通道掃描過 程5554的一個例子。一般而言 茨通道知描過程5554係 提醒使用者掃描一個與泵通道相關 丨荆爻柃态可讀取的識別符 ,並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否 〇 a J利用的(例如,被指 163 1244022 定f目前的病患U2,但未在使用中)。若該掃描出的通道· 不疋可利用的,貝彳“給藥輸液,,動作係被取消。在此種事件 中、,該第一中央伺服器109係經由該取消的URL傳回一個 取消碼至第二中央伺服器108a。若該掃描出的通道是可利 用的則一個新的通道-病患-藥物之關係將被產生。 更明確地說,該舉例的通道掃描過程5554係開始於第 一中央伺服器109係在方塊56〇2之處使得數位助理118顯 不一個晝面為提示使用者選擇一個次通道(例如,主要的 或是小軟袋),並且掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀取_ 的識別付 &示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀 取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪 在第38圖中。例如,使用者可以使用數位助理^ 18的掃描 器來掃描一個與該通道相關之條碼標籤。或者是,使用者 可以人工地輸入該通道識別符至該數位助理118中。此外 ,使用者可以選擇略過該掃描過程,此將會造成經由該完 成的URL而回到該第二中央伺服器丨〇8a、或者是使用者可 以選擇取消該掃描,此將會造成經由該取消的URL而回到 _ 該第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 忒通道識別符係接著在方塊5 6 〇 4之處被傳送至該第一 中央祠服為109用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係接著 嘗試來在該資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符 在該資料庫中並未存在為一個有效的通道識別符(例如, 未被適當地格式化、未在第一中央伺服器丨〇9中被組態設 定、等等)時,則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊56〇6之 164 1244022 處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如,該 數位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中 央伺服器1 09中被組態設定,並且其係包含按鈕以容許使 用者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選 擇取消該動作’則第一中央祠服器1 〇 9較佳地是在方塊 5 6 0 8之處,經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後,第一中央祠服 器1 09係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患 識別符。該第一中央伺服器109係接著在方塊561〇之處比 較來自該資料庫的病患識別符與該掃描出的(或是人工輸 入的)病患識別付。若一個有效的病患識別符存在於該資 料庫中’但該兩個病患識別符並不相符(亦即,該通道係 被指定給不同的病患丨丨2)時,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在 方塊5612之處檢查該資料庫,以查看該通道是否在運行( 在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。 若該通道是在運行,則第一中央伺服器1 09係在方塊 5614之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“無法覆寫,,的錯誤訊 息’其係才曰出一位不同的病患丨丨2係與該掃描出的通道相 關,並且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含資 料為指出與该掃描出的通道相關之病患丨12(例如,病患的 名稱)、主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳 地’使用者係被給予選擇權以取消或是重新掃描。若使用 者遠擇取消该動作,則第一中央伺服器1 09係在方塊5608 165 1244022 之處,經由該取消的i贈佶、、, 月的吼傳迗一個取消碼至第 器购。若使用者選擇重新掃描,則第 :她 係在方塊_2之處使得數位助理ιι8顯示該書二: 用者選擇-個次通道(例如,主要的或是小軟幻:並= 個與料道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 右0亥通道未正在運行時,則第一中央伺服器109伟在 方塊561 6之處使得數介狀Ί,n 1乐在 止 18顯不一個“繼續覆寫,,的警 口 Λ息為指出一位不同的、忘# η的病患112係與該掃描出的通道相‘Brother-Central Feeder 109’ is placed at block 5580 so that the digital assistant 8 is shown. The screen shows that because the channel does not transmit rate information, the comparison of ::: prescription cannot be performed. It is pointed out that the comparison of prescriptions cannot be performed. An example of the display 118a of the digital assistant is depicted in Fig. 41, Fig. 2. The digital assistant's display 118a may also indicate that the user should press a certain button (e.g., rate) on the side pump 120. In addition, the digital help chanting inferiority 118a preferably includes a "comparison, button, and a cancel" button. If the user presses the "cancel, press the button, then the first-the central servo Yi 109 discards the new channel_patient-drug relationship at block 5558, and returns the cancellation code to the second central feeder 108a via the cancelled URL at block 5552. If the user presses the "Compare" button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 5572 whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. If the pump channel is ready to communicate Rate information, the first central server 109 performs the comparison of the requested place at block 5576. As part of the comparison of the prescription, the first central server 109 scans the channel using trimming The channel identifier obtained in process 5554 and the patient identifier transmitted by the second central server 108a to query a drug identifier in the database (or if the main drug 124 and the small soft bag drug 124 when both are related to this channel, then they are two drug identifiers.) The drug identifiers from this database are then matched with the scanned (or manually entered) drug identifiers at block 5582. Compare. If one of the drug identifiers from the database does not match the scanned (161 1244022 or manually entered) drug identifier, the first central server 丨 〇9 Block 5584 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid medication notification. For example, 'the digital assistant Wang i 18 can display a message that the scanned music object 124 is not related to the scanned channel, and indicates that the The drug 124 assigned to the scanned channel (both main and small soft bags, if applicable). Furthermore, the digital assistant's display u8a preferably includes a "comparison" button and a "take" button. Xiao "alone. If the user presses the" Cancel, press the button "then-the central server 109 is the relationship between the medicine and the place where the cube is present" and at the place of the cube ship, the canceled ancestor returns the cancellation Yard to the second central shrine server Yu a. When the right user presses the "Hai compare button", the first central server 1 is located at 4 572 and then checks whether the communication with the fruit channel works properly. As a prescription ratio & ΑΑ Μ \ ^ 敉As an additional part, the first central server 109 causes the channel identifier obtained by the channel scanning process 5554 to be equal to the patient identifier transmitted by the second central server 1G8a to The negative material library is queried for a rate of ten A—M. The drug rate from the database is next to the actual rate received from the lane at block 5584. 4 The drug rate from the database is not When the actual rate received from the pump channel is met, the central server 109 of P 丨 _ _ _ _ _ _ _ _ and _ _ _ _ _ the central server 109 at the block 5586 makes the digital assistant 1 1 R stickers-help bury 118 shows a rate does not Matching notifications. The number of non-matching notifications. ^ _ 4 An example of the assistant's display 118a is depicted in Figure 40. For example, ^ ,,, μ Digital Assistant 118 can display a message for the channel Speed Moqin Aunt ▲ I should and Indicate the correct value. Furthermore, 162 1244022, the digital assistant's display 1 18a preferably includes a "Compare," button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first The central servo discards the new channel-patient_drug relationship at block 5558 at block 5558, and returns the cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL at block 5552. If the user presses the "Compare," button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 5572 whether the communication with the pump channel is working properly. In addition, the digital assistant's display 1 丨8a may include an "accept disagree" button. If the user presses the "accept disagree" button, the first central server 109 is located at block 5588 'via the completed URL-a no The coincidence code and the disagreement rate go to the second central server 108a. Right at block 5584, when the drug rate from the database does match the actual rate received from the puppet channel, the _ Central Feeder 109 is located at block 5590, causing the digital assistant Wangli 118 to show one Match notification. An example of the digital assistant U8a with a matching notification is depicted in Figure 39. -Once the user accepts the message of the compliance notification, 'the first-central server 109 is at block 5588 and returns a matching code and the matching rate to the second central server 108a via the 20% URL. . _ 'By-product, product scan for medicine Figure 56 illustrates an example of the channel scan process 5554 used above with reference to Figure 55. Generally speaking, the channel description process 5554 reminds the user to scan a readable identifier associated with the pump channel, and to determine whether the scanned channel is used by the user (for example, referred to as 163 1244022 patients with U2 currently, but not in use). If the scanned channel is unavailable, the action is canceled. "In this case, the first central server 109 returns a cancellation via the cancelled URL." Code to the second central server 108a. If the scanned channel is available, a new channel-patient-drug relationship will be generated. More specifically, the example channel scanning process 5554 starts at The first central server 109 is located at the block 5602 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a day and day to prompt the user to select a secondary channel (for example, a primary or small soft bag) and scans a channel related to the channel. An example of the machine-readable identification of the digital assistant ' s display 118a of a user scanning a digital assistant's machine-readable identifier associated with the channel is depicted in Figure 38. For example, the user A digital assistant ^ 18 scanner can be used to scan a barcode label associated with the channel. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the channel identifier into the digital assistant 118. In addition, the user You can choose to skip the scanning process, which will cause the completion of the URL to return to the second central server 〇8a, or the user can choose to cancel the scan, which will result in the cancellation of the URL Return to the second central server 108a. The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central server 109 for verification at block 5 6 04. The first central server 丨 〇 The 9 series then attempts to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist in the database as a valid channel identifier (for example, it is not properly formatted, When the central server is configured, etc.), then the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid channel notification at blocks 560-6164-1244022. For example, The digital assistant 118 can display a message that the channel is not configured in the first central server 109, and it includes a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action. use If the person chooses to cancel the action, then the first central server 1009 is preferably located at block 5608, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. Once a valid After the channel identifier, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to look up a patient identifier in the database. The first central server 109 then compares the number from block 5610. The patient identifier in the database is related to the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier. If a valid patient identifier exists in the database ', but the two patient identifiers are not When they match (that is, the channel is assigned to a different patient 丨 2), the first central server 丨 09 checks the database at block 5612 to see if the channel is running (at Main and / or small pouch mode). If the channel is running, the first central server 1 09 is located at block 5614, so that the digital assistant 118 displays an "Unable to overwrite, error message 'It is said that a different patient 丨 丨2 is related to the scanned channel, and the channel is currently running. The error message may also include data to indicate the patient related to the scanned channel 丨 12 (for example, the name of the patient), the main drug 124 and / or small soft bag of medicine 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 1 09 is at block 5608. 165 1244022, through the canceled gift, the month of roar, pass a cancel code to the first device purchase. If the user chooses to rescan, the first: she is in the box _2 to make the digital assistant ιι8 Show the second book: The user selects-a secondary channel (for example, primary or minor soft magic: and = a machine-readable identifier associated with the material channel. When the right channel is not running, the first A central server 109 in box 56 The 16 points make the number intermediary Ί, n 1 happy to stop at 18, "continue to overwrite, and the warning message is to point out a different patient 112 who forgot # η and the scan out. Channel phase
關,但是該通道目俞廿土 +、史ν J並未在運行。較佳地,該鑿止訊拿Off, but the channel Mu Yutu +, Shi ν J is not running. Preferably, the chisel stop
指出該繼續將會覆寫現有的資料(例如,消除與另口 ^病 患112的關連)。該警告訊息也可以包含資料為指示與該掃 描出的通道相關之病患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的 藥物⑶以及/或是小軟袋藥物124。較佳地,使用者係被 給^選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取 4該動作’則第-中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊56〇8之處,經 ^亥取消的肌傳送—個取消碼至第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 若使用者選擇重新掃描時,則第-中央伺服器109係在方 塊5602之處使得數位助理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者選 擇-個次通道(例如’主要的或是小軟袋),並且掃描一個 與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描一 通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示 =^18a的一個例子係被描繪在第38圖中。若使用者選擇 繼績,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5618之處產生一個 新的通道—病患_藥物之關係,並且儲存該新的通道-病患一 166 1244022 藥物之關係在目前的“網路會談,,中。若此新的通道—病患一 藥物之關係最終會被保存時,則第一中央伺服器109係將 該新的通道-病患-藥物之關係交給第一中央伺服器1〇9的 貝料庫(如上詳細所述之第55圖的方塊5540)。 右在方塊5620之處,一個有效的病患識別符係存在於 為貧料庫中’並且該兩個病患識別符確實相符(亦即,該 通道係被指定給此病患112 )時,則第一中央伺服器丨〇 9係 在方塊5622之處檢查該資料庫以查看該次通道是否為空的 換口之,若在方塊5602中選擇主要的次通道,則第一中 央伺服器109係檢查是否沒有與此通道相關之主要的輸液 ,並且若在方塊5602中選擇小軟袋次通道時,其係檢查是 否/又有與此通道相關之小軟袋輸液。若該次通道是空的, 則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊5618之處產生一個新的通 道-病患-藥物之關係,並且儲存該新的通道-病患—藥物之 關係在目前的“網路會談,,中。若該次通道不是空的,則第 -中央伺服器109係在方塊5624之處檢查該資料庫以查看 該㈣道是否在運行(在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。 右4久通道正在運行,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 免5626之處使知數位助理i 18 _示一個“無法覆寫,,的錯誤 訊息’其係指出此病患112已經與該掃描出的通道相關, 並亡該所選的次通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包 含貧料為指出病患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的藥物 及/或是小軟袋_ 124。較佳地,使用者係被給予 k擇權以取4或疋重新掃描。若該使用者選擇取消該動作 167 1244022 ,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5608之處,經由該取消 的URL來傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器i〇8a。若使用 者選擇重新掃描,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊56〇2之 處使付數位助理U 8顯示該畫面為提示該使用者來選擇一 個人通道(例如,主要的或是小軟袋)並且掃描一個與該通 道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 右忒次通道未在運行時,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在 方塊5628之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續,,訊息為指 出此病患112係與該掃描出的通道相關,但是該所選的次 通道目前未在運行。該訊息也可以包含資料為指出病患 112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的藥物124以及/或是小軟 衣某物124。較佳地,該使用者係被給予選擇權以取消、 重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中 央伺服态1 0 9係在方塊56 08之處,經由該取消的URL傳送 個取消碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8&。若使用者選擇重新掃 描,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊56〇2之處使得數位助 里118 ,、、、員示β亥晝面為提示該使用者來選擇一個次通道(例如 ,主要的或是小軟袋)並且掃描一個與該通道相關之機器 可讀取的識別符。若使用者選擇繼續,則第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊5618之處產生一個新的通道—病患-藥物之關 係,並且儲存該新的通道-病患—藥物之關係在目前的“網路 會谈’’中。當使用者再次按下繼續時,該第一中央伺服器 109係傳回控制權給目前的動作(例如,給藥輸液)。 j文變栗通道的過裎 168 1244022 第57A圖係說明改變泵通道的過程5700之一個例子。 - 該改變泵通道的過程5700可以被使用(例如,被護士使用)·-來改變輸液從-個泵通道至另一個泵通道,而不失去在該 資料庫中之通道-病患-藥物的關係。一般而言,該改變泵 通道的過私570〇係從一個例如是數位助理118的電子裝置 接收輸人,該電子裝置係包含指出將被執行之改變泵通道 的過程之資訊、指明哪位將受到影響的病患112之資訊(例 如,病患ID)以及指明用於該將受到影響的病患ιΐ2之藥 物124的貧訊(例如,Rx ID)。該過程57〇〇係接著傳送此修 資Λ至第中央伺服器109,該第一中央伺服器}〇9係確 認通道識別資訊是否符合該改變泵通道的指令資訊。 更明確地說,該舉例之改變泵通道的過程57〇〇係開始 於第二中央伺服器108a在方塊57〇2之處使得數位助理 118顯示一個病患表列以供選擇。顯示一個病患表列的數 位助理之顯示器l18a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。 該病患表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理 118的使用者(例如,醫護人員116)相關之病患。一旦該使籲 用者選擇一位病患112之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患 112的資訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央祠服器 108a。介於該數位助理118以及第二中央伺服器1〇8a之間 的通訊可以經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路1〇2之任何 適當的通訊通道。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a係接著在方塊 5704之處使得該數位助理118顯示一個動作表列。顯示一 個動作表列的數位助理之顯示器118a的_個例子係被描緣 169 1244022 在第25圖中。兮舌 112相關之動作=選的病患 是目前被列在該第二7 j與此病患112相關的輸液 。有“改㈣爷、s —央伺服器108a的資料庫中時,則將 /、有改k泵通道,,動作是可利用的。 當使用者從該動作表列選擇“改變系通道 明所選的動作夕次# VF ^ ^ 貝讯係被傳送至第二中央伺服器1 08a。作 為回應地,該第-击山η 〜 中央伺服器係在方塊57〇6之處使 得數位助理1 1 8龜- 顯不一個畫面為提示該使用者掃描一個與 將受到此“改戀衷;g、苦,,4 _ 、、動作的影響之藥物124相關之機器 σ λ取的識别符。提不該使用者掃描一個與該藥物1相 關之機器可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示n 118“_個 例子/被描繪在第34圖巾。使用者可以使用數位助理118 的掃描器來掃描在一個藥物124 $之上的藥物的標籤 —(例如’在一個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或者是,該使用 者可以人工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理118中。 該藥物識別符係接著在方塊5m之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器108a用於驗證。該第二中央祠服器购係嘗 試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識料。若該藥物識別符(例 如,袋ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別 符時,則該第二中央伺服器购係在方塊571G之處使得 該數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者 應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 118係在方塊57G6之處再次顯示該晝面以提示使用者來掃 描—個與將受到此“改變|通道’,動作的影響之藥才勿124相 170 1244022 關之機器可讀取的識別符。 * ^右在方塊5708之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)確 貫在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符時,則第二 中央伺服器1 〇8a係傳送一個“改變泵通道,,XML文件至第一 中央伺服器109。該“改變泵通道”皿文件係包含病患識別 符(例如,從方塊5702中的表列所選出者)、藥物識別符( 例如,袋ID)、完成的URL,以及取消的URL。該完成的 URL疋右嘗試該“改變泵通道”動作時所使用的一個網路位 址。該取消的URL是若該“改變栗通道,,動作失敗時所使用_ 的一個網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器1 接收到該“改變泵通道”XML 文件後,該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊5724之處判斷該 改變泵通道’’XML文件是否為有效的。例如,該第一中央 伺服器109可以檢查是否有通常在一個“改變泵通道,,xml 文件中預期會有的任何資料是所收到的“改變泵.通道,,χ肚 文件中所缺少的。若該第一中央伺服器i 〇9判斷該“改變泵 通道XML文件不是有效的,則第一中央伺服器i 〇9係在方_ 塊5726之處使得數位助理118顯示一個錯誤訊息為指出讓 。亥使用者知道忒改變泵通道,,動作無法被執行。此顯示可 以包含一個理由,例如是該“改變泵通道,,XML文件缺少資 =。在該使用者按下“0Κ”按鈕以應答該錯誤訊息之後,該 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5728之處,經由該取消的 URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。 右第一中央伺服器丨09判斷該“改變泵通道”XML文件 171 1244022 疋有效的’則該第—中央飼服器1G9係起始_個通道掃描 過程测。此通道掃描過程573(^與“f的,,通道相關的( 亦^,使用者係嘗試從“舊的”通道移到“新的,,通道)。一般 :言,:該通道掃描過程5730係提示使用者掃描一個與該“ 售的栗、通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描 出的通道疋否與s亥病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關,即如 以下參考帛58圖所更加詳述者。若該掃描出的通道並未 與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關時,則該“改變栗通道 作係被取消。在此種事件中,該第—中央舰器1〇9係 方塊5728之處,經由該取消的亂傳回一個取消碼至第 二中央伺服器l〇8a。 右口亥知“出的通道是與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符 相關(亦即’舊的通道是有效的),則第一中央飼服器ι〇9 係在方塊5732之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出 病患m、主要的輸液之舊的通道以及小軟袋輸液之舊的 軏佳地,该數位助理118亦顯示一個指出兩個輸液( 主要的以及小軟袋)係因為此動作而被移動之訊息、以及 ,叫固“繼續”按紐與一個“取消’,,按知。若使用者按下該“取消 杈紐’則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5728之處,經由 該㈣的肌傳回-個取消碼至第二中央飼服器购。 右使用者知下繼績”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器⑽係 起始另-個通道掃描過程5734。此通道掃描過程⑽係 與“新的”通道㈣(亦即,該使用者係嘗試從“舊的,,通道移 到“新的,’通道)。-般Μ,該通道掃描㈣57M係提示 172 1244022 使用者來掃描一個與該“新的,,泵通道相關之機器可讀取的 識別符,並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否為可利用的(例如 ,未被指定給任何病患112;被指定給目前的病患112,但 未在使用中;被指定給其他病患112並且被覆寫的;等等) 。若該掃描出的通道不是可利用的,則該“改變泵通道,,動 作係被取消。在此種事件中,該第—中央舰H 1G9係在 方塊5728之處,經由該取消的URL以將—個取消碼傳回第Point out that this continuation will overwrite existing information (eg, eliminate the connection with other patients ^ 112). The warning message may also include data indicating the patient 112 (e.g., the patient's name), the main drug (3), and / or the pouch drug (124) associated with the scanned channel. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to take this action, the first-central server 1009 is located at block 5608, and the canceled muscle transmits a cancellation code to the second central server 108a. If the user chooses to rescan, the first central server 109 at the block 5602 causes the digital assistant 118 to display the screen to prompt the user to select a secondary channel (such as' primary or small soft bag), and Scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. An example of a digital assistant prompting the user to scan a channel-related machine-readable identifier = ^ 18a is depicted in Figure 38. If the user chooses to succeed, the first central server 109 generates a new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5618, and stores the new channel-patient-166-144022 drug relationship at present "Internet talks ,, China. If this new channel-patient-drug relationship will eventually be saved, the first central server 109 will hand over the new channel-patient-drug relationship to the first A central server 1009 shell database (as detailed in box 5540 of Figure 55 above). Right at box 5620, a valid patient identifier exists in the lean bank 'and the When the two patient identifiers do match (that is, the channel is assigned to this patient 112), the first central server 丨 09 checks the database at block 5622 to see if the secondary channel If it is empty, if the main secondary channel is selected in block 5602, the first central server 109 checks whether there is no major infusion related to this channel, and if the small soft bag secondary channel is selected in block 5602 When it is checking whether Channel-related small soft bag infusion. If the secondary channel is empty, the first central server 109 creates a new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5618 and stores the new channel -Patient-drug relationship in current "Internet talks," China. If the secondary channel is not empty, the -th central server 109 checks the database at block 5624 to see if the channel is running (in the primary and / or small pouch mode). The right 4th long channel is running, then the first central server 丨 〇9 knows the digital assistant i 18 at the position 5626, and displays an "Unable to overwrite, error message," which indicates that the patient 112 has already Associated with the scanned channel, and the selected secondary channel is currently running. The error message may also contain the data indicating the patient 112 (for example, the patient's name), the main medication, and / or the minor Soft bag _ 124. Preferably, the user is given the option k to take 4 or 疋 to rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action 167 1244022, the first central server 109 is at block 5608, A cancellation code is sent to the second central server i08a via the canceled URL. If the user chooses to rescan, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant U 8 to be placed at block 5602. Displaying this screen is to prompt the user to select a human channel (for example, the main or small soft bag) and scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. When the second channel is not running, the first A central server 丨 〇9 At block 5628 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a "message to continue ,, this means that the patient 112 and the scan lines associated channel, but the currently selected secondary channel is not running. The message may also include information identifying the patient 112 (eg, the patient's name), the primary medication 124, and / or the little coat 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central servo state 1 0 9 is at block 56 08, and a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server via the canceled URL 丨 〇8 &. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first central server 109 is located at the block 5602 to make the digital assistant 118 ,,,, and β show the beta surface to prompt the user to select a secondary channel ( (For example, primary or small soft bag) and scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. If the user chooses to continue, the first central server 109 generates a new channel-patient-drug relationship at block 5618, and stores the new channel-patient-drug relationship in the current "net Road Talk ". When the user presses Continue again, the first central server 109 returns control to the current action (for example, infusion of drug infusion). Figure 57A illustrates an example of a process 5700 for changing a pump channel.-The process 5700 for changing a pump channel can be used (eg, by a nurse) to change the infusion from one pump channel to another, and Do not lose the channel-patient-drug relationship in the database. Generally speaking, the alternation of the pump channel 5700 receives input from an electronic device, such as a digital assistant 118, which contains Information indicating the process of changing the pump channel to be performed, information indicating which patient 112 will be affected (eg, patient ID), and poor information indicating the drug 124 used for the patient to be affected For example, Rx ID). This process 5700 is then transmitted to the central server 109, the first central server} 9 is to confirm whether the channel identification information matches the command information to change the pump channel. Specifically, the process of changing the pump channel 5700 of this example starts at the second central server 108a at block 5702 and causes the digital assistant 118 to display a patient list for selection. Display a patient table An example of the digital assistant's display 1118a of the column is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably limited to those associated with a user (e.g., medical staff 116) logged in to the digital assistant 118 at that time. Once the caller selects a patient 112, information indicating the choice and / or the patient 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central temple server 108a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server 108a may be via any appropriate communication channel such as the wireless / wired network 102 described above. The second central server 108a is Then at block 5704 This causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list. An example of the digital assistant display 118a showing an action list is depicted as 169 1244022 in Figure 25. Action related to tongue 112 = selected patient Is currently listed in the second 7 j infusions related to this patient 112. If there is "change the grandfather, s-central server 108a database, then /, there are k pump channels, the action is can be used. When the user selects "Change the selected action from the action list" [VF ^ ^ Beixun is transmitted to the second central server 1 08a. In response, the first-hitting mountain η ~ central The server is located at the block 5706, so that the digital assistant 1 1 8 turtle-display a screen to prompt the user to scan one and will be affected by this "change love; g, bitter, 4_ ,, motion The identifier of the machine σ λ related to the drug 124. Mention that the user scans a digital assistant's display of a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 1 n 118 "_ examples / is depicted in Figure 34. The user can use the digital assistant 118's scanner To scan the label of a drug above $ 124—for example, a barcode on an infusion bag. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the drug identifier into digital assistant 118. The drug identification The charm system is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at 5m. The second central server purchaser attempts to query the database for the drug information. If the drug identifier (for example, (Bag ID) does not exist as a valid drug identifier in the database, then the second central server purchase at block 571G causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid item notification. Once it is used When the person responds to the notification of the invalid item (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the daytime surface again at block 57G6 to prompt the user to scan—this will be subject to this "change | 通'Effect of the drug was not to the operation of identifier 124 1701244022 off the machine readable. * ^ Right at block 5708, when the drug identifier (eg, bag ID) does exist in the database as a valid drug identifier, the second central server 108a sends a "change Pump channel, XML file to first central server 109. The "change pump channel" file contains the patient identifier (for example, the one selected from the list in box 5702), the drug identifier (for example, the bag ID), the completed URL, and the canceled URL. The completed URL is the Internet address used when attempting the "change pump channel" action. The canceled URL is the action if the "change pump channel," A network address of _ used on failure. Once the first central server 1 receives the "change pump channel" XML file, the first central server 9 judges at block 5724 whether the "change pump channel" XML file is valid. For example, the first central server 109 can check whether there is any information normally expected in a "change pump channel, xml file that is received is missing from the" change pump. Channel, "χ belly file . If the first central server i 〇9 judges that the "change pump channel XML file is not valid, the first central server i 〇9 is at the square block 5726 so that the digital assistant 118 displays an error message indicating that the . The user knows that when the pump channel is changed, the action cannot be performed. This display can include a reason, such as "The pump channel is changed, the XML file lacks resources =." After the user presses the "OK" button in response to the error message, the first central server 109 is located at block 5728, and a failure code is returned to the second central server via the canceled URL. 〇8a . The first right central server 丨 09 judges the "change pump channel" XML file 171 1244022 疋 Valid ", then the first-central feeder 1G9 system starts _ channel scanning process measurement. This channel scanning process 573 (^ is related to "f ,, channel (also ^, the user is trying to move from" old "channel to" new ,, channel). Generally: the channel scanning process 5730 It prompts the user to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the "sold chestnuts and channels" and determine whether the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier, as shown below. Figure 58 is more detailed. If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and drug identifier, the "change chestnut channel system is canceled. In this event, the- The central ship 1009 is located at block 5728. After the cancellation, a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a. Youkoukou knows that the exit is through the patient identifier and drug identification. Related (ie, 'the old channel is valid'), the first central feeding device ι09 is tied to block 5732 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the old channel of the patient m, the main infusion And the old good place for small infusion bags, the The assistant 118 also displayed a message indicating that the two infusions (the main and the small soft bag) were moved because of this action, and that the “Continue” button and a “Cancel” button were fixed, and the user clicked to know. Press the "Cancel button", then the first central server 109 is located at the block 5728, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central feeder through the muscle of the diaphragm. The right user knows the next performance. Button, the first central server does not start another channel scanning process 5734. This channel scanning process is not related to the "new" channel (that is, the user is trying to move from the "old," channel To "new, 'channel".-General M, the channel scan ㈣ 57M is prompted 172 1244022 users to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the "new, pump channel, and judge the scan out Whether the access is available (eg, not assigned to any patient 112; assigned to the current patient 112 but not in use; assigned to other patients 112 and overwritten; etc.). If the scanned channel is not available The "change pump channel ,, action system is canceled in this event, the second - the central ship H 1G9 Department at block 5728, the URL through the canceled order will - a return of the canceled code
一中央伺服器l〇8a。該通道掃描過程5734係在以下參考 第5 9圖更加詳細地被描述。A central server 108a. This channel scanning process 5734 is described in more detail below with reference to Figures 5-9.
回一個取消碼至第二中央伺 否’’按钮,則第一中央伺服器 5834。 右"亥掃描出的通道係與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符 相關時(亦即,冑的通道是有效的),則帛一中央飼服器 ⑽係在方塊5736之處判斷是否有任何其它輸液目前是與 a亥新的通道相關。若另—項輸液已經與該新的通道相關, 則第一中央伺服ϋ 1G9係在方塊5738之處使得數位助理 Π8顯示一個指出另一項輸液目前與該新的通道相關之訊 息以及-個詢問該使用者是否想要覆寫目前的輸液之訊息 。較佳地,此訊息係包含一個“是,,按紐、一個“否”按紐以 及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下該“取消,,按鈕,則第一 中央伺服„ 1 〇9係在方塊5728之處,經由該取消的飢傳 服器108a。若使用者按下該“ 109係起始另一通道掃描過程 若使用者按下該“否,,按赵,則第一中央飼服器ι〇9係 在方塊5740之處嘗試移去在該資料庫中對於該新的通道之 173 1244022 通道-病患-藥物之關係。若在方塊5742之處,在該資料庫, 中移去對於該新的通道之通道—病患—藥物之關係的嘗試是 不成功的,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5744之處使得 數位助理118顯示一個“改變泵通道,,錯誤訊息為包含病患 識別符、與未被移動之主要的輸液(若可適用的話)相關之 藥物識別符、以及與未被移動之小軟袋輸液(若可適用的 店)相關之藥物識別符。一旦使用者藉由按下一個,,按钮 來應答該“改變泵通道,,錯誤訊息後,該第一中央伺服器 1 09係在方塊5746之處,經由該完成的URL傳回一個失敗春 碼至第二中央伺服器108a。 若在方塊5736之處,另一項輸液並未已經和該新的通 道相關,或是在方塊5742之處,嘗試移去在該資料庫中對 於該新的通道之通道—病患-藥物之關係是成功的,則第一 中央伺服器109係在方塊5748之處嘗試在該資料庫中對於 該主要的以及小軟袋輸液之通道-病患—藥物之關係,從舊 的通道改為新的通道。若在方塊5750之處,在該資料庫中 將該通道-病患—藥物之關係從舊的通道移至新的通道之嘗 _ 試是不成功的時候,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係使得數位助 理118顯示該“改變泵通道,,錯誤訊息。 若在方塊5750之處,在該資料庫中將該通道—病患一藥 物之關係從舊的通道移至新的通道之嘗試是成功的,則該 弟 中央伺服态1 〇 9係在方塊5 7 5 2之處使得數位助理118 顯示一個“改變泵通道,,成功訊息,其包含病患識別符、與 被移動之主要的輸液(若可適用的話)相關的藥物識別符, 174 1244022 以及與被移動之小軟袋輸液(若可適用的話)相關的藥物識 別符。較佳地,該顯示器亦包含一個訊息給使用者來將管 子移到新的通道。一旦使用者藉由按下一個“οκ,,按鈕來廉 答該“改變泵通道,,成功訊息之後,第一中央飼服器1〇9係 在方塊5746之處,經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼至第 二中央伺服器108a。 通道掃描過程 第5 8圖係說明在以上參考第5 7圖所用之通道掃描過 程5730的一個例子。一般而言,該通道掃描過程573〇係 提不使用者掃描一個與一泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識別 符’並且判斷該掃描出的通道是否與該先前掃描出的病串 識別符以及藥物識別符相關。若該掃描出的通道並未與該 病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關時,則目前的動作(例如 ,停止、中斷、恢復繼續、通道改變、移去泵、等等)係 被取消。 更明確地說,舉例的通道掃描過程5730係開始於第一 中央伺服态109在方塊5802之處使得數位助理ιι8顯示一 個畫面為提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀取 的識別符。提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可讀 取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器丨丨8a的一個例子係被描繪 在第38圖中。例如,使用者可以使用數位助理丨〗8的掃描 器來掃描一個與該通道相關的條碼標籤。或者是,使用者 可以人工地輸入通道識別符至數位助理118中。 該通道識別符係接著在方塊5804之處被傳送至第一中 175 1244022 央伺服σσ 1 09用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器工〇9係接著嘗· 试來在該資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符並 未在.玄貝料庫中存在為一個有效的通道識別符(例如,未 被=地格式化、未在第—中央㈣器⑽中被組態設定 等等)日7 ’則该第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5806之處 使付數位助理1 i 8顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如,該數 位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中央 " 1 0 9中被組怨设定,並且其係包含按紐以容許使用 者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇籲 取消該動作,則第-中央伺服器1〇9較佳地是在方塊5808 之處,經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中央伺服 器 108a 。 一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後,第一中央伺服 π 109係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患 識別符。來自該資料庫的病患識別符係接著在方塊581〇 2 處與該掃描出的(或是AJ1輸人的)病患制符做比較。若 忒兩個病患識別符並不相符時,該第一中央伺服器工係· 在方塊5812之處使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通 次例如,该數位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該掃描出 的病Μ 112並未與該掃描出的通道相關,並且指出實際被 指^給該掃描出的通道之病& 112。同樣地,㉟m的顯 :器可以包含按鈕以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別符或 是取消該動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺 服器109較佳地是在方塊58〇8之處,經由該取消的url來 176 1244022 傳运一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 08a。 一旦一個有效的通道—病患之關係被建立之後,該第一 中央伺服器109係使用該通道識別符以及病患識別符來在 該資料庫中查詢一個藥物識別符(或是若主要的藥物124以 及小軟袋藥物124兩者都與此通道相關時,則為兩個藥物 識別符)。來自該資料庫的藥物識別符係接著在方塊“Η 之處與該掃描出的(或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符相比較。 右來自該資料庫的藥物識別符中之一個藥物識別符並不相 付δ亥知描出的(或是人工輸入的)藥物識別符時,則第一中 央伺服器109係在方塊5816之處使得數位助理U8顯示一 個無效的藥物通知。例如,該數位助理丨丨8可以顯示一個 訊息為該掃描出的藥物124 i未與該掃描出的通道相關, 並且指出實際被指定給該掃描出的通道之藥物124(若可適 用的話,為主要以及小軟袋兩者)。再者,PDA <顯示器^ 、匕3按鈕以容許使用者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消 °玄動作。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺服器 109較佳地是在方塊58〇8之處,經由該取消的⑽L來傳送 一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1 08a。 若一個有效的通道-病患—藥物之關係被建立時,則第 Z央伺服器⑽係在5818之處方塊指出_個有效的通道 幻:已發±,並且傳回控制權給目前的動作(例如,給藥 、停止、中斷、恢復繼續、通道改變、移去泵、等等), 而不發出額外的顯示晝面給數位助理118。 過程(新的诵洁、 177 1244022 苐5 9圖係說明在以上來考第 程⑽的-個例子。H二圖所用之通道掃描過 般而s,该通道掃描過程5734係 提:使用者來掃描一個與一泵通道相關之機器可讀取的識 別付m情該掃指出的通道是否為可利用的(例如, 被指定給目前的病4 112,但未在使用中)。若該掃描出的 通道不是可利用的’則目前的動作(例如,通道改變)係被 取消。Return a cancel code to the second central server 'button, and the first central server 5834. When the channel scanned by the right is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (that is, the channel of 胄 is valid), a central feeder is used to determine whether there is a block 5736. Any other infusion is currently associated with a new channel. If another infusion is already associated with the new channel, the first central servo ϋ 1G9 is at block 5738 so that the digital assistant Π8 displays a message indicating that another infusion is currently associated with the new channel and an inquiry Whether the user wants to overwrite the current infusion message. Preferably, the message includes a "Yes," button, a "No" button, and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "Cancel," button, the first central servo "1 09" is located at block 5728, and passes through the canceled hunger server 108a. If the user presses the "109 series to start another channel scanning process. If the user presses the" no, press Zhao, then the first central feeding device ι09 is attempted to be removed at block 5740. 173 1244022 Channel-patient-drug relationship for this new channel in the database. If at block 5742, in the database, the attempt to remove the channel-patient-drug relationship for the new channel is unsuccessful, then the first central server 109 is at block 5744 so that Digital Assistant 118 displays a "change in pump channel. The error message contains the patient identifier, the drug identifier associated with the main infusion (if applicable) that has not been moved, and the infusion with a small soft bag that has not been moved. (If applicable store) the relevant drug identifier. Once the user responds to the "change pump channel by pressing one of the buttons, after the error message, the first central server 1 09 is in box 5746. Then, a failed spring code is returned to the second central server 108a via the completed URL. If at block 5736, another infusion is not already associated with the new channel, or at block 5742, try to remove the channel for the new channel in the database—patient-drug The relationship is successful, then the first central server 109 attempts to change the channel-patient-medicine relationship of the main and small soft bag infusion in the database at block 5748 from the old channel to the new The passage. If at block 5750, the channel-patient-drug relationship is moved from the old channel to the new channel in the database. If the test is unsuccessful, the first central server will be 丨 〇9 This causes the digital assistant 118 to display the "change pump channel, error message. At block 5750, an attempt to move the channel-patient-drug relationship from the old channel to the new channel in the database is If it is successful, the brother ’s central servo state 1 09 is at the block 5 7 5 2 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a “change pump channel, and success message, which contains the patient identifier, and the main infusion being moved. (If applicable) related drug identifiers, 174 1244022 and drug identifiers related to small soft bag infusions, if applicable. Preferably, the display also contains a message for the user to move the tube to a new channel. Once the user answers the question by pressing a “οκ, button” to change the pump channel. After the success message, the first central feeder 1109 is located at block 5746 and is returned via the completed URL. A success code is sent to the second central server 108a. Channel Scanning Process Figure 58 illustrates an example of the channel scanning process 5730 used above with reference to Figure 57. Generally speaking, the channel scanning process 5730 does not require the user to scan a machine-readable identifier 'associated with a pump channel and determine whether the scanned channel is identical to the previously scanned sick string identifier and Drug identifier related. If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and drug identifier, the current actions (eg, stop, interrupt, resume resume, channel change, remove pump, etc.) are canceled. More specifically, the example channel scanning process 5730 starts in the first central servo state 109 at block 5802 causes the digital assistant 8 to display a screen to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. . An example of a digital assistant's display 8a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel is depicted in Figure 38. For example, the user can use the digital assistant's scanner to scan a barcode label associated with the channel. Alternatively, the user may manually enter the channel identifier into the digital assistant 118. The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first center at block 5804. 175 1244022 The central servo σσ 1 09 is used for verification. The first central server worker 09 tries to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist in the .Xuanbei library, it is a valid channel identifier (for example, it is not formatted =, it is not configured in the first-central device, etc.) Day 7 'Then the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 1 i 8 to display an invalid channel notification at block 5806. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the channel is not set in the first center " 109, and it includes a button to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or Cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first-central server 109 preferably sends a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL at block 5808. Once a valid channel identifier is obtained, the first central servo π 109 uses the channel identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The patient identifier from the database is then compared with the scanned (or AJ1 infused) patient identifier at block 58102. If the two patient identifiers do not match, the first central server system causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid patient pass at block 5812. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message as The scanned disease 112 is not related to the scanned channel, and the disease & 112 actually pointed to the scanned channel is indicated. Similarly, the display of ㉟m can include buttons to allow the user to rescan the channel identifier or cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 preferably transmits a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL at 176 1244022. Once a valid channel-patient relationship is established, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier and the patient identifier to query a drug identifier in the database (or if the main drug When both 124 and small soft bag drug 124 are related to this channel, they are two drug identifiers). The drug identifier from the database is then compared with the scanned (or manually entered) drug identifier at the box "Η". One of the drug identifiers from the database is right and When the drug identifier described (or manually inputted) by δ is not paid, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant U8 to display an invalid drug notification at block 5816. For example, the digital assistant 丨丨 8 can display a message that the scanned drug 124 i is not related to the scanned channel, and indicates that the drug 124 actually assigned to the scanned channel (if applicable, it is the main and small soft bag two ). Furthermore, the PDA < display ^, D3 button allows the user to re-scan the channel identifier or cancel the motion. If the user chooses to cancel the motion, the first central server 109 preferably It is at block 5808, a cancellation code is transmitted to the second central server 108a via the cancelled frame L. If a valid channel-patient-drug relationship is established, the first The Z central server is at 5818. The box indicates _ valid channel magics: ± has been sent and control is returned to the current action (e.g., dosing, stop, interrupt, resume resume, channel change, remove (Pumps, etc.) without issuing an additional display to the digital assistant 118. The process (new recitation, 177 1244022 苐 5 9) is an example of Cheng Cheng 考, which is used in the above test. H is used in the second picture The channel scan has been normal, and the channel scanning process 5734 refers to: the user scans a machine-readable identification associated with a pump channel to determine whether the channel indicated is available (for example, is designated Give current disease 4 112, but not in use.) If the scanned channel is not available 'then the current action (eg, channel change) is cancelled.
更明確地說,該舉例的通道掃描過程5734係開始於) -中央伺服器109在方塊59〇2之處使得數位助理ιΐ8㈣ -個畫面為提示使用者來掃描—個與該通道相關之機器〒 讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描—個與該通道相關之機器 可項取的識別符之數位助王吏夕显目 心双徂助理之顯不态118&的一個例子係朝 描繪在第38圖中,口,使用者可以使用數位助理u" 掃描器來掃描一個與該通道相關的條碼標籤。或者是 用者可以人工地輸入通道識別符至數位助理ιΐ8中。 使More specifically, the channel scanning process 5734 of this example begins)-the central server 109 makes the digital assistant 8ΐ at block 5902-a screen prompts the user to scan-a machine related to the channel〒 The identifier read. Prompt the user to scan a digitally-recognized identifier associated with the channel to help Wang Lixi Xianmu ’s heart and double assistant assistant ’s manifestation 118 & an example is drawn in Figure 38, mouth, Users can use the digital assistant u " scanner to scan a barcode label associated with the channel. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the channel identifier into the digital assistant ΐ8. Make
該通道識別符係接著在方塊59〇4之處被傳送至第一中 央伺服态1 09用於驗證。該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係接著嘗 試在該資料庫中查詢該通道識別符。若該通道識別符並未 在该貧料庫中存在為一個有效的通道識別符時(例如,未 被適當地格式化、未在第一中央伺服器丨〇9中被組態設定 、等等)時,則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊59〇6之處 使得數位助理118顯示一個無效的通道通知。例如,該數 位助理118可以顯示一個訊息為該通道並未在該第一中央 伺服益1 0 9中被組態設定,並且其係包含按鈕以容許使用 178 1244022 者重新掃描該通道識別符或是取消該動作。若使用者選擇 取消該動作,則該第一中央伺服器109較佳地是在方塊 5 9 0 8之處’經由该取消的U R L傳送一個取消碼至第-中央 伺服器108a。The channel identifier is then transmitted to the first central servo state 1009 at block 5904 for verification. The first central server 099 then attempts to query the channel identifier in the database. If the channel identifier does not exist as a valid channel identifier in the lean library (for example, it is not properly formatted, it is not configured and set in the first central server 9), etc. ), The first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid channel notification at block 5906. For example, the digital assistant 118 may display a message that the channel is not configured in the first central servo server 109, and it includes a button to allow users using 178 1244022 to rescan the channel identifier or Cancel the action. If the user chooses to cancel the action, then the first central server 109 preferably sends a cancellation code to the first-central server 108a via the canceled U R L at block 5 9 0 8 '.
一旦獲得一個有效的通道識別符之後,第一中央伺服 裔1 〇 9係使用該通道識別符來在該資料庫中查詢一個病患 識別符。該第一中央伺服器109係接著在方塊591〇之處比 車父來自该資料庫的病患識別符與該掃描出的(或是人工輸 入的)病患識別符。若一個有效的病患識別符係存在於該 資料庫中,但是該兩個病患識別符並不相符(亦即,該通 道係被指定給-位不同的病患112)時,該第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊5912之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否正 在運行(在主要的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。 若該通道是在運行中,則第-中央伺服器109係在; 塊5914之處使得數位助王里118顯示_個“無法覆寫,,的錯^ 訊息’其係指出-位不同的病患112係與該掃描出的通$Once a valid channel identifier is obtained, the first central server 109 uses the channel identifier to query a patient identifier in the database. The first central server 109 then compares the patient identifier from the database with the scanned (or manually entered) patient identifier at block 5910. If a valid patient identifier exists in the database, but the two patient identifiers do not match (that is, the channel is assigned to a different patient 112), the first The central server 109 checks the database at block 5912 to see if the channel is running (in main and / or small pouch mode). If the channel is in operation, the -th central server 109 is located at block 5914, so that the digital assistant Wang Li 118 displays _ "cannot be overwritten, the error ^ message 'its system indicates-different diseases Suffering from Department 112 with this scan out
相關,並且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包^ 資料為指出與該掃描出的通道相關之病患ιΐ2(例如,^ 的名稱)、主要的藥物124以;5 /忐曰tt 乙4以及/或疋小軟袋樂物124。肩 佳地’使用者係被給予選 、擇振以取消或疋重新掃描。若>1 用者選擇取消該動作,目,|楚 ,^ T則苐一中央伺服器109係在方jRelated and the channel is currently running. The error message may also include data indicating the patient related to the scanned channel, such as ιΐ2 (for example, the name of ^), the main drug 124, 5 / 忐 tt tt B 4 and / or 疋 小小 袋 乐物 124. Shoulder users are given choices, choices to cancel or rescan. If > 1 the user chooses to cancel the action, then, Chu, ^ T, then a central server 109 is at the side j
5908之處,經由該取洁沾nD 取/自的URL傳送一個取消碼至第二中,At 5908, a cancel code is sent to the second via the URL fetched / retrieved from the nD
伺服器108a。若使用去、联视木A 使用者遥擇重新掃描’則第一中央伺服 1 0 9係在方塊5 9 0 2之虛祐彡日私, 夂處使侍數位助理118顯示該晝面為 179 1244022 示使用者掃搖個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 右口亥通道未正在運行時,則第一中央飼服器⑽係在 方塊5916之處使得數位助理118顯示一個“繼續覆寫,,的警 告訊息為指出-位不同的病患112係與該掃描出的通道相 關,但是該通道目前並未在運行。較佳地,該警告訊息係 指出该繼績將會霜宫王目士* _欠 見竹场復冩現有的貧料(例如,消除與另一位病 患11 2的關連)。該盤止1 ή , 〆吕口讯息也可以包含資料為指出與該掃 描出的通道相關之;處_ 〗〇 ^ 關疋届患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的 藥物124以及/或是」、鉍代姑1 。j 卓人衣条物1 24。較佳地,使用者传祐 給:選擇權來取消、重新掃描或是繼續。若使用者選; 消 a亥動作’則第-一 xb jh dp 3P 1 Λ n , 〒央柯服裔109係在方塊59〇8之處,铖 由該取消的URL傳送一個取消碼$筮一士山/ 、工 取,自碼至弟一中央伺服器1 〇8a。 右使用者選擇重新掃描則笛 L , 則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊 5902之處使得數位助理1丨8 ^ 肩不δ亥畫面為提示使用者掃描 :個與該通道相關之機器可讀取的識別符。若使用者選擇 …則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊5918之處使得數位 助理118顯示一個訊自為# φ由 一 w λ心馮私出使用該所選的通道是可以的 。當使用者按下“繼續,,時,則笸 ,,y ,, 子則弟一中央伺服器109係傳回 控制權給目前的動作(例如, J 、、、口樂、通道改變、等等),而 不發出額外的顯示晝面給該數位助理ιΐ8。 若在方塊5920之處,一個古丄今从—由 兮次* 個有效的病患識別符係存在於 i貝蓄係、皮^並且該兩個病患識別符確實相符(亦即,該 k道係被彳日疋給此病患丨丨2)時, ,Λ〇〇 則弟一中央伺服器1〇9係 塊5922之處檢查該資料庫以查看該通道是否為空的( 180 1244022 例如,沒有主要的或是小軟势於、六Λ 衣輪液與此通道相關)。若該 通道是空的,則第一中麥伺服突,Λ 甲央1Ί服态1〇9係在方塊5918之處使 得數位助理118顯示訊息為指 π <曰出使用該所選的通道是可以 的。若該通道不是空的,則第一击^ y J ^ 中央伺服器1 09係在方塊 5 9 2 4之處檢查該資料庫以杳臺a 十;單以置看该通道是否在運行(在主要 的以及/或是小軟袋模式中)。 若該通道是在運行,則箆_击★ ^ y T⑴弟中央伺服器1 09係在方塊Server 108a. If you use Go, Lianshimu A, the user chooses to re-scan again, then the first central servo 1 0 9 is in the box 5 9 0 2 and the day and night are private, and the assistant digital assistant 118 displays the day and day as 179. 1244022 shows that the user swipes a machine-readable identifier associated with the channel. When the right mouth Hai channel is not running, the first central feeding device at the block 5916 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a "Continue to overwrite," the warning message is pointing out-a different patient 112 is related to the The scanned channel is related, but the channel is not currently running. Preferably, the warning message indicates that the succession will be frost palace kings * * owe to the bamboo field to restore existing poor materials (eg (Related to another patient 11 2). The order only 1 price, the message can also contain data to indicate that it is related to the scanned channel; the place _ 〖〇 ^ 疋 患 生 112 (for example, Patient name), the main medication 124 and / or ", Bismuth 1". j Outstanding clothes article 1 24. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel, rescan or continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, then the first-xb jh dp 3P 1 Λ n, 〒 阳 柯 服 服 109 is at block 5708, 铖 send a cancellation code $ 筮 一 士 山 from the canceled URL / 、 Take the job, from the code to the central server 108a. The right user chooses to rescan the flute L, then the first central server 109 is at the block 5902 so that the digital assistant 1 丨 8 ^ Should not be displayed. The screen is a reminder for the user to scan: a machine readable related to the channel Take the identifier. If the user chooses ... then the first central server 109 is located at block 5918 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message from # φφ by a w λ Xin Feng private use of the selected channel is possible. When the user presses "Continue," then 笸 ,, y ,, and then the child-central server 109 returns control to the current action (for example, J, ,, vocal, channel change, etc. ) Without sending an additional display of the day to the digital assistant ιΐ 8. If at block 5920, an ancient ancestor—from Xici * valid patient identifiers exist in the shellfish system, skin ^ And when the two patient identifiers do match (that is, the k-line is given to the patient the next day 2), Λ〇〇 is the central server 1009 block 5922 Check the database to see if the channel is empty (180 1244022 For example, there is no major or minor softening, six Λ clothes wheel fluid is related to this channel). If the channel is empty, then the first medium wheat Servo burst, Λ Jiayang 1's service state 109 is at the block 5918, so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating that π < states that it is possible to use the selected channel. If the channel is not empty, the first One click ^ y J ^ The central server 1 09 is located at the box 5 9 2 4 to check the database to the platform a ten; Whether the channel is running (in the main and / or small soft bag mode). If the channel is running, 箆 _ 箆 ★ ^ y T⑴ young central server 1 09 is in the box
5926之處使得數位助们18顯示_個“無法覆寫,,的錯誤訊 息’其係指出此病4 112已經與該掃描出的通道相關,並At 5926, the digital assistants 18 displayed _ "Unable to overwrite, error message ', which indicates that the disease 4 112 has been related to the scanned channel, and
且該通道目前正在運行。該錯誤訊息也可以包含資料為指 出該病患112(例如,病患的名稱)、主要的藥物124以及/ 或是小軟袋藥4勿124。較佳地,使用者係被給予選擇權以 取消或是重新掃描。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中 央伺服器109係在方塊5908之處,經由該取消的URL傳送 一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器1〇8a。若使用者選擇重新掃 描’ ·則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊59〇2之處使得數位助 理118顯示該畫面為提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之 機裔可讀取的識別符。 若該通道未在運行時,則第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 塊5928之處使得數位助理丨18顯示一個“繼續,,訊息為指出 此病患112係與該掃描出的通道相關,但是該通道目前並 未在運行。該訊息也可以包含資料為指出該病患丨丨2(例如 ’病患的名稱)、主要的藥物丨24以及/或是小軟袋‘藥物 124 °較佳地,使用者係被給予選擇權來取消、重新掃描或 181 1244022 是繼續。若使用者選擇取消該動作,則第一中央伺服哭 109係在方塊5908之處,經由該取消的URL傳送一個取消 碼至第二中央伺服器i 〇8a。若使用者選擇重新掃描,則第 一中央伺服器109係在方塊5902之處使得數位助理ιΐ8顯 不该畫面為提示使用者掃描一個與該通道相關之機器可續 取的識別符。若使用者選擇繼續,則第一中央伺服器1 係在方塊5918之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出 使用該所選的通道是可以的。當使用者再次按下“繼續,,時 ,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係傳回控制權給目前的動作(例:參 ,通道改變),而不發出額外的顯示晝面給該數位助理ιΐ8 Ο 優止/中斷輪液過鞀 第60圖係說明停止/中斷輸液過程6〇〇〇的一個例子。 該停止/中斷輸液過程6〇〇〇可以被利用來暫時停止(亦即, 暫停)一個輸液過程或是完全地中斷(亦即,結束)一個輪液 過私。一般而έ,該停止/中斷輸液過程6〇〇〇係從一個例 如是數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入,該電子裝置係包· 含有關將被執行的停止或是中斷之資訊、指明將受到影響 的病患112之資訊(例如,病患ID)以及指明將被停止或是 中斷的用於該病患112的藥物124之資訊(例如,Rx ID)e :過程6000係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器ι〇9,該 第中央飼服益109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該停止/ 中斷私7貝汛,並且確認正確的輸液是否被停止或是中斷 182 1244022 更月確地,兄,,玄舉例的停止/中斷輸液過程⑽係開 始於該第二中央伺服器職在方塊_2之處使得數位助 一8 ,’、、員不i固病患表列。展示一個病患表列的數位助理 之顯不$ 118a的-個例子係、被描繪在第24圖中。該病患 表列較佳地是限於盥Γ 4 ,、在°亥日守間登錄到該數位助理118的使 用者(例如’醫護人員116)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選 擇一位病患112之後,指明兮、踩抑 ^ 交才曰月5亥遠擇以及/或是該病患112的 育訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器108a。 "於該數位助理118卩及第二中央伺服器108a之間的通訊 可广經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路102之任何適當的 ^通道。該第二中央伺服器1()8a係接著在方塊_4之 f吏得該數位助理118顯示—個動作表列。顯示-個動作 =的數位助理之顯不g i 18a的_個例子係被描繪在第 圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患112相 ::動作。:如,若一項與此病患、112相關的輸液是目前 、、仃的狀‘%中時,則將只有“停止輸液,,動作以及“中斷輸 液’’動作是可利用的。 當使用者從該動作表列選擇“停止輸液,,動作或是“中斷 輸液”動作時,指明所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央 2器ma。作為回應地’該第二中央伺服器嶋係在 h _6之處使得數位助理118顯示—個畫面為列出用於 打丙患112之所有運行中的輸液,並且提示該使用者掃描 轉將被停止或是中斷的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的 -1付。提不該制者掃描-個與該藥物124相關之機器 183 1244022 可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器n8a的一個例子係被 杬’%在第34圖中。該使用者可以使用數位助理j 的掃描 器來掃描在一個藥物124袋之上的藥物的標ft 124a(例如 ’在一個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或者是,該使用者可以人 工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理丨丨8中。 該藥物識別符係接著在方塊6〇〇8之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器lG8a用於驗證。該第:中央飼服器1()8a係嘗 試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例 如’袋ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別# 符時,則該第二中央伺服器⑽a係在方塊6㈣之處使得 該數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者 應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 m係在方塊_6之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃 描-個與將被停止或是中斷的㈣124相關之機器可讀取 的識別符。 右在方塊6008之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)確 貫在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別符時,則第二· 中央伺服器108a係在方塊6012之處使得數位助理118顯 示—個畫面為提示使用者掃描一個與該病患112相關之機 器可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描—個與該病患ιι2相 關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個 例子係被描繪在第36圖中。使用者可以使用數位助理118 的%描器來掃描在一個病患腕帶丨12a之上的條碼標籤。或 者疋,使用者可以人工地輸入該病患識別符至數位助理 184 1244022And the channel is currently running. The error message may also include information indicating the patient 112 (eg, the patient's name), the main medication 124, and / or the pouch 4 medication 124. Preferably, the user is given the option to cancel or rescan. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server 109 is at block 5908 and sends a cancellation code to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. If the user chooses to rescan ', then the first central server 丨 〇9 at block 5902 makes the digital assistant 118 display the screen to prompt the user to scan a readable identification of the machine related to the channel symbol. If the channel is not running, the first central server 丨 09 at block 5928 causes the digital assistant 18 to display a "continue, the message is to indicate that this patient 112 is related to the scanned channel, However, the channel is not currently running. The message may also include information to indicate the patient 丨 2 (for example, 'name of the patient'), the main drug 丨 24, and / or a small soft bag '' drug 124 ° is better The user is given the option to cancel, rescan, or 181 1244022 to continue. If the user chooses to cancel the action, the first central server cry 109 is at block 5908 and sends a cancellation via the cancelled URL. Code to the second central server i 08a. If the user chooses to re-scan, the first central server 109 is at block 5902 so that the digital assistant 8 displays this screen to prompt the user to scan a channel related to the channel Renewable identifier of the machine. If the user chooses to continue, the first central server 1 is at block 5918 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating that the selected channel is used. That is. When the user presses "Continue," again, the first central server 109 returns control to the current action (eg, reference, channel change) without issuing an additional display. This digital assistant is 8 0 to stop / interrupt the fluid injection. Figure 60 illustrates an example of stopping / interrupting the infusion process 6000. The stop / interruption of the infusion process 6000 can be utilized to temporarily stop (ie, suspend) an infusion process or to completely interrupt (ie, end) a round of infusion. Generally, the stop / interruption of the infusion process 600 is receiving input from an electronic device such as a digital assistant 118, which contains information about the stop or interrupt to be performed, indicating that it will be subject to Information about the affected patient 112 (eg, patient ID) and information (eg, Rx ID) for the drug 124 for that patient 112 that will be stopped or discontinued e: Process 6000 then sends this information to The first central server ι09, the first central feeding service 109 confirms whether the channel identification information conforms to the stop / interruption of private channels, and confirms whether the correct infusion is stopped or interrupted 182 1244022 More accurately, Brother, Xuan's example of stopping / interrupting the infusion process begins when the second central server works at the box _2 so that the digital assistant can list the patients. An example of a digital assistant showing a patient listing of $ 118a-an example system is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably a patient limited to Γ4 and related to a user (e.g., 'medical staff 116') who is logged in to the digital assistant 118 during the day. Once the user selects a patient 112, it is indicated that he / she is stepping on the door ^ Jiaocai Yue 5 Hai Yuan Select and / or the patient's education system of the patient 112 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second center Server 108a. " Communication between the digital assistant 118 " and the second central server 108a may be via any suitable channel such as the wireless / wired network 102 described above. The second central server 1 () 8a then displays the digital assistant 118 in a block_4 to display an action list. An example of the display of the digital assistant's display g i 18a with one action = is depicted in the figure. The action list is preferably limited to actions related to the selected patient 112 :: action. : For example, if an infusion related to this patient, 112 is currently in the state of 仃%, then only "stop infusion, action, and" interruption of infusion "'action are available. When the user selects the "stop infusion, action, or" interruption of infusion "action from the action list, the information indicating the selected action is transmitted to the second center 2 ma. As a response place 'the second center The server is located at h _6 so that the digital assistant 118 displays-a screen listing all the infusions used to fight Crandom 112, and prompting the user to scan for drugs that will be stopped or interrupted 124 An example of a digital assistant's display n8a that can be read by a machine that is readable by the manufacturer. 123 1244022 A readable identifier of the machine. In the figure, the user can use the scanner of digital assistant j to scan the standard ft 124a of a drug on a drug 124 bag (for example, a barcode on an infusion bag). Alternatively, the user can manually Enter the drug identifier into the digital assistant 丨 丨 8. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 1G8a for verification at block 6008. The first: the central feeder 1 () 8a is trying to The drug identifier is queried in the database. If the drug identifier (such as a 'bag ID') does not exist in the database as a valid drug identifier # symbol, the second central server (a) is in box 6) This causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant m displays the screen again at box _6 to remind the use Let ’s scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the ㈣124 that will be stopped or interrupted. Right at block 6008, the drug identifier (for example, the bag ID) does exist in the database as When a valid drug identifier is used, the second central server 108a makes the digital assistant 118 display at block 6012-a screen prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112 An example of the digital assistant's display U8a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient ι2 is depicted in Figure 36. The user can use 118% assistant described to scan barcode labels on a patient's wristband Shu 12a. Or piece goods, the user can manually enter the patient identifier to the digital assistants 1841244022
118中。該病患識別符係接著在方塊6〇14之處被傳送至該 第二中央伺服器l〇8a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器1〇8& 係接著嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該病患識別符。若該病患識 別符(例如,腕帶ID)並未在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的 病患識別符時’則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊6〇16之 處使彳于數位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通知。一旦使用 者應合D亥無效的病患通知後(或是該通知暫停時),該數位 助理118係在方塊6012之處再次顯示該畫面為提示使用者 掃描一個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊6014之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶 確貫在該資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則第 一中央伺服器1 〇8a也可以提示使用者來提供一個碼以指示 “停止輸液”動作或是“中斷輸液”動作的理由。若此理由碼 未被提供時’㈣統較佳地是顯示—個訊息給該使用者為 -個理由碼必須被提供。此外,該第二中央伺服器胸可118 in. The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108a for verification at block 6104. The second central server 108 then attempts to query the patient identifier in the database. If the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the database, then the second central server 108a is used at block 6016. An invalid patient notification is displayed at digital assistant 118. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or when the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the screen again at block 6012 to prompt the user to scan a machine related to the patient 112 A readable identifier. If the patient identifier (for example, the wristband does exist as a valid patient identifier in the database at block 6014), the first central server 108a may also prompt the user to Provide a code to indicate the reason for the "stop infusion" action or "interruption of infusion" action. If this reason code is not provided, the system preferably displays a message to the user as a reason code must be Provided. In addition, the second central server chest can be
:時間戳記(timestamp)該指令以及/或是提示該使用者來 提供何時該動作將會發生之時間。再者,㈣二中央飼服 器曰職較佳地係檢查該輸液指令的狀態,以判斷該輸液指 令是否為有效的或是中斷的。 若該輸液指令是有效的,則第二令央伺服器购則 方塊6018之處,根據來自方塊6_的使用者選擇以判磨 使用者是否正在嘗試發η輸液,,動作或是“中斷輸液 動作。若使用者正在嘗試發出“停止輸液,,動作時,則第二 中央飼服器购係在方塊咖之處設定在“停止輸液”ΧΜΙ 185 1244022 文件中的“DCFlag為“FALSE”。若使用者嘗試發出“中斷輸 液,,動作時,則第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊6〇22之處設 定在該“停止輸液” XML文件t的“DCF lag”為“TRUE”。當然, 任何眾所週知的指出一個變數的狀態之方法都可以被使用 〇 包含病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)、藥物識別符(例如 ,袋ID)、完成的URL、取消的URL以及DCFlag(指出停止 或是中斷)的“停止輸液,,XML文件係接著被傳送至第一中央 伺服器109。該完成的URL是若該輸液成功地被停止或是 中斷時所用的一個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“停止輸 液”動作或是“中斷輸液”動作失敗或是被取消時所用的一個 網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器109接收到“停止輸液” XML文件 後乂弟中央伺服器1 〇 9係在方塊6 0 2 4之處判斷該“ 停止輸液’’XML文件是否為有效的。例如,該第一中央飼服 器109可以檢查是否任何通常在“停止輸液”文件中預 期會有的貝料是所接收到的“停止輸液,,XML文件中缺少的 。右第中央伺服器1 09判斷該“停止輸液”XML文件不是 有 >支的則第中央伺服器1 0 9係在方塊6 0 2 6之處使得數 位助理118顯示一個錯誤訊息為指出讓使用者知道該“停止 輸液”動作或是“中斷輸液,,動作無法被執行。此顯示晝面可 以包含’理由為例如是哪個資料是該“停止輸液,,皿文 件所缺/的在使用者按下一個“οκ”按鈕以應答該錯誤訊 息之後’該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6028之處,經由 186 1244022 該取2耻傳回-個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器 右弟-中央伺服器109判斷該“停止 有效的,則該第一中央伺服器1() 文件π -R7qn 1U9係起始一個通道掃描遇: Timestamp the command and / or prompt the user to provide the time when the action will occur. Furthermore, the second central feeding device preferably checks the status of the infusion instruction to determine whether the infusion instruction is valid or interrupted. If the infusion instruction is valid, the second command server purchases the block 6018, according to the user selection from block 6_ to determine whether the user is trying to send a η infusion, action or "interrupt the infusion" Action. If the user is trying to issue "Stop infusion, when it is in motion, the second central feeding device is set to" Stop infusion "in the file" XF 185 "in the file" XAL 185 ". If When the user attempts to issue an "interruption of infusion," the second central server 108a sets "DCF lag" of the "stop infusion" XML file t to "TRUE" at block 6202. Of course, any well-known method of indicating the status of a variable can be used. It includes a patient identifier (for example, wristband ID), a drug identifier (for example, bag ID), completed URL, canceled URL, and DCFlag ( "Stop stopping or interrupting the infusion," the XML file is then transmitted to the first central server 109. The completed URL is a network address used if the infusion was successfully stopped or interrupted. The canceled URL is a network address used if the "stop infusion" action or "interruption of infusion" action fails or is canceled. Once the first central server 109 receives the "stop infusion" XML file, 乂Brother Central Server 1 09 judges whether the "stop infusion" XML file is valid at block 6024. For example, the first central feeder 109 can check if any shellfish normally expected in the "stop infusion" file is the received "stop infusion," which is missing from the XML file. Right first central server 1 09 It is judged that the "stop infusion" XML file is not supported. The central server 1 0 9 is located at block 6 0 2 6 so that the digital assistant 118 displays an error message indicating that the user is informed that the "stop infusion" "Action" or "Interruption of infusion, action cannot be performed. This display may include 'reason for example which data is the "stop infusion, the file is missing / after the user presses a" οκ "button in response to the error message," the first central server 1 〇9 is located at block 6028, and returns a failure code to the second central server via 186 1244022, which returns a failure code to the second central server-the central server 109 determines that the "stop effective, then the first central server 1 () File π -R7qn 1U9 series start scanning
3Q°—般而言’該通道掃描㈣573〇係提示使用者 =描-個與目前執行將被停止或是中斷之輪液的栗 相關Hi可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描线通道是 否與该病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(即如以上參考第 圖詳細所述者)。若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以 及,樂物識別符不相關時,則該“停止輸液’,動作或是“中斷輸 液”動作係被取消。在此種事件中’ t亥第一中央伺服器二 係在方塊6028之處,經由該取消的URL傳回—個取消碼至 第二中央伺服器l〇8a。 若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 關日守(亦即,该通道是有效的),則第一中央伺服器1 〇 9係 在方塊6032之處使得數位助理丨18顯示一個訊息為指出該 病患11 2以及被停止的輸液,其包含將被停止的藥物工24 之細節以及該藥物124所在的通道。較佳地,PDA的顯示 畫面亦包含一個“繼續”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。以此種 方式,使用者可以人工地停止所指出的輸液,並且接著按 下該“繼續”按鈕以通知第一中央伺服器丨〇9來檢查正確的 輸液貝際上疋否被停止或是中斷。或者是,使用者可以按 下該‘‘取消”按鈕,在此時的第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 6028之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 187 1244022 右使用者按下該“繼續,,按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9 係在方塊6034之處,藉由讀取由泵12〇傳送至該第一中央 伺服器1 09的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被停止。若該泵 120不能夠與第一中央伺服器i 〇9通訊時,則該第一中央 伺服器1 09係針對該通道產生一個失去通訊事件。若失去 與一個通道的通訊時,在該通道上之輸液的狀態無法被改 為“停止的,,或是“中斷的,,,直到與該通道的通訊恢復為止 。若通訊是適當地作用的,但是該輸液未被停止時,則第 一中央伺服器109係在方塊6〇36之處使得數位助理118顯籲 示一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被停止,並且指出該病患 112以及將被停止的輸液。較佳地,該顯示器亦包含一個 〇κ按鈕以及一個“取消”按鈕。若使用者按下該按鈕 ,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6034之處再次檢查以查 看正確的輸液實際上是否被停止或是中斷。若使用者按下 该“取消”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6028之處 ,經由該取消的URL·傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器 108a。 ' σ · 若在方塊6034之處,該輸液被停止時,則第一中央伺 月^斋109係在方塊6038之處檢查此係為“停止輸液,,動作或 疋中斷輸液”動作。例如,第一中央伺服器i〇9可以檢查 個藉由方塊6020或是方塊6022所設定的例如是DCFlag 之旗標的狀態。若此為“停止輸液,,動作(亦即,暫停輸液) ,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6044之處,經由該完成 的URL傳回一個成功碼以及DCFlag=FALSE至第二中央伺服 188 1244022 器 108a 〇 若此係為“中斷輸液,,動作時(亦即,結束輸液),則第 一中央伺服器109較佳地係在方塊6〇4〇之處嘗試對於主要 的,液或是小軟袋輸液(但較佳地非為兩者)移去在病患識 別付、藥物識別符,以及通道識別符之間的 若該使用者希望停止或是中斷在一個通道上運行^ =的 輸液以及小軟袋輸液兩者時,使用者可以執行該“停止輸液 動作或疋“中斷輸液”動作兩次,對於每個輸液各執行一次 、。,第一中央伺服器109在方塊6〇42之處移除該資料庫關 連疋不成功的,則該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊⑽“之 處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器 购。若第_中央祠服器⑽在方塊购之處移除該資料 庫關連是成功的,則該第一中央祠服器1〇9係在方塊 之處,經由該完成的URL傳回一個成功碼以及 DCFlag=TRUE至第二中央伺服器1〇8&。 若只有‘‘中斷輸液,,動作是成功的,則第一中央伺服器 1 09係對於所選的輸液移除在病患識別符、藥物識別符以 及通道硪別符之間的關€。否則,該關連係被維持。例如 ,右停止輸液”動作是成功的或是“中斷輸液,,動作失敗時 ,則在病患識別符、藥物識別符以及通道識別符之間的關 連係被維持。類似地,該第二中央伺服器丨08a只有在從第 中央伺服器1 09接收到一個成功碼時,才更新輪液之狀 悲為被停止的’’或是“被中斷的,,。任何其它的結果(例如, 取消碼或是失敗碼)都使得第二中央伺服器108a保持該輪 1244022 液在其先前的狀態中。較佳地,在該過程6000中之任何時 點,使用者都有選擇權以取消該過程6 〇 〇 〇。該停止/中斷 過程可以被利用來記錄該輸液是為了 MAR之目的而被重新 開始。 ’ 叛復繼婧輸液過程 第61圖係說明恢復繼續輸液過程6i〇0的一個例子。 該恢復繼續輸液過程6100可以被利用來重新開始一個停止 的(亦即,暫停的)輸液過程。然而,該恢復繼續輸液過程 61 〇〇無法被利用來重新開始一個中斷的(亦即,結束的)輸 液過程。一般而言,該恢復繼續輸液過程61〇〇係從一個例 如疋數位助理118的電子裝置接收輸入,該電子裝置係包 含指出一個將被執行的恢復繼續過程之資訊、指明將受到 影響的病患112之資訊(例如,病患ID)以及指明將被恢復 繼續用於該病患112的藥物124之資訊(例如,rx iD)。該 過61 0 0係接著傳送此資訊至第一中央伺服器丨〇 9,該第 中央伺服器109係確認通道識別資訊是否符合該恢復繼 續指令資訊,並且確認正確的輸液是否被恢復繼續。 更明確地說,該舉例的恢復繼續輸液過程6丨〇〇係開始 於該第二中央伺服器108a在方塊6102之處使得數位助理 118顯示一個病患表列。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理之 顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患表 列較佳地疋限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助理丨1 8的使用 者(例如,醫濩人員116)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選擇 一位病患11 2之後’指明該選擇以及/或是該病患丨丨2的資 190 1244022 訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器議。介 於該數位助理118以及第二中央伺服器i〇8a之間的通訊可 以經由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路⑽之任何適當的通 訊通道。該第二中央伺服器⑽3係接著在方塊觀之處 使得該數位㈣118顯示—個動作表列。顯示—個動作表 列的數位助理之顯示器1183的_個例子係被騎在第μ 圖中。該動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病4 ιΐ2相關 ,動作。例如,若―項與此病患112相關的輸液是目前在 停止的狀態中時,則將只有“恢復繼續輸液,,動作是可利用 的。 田使用者從該動作表列選擇“恢復繼續輸液,,動作時, 指明所選的動作之資訊係被傳送至第二中央伺服器聰。 作為回應地,該第二中央伺服器⑽a係在方塊㈣6之處 使得數位助理118顯示—個畫面為提示該❹者掃描一個 ^將被恢復繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 提示該使用者掃描-個與該藥物124相關之機器可讀㈣ 識別符的數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第 34圖中。該使用者可以使用數位助理118 在-個藥請袋之上的藥物的標藏酬例如 輸液袋之上的條碼)。或者是,該使用者可以人工地輪入 该藥物識別符到數位助理1 1 8中。 · 該藥物識別符係接著在方塊6108之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器、108a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器l〇8a係嘗 試在該資料庫中查詢該藥物識別符。若該藥物識別符(例 191 1244022 士衣ID)並未在口亥貝料庫中存在為一個有效的藥物識別 符時,則該第二中央伺服器购係在方塊611〇之處使得 該數位助理118顯示一個無效的物品通知。一旦該使用者 應答該無效的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,數位助理 118係在方塊6106之處再次顯示該畫面以提示使用者來掃 描-個與將被恢復繼續的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的識 別符。若使用者掃描-個與被恢復繼續的藥# 124相關之 機器可讀取的識別符,但是該藥物124已經被中斷時,則 第二中央飼服器108a較佳地係使得數位助理ιΐ8顯示一個 訊息給該使用者’其係指出由於該藥# 124之中斷的狀態 ’所以该藥物1 24無法被恢復繼續。 —若在方塊6108之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)確 實在β亥貝料庫中存在為—個有效的藥物識別符,並且尚未 被中斷時’則第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊6ΐΐ2之處使 得數位助31 118顯示一個畫面為提示使用者掃描一個盥該 病患112相mu可讀取的識別符。提示使用者掃描一 個與該病4 112相關之機器可讀取的識別符之數位助理之 顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在帛36 w中。使用者可 以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在_個病患腕帶心 之上::條碼標藏。或者是,使用者可以人工地輸入該病患 谶別付至數位助理118中。該病患識別符係接著在方塊 6114之處被傳送至該第二中央伺服器⑽a用於驗證。該 第二中央祠服器购係接著嘗試在該資料庫中查詢該病患 識別符°若該病患識別符(例如,腕帶⑻並未在該資料庫 192 1244022 中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則第二中央伺服器 1 〇8a係在方塊611 6之處使得數位助理丨18顯示一個無效 的病患通知。一旦使用者應答該無效的病患通知後(或是 该通知暫停時),該數位助理118係在方塊611 2之處再次 顯示該畫面為提示使用者掃描一個與該病患丨丨2相關之機 器可讀取的識別符。 若在方塊6114之處,該病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID) 確只在该資料庫中存在為一個有效的病患識別符時,則第 二中央伺服器108a也可以提示使用者來提供一個碼以指示 _ “恢復繼續輸液’’動作的理由。若此理由碼未被提供時,該 系統較佳地是顯示一個訊息給該使用者為一個理由碼必須 被提供。此外,該第二中央伺服器丨〇8a可以時間戳記該指 令以及/或是提示該使用者來提供何時該動作將會發生的 時間。再者,該第二中央伺服器108a較佳地係檢查該輸液 指令的狀態,以判斷該輸液指令是否為有效的或是中斷的 〇 若該輸液指令是有效的,則第二中央伺服器1〇8a係傳鲁 迗一個“恢復繼續輸液,,XML文件至第一中央伺服器i 〇9。該 恢復繼續輸液’’XML文件係包含病患識別符(例如,腕帶 ID)、藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)、完成的URL以及取消的 URL。忒成的URL是若該輸液成功地被恢復繼續時所用的 一個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“恢復繼續輸液,,動作 失敗或是被取消時所用的一個網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器! 〇9接收到該‘‘恢復繼續輸液”乂肌 193 1244022 文件之後,該第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6124之處判斷 該“恢復繼續輸液”XML文件是否為有效的。例如,該第— 中央伺服器1 09可以檢查是否任何通常在“恢復繼續輸液 ’’XML文件中預期會有的資料是所接收到的“恢復繼續輸液 XML文件中所缺少的。若第一中央伺服器】〇9判斷該‘‘恢 復繼續輸液,,XML文件不是有效的,則該第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊6126之處使得數位助理118顯示—個錯誤訊 息為指出給使用者知道該“恢復繼續輸液,,動作無法被執行 此,.、,貝不旦面可以包含-個理由為例如是該“恢復繼續輸液 ,,皿文件缺少哪個資料。在使用者按下‘嘗,独以應答該 錯誤訊息之後’該第一中央飼服哭1 n Q及士·^ a η τ天Ή服态109係在方塊6128之處 ,經由該取消的URL傳回一個生跄從衣外 丄 U 個失敗碼至弟二中央伺服器 1 08a 〇 若第一中央伺服器j 〇 判斷違恢復繼續輸液” XML文 件是有效的,則該第一中乒仞 天门服為1 0 9係起始該通道掃描3Q °-In general, the channel scan ㈣573 is to prompt the user to trace a readable identifier that is related to the current liquid that will be stopped or interrupted, and determine whether the scan line channel Associated with the patient identifier and the drug identifier (ie, as detailed above with reference to the figure). If the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the musical object identifier, the "stop infusion", action or "interruption of infusion" action is canceled. In this event, 'thaidi A central server is located at block 6028, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. If the scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier Rishou (that is, the channel is valid), the first central server 10 is at block 6032 so that the digital assistant 18 displays a message indicating that the patient 11 2 and the stopped infusion, which Contains details of the drugmaker 24 to be stopped and the channel where the drug 124 is located. Preferably, the display screen of the PDA also includes a "Continue" button and a "Cancel," button. In this way, the user can manually stop the indicated infusion and then press the "continue" button to notify the first central server to check if the correct infusion is stopped or interrupted. . Alternatively, the user can press the "Cancel" button. At this time, the first central server 丨 09 is at block 6028, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the cancelled URL. 108a. 187 1244022 When the right user presses the "Continue," button, the first central server 109 is located at the block 6034, and is read by the pump 120 and transmitted to the first central server 1 09. Status information to determine if the infusion was stopped. If the pump 120 cannot communicate with the first central server 109, the first central server 109 generates a communication loss event for the channel. If communication with a channel is lost, the state of the infusion on that channel cannot be changed to "stopped, or" interrupted, "until communication with the channel is restored. If communication is functioning properly but the infusion is not stopped, the first central server 109 at block 6036 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a warning message indicating that the infusion has not been stopped, and Indicate the patient 112 and the infusion to be stopped. Preferably, the display also includes an Oκ button and a "Cancel" button. If the user presses the button, the first central server 109 checks again at block 6034 to see if the correct infusion was actually stopped or interrupted. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server 1009 is located at block 6028, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the canceled URL ·. 'σ · If the infusion is stopped at block 6034, the first central station 斋 斋 109 checks at block 6038 that it is a "stop infusion, action, or interrupt the infusion" action. For example, the first central server i09 can check the status of flags such as DCFlag set by block 6020 or block 6022. If this is "stop infusion, action (ie, pause infusion), then the first central server 109 is at block 6044, and returns a success code and DCFlag = FALSE to the second central server via the completed URL. 188 1244022 器 108a 〇 If this is "interrupt the infusion, when the action (ie, end the infusion), then the first central server 109 preferably tries to block the main, liquid or It is a small soft bag infusion (but preferably not both) to remove the patient identifier, drug identifier, and channel identifier. If the user wishes to stop or interrupt the operation on a channel ^ = For both the infusion and the small soft bag infusion, the user can perform the "stop infusion action" or "interrupt the infusion" action twice, once for each infusion. The first central server 109 is at block 6o. If the database connection is unsuccessfully removed at 42, the first central server 1009 is located at the box "", and a failure code is returned to the second central server via the canceled URL. If the removal of the database connection is successful at the place where the _three central temple server is purchased, the first central temple server 1009 is located at the box and a success code is returned via the completed URL And DCFlag = TRUE to the second central server 108 &. If only the infusion is interrupted and the action is successful, the first central server 109 removes the relationship between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier for the selected infusion. Otherwise, the relationship is maintained. For example, if the "right stop infusion" action is successful or "interrupt the infusion, and the action fails, then the relationship between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier is maintained. Similarly, the second central server 08a only updates the status of the wheel fluid to be stopped or interrupted when it receives a success code from the first central server 1009. Any Other results (for example, a cancellation code or a failure code) cause the second central server 108a to keep the wheel 1244022 in its previous state. Preferably, at any point in the process 6000, the user has Select the right to cancel the process 600. The stop / interrupt process can be used to record that the infusion was restarted for MAR purposes. 'Rebellion Following the Jing infusion process Figure 61 illustrates the resume of the infusion process 6i An example of 〇0. The resume continuation infusion process 6100 can be used to restart a stopped (ie, paused) infusion process. However, the resume continuation infusion process 61 cannot be used to restart an interrupted The (ie, ended) infusion process. In general, the resumed infusion process 6100 is receiving input from an electronic device such as digital assistant 118, which The electronic device contains information indicating a recovery resume process to be performed, information identifying the patient 112 that will be affected (eg, patient ID), and information indicating the medication 124 that will be resumed for the patient 112 (For example, rx iD). The 6100 0 then sends this information to the first central server 丨 09, the second central server 109 confirms whether the channel identification information conforms to the resume resume instruction information, and confirms the correct Whether the infusion was resumed. More specifically, the resumed infusion process 6 of this example begins when the second central server 108a causes the digital assistant 118 to display a patient list at block 6102. A An example of the digital assistant's display 118a of the patient list is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably not limited to users who log in to the digital assistant at that time (e.g., Medical staff 116) related patients. Once the user selects a patient after 11 2 'indicate the selection and / or the patient 丨 2 2 190 1244022 Information from the digital assistant 118 is passed back to the second central server. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central server 108a may be via any appropriate communication channel such as the wireless / wired network described above. The second central server ⑽3 then makes the digital ㈣118 display an action list at the view of the block. An example of the digital assistant display 1183 showing an action list is riding on the μ chart The list of actions is preferably limited to actions related to the selected disease 4. For example, if-the infusion related to this patient 112 is currently in a stopped state, there will only be "Resume Continue" Infusion, motion is available. From the action list, the user selects "Resume to continue the infusion. During the action, the information indicating the selected action is transmitted to the second central server Satoshi. In response, the second central server ⑽a is in the box The 6th place causes the digital assistant 118 to display a screen for prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 to be resumed. The user is prompted to scan a machine related to the drug 124 An example of a digital assistant's display 118a with a readable identifier is depicted in Figure 34. The user can use the digital assistant 118 to collect the drug on a pill bag such as an infusion bag Bar code). Alternatively, the user can manually rotate the drug identifier into digital assistant 1 1 8. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server, 108a, at block 6108. For verification. The second central server 108a attempts to query the drug identifier in the database. If the drug identifier (eg 191 1244022 Shiyi ID) does not exist in the mouth shell database When a valid drug identifier is reached, the second central server purchase causes the digital assistant 118 to display an invalid item notification at block 6110. Once the user responds to the invalid item notification (or the notification) (Pause), the digital assistant 118 displays the screen again at block 6106 to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug 124 to be resumed. If the user scans a The resumed medicine # 124 is associated with a machine-readable identifier, but when the medicine 124 has been interrupted, the second central feeder 108a preferably causes the digital assistant 8 to display a message to the user ' It states that due to the interrupted state of the drug # 124, the drug 1 24 cannot be resumed.-If at block 6108, the drug identifier (for example, the bag ID) does exist in the beta haibe warehouse Is a valid drug identifier, and has not been interrupted yet, then the second central server 108a is located at block 6ΐΐ2 so that the digital assistant 31 118 displays a screen to prompt the user to scan A 112-phase readable identifier for the patient. An example of a digital assistant's display 118a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the disease 4 112 is depicted at 帛 36w The user can use the scanner of the digital assistant 118 to scan on the heart of the patient's wristband :: bar code labeling. Alternatively, the user can manually enter the patient to pay to the digital assistant 118 The patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server ⑽a for verification at block 6114. The second central server purchaser then attempts to query the patient identifier in the database ° If the patient identifier (for example, the wristband ⑻ does not exist as a valid patient identifier in the database 192 1244022), the second central server 1 08a is placed at block 611-6 to make a digit Assistant 18 shows an invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or when the notification is suspended), the digital assistant 118 displays the screen again at block 6112 to prompt the user to scan a patient related to the patient 丨 2 Machine-readable identifier. If at block 6114, the patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) only exists as a valid patient identifier in the database, the second central server 108a may also prompt the user to Provide a code to indicate the reason for the “Resume Continuing Infusion” action. If this reason code is not provided, the system preferably displays a message to the user as a reason code must be provided. In addition, the first The two central servers 08a may time-stamp the instruction and / or prompt the user to provide the time when the action will take place. Furthermore, the second central server 108a preferably checks the infusion instructions. State to determine whether the infusion instruction is valid or interrupted. If the infusion instruction is valid, the second central server 108a sends a "Resume to continue infusion," XML file to the first central Server i 〇9. The resume resume infusion 'XML file contains a patient identifier (e.g., wristband ID), a drug identifier (e.g., bag ID), a completed URL, and a canceled URL. The resulting URL is a network address used if the infusion was successfully resumed. The canceled URL is a network address used when the "resume continued to infusion, the action failed or was canceled. Once the first central server! 009 received the" resume continued to infusion "diaphragm muscle 193 1244022 After the file, the first central server 109 determines at block 6124 whether the "resume continued infusion" XML file is valid. For example, the first-central server 109 can check if any of the information normally expected in the "Resume Continue Infusion" XML file is missing from the received "Resume Continue Infusion XML file." If the first central server] judges that the "resumption of continued infusion, XML file is not valid, then the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant 118 to display at block 6126-an error message is indicated to The user knows that the "resumption of continued infusion, the action cannot be performed ....", the beittan noodles may contain a reason for example, "the resumption of continued infusion, which data is missing from the dish file. After the user presses 'Taste, and only responds to the error message', the first central feeding service cries 1 n Q and ^ a η τ TianΉ service state 109 is at block 6128, via the canceled URL Returns a failure code from the outside of the clothing to the second central server 1 08a 〇 If the first central server j 〇 determines that the infusion is resumed and the infusion is continued, the XML file is valid, the first ping pong tianmen Serve as 1 0 9 series to start this channel scan
過私 5 7 3 0。-般而言,兮、si X 奴而。5亥通道掃描過程5730係提示使用 者來掃描一個與目前關於將 肝被阪復、、驢績之輸液的泵通道相 關之機器可讀取的識別符, 並且判斷该掃描出的通道是否 與該病患識別符以及藥物噃 切A別付相關(即如以上參 8 圖詳細所述者)。若該掃描 —i L 知出的通道與該病患識別符以及 樂物識別符不相關時,則 敗復、*k績輸液,,動作係被取消 。在此種事件中,該篦—+丄 ,r 中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6128之 處,經由該取消的URL傳θ 一加你、* i Q8a。 個取扁碼至第二中央伺服器 194 1244022 右该掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 關日守(亦即,該通道是有效的),則第一中央伺服器!⑽係 在方塊6132之處使得數位助理118顯示一個訊息為指出該 病患112以及被恢復繼續的輸液。較佳地,pM的顯示畫 面亦包含一個“繼續,,按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。以此種方 式,使用者可以人工地恢復繼續所指出的輸液,並且接著 按下邊繼續”按鈕以通知第一中央伺服器1〇9來檢查正確 的輸液實際上是否被恢復繼續。或者是,使用者可以按下 孩取消’’按鈕,在此時的第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方塊 61 28之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 若使用者按下該“繼續,,按鈕,則第一中央伺服器j 〇9 係在方塊6134之處,藉由讀取由泵12〇傳送至該第一中央 伺服器1 09的狀態資訊來判斷該輸液是否被恢復繼續。若 該泵1 20不能夠與第一中央伺服器丨〇9通訊時,則該第一 中央伺服器1 09係針對該通道產生一個失去通訊事件。若 失去與一個通道的通訊時,在該通道上之輸液的狀態便無 法被改為“恢復繼續的”,直到與該通道的通訊恢復為止。 若通訊是適當地作用的,但是該輸液未被恢復繼續時,則 第一中央祠服器109係在方塊6136之處使得數位助理118 顯示一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被恢復繼續,並且指出 該病患112以及將被恢復繼續的輸液。較佳地,該顯示器 亦包含一個“OK”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。若使用者按下 該“OK”按紐,則第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6134之處再 195 1244022 次檢查以查看正確的輸液實際上是否被恢復繼續。若使用 者按下該“取消”按鈕,則第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊 6128之處,經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央 伺服器108a。 ' 若該輸液在方塊之處6134被恢復繼續時,則第一中央 伺服器109係在方塊6144之處,、經由該完成的胍傳回一、 個成功碼至第二中央伺服器108a。該第—中央伺服器 係對於所選的輸液維持病患識別符、藥物識別符以及通道 識別符之間的關連。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a只有在從第一 中‘央伺服器’ 109接收到一個成功碼時’才更新輸液之狀態 為運行的” Μ壬何其它的結果(例如,取消碼或是失敗碼) 都使得第二中央伺服器购保持該輸液在其先前的狀態中 。較佳地,若使用者希望恢復繼續運行在—個通道上之主 要的輸液以及小軟袋輸液兩者,則該使用者可以執行該“恢 復繼續輸液,,動作兩次,對於每個輸液執行一次❶續停止/ :斷過程可以被㈣來記錄該輸液是為了 Mar之㈣Τ而被 重新開始。 泵過裎 第62圖係說明移去栗過程62〇〇的一個例子。該移去 泵過程6200可以被利用來終止在該第_ 二 咨輕金丄 τ天佝服态1 09的 :、《一個通道一病患—藥物之關係,而與存在於荜乃 的資料庫中之中斷輸液指令無關, 子在於条局 ,, 關並且不需透過上述的停 止/中畊輪液過程6000。一般而言,今敕土 r 怂一如 °哀移去泵過程6200係 攸一個例如是數位助理118的電子梦罢祕 7电于哀置接收輸入,該電子 196 1244022 裝置係包含指出一個將被執杆 . 仃的移去泵過程之資訊、指明 將受到影響的病患112之資气u 心貝Λ(例如,病患ID)以及指 於該將受到影響之病患112的鏟札,… 一 τηΛ 的樂物124之資訊(例如,Rx ID)。該過程6200係接著值徉α 一 卜 傳迗此貧訊至第-中央伺服器 109,该弟一中央伺服器1〇9 1 uy係確涊通道識別資訊是否符合 該移去泵指令資訊,並且確認正確的豕120是否被移去。Smuggling 5 7 3 0. -In general, Xi, si X slave. The scanning process of the 5H channel 5730 is to prompt the user to scan a machine-readable identifier related to the current pump channel for infusion of the liver and the infusion, and judge whether the scanned channel is related to the Patient identifiers and medications are not relevant (ie, as described in detail in Figure 8 above). If the scan-i L knows that the channel is not related to the patient identifier and the musical instrument identifier, then the failure is lost, the infusion is performed, and the action is cancelled. In such an event, the 篦 — + 丄, r central server 109 is located at block 6128 and transmits θ one plus you, * i Q8a via the cancelled URL. Take a flat code to the second central server 194 1244022 Right The scanned channel is related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier. The day guard (that is, the channel is valid), then the first central server! Lineage At block 6132, the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating the patient 112 and the infusion being resumed. Preferably, the pM display screen also includes a "Continue," button and a "Cancel," button. In this way, the user can manually resume the indicated infusion and then press the "Continue" button to notify the first central server 109 to check whether the correct infusion was actually resumed. Or, use The user can press the "Cancel" button. At this time, the first central server 丨 09 is located at block 61 28, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server 108a via the cancelled URL. If used If the "Continue," button is pressed, the first central server j 〇9 is located at the block 6134, and the status information transmitted by the pump 120 to the first central server 109 is judged to determine the Whether the infusion was resumed continues. If the pump 120 cannot communicate with the first central server 109, the first central server 109 generates a communication loss event for the channel. If communication with a channel is lost, the status of the infusion on that channel cannot be changed to "Resume Continue" until communication with the channel is restored. If communication is functioning properly, but the infusion is not resumed, the first central temple server 109 is located at block 6136 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a warning message to indicate that the infusion has not resumed and indicates The patient 112 will be resumed with continued infusions. Preferably, the display also includes an "OK" button and a "Cancel," button. If the user presses the "OK" button, the first central server 109 is located at block 6134 and 195 1244022 times Check to see if the correct infusion was actually resumed. If the user presses the "Cancel" button, the first central server 1009 is at block 6128 and a cancellation code is returned via the cancelled URL Go to the second central server 108a. 'If the infusion is resumed at block 6134, the first central server 109 is at block 6144 and returns a success code to the completed guanidine to The second central server 108a. The first-central server maintains the relationship between the patient identifier, the drug identifier, and the channel identifier for the selected infusion. The second central server 108a One of the 'central server' 109 did not update the status of the infusion to be running until it received a success code. 'Other results (for example, cancellation or failure codes) made the second central server maintain the Liquid in its previous state. Preferably, if the user wishes to resume both the main infusion and the small soft bag infusion that continue to run on one channel, the user can perform the "resume to continue the infusion", twice, for each infusion. One continuous stop /: The interruption process can be recorded to record that the infusion is restarted for the sake of Mar. Pumping Figure 62 illustrates an example of the removal process 6200. The removal process 6200 It can be used to terminate the service status of the second _ second advisor light gold 丄 τ 天 佝 service state 1 09: "The relationship between a channel and a patient-drugs, and has nothing to do with the interruption of infusion instructions in Yunai's database The problem lies in the bureau, and it is not necessary to go through the stop / row cultivation liquid process 6000 described above. In general, today ’s soil r is like ° ° Removing the pump process 6200 is a digital assistant 118, for example E-Dream Strike 7 Electricity receives the input from the sad, the electronic 196 1244022 device contains information indicating a pump will be executed. 仃 Information on the removal of the pump process, indicating the patient's talents 112 will be affected u heart shell Λ (E.g. patient ID) and Refers to the eradication of the patient 112 that will be affected, ... a piece of information (e.g., Rx ID) of τηΛ's music piece 124. The process 6200 is followed by the value of α α and the information transmitted to the first-central servo The controller 109, the central server 1091 uy, determines whether the channel identification information conforms to the removal pump instruction information, and confirms whether the correct 豕 120 is removed.
_更明確地5兒,轉例的移去泵過程6·係開始於該第 二中央伺服器购在方塊62G2之處使得數位助理118顯 不-個病患表列以供選擇。顯示一個病患表列的數位助理 之m118a的-個例子係被描繪在第24圖中。該病患 表列較佳地是限於與在該時間登錄到該數位助㊣⑴的使 用者(例如,醫護人員116)相關的病患。一旦該使用者選 擇-位病患112之後,指明該選擇以及/或是該病患ιι2的 資訊係從該數位助理118被傳回到第二中央伺服器H)8a。 ,於該數位助理118以及第二中央飼服器购之間的通訊 可以I由例如是上述的無線/有線的網路1 之任何適當的 通訊通道。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a係接著在方塊62〇4之 處使得該數位助理118顯示一個動作表列。顯示一個動作 表列的數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第 25圖中。s亥動作表列較佳地是限於與該所選的病患112相 關之動作。例如,若一項與此病患112相關的輸液是目前 被列在第一中央伺服器109的資料庫中時,則將只有“移去 泵’’動作是可利用的。 當該使用者從該動作表列選擇“移去泵,,動作時,指明 197 1244022 所遠的動作之貧訊係被傳送至第二中央伺服器〗〇8a。作為 回應地,該第二中央伺服器108a係在方塊62〇6之處使得 數位助理11 8顯不一個晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個與將 受到此“移去泵”動作影響的藥物124相關之機器可讀取的 識別符。提示該使用者掃描一個與該藥⑯124才目關之機器 可讀取的識別符的數位助理之顯示器U8a的一個例子係被 U第34圖中。该使用者可以使用數位助理^ ^ 8的掃描 器來掃描在-嶋124袋之上的藥物的標籤ma(例如 ’在一個輸液袋之上的條碼)。或者是,該使用者可以人 工地輸入該藥物識別符到數位助理118中。 該藥物識別符係接著在方塊6m之處被傳送至該第二 中央伺服器lG8a用於驗證。該第二中央伺服器剛&(或是 數位助理118)係檢查是否接收到__個適當地格式化的藥物 識別符。較佳地,第二中央伺服器胸並不需要檢查該藥 物識別付疋否符合在該第二中央伺服器】的資料庫中之 —個目前的輸液’因為該“移去泵”動作之目的是從該第一 中央伺服器109的資料庫中移去在第二中央伺服器108a的 貧料庫中不具有對應的輸液之關連。 若該藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)並未被適當地格式化時 ’則第二中_央伺服器购係在方塊6210之處使得數位助 里11 8顯不一個無效的物品通知。一旦使用者應答該益效 的物品通知(或是該通知暫停)時,該數位助王里118係在方 塊6 2 0 6之處再-欠顯干兮查 恢復繼續的筚二:^ 条物124才目關之機器可讀取的識別符。 198 1244022 若在方塊6208之處,該藥物識別符(例如,袋id)是 適當地被格式化時,則第二中央飼服器職係在方塊 6212之處使得數位助理118顯示一個晝面為提示該使用者 掃描-個與該病患112相關之機器可讀取的識別符。提示 使用者掃描-個與該病患、112相關之機器可讀取的識別符 之數位助理之顯示器118a的一個例子係被描繪在第%圖 中。使用者可以使用數位助理118的掃描器來掃描在一個 病患腕帶112a之上的條碼標籤。或者是,使用者可以人工 地輸入該病患識別符至數位助理118卜該病患識別符係 接著在方塊6214之處被傳送至該第二中央伺服器1〇8&用 於驗證。該第二中央伺服器1〇8a(或是數位助理ιΐ8)係接 著檢查是否接收到-個適當地格式化的病患識別符。較佳 =,第二中央伺服器108a並不需要檢查該病患識別符是否 付a在忒第一中央祠服器的資料庫中之一個目前的輸 液,因為該‘‘移去泵,,動作之目的是從該第一中央伺服器 1 09的資料庫中移去在第二中央伺服器i 〇8a的資料庫中不 具有對應的輸液之關連。然而,該第二中央伺服器1〇8a( 或疋數位助理118)可以檢查該病患識別符是否符合在方塊 6202中所選的病患U2。 右遠病患識別符(例如,腕帶ID)並未被適當地格式化 日守,或疋該病患識別符並不相符在方塊62〇2中所選的病患 112犄,第二中央伺服器1〇8a係在方塊6216之處使得數 位助理118顯示一個無效的病患通知。一旦使用者應答該 無效的病患通知(或是該通知暫停)時,該數位助理118係 199 1244022 在方塊621 2之處再次顯示該晝面為提示該使用者掃描一個 與該病患11 2相關之機器可讀取的識別符。 右在方塊6 214之處,该病患識別符(例如,腕帶j ρ) 疋適當地被格式化並且符合在方塊6202中所選的病患112 時’則第二中央伺服器1083係在方塊6217之處傳送一個“ 停止警報指定路由”XML文件至第一中央伺服器1〇9。該“停 止警報指定路由,,XML文件係包含病患識別符(例如,腕帶 ID)、藥物識別符(例如,袋ID)、完成的UR]L以及取消的 URL "亥70成的URL是若該泵12 0被成功地移除時所用的一 個網路位址。該取消的URL是若該“移去泵,,動作失敗或是 被取消時所用的一個網路位址。 一旦第一中央伺服器1 09接收到該“停止警報指定路由 ’’XML文件後,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6224之處 判斷該“停止警報指定路由”XML X件是否為有效的。例如 ,該第一中央伺服器109可以檢查是否有任何通常在“停止 警報指定路由,,皿文件中預期會有的資料是該接收到:“ =止警報指定路由” XML X件所缺少#。若該第一中央飼服 益1〇9判斷該“停止警報指定路由”XML文件不是有效的, 則第-中央伺服器109係在方塊6226之處使得數位助理 U8顯示一個錯誤訊息為指出讓該使用者知道該“停止盤報 指定路由,,動作無法被執行。此顯示可以包含一個理由:例 如是該“停止警報指料由文件缺少資料。在該使用 ^按下“ΟΓ,按钮以應答該錯誤訊息之後,該帛一中央饲服 109係在方塊6228之處,經由該取消的u礼傳回—個失 200 1244022 敗碼至第二中央伺服器j 08a。 若第-中央飼服器⑽判斷該‘‘停止警報指定路由,,xml 文件是有效的,則該第一中央祠服器109係起始該通道掃 過程573G°—般而言,該通道掃描過程5730係提示使 用者來掃描-個與目前相關於將被移除的i 120之泵通、曾 相關之機器可讀取的識別符,並且判斷該掃描出的通= 否與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相關(即如以上參考第 58圖詳細所述者)。㈣掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以 及樂物識別符不相關時,則該“移去泵,,動作係被取消。在 此種事件中,該第-中央伺服器⑽係在方塊MU之處, 經由該取消的URL傳回一個取消碼至第二中央伺服器⑽& 〇 若該掃描出的通道與該病患識別符以及藥物識別符相 關時(亦即,該通道是有效的),則第一中央祠服器109係 在方塊6232之處使得數位助理118顯示_個訊息為指出該 病〜、112以及與此動作相關的輸液。較佳地,pm的顯示 畫面亦包含-個“繼續”按鈕以及一個“取消,,按鈕。以此種 方式使用者可以人工地停止所指出的輸液,並且接著按 下該“繼續”按鈕以诵4〇铱 ,^ , 弟一中央伺服器1 〇 9來檢查正確的 輸液實際上是否被停止。或者是,使用者可以按下該“取消 按紐,在此時的篦_ 士 一 才的弟中央伺服器109係在方塊6228之處 、、工由,亥取4 # URL冑回一個取消碼至第二中央祠服器 108a。 使用者按下5亥繼續,,按鈕,該第一中央伺服器1⑽ 201 1244022 係在方塊6234之處,藉由綠甘丄χ, 稽甶5貝取由泵120傳送至該第一中央 祠服器1 0 9的狀態資訊來判斷兮私 u木刦畊该輸液是否被停止。若該輸 液未被停止時,則第一中央裀 τ天何服态109係在方塊6236之處 使得數位助理U8顯示一個警告訊息為指出該輸液未被停 止”。較佳地,該顯示器亦包含—個“繼續,,按紐以及一個“取 消”按紐。若使用者按下續“百由 $饮卜β取消按鈕,則第一中央伺服器 109係在方塊6228之處,妳ώ兮%、、由从ττητ 士 Ρ 、、二由°亥取/力的URL傳回一個取消 碼至第二中央伺服器l〇8a。_ More specifically, the removal of the pump in the conventional case 6. The system begins when the second central server is purchased at block 62G2 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a patient list for selection. An example of a digital assistant m118a showing a patient list is depicted in Figure 24. The patient list is preferably limited to patients associated with a user (e.g., medical staff 116) logged into the digital assistant at that time. Once the user selects the patient 112, the information indicating the selection and / or the patient 2 is transmitted from the digital assistant 118 to the second central server PD 8a. The communication between the digital assistant 118 and the second central feeder may be through any suitable communication channel such as the wireless / wired network 1 described above. The second central server 108a then causes the digital assistant 118 to display an action list at block 6204. An example of a digital assistant display 118a showing an action list is depicted in FIG. The motion list is preferably limited to the motions associated with the selected patient 112. For example, if an infusion related to this patient 112 is currently listed in the database of the first central server 109, then only the "remove pump" action will be available. When the user removes Select "Remove the pump in this action list, and when in action, the poor information indicating the action far away from 197 1244022 is transmitted to the second central server" 〇8a. In response, the second central server 108a causes the digital assistant 11 18 to display a daytime face at block 6206 in order to prompt the user to scan a drug 124 that will be affected by this "remove pump" action The relevant machine-readable identifier. An example of the digital assistant's display U8a prompting the user to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the drug capsule 124 is shown in Figure 34 of U. The user can use the digital assistant's 8 scanner to scan the label ma (eg, a barcode on an infusion bag) of the drug on-嶋 124 bag. Alternatively, the user may manually enter the medication identifier into the digital assistant 118. The drug identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 1G8a at block 6m for verification. The second central server (or digital assistant 118) checks to see if it has received an appropriately formatted drug identifier. Preferably, the second central server does not need to check whether the drug identification payment matches one of the current infusions in the database of the second central server] because of the purpose of the "remove pump" action. It is removed from the database of the first central server 109 that there is no corresponding infusion in the lean library of the second central server 108a. If the drug identifier (e.g., the bag ID) has not been properly formatted, then the second central server purchases at block 6210 so that Digital Assistant 11 displays an invalid item notification. Once the user responds to the notification of the beneficial item (or the notification is suspended), the digital assistant Wang 118 is located at the block 6 2 0 6 again-it is not obvious to check and resume to resume the second: ^ article 124 is a machine readable identifier. 198 1244022 If the drug identifier (eg, bag id) is properly formatted at block 6208, then the second central feeder grade at block 6212 causes the digital assistant 118 to display a day face as The user is prompted to scan a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient 112. An example of a digital assistant's display 118a that the user scans a machine-readable identifier associated with the patient, 112, is depicted in Figure%. The user can use the scanner of digital assistant 118 to scan a bar code label on a patient's wristband 112a. Alternatively, the user may manually enter the patient identifier into the digital assistant 118 and the patient identifier is then transmitted to the second central server 108 & at block 6214 for verification. The second central server 108a (or digital assistant 8) then checks to see if a properly formatted patient identifier has been received. Better =, the second central server 108a does not need to check whether the patient identifier is paid for a current infusion in the database of the first central server, because the `` remove the pump, '' action The purpose is to remove from the database of the first central server 109 the association that does not have a corresponding infusion in the database of the second central server i 08a. However, the second central server 108a (or digital assistant 118) can check whether the patient identifier matches the patient U2 selected in block 6202. The right distant patient identifier (eg, wristband ID) is not formatted properly, or the patient identifier does not match the patient selected in box 62202, the second center Server 108a at block 6216 causes digital assistant 118 to display an invalid patient notification. Once the user responds to the invalid patient notification (or the notification is paused), the digital assistant 118 department 199 1244022 again displays the daytime surface at block 621 2 to prompt the user to scan a patient with the patient 11 2 The relevant machine-readable identifier. Right at block 6 214, the patient identifier (eg, wristband j ρ) 疋 is properly formatted and matches the patient 112 selected in block 6202. Then the second central server 1083 is located at At block 6217, a "stop alarm routing" XML file is transmitted to the first central server 109. The "Stop Alert specifies the route. The XML file contains the patient identifier (for example, wristband ID), drug identifier (for example, bag ID), completed UR] L, and canceled URL". Is a network address used if the pump 120 was successfully removed. The canceled URL is a network address used if the pump was removed, the operation failed, or was canceled. Once the first central server 1 09 receives the "Stop Alarm Designated Routing" XML file, the first central server 109 determines at block 6224 whether the "Stop Alarm Designated Routing" XML X file is Valid. For example, the first central server 109 can check whether there is any information normally received in the "Stop Alarm Designated Routing, and the expected data in the dish file is the received:" = Stop Alarm Designated Routing "XML Xware lack#. If the first central feeding service 109 determines that the "Stop Alarm Designated Routing" XML file is not valid, the first central server 109 causes the digital assistant U8 to display an error message at block 6226 indicating that the The user knows that the "stop reporting the specified route, the action cannot be performed. This display may include a reason: for example, the" stop alarm indicates that the file is missing data. After the use ^ press the "ΟΓ, button to answer the error message, the first central feeding service 109 is located at block 6228, and is returned via the canceled u ceremony-a loss of 200 1244022 to the second central Server j 08a. If the first-central feeding server judges that the `` stop alarm specified route, and the xml file is valid, then the first central feeding server 109 starts the channel scanning process at 573G °-generally In other words, the channel scanning process 5730 prompts the user to scan an identifier that is related to the pump pass that was currently associated with the i 120 to be removed, and the machine that has been associated with it, and judges that the scanned pass = No Related to the patient identifier and the drug identifier (ie, as detailed above with reference to Figure 58). 时 When the scanned channel is not related to the patient identifier and the musical object identifier, the "remove Pump, the action is cancelled. In such an event, the first-central server is located at the block MU, and a cancellation code is returned to the second central server via the cancelled URL. &Amp; 〇 If the scanned channel is identified with the patient When the symbol and the drug identifier are related (that is, the channel is valid), the first central temple server 109 is located at the block 6232 so that the digital assistant 118 displays a message indicating that the disease ~, 112, and this Action related infusion. Preferably, the display screen of PM also includes a "continue" button and a "cancel," button. In this way, the user can manually stop the indicated infusion, and then press the "continue" button to chant 4〇Iridium, ^, the central server 1 009 to check whether the correct infusion is actually stopped. Or, the user can press the "Cancel button, at this time 篦 _Shi Yicai's brother The central server 109 is located at the block 6228, and the reason is, take a 4 # URL and return a cancellation code to the second central temple server 108a. The user presses the button to continue, the button, the first central server 1 ⑽ 201 1244022 is tied to the block 6234, and the green central 丄 χ, 5 取 is taken by the pump 120 and transmitted to the first central temple server 1 0 9 status information to determine whether the infusion was stopped. If the infusion is not stopped, the first central infusion τ Tianhe service state 109 is at block 6236 so that the digital assistant U8 displays a warning message indicating that the infusion has not been stopped. "Preferably, the display also contains -A "Continue," button and a "Cancel" button. If the user presses the "Cancel $ 100" button, the first central server 109 is located at the block 6228. You can save %%,% from ττητ 士 Ρ, and 2% by / URL returns a cancellation code to the second central server 108a.
右使用者按下4繼、績,,按紐,則第_中央飼服器⑽ 較佳地係在方塊624〇之處嘗試對於主要的輸液或是小軟袋 輸液(但較佳地非為兩者)移去在病患識別符、藥物識別符 ’以及通道識別符之間的f料庫關連。若該使用者希望停 止與在-個通道上運行之主要的輸液以及小軟袋輸液兩者 相關之警報指定路由時,使用者可以執行該“移去泵,,動作 兩次,對於每個輸液各執行一次。若第一中央伺服器109 在方塊6242之處移除該資料庫關連是不成功的,則該第一 中央伺服器109係在方塊6228之處,經由該取消的URL傳 回一個失敗碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。若該第一中央伺服 器109在方塊6242之處移除該資料庫關連是成功的,則該 第一中央伺服器109係在方塊6244之處,經由該完成的 URL傳回一個成功碼至第二中央伺服器丨〇8a。 只有在“移去泵,,動作是成功時,該第一中央伺服器 109才會對於所選的輸液移除在病患識別符、藥物識別符 以及通道識別符之間的關連。否則,該關連係被維持。在 202 1244022 從第一中央伺服器1 09接收到一個成功碼之際,該第一中 央伺服器1 08a並不需要更新該“被移去的,,輸液之狀態。 安全的通訊過寇 如上所述,該系統可以包含在一個有線或是無線網路 上通訊之複數個數位助理丨1 8以及複數個醫療器材(例如 輸液泵120)。因為某些被傳送的資料是機密的醫療資料, 因此該資料較佳地是被加密的,並且在開放的環境中只被 傳送至被授權的使用者及裝置。為了設定一個新的數位l 理118或是醫療器材12〇,該確認過程的一個委任 _ (commissioning)階段可以被執行。每次一個被委任的裝2 被開機時,較佳地是執行一個確認過程,以便於驗證是否 正在和一個被授權的裝置以及/或是使用者通訊。一旦一 個裝置以及/或是使用者被確認後,保密的單向以及/或是 雙向的通訊可以產生,以便於在數位助理、醫療器材以及 /或是伺服器之間傳遞參數、指令、資料、警報、狀態資 訊以及任何其它類型的資訊。 、 清荼考第63圖,安全的通訊過程63〇〇的數位助理委_ 任階段(亦即,伺服器的登記階段)係開始在方塊MM之處 田第中央伺服器1 〇9產生一個數位助理的使用者帳戶 呀。例如,該數位助理使用者帳戶可以用眾所週知的方式 ’利用微軟公司的動態目錄而被建立。該第一中央伺服器 109係接者在方塊63〇4之處產± 一個數位憑證給該數位助 理118。該數位憑證可以用任何方式而被產生。例如,咳 數位憑證可以在該第一中央_ 109之處用眾所週知的 203 1244022 方式,利用微軟公司的數位憑證服務而被產生。該數位憑 證較佳地係包含利用該第一中央伺服器的私有密鑰來數位 簽早之數位助理的公開密鑰。換言之,該第一中央伺服器 1 09係作用為用於該數位助理的數位憑證的認證中心(CA) 。一旦該數位憑證被產生後,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在 方塊6306之處將該數位憑證對映至該使用者帳戶。 該數位助理的數位憑證以及數位助理的私有密鑰係接 著在方塊6308之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9傳送至在方 塊6310之處的數位助理118〇較佳地,該數位助理的數位 φ 憑證以及數位助理的私有密鑰係經由安全的連線而被傳送 至數位助理118。例如,未連接至任何其它裝置的rs—232 電繞線可以被使用。此外,該第一中央祠服器的數位憑證 係在方塊6312之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9被傳送至在 方塊6314之處的數位助理118。同樣地,該第一中央伺服 器的數位憑證較佳地是經由例如是未連接至任何其它裝置 的RS 232電纜線之安全的連線而被傳送至該數位助理 。在此時,該數位助理118係被委任(亦即,向該祠服器登籲 記)。 當然’任何與數位助s 118通訊的彳法都可以被使用 。在-個例子中,數位助理的私有密鑰可以在該數位助理 118被製造之際,被儲存在一個與該數位助理⑴相關的 記憶體中(例如’ EPR0M)。此外,每個數位助理ιΐ8可以具 有相同的私有密鑰’而帶有不同的識別碼以被用來在數位 助理118之間做區別。 204 1244022 母次-個被委任的數位助理118開機時,該數位助理 8以及第一中央飼服器⑽必須執行—個確認過程,以 便於從不安全的無線連線移到安全的無線連線。在所舉的 例子中’數位助理118係在方塊6316以及方塊_之處 建立與第一中央伺服器1〇9不安全的8〇2 ιι(無線乙太網 路)連線。當然:,任何類型的連線都可以被使用,例如, 有線的連線或是利用其它協定的連線。The right user presses 4 buttons, button, then the _ central feeding device ⑽ is preferably at block 6240 to try for the main infusion or a small soft bag infusion (but preferably not for (Both) Remove the f database association between the patient identifier, the drug identifier ', and the channel identifier. If the user wishes to stop the alarm-specific routing associated with both the main infusion and the small soft bag infusion running on one channel, the user can execute the "remove pump, act twice, for each infusion Each one is executed. If the first central server 109 is unsuccessful in removing the database connection at block 6242, the first central server 109 is at block 6228 and returns a via the cancelled URL The failure code goes to the second central server 〇 08a. If the first central server 109 successfully removes the database connection at block 6242, the first central server 109 is at block 6244, A success code is returned to the second central server via the completed URL. 8a. The first central server 109 removes the selected infusion only when "the pump is removed and the action is successful. Association between patient identifiers, drug identifiers, and channel identifiers. Otherwise, the relationship is maintained. When 202 1244022 receives a success code from the first central server 10 09, the first central server 108a does not need to update the status of the "removed, infusion." The secure communication is as above As stated, the system may include a plurality of digital assistants communicating on a wired or wireless network and a plurality of medical equipment (such as an infusion pump 120). Because some of the transmitted data is confidential medical information, the The data is preferably encrypted and only transmitted to authorized users and devices in an open environment. In order to set up a new digital 118 or medical device 120, a confirmation of this confirmation process_ The (commissioning) phase can be performed. Each time a commissioned device 2 is powered on, it is preferred to perform a confirmation process to verify that it is communicating with an authorized device and / or user. Once a After the device and / or user is identified, confidential one-way and / or two-way communications can be generated to facilitate digital assistants, medical devices, and / or Parameters, commands, data, alarms, status information, and any other type of information are passed between the servers. Figure 63, the digital assistant committee of the secure communication process 630000. The registration phase) is to start generating a digital assistant user account on the MM's central server 1009. For example, the digital assistant user account can use the dynamic directory of Microsoft Corporation in a well-known way. Is created. The first central server 109 connector produces a digital voucher for the digital assistant 118 at block 6304. The digital voucher can be generated in any way. For example, a digital voucher can be created at the The first central _ 109 is generated using Microsoft's digital certificate service in the well-known 203 1244022 method. The digital certificate preferably includes the use of the private key of the first central server to digitally sign the early digits The public key of the assistant. In other words, the first central server 109 acts as a certificate authority for the digital credentials of the digital assistant ( CA). Once the digital certificate is generated, the first central server 109 maps the digital certificate to the user account at block 6306. The digital certificate of the digital assistant and the private secret of the digital assistant The key system is then transmitted by the first central server 109 at block 6308 to the digital assistant 1180 at block 6310. Preferably, the digital assistant's digital φ certificate and the digital assistant's private key system It is transmitted to the digital assistant 118 via a secure connection. For example, an rs-232 electrical winding that is not connected to any other device can be used. In addition, the digital certificate for the first central temple server is at block 6312 The first central server 109 is transmitted to the digital assistant 118 at block 6314. Likewise, the digital certificate of the first central server is preferably transmitted to the digital assistant via a secure connection such as an RS 232 cable that is not connected to any other device. At this time, the digital assistant 118 was appointed (that is, to call on the temple server). Of course, any method of communicating with the Digital Assistant 118 can be used. In one example, the digital assistant's private key may be stored in a memory (e.g., 'EPROM') associated with the digital assistant when the digital assistant 118 is manufactured. In addition, each digital assistant 8 may have the same private key ' with a different identification code to be used to distinguish between the digital assistants 118. 204 1244022 Mother-in-chief-appointed digital assistant 118. When starting up, the digital assistant 8 and the first central feeder ⑽ must perform a confirmation process in order to move from an unsecured wireless connection to a secure wireless connection . In the example given, the 'digital assistant 118' establishes a connection to the first central server 1009, which is an 802 m (wireless Ethernet) connection, at block 6316 and at block _. Of course: any type of connection can be used, for example, a wired connection or a connection using another protocol.
現在轉而談到第64圖,在方塊64〇2之處,該數位助 理U8係傳达一項請求給第一中央伺服器1 09以建立安全 的連線。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6404之處接收該 數位助理的建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器 1〇9係在方塊6406之處,藉由在不安全的連線上傳送一份 第一中央伺服器的數位憑證至數位助理丨丨8來回應於該建 立安全的連線之請求。該數位助理118係在方塊64〇8之處 接收該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證。 该數位助理11 8係在方塊641 0之處使用該第一中央伺 服器的數位憑證以確認該第一中央伺服器1〇9。此外,在 方塊6412之處,該數位助理118係使用該第一中央伺服器 的數位憑證以擷取一個與該第一中央伺服器丨相關之内 後的通用資源位標(URL)。當該數位助理118知道其正在和 真正的第一中央伺服器1〇9交談時,於是可以從該擷取到 的URL請求資料及服務。 接著,在方塊6414之處,該第一中央伺服器log係傳 送一項請求給數位助理Π 8以建立另外一半之安全的連線 205 1244022 。該數位助理118係在方塊641 6之處接收該第一中央伺服 器的請求。該數位助理118係在方塊6418之處,藉由傳送 —份數位助理的數位憑證至第一中央伺服器丨〇9來回應於 該建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方 塊6420之處接收該數位助理的數位憑證。 该第一中央伺服器1 〇9係在方塊6422之處使用該數位 助理的數位憑證來確認該數位助理118。當第一中央伺服 為1 09在知道其正在和一個被委任的數位助理丨丨8交談後 ,於是可以和該數位助理118通訊。此外,現在轉而談到籲 第65圖,該第一中央伺服器ι〇9係在方塊65〇2之處,·藉 由將用於該數位助理的使用者帳戶之會談對映至一個動態 目錄來建立哪些檔案是此數位助理被授權可存取的。 既然該數位助理118係與第一中央伺服器丨〇9在安全 的連線上通訊,並且該數位助理118係被准予來存取在該 第一中央伺服器109之上的某些檔案,於是在方塊65〇4之 處,該數位助理118可以藉由存取從該第一中央伺服器的 數位憑證所擷取之URL,和該第一中央伺服器1〇9建立起鲁 安全的通訊會談。該第一中央伺服器1〇9亦在方塊65〇6之 處建立起安全的通訊會談。此外,在該第一中央伺服器 109之上的一個應用程式係在方塊65〇8之處確認該數位助 理118是否屬於適當的動態目錄。 仏管戎數位助理118現在是可被確認的,但是第一中 央伺服器109仍然不知道使用該數位助理118之使用者的 身分。這是重要的,因為某些使用者可能有和其他使用者 206 1244022 不同的存取權,並且某些警報以及其它的資料只有被傳送 至特定的使用者。於是,在該第一中央伺服器丨09之上的 一個應用程式可能會在方塊〇之處請求該數位助理Η 8 的使用者提供使用者名稱及密碼。一旦該數位助理118在 方塊6512之處接收到對於使用者名稱及密碼之請求後,該 數位助理118係在方塊β514之處,經由在該數位助理之顯 不器118a之上的提示以從該使用者擷取使用者名稱以及密 碼。該使用者名稱及密碼係接著在方塊6516之處藉由該數 位助理118被傳送,並且在方塊6518之處被該第一中央伺 服器1 09所接收。在該第一中央伺服器1 〇9之上的應用程 式於是可以在方塊6520之處確認該使用者。 一旦該使用者在一個伺服器上(例如,該第一中央伺服 器109)被確認後,則該些確認的憑據(credential)可被利 用來自動地在另一個伺服器之上(例如,第二中央伺服器 1 〇8a)確認該數位助理! 18。在一個例子中,只有當使用者 在該第一中央伺服器109以及第二中央伺服器1〇8a上都被 確認時,該使用者才會被確認。於是,該使用者名稱及密 碼較佳地是每當使用者名稱或是密碼被產生或是修改時, /、都在4第中央伺服器109以及第二中央伺服器1〇8a之 間同步進行。 β在確認該使用者之後,該第一中央伺服器109較佳地 是傳回-個代符(token),該代符將會是該使用者以及第— 中央伺服器、109之間的會談所特有的。此會談代符係隨著 對於第-中央伺服器109所做的每個請求一起被傳送(例如 207 1244022 ,在HTTP標題中或是作為小型文字檔(c〇〇kie^,作為一 種確認該請求的來源以及因此確認回應之目的地之手段。 一旦此代符是在適當位置處,數位助理118可以從一個無 線存取點114無間隙地漫遊至另一個無線存取點。 現在轉而談到第66圖,該過程63〇〇之醫療器材的委 任階段(亦即,伺服器的登記階段)係開始在方塊66〇2之處 ,當第一中央伺服器1〇9產生一個醫療器材的使用者帳戶 日守。例如,該醫療器材使用者帳戶可以用眾所週知的方式 ,利用微軟公司的動態目錄而被建立。該第一中央伺服器 109係接著在方塊66〇4之處產生一個數位憑證給該醫療器 材120。該數位憑證可以用任何方式而被產生。例如,該 數位憑證可以在該第一中央伺服器1〇9之處用眾所週知的 方式,利用微軟公司的數位憑證服務而被產生。該數位憑 證較佳地係包含利用該第一中央伺服器的私有密鑰來數^ 簽章之醫療器材的公開密鑰。換言之,該第一中央伺服器 1 09係作用為用於該醫療器材的數位憑證的認證中心(CA) 。一旦泫數位憑證被產生後,該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在 方塊6 6 0 6之處將該數位憑證對映至該使用者帳戶。 该醫療器材的數位憑證以及醫療器材的私有密鑰係接 著在方塊6608之處藉由該第一中央伺服器1〇9傳送至方塊 6610之處的醫療器材120。較佳地,該醫療器材的數位憑 證以及醫療器材的私有密鑰係經由例如是未連接至任何其 匕装置的RS-232電纜線之安全的連線而被傳送至醫療器材 120。此外,該第一中央伺服器的數位憑證係在方塊6612 208 1244022 地藉由口亥第一中央祠服器109被傳送至方塊6614之處的 西療=材120。同樣地,該第一中央飼服器的數位憑證較 佳,是經由例如是未連接至任何其它裝置的rs — 232電繞線 之安全的連線而被傳送至該醫療器材12〇。在此時,該醫 療為材120係被委任(亦即,向該飼服器登記)。 當然,任何與醫療器材120通訊的方法都可以被使用 在個例子中’醫療器材的私有密鑰可以在該醫療器材 :20被製造之際,被儲存在一個與該醫療器材12"目關的 圮隐體中(例如’ EPR〇M)。此外,每個醫療器材可以具 有相同的私有密鑰,而帶有不同的識別碼以被用來在醫療 器材120之間做區別。 每次-個被委任的醫療器# 120開機時,該醫療器材 120以及第—中央伺服11 1G9必須執行-個確認過程,以 便於從不安全的無線連線移到安全的無線連、線。在第67 圖所舉的例子巾,醫療器材12G係在方塊㈣2以及方塊 6704之處建立與第一中央伺服器1〇9不安全的繼·川無 線乙太網路)連線。當然’任何類型的連線都可以被使用 ,例如,有線的連線或是利用其它協定的連線。 接著,在方塊6706之處,該醫療器材12〇係傳送一項 請求給第-中央伺服器109以建立安全的連線。該第一中 央飼服器109係在方塊6708之處接收該醫療器材的建立安 全㈣線之請求。該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊6川之 處’藉由在不安全的連線上傳送一份第一中央飼服器的數 位憑證至醫療器# 120纟回應於該建立安全的連線之請求 209 1244022 。該醫療器材120係在方塊6712之處接收該第—中央伺服 β的數位憑證。 該醫療器材120係在方塊6714之處使用該第一中央飼 服器的數位憑證以確認該第一中央伺服器i 09。此外,在 方塊6716之處,該醫療器材120係使用該第一中央祠服器 的數位憑證以擷取一個與該第一中央伺服器丨〇9相關之内 嵌的通用資源位標(URL)。當醫療器材120知道其正在和真 正的第一中央伺服器1 〇 9交談時,於是可以從該擷取到的 URL請求資料及服務。 接著,在方塊6718之處,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係傳 送一項請求給醫療器材1 20以建立另外一半之安全的連線 。該醫療器材120係在方塊6720之處接收該第一中央伺服 器的請求。該醫療器材12〇係在方塊6722之處,藉由傳送 一份醫療器材的數位憑證至第一中央伺服器丨〇9來回應於 该建立安全的連線之請求。該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 塊6724之處接收該醫療器材的數位憑證。 現在轉而談到第68圖,該第一中央伺服器丨〇9係在方 塊6802之處使用該醫療器材的數位憑證來確認該醫療器材 120。當第一中央伺服器1〇9在知道其正在和一個被委任的 西療為材1 20父談後,於是可以和該醫療器材】2〇通訊。 此外,該第一中央伺服器1〇9係在方塊68〇4之處,藉由將 用於該醫療器材的使用者帳戶之會談對映至一個動態目錄 來建立哪些檔案是此醫療器材12〇被授權可存取的。 既然该酉療益材1 2 0係與第一中央伺服器1 〇 9在安全 1244022 ㈣線上通訊’並且該醫療器材12〇係被准予來存取在該 乐一中央伺服器109之上的某些檔案,於是在方塊68〇6之 處,該醫療器# 12"以藉由存取從該第一中央飼服器的 數位憑證所擷取之URL,和該第一中央伺服器1〇9建立起 安全的通訊會談。該第一中央伺服器1〇9亦在方塊68〇8之 處建立起安全的通訊會談。此外,在該第一中央伺服器 109之上的一個應用程式係在方塊681 〇之處確認該醫療器 材120是否屬於適當的動態目錄。 儘官該醫療器材12〇現在是可被確認的,但是第一中 肇 央伺服器109仍然不知道使用該醫療器材12〇之使用者的 身分。在許多情形中,沒有使用者會與醫療器材丨2〇相關 。在某些應用程式中,這可能是重要的,因為某些使用者 可能擁有和其他使用者不同的存取權。此外,一個醫療器 材可以具有不同的“角色,,。例如,一個醫療器材可以具有“ 單向的通訊,,角色或是“雙向的通訊,,角色。以此種方式,一 個能夠進行雙向的通訊之醫療器材丨2〇可以被設置在一個 預期只有單向的通訊裝置之系統中。類似地,一個能夠處 傷 理單向的通訊裝置以及雙向的通訊裝置之系統可能需要被 告知其所連接的裝置類型。 於是,在該第一中央伺服器1 09之上的一個應用程式 可能會在方塊6812之處請求該醫療器材120的使用者提供 使用者名稱及密碼。一旦該醫療器材120在方塊6814之處 接收到對於使用者名稱及密碼之請求後,該醫療器材12 〇 係在方塊6816之處,經由在該醫療器材120或是一個關聯 211 1244022 的數位助理之顯示為118a之上的提示以從該使用者擷取使 用者名稱以及後碼。该使用者名稱及密碼係接著在第6 9 圖的方塊6902之處藉由該醫療器材12〇(或是其它裝置)而 被傳送’並且在方塊6 9 0 4之處被該第一中央飼服器1 〇 g所 接收。在該第一中央伺服器109之上的應用程式於是可以 在方塊6906之處確認該使用者。 一旦該使用者在一個伺服器上(例如,該第一中央伺服 器1 09)被確認後,則該些確認的憑據可被利用來自動地在 另一個伺服器之上(例如,第二中央伺服器j 〇8&)確認該使 用者。在一個例子中,只有當使用者在該第一中央伺服器 109以及第二中央伺服器i〇8a上都被確認時,該使用者才 會被確認。於是,該使用者名稱及密碼較佳地是每當使用 者名稱或是密碼被產生或是修改時,其都在該第一中央伺 服器109以及第二中央伺服器1〇8&之間同步進行。 在確認該使用者之後,該第一中央伺服器i 〇9較佳地 是傳回一個代符,該代符將會是該使用者以及第一中央伺 服器109之間的會談所特有的。此會談代符係隨著對於第 一中央伺服器109所做的每個請求一起被傳送(例如,在 HTTP標題中或是作為小型文字槽),作為一種轉認該請求 的來源以及因此確認回應之目的地之手段。 安全之單向的通訊於是可從該醫療器材12〇被傳送至 該數位助理118。例如,該醫療器材丨2〇可以報告設定、 產生警報、等等。在所舉的例子中,該醫療器# 12〇係在 方塊之處決定要經由該第一中央祠服器1〇9而被傳送 212 1244022 至。亥數位助ί里118的資料。Λ資料係接著在方塊691〇之處 被傳送至該第-中央伺服器⑽,並且在方塊6912之處藉 由該第一中央伺服器109加以接收。該第一中央伺服器 1 0 9方、疋可以在方塊6 9丨4之處判斷哪些使用者是被授權來 接收此資料的、以及在方塊6916之處判斷哪些數位助理 (s)l 18是目前與該些使用者相關的。例如,一個儲存在該 第中央伺服器1 〇 9的資料庫中之查詢表可以被使用。 该第一中央伺服器109係接著在方塊6918之處傳送該 資料至適當的數位助理118,並且該些數位助理118係在 方塊6920之處接收並且顯示該資料。此外,安全之雙向的 通訊可以被達成。例如,數位助理118以及/或是第一中央 饲服器1 09可以傳送資料、命令、設定資訊、或是任何其 它類型的資訊至醫療器材120。 應予以強調的是本發明之上述的實施例,尤其是任何“ 較佳的”實施例都是可行的實施例,其僅是為了能夠清楚瞭 解本發明的原理而被闡述。在實質上不脫離本發明的精神 與原理下,可以對本發明之上述的實施例完成許多種變化 及修改。所有此類的修改都欲被内含在此揭露内容及本發 明的範疇之内,並且由以下的申請專利範圍加以保護。 【圖式簡單說明】 (一)圖式部分 第1圖是一種病患照顧系統之簡化的圖形表示。該病 患照顧系統係包含藥局電腦、中央系統以及在治療位置處 213 1244022 之數位助理; 弟2圖是代矣货 H ^ ΒΛ ^ ^又 圖的藥局電腦、中央系統以及/或是 双1IL助理之電脫彡 輸液系 統或是一部份的輪液系統; 第3圖是第 表示; ,,-V θ ,、糸、、先的方塊圖。該電腦系統係包含 1圖的病患照顧系統的部份之簡化的圖形 弟4圖是展 塊圖; 不第1圖的病患照顧系統之功能組件的方 第5圖是用於實 的範例的電腦畫面病患照顧系統之各種功能 。盆展示帛2圖的輸㈣統之功能組件的方塊圖 人產=件尤其是包含用於設定輸液系統參數、輸液指 傳送之方塊;^指令修改、以及訊息 弟7圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液系 能組件的方塊圖; 的叹疋之功 弟8圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令產生 的方塊圖; ““&件 第9圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令準備 的方塊圖; 力月“且件 圖 第1 〇圖是展示用於第6圖的給藥之功能組件的方塊 第I〗圖是展示用於第6圖的輸液指令文件記 指令修改以及訊息傳送之功能組件的方塊圖;、别液 214 1244022 第12圖是描繪緊急情況通知系統的通訊之圖. 第〗3圖係從通知方的角度來看之緊急情 ’ α ,、係4田、、曰由该緊急情況通知系統提供給诵 的較佳通知選項; 、知方可利用 第“圖是從目標方的角度來看之緊急情況通知介面的 圖,其係描繪*目標方所接㈣的較佳緊急情況的資訊; 第15圖是警報/警告之提昇警訊過程的流程圖之一個 實施例; 第16Α圖是警報/警告介面畫面之圖; 第16Β圖是警報/警告介面畫面之另一圖; 第Π圖是警報/警告介面畫面之另一圖; 第18圖疋來自醫護人員的手持式裝置之-個介面晝面 之圖; 一 第19圖是羞錄過程的一個介面畫面之圖; •第20圖疋弟19圖的登錄過程之另一個介面畫面之圖 j 第21圖是-個單位選擇介面晝面之圖 第22圖是—個輪班選擇介面畫面之圖 第23圖是一個、广虫太 個病患查看介面晝面之圖 第24圖是~個在虫、眩加a 個病患遥擇介面晝面之圖 弟2 5圖是~個、;^:自次^ :cr 病患貝汛項目單介面畫面之圖; 第2 5 A圖是~他、a α、 k敏以及身高/體重介面書 第⑽圖是—個用藥歷史介面晝面^;~ 弟25C圖是—個實驗室結果介面畫面之圖; 215 1244022 第26圖是一個藥物傳送計劃表介面畫面之圖; 第26A圖是第26圖的藥物傳送計劃表過程之介面晝面 之另一圖; 第27A圖是工作流程的輸液停止之一個介面畫面之圖 第27B圖是工作流程的輸液停止之一個介面晝面之另 一圖; 第27C圖是恢復繼續輸液的工作流程之一個介面畫面 之圖; 第27D圖是恢復繼續輸液的工作流程之一個介面晝面 之另一圖; 第28圖是第26圖的藥物傳送計劃表過程之一個介面 晝面之另一圖; 第29圖是一個遺忘的藥物介面畫面之圖; 第30圖是第29圖的介面晝面之另一圖; 第31圖是第29圖的介面晝面之另一圖; 第32圖是一個計劃表介面晝面之圖; 第33圖是一個藥物介面晝面之圖; 第34圖是一個掃描介面畫面之圖; 第35圖是另一個掃描介面晝面之圖; 第36圖是一個給藥介面畫面之圖; 第37圖是一個途徑確認介面畫面之圖; 第38圖是一個掃描泵通道介面晝面之圖; 第38A圖是另一個掃描泵通道介面晝面之圖; 216 1244022 第39圖是一個比較介面晝面之圖; 第39A圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖· 第40圖是一個比較介面晝面之另一圖· 第41圖是〆個比較彡丨面畫面之另一圖· 第42圖是/個比較介面畫面之另一圖· 第43圖是一個泵狀態介面晝面之圖; 第44圖是一個流速歷史介面晝面之圖; 第45A圖是一個失去通訊介面晝面之圖; 第45B圖是一個失去通訊介面晝面之圖· 第46圖是一個低電量介面晝面之圖; 第47圖是一個集線器之圖; 第48圖是在該些介面晝面中所利用的各種圖像之圖; 第49圖是一個記錄給藥結果介面畫面之圖; 第50圖是一個具有監視參數連結的用藥指令之圖; 第50A圖是一個監視參數輸入介面晝面之圖; 第51圖是一個週期計數介面晝面之圖; 第52圖是一個指令比較過程之流程圖; 第53圖是一種流量控制系統之概要圖,其中微型電機 系統(MEMS)元件係連接至一線組; 第54圖是載入到第3圖的第一中央電腦之上的軟體組 件之簡化的方塊圖; 第55A圖〜第55C圖是一個範例的給藥輸液過程之流程 圖; 第56圖是一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖; 217 1244022 第57A圖-第57B圖是一個範例的改轡今巧% 义水通道過程之流 程圖; 第5 8圖是另一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖· 第59圖是又一個範例的通道掃描過程之流程圖; 第60圖是一個範例的停止/中斷輸液過程之流程圖,· 第61圖是一個範例的恢復繼續輸液過程之流程圖; 第62圖是一個範例的移去泵過程之流程圖;以及 第63圖-第69圖是一個範例的確認過程之流程圖。 (二)元件代表符號 10 0病患照顧系統 10 2網路 103通訊系統 104藥局電腦 1 04a處理單元 104b鍵盤 l〇4c視訊顯示器 l〇4d印表機 104e條碼閱讀機 l〇4f滑鼠 1 〇 5傳輸介質 1 0 6治療位置 1 0 6 a治療病床 107集線器(介面) 218 1244022 I 0 8中央系統 108a第二中央伺服器 108b資料庫 108c視訊顯示器 109第一中央伺服器 109a伺服器 II 0電纜> 線通訊系統 11 2病患 112a腕帶 114存取點 11 6醫護人員 116a醫護人員徽章 118數位助理(使用者介面) 118a顯示器 120醫療器材(輸液泵) 120a泵唧單元 120b小型鍵盤 120c顯示器 120d輸液泵ID 120e天線 121通道 124藥物 124a藥物的標籤 126第一通訊路徑 1244022 128無線通訊路徑(鏈路) 130靜脈管路 132治療推車 132a藥物儲存區域 132b顯示器 200電腦 202處理器 2 0 4記憶體 206 I/O裝置 208本地的介面 210輸液系統 212作業系統 302藥物管理模組 304處方產生模組 306處方啟動模組 308處方授權模組 310入院、出院及轉院(ADT)介面 31 2開帳單介面 314實驗室介面 316藥局介面 318第一份複印文本 3 2 0第二份複印文本 322第三份複印文本 3 2 4處方輸入模組 1244022 326貼標籤模組 328貼標籤模組 330無線裝置 332醫療器材 334視覺上的確認 336處方修改模組 338掃描器 400電腦畫面 4 0 2處理區域 4 0 4搜尋區域 406藥物資訊區域 408滴定/減量標準區域 410指令及注意事項區域 411泵埠指示器 412計劃的溶液成分區域 413失去無線信號指示器 41 5低電量指示器 417警告靜音按鍵 41 9開/關按鍵及指示器 421充電指示器 5 0 2設定糸統蒼數 504輸液指令產生 506輸液指令準備 506a準備位置 221 1244022 506b掃描成分 506c袋持續期間之檢查 5 0 6d條碼列印 508藥局授權 51 0醫師授權 51 2給藥 512a讀取藥物條碼 512b讀取病患條碼 512 c執行有效日期的檢查 512d提供用滴定法的通知 512e提供流速至點滴速率的顯示 512f提供“如所需的”輸液之起始 512g下載操作參數 512h時間監視 514輸液指令修改 516停止指令 518存貨與開帳單 5 2 0訊息傳送 522、524、526、528、530、532、534、536、538 路徑 542設定容限 542a淨藥物量容限 542b流速容限 542c給藥時間容限 542d給藥系統持續期間 222 1244022 542e藥物持續期間容限 542f部位改變容限 544設定預設值 544a藥物稀釋液的預設值 544b稀釋液量的預設值 5 4 4 c劑量的預設值 544d量測的單位之預設值 546建立資料庫 546a準備區域 5 4 6 b添加物資訊 5 4 6 c溶液 546d預製混合物定義 546e喜愛事項 5 4 6 f時序之撤銷理由 5 4 6 g流速之撤銷理由 546h轉換表 546i流速說明 546 j設備及指定路由資訊 546k訊息觸發誘因 548定義函數 548a準備區域的函數 548b袋持續期間的函數 548c驗證撤銷請求的函數 548d持續期間至容量的函數 1244022 548e持續期間至流速的函數 548f流速至點滴速率的函數 5 5 0決定系統的設定 5 5 0 a撤銷授權 5 5 0 b流速精確度 550c容量精確度 550d時間精確度 560輸入資訊 560a識別指令類型 560b識別藥物 5 6 0 c識別劑量 560d識別稀釋液 5 6 0 e決定流速 560f識別輸液部位 562計算 562a袋量的計算 562b轉換的計算 562c持續期間至容量的計算 562d流速至點滴速率的計算 5 6 4檢查 564a淨濃度的檢查 5 6 4 b流速的檢查 5 6 4 c給藥時間的檢查 564d持續期間的檢查 224 1244022 564e輸液部位的檢查 5 6 6撤銷 568a淨濃度的撤銷 5 6 8 b流速的撤鎖 568c給藥時間的撤銷 568d持續期間的撤銷 5 6 8 e輸液部位的撤銷 5 6 8 f撤銷的理由 572、574、576、580、582 路徑 702輸液指令 704輸液計劃表 1 002修改的改變 1 002a修改持續期間 1 002b修改流速 1 002c使用新的輸液部位 1 002d指明修改的理由 1 002e指明一個輸液袋的容量 1 002f處理停止指令 1 0 04所有可利用之下指令的選項 1 006再次檢查 1 006a淨濃度 1 006b流速 1 006c給藥時間 1 006e持續期間 1244022 1 006f輸液部位 1 0 0 8再次檢查的撤銷 1 0 0 8 b流速的撤銷 1 0 0 8 f顯示的理由 1 01 0新的流速至新的點滴速率之顯示 1 01 2文件記錄 1012a持續期間的改變 1012b流速的改變 1012c容量的改變 101 2d輸液部位的改變 1012e多個輸液 1 2 0 0緊急情況通知系統 1 21 0通知方 1 220通訊網路 1 230目標方 1 240通訊模式 1 300通知介面 1330項目單 1 340選項 1 350熱鍵 14 0 0接收介面 1420畫面 1460熱鍵 1 500警報/警告之提昇警訊過程 1244022 1 662警報/警告表列介面 1 6 62a警報/警告介面表列晝面 1 662b介面晝面 1 664 “病患一 ”有警報情況 1 666 “病患二”有警報情況 1 668 “病患三”有警告情況 1 7 6 5病患警報/警告介面 1 867警報/警告介面 1 903登錄晝面 2005登錄晝面 2105單位選擇介面晝面 2107單位選擇介面畫面 2211選擇輪班晝面介面 2255區域 2313觀看病患介面晝面 2315“加入更多病患”按鈕 2350可組態設定的資訊 2417病患選擇介面晝面 2419按鍵 2521病患資訊項目單介面畫面 2521a過敏及Ht/Wt介面晝面 2521b用藥歷史介面晝面 2521 c實驗結果介面晝面 2 6 2 3輸液計劃表介面畫面 1244022 2625用於硫酸嗎啡的指令 2627用藥指令介面晝面 2629治療參數 2631警語 2 633連結至額外的資訊之功能 2727a中斷輸液介面晝面 2727b介面晝面 2 7 2 7 c恢復繼續輸液介面畫面 2727d介面 2 8 3 5病患簡槽輸液計劃表介面晝面 2839硫酸嗎啡輸液指令 2941遺忘的用藥畫面 2943理由 2945 盒 3045“不需要的”理由 3047介面晝面 3135輸液計劃表晝面 3225指令 3235計劃表介面晝面 3249 “取得物品”按鍵 3351藥物介面晝面 3353 “掃描儲藏處”圖像 3355 “略過掃描儲藏處”按鍵 3465掃描晝面 1244022 3467處方 3569掃描錯誤晝面 3657介面畫面 3659理由 3661選擇病患 3663 “廢棄/退還”選擇按鍵 3771途徑確認介面晝面 3773途徑 3775管線 3777部位 3778藥物治療 3881泵通道模式介面畫面 3882療法 3883小軟袋治療 3 8 8 4主要的治療 3885泵通道掃描介面晝面 3986比較介面晝面 3987比較介面晝面 4087不相符的比較介面晝面 4187比較介面晝面 4287介面晝面 4391泵狀態介面晝面 4493流速歷史介面晝面 4501失去通訊介面晝面 1244022 4603介面晝面 4801病患表列按鈕 4803返回按鈕 4805 OK按鈕 4807輸液執行指示器 4809按鍵 4811輸液停止指示器 4813中斷的輸液 4815醫師的注意事項指示器 4817比較按鈕 4819更新按鈕 4821離開按鈕 4823比較相符指示器 4825不相符的圖像 4827無法比較指示器 4833失去通訊指示器 4 8 3 5無線模組低電量警告指示器 4837“遺忘的用藥”圖像 4857“不需要的”圖像 4872泵警報/警告指示器 4874警報/警告靜音按鈕 4937記錄給藥結果介面晝面 5001連結 5003監視參數輸入介面晝面 1244022 51 01週期計數介面畫面 5200比較過程 5312 管 5314 MEMS 泵 5320 IV 袋 5324進入裝置 5332 MEMS電子元件 5338 MEMS控制器 5412第一中央電腦之上的應用程式 5414作業系統 5416. NET 架構 5418動態目錄網域服務 5420 SQL伺服器 5422網際網路資訊伺服器 5500給藥輸液過程 5554通道掃描過程 5700改變泵通道的過程 5730通道掃描過程 5734通道掃描過程 6000停止/中斷輸液過程 6100恢復繼續輸液過程 620G移去泵過程 6300安全的通訊過程Turning now to Figure 64, at block 6402, the digital assistant U8 sends a request to the first central server 10 09 to establish a secure connection. The first central server 109 receives the digital assistant's request to establish a secure connection at block 6404. The first central server 109 is located at block 6406, and responds to the establishment of a secure connection by transmitting a digital certificate of the first central server to the digital assistant over an insecure connection. Request for line. The digital assistant 118 receives the digital certificate of the first central server at block 6408. The digital assistant 118 uses the digital certificate of the first central server at block 6410 to confirm the first central server 109. In addition, at block 6412, the digital assistant 118 uses the digital certificate of the first central server to retrieve a universal resource identifier (URL) associated with the first central server. When the digital assistant 118 knows that it is talking to the real first central server 1009, it can request data and services from the retrieved URL. Next, at block 6414, the first central server log sends a request to the digital assistant UI 8 to establish the other half of the secure connection 205 1244022. The digital assistant 118 receives the request from the first central server at block 6416. The digital assistant 118 is at block 6418 and responds to the request to establish a secure connection by transmitting a digital certificate of the digital assistant to the first central server 09. The first central server 1009 receives the digital certificate of the digital assistant at block 6420. The first central server 1009 uses the digital assistant's digital voucher to confirm the digital assistant 118 at block 6422. When the first central servo is 1 09 and it knows that it is talking with an appointed digital assistant, it can communicate with the digital assistant 118. In addition, now turn to Figure 65, the first central server ι09 is located at block 6502, and will be mapped to a dynamic by the conversation of the user account for the digital assistant Directory to create which files this digital assistant is authorized to access. Since the digital assistant 118 communicates with the first central server 109 over a secure connection, and the digital assistant 118 is granted access to certain files on the first central server 109, then At block 6504, the digital assistant 118 can establish a secure communication session with the first central server 109 by accessing the URL retrieved from the digital certificate of the first central server. . The first central server 109 also establishes a secure communication session at block 6506. In addition, an application program on the first central server 109 confirms at block 6508 whether the digital assistant 118 belongs to the appropriate dynamic directory. Although the digital assistant 118 can be identified now, the first central server 109 still does not know the identity of the user using the digital assistant 118. This is important because some users may have different access rights than others 206 1244022, and some alerts and other data are only sent to specific users. Therefore, an application on the first central server 09 may request the user of the digital assistant Η 8 to provide a user name and password at block 0. Once the digital assistant 118 receives a request for a username and password at block 6512, the digital assistant 118 is located at box β514, and prompts from the digital assistant's display 118a to remove the The user retrieves the username and password. The username and password are then transmitted by the digital assistant 118 at block 6516 and received by the first central server 1009 at block 6518. The application on top of the first central server 109 can then confirm the user at block 6520. Once the user is confirmed on one server (for example, the first central server 109), the confirmed credentials can be utilized to automatically be on another server (for example, the first Two central servers 1 08a) confirm the digital assistant! 18. In one example, the user is confirmed only when the user is confirmed on both the first central server 109 and the second central server 108a. Therefore, the username and password are preferably synchronized between the fourth central server 109 and the second central server 108a whenever the username or password is generated or modified. . After confirming the user, the first central server 109 preferably returns a token, and the token will be a conversation between the user and the first central server, 109 Peculiar. This meeting token is transmitted with every request made to the central server 109 (for example, 207 1244022, in an HTTP header or as a small text file (c〇kie ^, as a confirmation of the request) And the means to confirm the destination of the response. Once this token is in place, the digital assistant 118 can roam seamlessly from one wireless access point 114 to another wireless access point. Now turn to In Figure 66, the process of the medical device commissioning stage (ie, the server registration stage) of the process 6300 starts at block 6602, when the first central server 1009 generates the use of a medical device For example, the medical device user account can be created in a well-known manner using Microsoft's dynamic directory. The first central server 109 then generates a digital certificate at block 6604 The medical device 120. The digital voucher can be generated in any way. For example, the digital voucher can be used at the first central server 109 by a well-known method. Is generated using Microsoft's digital certificate service. The digital certificate preferably contains the public key of the medical device signed by the private key of the first central server. In other words, the first central server The server 1 09 serves as a certificate authority (CA) for the digital certificate of the medical device. Once the digital certificate is generated, the first central server 丨 〇9 will place this at block 6 6 0 6 The digital certificate is mapped to the user account. The digital certificate of the medical device and the private key of the medical device are then transmitted by the first central server 109 to the medical device at block 6610 at block 6608. 120. Preferably, the digital certificate of the medical device and the private key of the medical device are transmitted to the medical device 120 via a secure connection such as an RS-232 cable that is not connected to any of its devices. The digital certificate of the first central server is transmitted to the western medicine = material 120 at the block 6614 through the mouth of the first central temple server 109 at the block 6612 208 1244022. Similarly, the first central server The digital certificate of the feeding device is preferably transmitted to the medical device 12 via a secure connection such as an rs-232 electrical winding that is not connected to any other device. At this time, the medical device is 120 Is appointed (ie, registered with the feeder). Of course, any method of communicating with the medical device 120 can be used in the example. 'The private key of the medical device can be manufactured at the medical device: 20 It is stored in a hidden body related to the medical device 12 " (e.g., 'EPROM'). In addition, each medical device can have the same private key and a different identification code to be used. Used to make a distinction between medical devices 120. Each time an appointed medical device # 120 is turned on, the medical device 120 and the first central servo 11 1G9 must perform a confirmation process to facilitate the move from an unsecured wireless connection to a secure wireless connection. In the example towel shown in Fig. 67, the medical device 12G establishes a connection with the first central server 109 (secure relay-wireless Ethernet network) at blocks 2 and 6704. Of course, any type of connection can be used, for example, a wired connection or a connection using another protocol. Next, at block 6706, the medical device 120 sends a request to the first-central server 109 to establish a secure connection. The first central feeding device 109 receives a request to establish a safety line for the medical device at block 6708. The first central server 109 is located at the 6th block of the block 'by sending a digital certificate of the first central feeder to the medical device over an insecure connection # 120 纟 in response to the establishment of a secure Request for connection 209 1244022. The medical device 120 receives the digital certificate of the first-central servo β at block 6712. The medical device 120 uses the digital voucher of the first central feeder at block 6714 to confirm the first central server i 09. In addition, at block 6716, the medical device 120 uses the digital certificate of the first central server to retrieve an embedded universal resource tag (URL) related to the first central server. . When the medical device 120 knows that it is talking to the real first central server 109, it can request data and services from the retrieved URL. Next, at block 6718, the first central server 109 sends a request to the medical device 120 to establish the other half of the secure connection. The medical device 120 receives the request from the first central server at block 6720. The medical device 120 is at block 6722, and responds to the request to establish a secure connection by transmitting a digital certificate of the medical device to the first central server 099. The first central server 099 receives the digital certificate of the medical device at block 6724. Turning now to Figure 68, the first central server 099 uses the digital certificate of the medical device to confirm the medical device 120 at block 6802. When the first central server 109 knew that it was talking with an appointed western medicine father 120, it could then communicate with the medical device] 20. In addition, the first central server 109 is located at block 6804, and maps the user account for the medical device to a dynamic directory to establish which files are the medical device 12. Authorized to be accessible. Since the medical treatment material 1 2 0 communicates with the first central server 1 09 in a secure 1244022 line, and the medical device 12 0 is granted access to a certain one on the Leyi central server 109 These files, then at block 6806, the medical device # 12 " by accessing the URL retrieved from the digital certificate of the first central feeder, and the first central server 109 Establish secure communications talks. The first central server 109 also establishes a secure communication session at block 6808. In addition, an application program on the first central server 109 confirms at block 6810 whether the medical device 120 belongs to an appropriate dynamic directory. To the best of our ability, the medical device 120 can now be confirmed, but the first central server 109 still does not know the identity of the user using the medical device 120. In many cases, no user will be associated with medical devices. In some applications, this may be important because some users may have different access rights than others. In addition, a medical device can have different "roles." For example, a medical device can have "unidirectional communications," roles, or "bidirectional communications," roles. In this way, one can perform two-way communications. Medical equipment can be installed in a system that is expected to have only one-way communication devices. Similarly, a system that can treat unidirectional communication devices and two-way communication devices may need to be informed of the connected devices. Device type. Therefore, an application on the first central server 10 09 may request the user of the medical device 120 to provide a username and password at block 6812. Once the medical device 120 is at block 6814 After receiving the request for the user name and password, the medical device 120 is located at block 6816. The prompt above 118a is displayed on the medical device 120 or a digital assistant associated with 211 1244022. Retrieve the username and postcode from the user. The username and password are then continued in block 6902 in Figure 6-9. Is transmitted by the medical device 120 (or other device) 'and is received by the first central feeder 10 g at block 6 904. At the first central server 109 The above application can then confirm the user at block 6906. Once the user is confirmed on a server (eg, the first central server 10 09), the confirmed credentials can be To use to automatically confirm the user on another server (eg, the second central server j 08 &). In one example, only when the user is on the first central server 109 and the second central server The user will only be confirmed when both are confirmed on the server i08a. Therefore, the user name and password are preferably in the same whenever the user name or password is generated or modified. The first central server 109 and the second central server 108 are synchronized with each other. After confirming the user, the first central server i 09 preferably returns a token, the token Will be the user and the first central servo Specific to the talk between 109. This talk token is transmitted with every request made to the first central server 109 (for example, in an HTTP header or as a small text slot) as a relay A means of identifying the source of the request and therefore the destination of the response. A secure one-way communication can then be transmitted from the medical device 120 to the digital assistant 118. For example, the medical device 20 can report settings, generate Alarms, etc. In the example given, the medical device # 12〇 is located at the block where it is decided to be transmitted 212 1244022 to via the first central temple server 10 9. The data is then transmitted to the first central server at block 6910 and received by the first central server 109 at block 6912. The first central server 109 can determine which users are authorized to receive this data at blocks 6 9 and 4 and which digital assistants (s) 18 at block 6916 are Currently relevant to those users. For example, a look-up table stored in the database of the second central server 109 can be used. The first central server 109 then transmits the data to the appropriate digital assistant 118 at block 6918, and the digital assistants 118 receive and display the data at block 6920. In addition, secure two-way communication can be achieved. For example, the digital assistant 118 and / or the first central feeding device 109 may transmit data, commands, setting information, or any other type of information to the medical device 120. It should be emphasized that the above-mentioned embodiments of the present invention, in particular, any "preferred" embodiment is a feasible embodiment, and it is explained only to clearly understand the principle of the present invention. Many variations and modifications can be made to the above-mentioned embodiments of the present invention without substantially departing from the spirit and principle of the present invention. All such modifications are intended to be included within the scope of this disclosure and the invention and protected by the scope of the following patent applications. [Schematic description] (1) Schematic part Figure 1 is a simplified graphical representation of a patient care system. The patient care system consists of a pharmacy computer, a central system, and a digital assistant at 213 1244022 at the treatment location; the second figure is a pharmacy computer, a central system, and / or a dual agent on behalf of the goods H ^ ΒΛ ^ ^ The 1IL assistant's electric decoupling infusion system or a part of the roulette system; Figure 3 is the first representation; The computer system is a simplified diagram of a part of the patient care system shown in Figure 1. Figure 4 is a block diagram. Figure 5 shows the functional components of the patient care system. Figure 5 is a practical example. Various functions of the computer screen patient care system. The block diagram of the functional components of the infusion system shown in Figure 2 is a block diagram of human products. In particular, it contains blocks for setting the parameters of the infusion system and the infusion finger transmission. ^ Instruction modification and message Figure 8 is a block diagram of the infusion system components; Figure 8 is a block diagram showing the infusion command used in Figure 6; "& Figure 9 is a diagram showing the infusion used in Figure 6 The block diagram of the instruction preparation; Liyue "Figure 10 shows the functional components used for the administration of Figure 6 Figure I shows the modification of the infusion instruction file recorded in Figure 6 and Block diagram of the functional components of message transmission; Bieye 214 1244022 Figure 12 is a diagram depicting the communication of the emergency notification system. Figure 3 is the emergency situation α from the perspective of the notifier The better notification options provided by the emergency notification system for recitation; The known party can use the "picture" is a diagram of the emergency notification interface from the perspective of the target party, which depicts * target party access Better emergency information; Fig. 15 is an example of a flow chart of an alarm / warning escalation process; Fig. 16A is a diagram of an alarm / warning interface screen; Fig. 16B is another diagram of an alarm / warning interface screen; and Fig. Π is an alarm / Another picture of the warning interface picture; Figure 18: a day view of an interface from a handheld device of a medical staff; a picture 19 is a picture of an interface picture of the shame recording process; Figure 19 is another interface picture of the registration process. Figure 21 is a diagram of the unit selection interface. Figure 22 is a diagram of the shift selection interface. Figure 23 is a picture of a large worm. View the picture of the interface of the day. Figure 24 is ~ a picture of the remote selection interface of the worm, dizziness and a patient. Figure 5 of the interface is ~,; ^: since time ^: cr Interface screen picture; Figure 2 5 A is ~ he, a α, k Min, and height / weight interface book, the first picture is-a history interface of medication history day; ~ 25C picture is-a laboratory results interface screen Figure 215 1244022 Figure 26 is a diagram of the interface screen of a drug delivery plan; Figure 26A is the medicine of Figure 26 Another diagram of the interface of the schedule process during the day; Figure 27A is a diagram of an interface screen of the infusion stop of the workflow Figure 27B is another diagram of the day of the interface of the infusion stop of the workflow; Figure 27C It is a diagram of an interface screen of a work flow for restoring continuous infusion. Fig. 27D is another diagram of an interface of a work flow for restoring continuous infusion. Fig. 28 is an interface of the drug delivery schedule in Fig. 26. Another picture of the day surface; Fig. 29 is a picture of a forgotten drug interface screen; Fig. 30 is another picture of the daytime interface of Fig. 29; Fig. 31 is another picture of the daytime interface of Fig. 29 Fig. 32 is a plan view of a schedule interface; Fig. 33 is a plan view of a drug interface; Fig. 34 is a view of a scanning interface screen; Fig. 35 is a view of another scan interface. Figure 36 is a diagram of a drug-supply interface screen; Figure 37 is a diagram of a route confirmation interface screen; Figure 38 is a diagram of a scan pump channel interface day; Figure 38A is another scan pump channel interface day Area map; 216 124 4022 Figure 39 is a diagram of the daylight surface of a comparative interface; Figure 39A is another picture of a daylight surface of a comparative interface; Figure 40 is another picture of a daylight surface of a comparative interface; Figure 41 is a comparison 彡 丨Another picture of the surface picture. Figure 42 is another picture of a comparison interface picture. Figure 43 is a diagram of the day face of the pump state interface. Figure 44 is a diagram of the day face of the flow rate history interface. Figure 45A It is a diagram of the daytime interface without communication interface; Fig. 45B is a diagram of the daytime interface without communication interface; Fig. 46 is a daytime interface of a low-power interface; Fig. 47 is a diagram of a hub; Diagrams of various images used in the interfaces of the interface; Figure 49 is a diagram of an interface screen for recording medication results; Figure 50 is a diagram of medication instructions with monitoring parameter links; Figure 50A is a monitor The diagram of the day input of the parameter input interface; Fig. 51 is a diagram of the day count of the cycle counting interface; Fig. 52 is a flowchart of the command comparison process; Fig. 53 is a schematic diagram of a flow control system, in which the micro motor system ( MEMS) components are connected to a line group Figure 54 is a simplified block diagram of the software components loaded on the first central computer in Figure 3; Figures 55A to 55C are a flowchart of an example process of drug infusion; Figure 56 is Flow chart of an example channel scanning process; 217 1244022 Figure 57A-Figure 57B is a flow chart of an example of the improvement of the Yishui channel process; Figure 5 8 is the flow chart of another exemplary channel scanning process. Fig. 59 is a flowchart of another exemplary channel scanning process; Fig. 60 is an exemplary flowchart of stopping / interrupting an infusion process, and Fig. 61 is an exemplary flowchart of recovering and continuing an infusion process; FIG. 62 is a flowchart of an example removal process; and FIGS. 63 to 69 are flowcharts of an example confirmation process. (II) Component representative symbols 10 Patient care system 10 2 Network 103 communication system 104 Pharmacy computer 1 04a processing unit 104b keyboard 104c video display 104d printer 104e bar code reader 104f mouse 1 〇5 Transmission medium 1 0 6 Treatment position 1 0 6 a Treatment bed 107 Hub (Interface) 218 1244022 I 0 8 Central system 108a Second central server 108b Database 108c Video display 109 First central server 109a Server II 0 Cable & Wire Communication System 11 2 Patient 112a Wristband 114 Access Point 11 6 Medical Staff 116a Medical Staff Badge 118 Digital Assistant (User Interface) 118a Display 120 Medical Equipment (Infusion Pump) 120a Pump Unit 120b Mini Keyboard 120c Display 120d infusion pump ID 120e antenna 121 channel 124 drug 124a drug label 126 first communication path 1244022 128 wireless communication path (link) 130 venous line 132 treatment cart 132a drug storage area 132b display 200 computer 202 processor 2 0 4 memory 206 I / O device 208 local interface 210 infusion system 212 operating system 302 drug management module 304 prescription generation module 306 prescription start Module 308 Prescription Authorization Module 310 Admission, Discharge, and Transfer (ADT) Interface 31 2 Billing Interface 314 Laboratory Interface 316 Pharmacy Interface 318 First Copy Text 3 2 0 Second Copy Text 322 Third Copy Text 3 2 4 prescription input module 1244022 326 labeling module 328 labeling module 330 wireless device 332 medical equipment 334 visual confirmation 336 prescription modification module 338 scanner 400 computer screen 4 0 2 processing area 4 0 4 search area 406 Drug information area 408 Titration / reduction standard area 410 Instructions and precautions area 411 Pump port indicator 412 Planned solution composition area 413 Lost wireless signal indicator 41 5 Low battery indicator 417 Warning mute button 41 9 On / off button and instruction 421 Charge indicator 5 0 2 Set the system Cangshu 504 Infusion instruction generation 506 Infusion instruction preparation 506a Preparation position 221 1244022 506b Scan component 506c Bag duration inspection 5 0 6d Barcode printing 508 Pharmacy authorization 51 0 Physician authorization 51 2 Dosing 512a Read drug barcode 512b Read patient barcode 512 c Perform an effective date check 512d Provide notification by titration 512e Provide 512f provides "as needed" start of infusion 512g download operation parameters 512h time monitoring 514 infusion instruction modification 516 stop instruction 518 inventory and billing 5 2 0 message transmission 522, 524, 526, 528 , 530, 532, 534, 536, 538 Path 542 Set tolerance 542a Net drug volume tolerance 542b Flow rate tolerance 542c Dosing time tolerance 542d Dosing system duration 222 1244022 542e Drug duration tolerance 542f Location change tolerance 544 Preset value 544a Preset value for drug dilution solution 544b Preset value for dilution volume 5 4 4 c Preset value for dose 544d Preset value for measurement unit 546 Establish database 546a Preparation area 5 4 6 b Additive information 5 4 6 c Solution 546d Prefabricated mixture definition 546e Favorite matters 5 4 6 f Reason for revocation timing 5 4 6 g Revocation reason for flow rate 546h Conversion table 546i Flow rate description 546 j Equipment and designated routing information 546k Message trigger trigger 548 Definition Function 548a Function for preparation area 548b Function for bag duration 548c Function for verifying the cancellation request Function 548d Duration to capacity Function 1244022 548e Function for duration to flow rate 548f Function of flow rate to drip rate 5 5 0 Determine system settings 5 5 0 a Revoke authorization 5 5 0 b Flow rate accuracy 550c Volume accuracy 550d Time accuracy 560 Input information 560a Identification instruction type 560b Identification drug 5 6 0 c Identification Dose 560d identifies diluent 5 6 0 e determines flow rate 560f identifies infusion site 562 calculates 562a bag volume calculation 562b conversion calculation 562c duration to volume calculation 562d flow rate to drip rate calculation 5 6 4 checks 564a net concentration check 5 6 4 b flow rate check 5 6 4 c dosing time check 564d duration check 224 1244022 564e infusion site check 5 6 6 revocation of 568a net concentration revocation 5 6 8 b flow rate unlocking 568c revocation of medication time Cancellation period of 568d 5 6 8 e Cancellation of infusion site 5 6 8 f Reason for withdrawal 572, 574, 576, 580, 582 Path 702 Infusion instruction 704 Infusion schedule 1 002 Modification change 1 002a Modification duration 1 002b Modification Flow rate 1 002c Use new infusion site 1 002d Specify reason for modification 1 002e Specify capacity of an infusion bag 1 002f Process stop instruction 1 0 04 All available Ordered option 1 006 Check again 1 006a Net concentration 1 006b Flow rate 1 006c Dosing time 1 006e Duration 1244022 1 006f Infusion site 1 0 0 8 Cancel recheck 1 0 0 8 b Cancel flow rate 1 0 0 8 f Reason for display 1 01 0 Display of new flow rate to new drip rate 1 01 2 File record 1012a duration change 1012b flow rate change 1012c volume change 101 2d infusion site change 1012e multiple infusions 1 2 0 0 emergency Notification System 1 21 0 Notify Party 1 220 Communication Network 1 230 Target 1 240 Communication Mode 1 300 Notification Interface 1330 Item List 1 340 Option 1 350 Hot Key 14 0 0 Receive Interface 1420 Screen 1460 Hot Key 1 500 Alarm / Warning Enhancement Alarm process 1244022 1 662 Alarm / warning interface 1 6 62a Alarm / warning interface listing day 1 662b Interface day 1 664 "Patient 1" has an alarm condition 1 666 "Patient 2" has an alarm condition 1 668 "Patient 3" has a warning situation 1 7 6 5 Patient alarm / warning interface 1 867 Alarm / warning interface 1 903 registration day surface 2005 registration day surface 2105 unit selection interface day surface 2107 unit selection interface screen 2211 selection Daytime interface 2255 Area 2313 View patient interface Daytime 2315 "Add more patients" button 2350 Configurable information 2417 Patient selection interface Daytime interface 2419 Button 2521 Patient information item Single interface screen 2521a Allergy and Ht / Wt interface day surface 2521b medication history interface day surface 2521 c experimental result interface day surface 2 6 2 3 infusion plan interface interface screen 1244022 2625 instructions for morphine sulfate 2627 medication instruction interface day surface 2629 treatment parameter 2631 warning 2 633 link To the function of additional information 2727a interrupt the infusion interface day 2727b interface day 2 7 2 7 c resume the infusion interface screen 2727d interface 2 8 3 5 patient simple trough infusion plan interface interface day 2839 morphine sulfate infusion instruction 2941 forgotten Medication screen 2943 reason 2945 box 3045 "unnecessary" reason 3047 interface day surface 3135 infusion planning table day surface 3225 instruction 3235 plan table interface day surface 3249 "Get Item" button 3351 drug interface day surface 3353 "scan store" image 3355 "Skip Scan Store" button 3465 Scan daytime 1244022 3467 Prescription 3569 Scan error Daytime 3657 Interface screen 3659 Reason 3661 Select Patient 3663 "Discard / Return" Selection Button 3771 Path Confirmation Interface Day 3377 Path 3775 Line 3777 Site 3778 Drug Treatment 3881 Pump Channel Mode Interface Screen 3882 Therapy 3883 Soft Bag Treatment 3 8 8 4 Main Treatment 3885 Pump Channel scanning interface day interface 3986 comparison interface day interface 3987 comparison interface day interface 4087 non-conforming comparison interface day interface 4187 comparison interface day interface 4287 interface day interface 4391 pump status interface day interface 4493 flow rate history interface day 4501 loss of communication interface day interface 1244022 4603 interface day 4801 patient list button 4803 return button 4805 OK button 4807 infusion execution indicator 4809 button 4811 infusion stop indicator 4813 interrupted infusion 4815 physician's note indicator 4817 compare button 4819 update button 4821 leave button 4823 Compare matching indicator 4825 Non-matching image 4827 Unable to compare indicator 4833 Communication loss indicator 4 8 3 5 Wireless module low battery warning indicator 4837 "Forgotten medication" image 4857 "Unwanted" image 4872 Pump Alarm / warning indicator 4874 Alarm / warning mute button 4937 Record dosing results Surface day 5001 connection 5003 monitoring parameter input interface day surface 1244022 51 01 cycle count interface screen 5200 comparison process 5312 tube 5314 MEMS pump 5320 IV bag 5324 access device 5332 MEMS electronic component 5338 MEMS controller 5412 application on the first central computer Program 5414 operating system 5416. NET architecture 5418 dynamic directory domain service 5420 SQL server 5422 Internet information server 5500 drug infusion process 5554 channel scan process 5700 pump channel change process 5730 channel scan process 5734 channel scan process 6000 stop / Interrupt the infusion process 6100 resume the infusion process 620G remove the pump process 6300 secure communication process
Claims (1)
Applications Claiming Priority (6)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US44435003P | 2003-02-01 | 2003-02-01 | |
US10/424,553 US7698156B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-04-28 | System and method for identifying data streams associated with medical equipment |
US48827303P | 2003-07-18 | 2003-07-18 | |
US10/659,760 US8489427B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2003-09-10 | Wireless medical data communication system and method |
US52810603P | 2003-12-08 | 2003-12-08 | |
US10/748,593 US20040172300A1 (en) | 2002-04-30 | 2003-12-30 | Method and system for integrating data flows |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200419422A TW200419422A (en) | 2004-10-01 |
TWI244022B true TWI244022B (en) | 2005-11-21 |
Family
ID=32854570
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW093102147A TWI236611B (en) | 2003-02-01 | 2004-01-30 | Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method |
TW093102150A TW200422917A (en) | 2003-02-01 | 2004-01-30 | Wireless medical data communication system and method |
TW093102146A TWI244022B (en) | 2003-02-01 | 2004-01-30 | Method and system for integrating data flows |
Family Applications Before (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW093102147A TWI236611B (en) | 2003-02-01 | 2004-01-30 | Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method |
TW093102150A TW200422917A (en) | 2003-02-01 | 2004-01-30 | Wireless medical data communication system and method |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
EP (1) | EP1593080A2 (en) |
JP (5) | JP2006523470A (en) |
AU (1) | AU2004209286B2 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2514571C (en) |
NZ (1) | NZ541475A (en) |
TW (3) | TWI236611B (en) |
WO (1) | WO2004070994A2 (en) |
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI622952B (en) * | 2016-06-22 | 2018-05-01 | In-hospital decoding system for medical supplies | |
TWI663493B (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2019-06-21 | 日商三菱電機股份有限公司 | Work evaluation system and work evaluation method |
Families Citing this family (107)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
EP2140891B1 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2013-03-27 | DEKA Products Limited Partnership | Conduit for coupling to a fluid delivery device |
US8034026B2 (en) | 2001-05-18 | 2011-10-11 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US10173008B2 (en) | 2002-01-29 | 2019-01-08 | Baxter International Inc. | System and method for communicating with a dialysis machine through a network |
US8398592B2 (en) * | 2004-09-07 | 2013-03-19 | Thomas Leibner-Druska | Medication data transfer system and method for patient infusions |
JP2006119856A (en) * | 2004-10-20 | 2006-05-11 | Olympus Medical Systems Corp | Portable terminal equipment and medical action management method |
JP2006155071A (en) * | 2004-11-26 | 2006-06-15 | Toshiba Sumiden Medical Information Systems Corp | Electronic chart pharmacotherapy instruction execution system |
US20060247606A1 (en) * | 2005-03-09 | 2006-11-02 | Batch Richard M | System and method for controlling access to features of a medical instrument |
US8781847B2 (en) * | 2005-05-03 | 2014-07-15 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | System and method for managing alert notifications in an automated patient management system |
US8036911B2 (en) * | 2005-11-11 | 2011-10-11 | Carefusion 303, Inc. | System and method for managing patient care through automated messaging |
EP1958177A4 (en) * | 2005-11-30 | 2014-05-07 | Ulco Technologies Pty Ltd | Perfusion method and apparatus |
WO2007081829A2 (en) | 2006-01-09 | 2007-07-19 | Cardiac Pacemakers, Inc. | Remotely programming a patient medical device |
US12070574B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2024-08-27 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, systems and methods for an infusion pump assembly |
US11497846B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2022-11-15 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Patch-sized fluid delivery systems and methods |
US11364335B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2022-06-21 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
EP1993633B1 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2016-11-09 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Pumping fluid delivery systems and methods using force application assembly |
US11478623B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2022-10-25 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US11027058B2 (en) | 2006-02-09 | 2021-06-08 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US8579853B2 (en) * | 2006-10-31 | 2013-11-12 | Abbott Diabetes Care Inc. | Infusion devices and methods |
WO2008098246A1 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2008-08-14 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Automated insertion assembly |
JP5295556B2 (en) * | 2007-12-12 | 2013-09-18 | 株式会社根本杏林堂 | Imaging room communication system and chemical injection device |
US8517990B2 (en) | 2007-12-18 | 2013-08-27 | Hospira, Inc. | User interface improvements for medical devices |
US9456955B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2016-10-04 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
AU2008347241B2 (en) * | 2007-12-31 | 2014-09-18 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US10080704B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2018-09-25 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US8881774B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2014-11-11 | Deka Research & Development Corp. | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
US8900188B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2014-12-02 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Split ring resonator antenna adapted for use in wirelessly controlled medical device |
US10188787B2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2019-01-29 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
WO2009088956A2 (en) | 2007-12-31 | 2009-07-16 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
WO2009110303A1 (en) * | 2008-03-01 | 2009-09-11 | Kabushiki Kaisha Toshiba | Memory system |
JP2009273502A (en) * | 2008-05-12 | 2009-11-26 | Jms Co Ltd | Medication monitoring apparatus |
US8057679B2 (en) | 2008-07-09 | 2011-11-15 | Baxter International Inc. | Dialysis system having trending and alert generation |
US10089443B2 (en) | 2012-05-15 | 2018-10-02 | Baxter International Inc. | Home medical device systems and methods for therapy prescription and tracking, servicing and inventory |
JP5145177B2 (en) * | 2008-09-12 | 2013-02-13 | 株式会社K&Y | Infusion pump system |
EP3881874A1 (en) | 2008-09-15 | 2021-09-22 | DEKA Products Limited Partnership | Systems and methods for fluid delivery |
US8223028B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2012-07-17 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Occlusion detection system and method |
US8016789B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2011-09-13 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Pump assembly with a removable cover assembly |
US8267892B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2012-09-18 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Multi-language / multi-processor infusion pump assembly |
US8262616B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2012-09-11 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly |
US8066672B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2011-11-29 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Infusion pump assembly with a backup power supply |
US8708376B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2014-04-29 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Medium connector |
US9180245B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2015-11-10 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | System and method for administering an infusible fluid |
US8554579B2 (en) | 2008-10-13 | 2013-10-08 | Fht, Inc. | Management, reporting and benchmarking of medication preparation |
US9596989B2 (en) | 2009-03-12 | 2017-03-21 | Raytheon Company | Networked symbiotic edge user infrastructure |
EP2453948B1 (en) | 2009-07-15 | 2015-02-18 | DEKA Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, systems and methods for an infusion pump assembly |
JP2013514836A (en) | 2009-12-18 | 2013-05-02 | ケーアンドワイ コーポレイション | Infusion pump |
CA2787178C (en) | 2010-01-22 | 2019-02-12 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Method and system for shape-memory alloy wire control |
US8638200B2 (en) | 2010-05-07 | 2014-01-28 | Covidien Lp | Ventilator-initiated prompt regarding Auto-PEEP detection during volume ventilation of non-triggering patient |
TWI451354B (en) * | 2011-01-07 | 2014-09-01 | Univ Taipei Medical | A high performance and integrated nosocomial infection surveillance and early detection system and method thereof |
US8811888B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-08-19 | Covidien Lp | Wireless relay module for monitoring network status |
US9495511B2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2016-11-15 | Covidien Lp | Remote monitoring systems and methods for medical devices |
US8855550B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-10-07 | Covidien Lp | Wireless relay module having emergency call functionality |
US8818260B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-08-26 | Covidien, LP | Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems |
US8897198B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-11-25 | Covidien Lp | Medical device wireless network architectures |
US8798527B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-08-05 | Covidien Lp | Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems |
US8903308B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2014-12-02 | Covidien Lp | System and method for patient identification in a remote monitoring system |
US9020419B2 (en) | 2011-01-14 | 2015-04-28 | Covidien, LP | Wireless relay module for remote monitoring systems having power and medical device proximity monitoring functionality |
US20130162426A1 (en) * | 2011-12-22 | 2013-06-27 | Tyco Healthcare Group Lp | Wireless Relay Module For Remote Monitoring Systems Having Alarm And Display Functionality |
US8694600B2 (en) | 2011-03-01 | 2014-04-08 | Covidien Lp | Remote monitoring systems for monitoring medical devices via wireless communication networks |
US9038633B2 (en) | 2011-03-02 | 2015-05-26 | Covidien Lp | Ventilator-initiated prompt regarding high delivered tidal volume |
US9629566B2 (en) | 2011-03-11 | 2017-04-25 | Spacelabs Healthcare Llc | Methods and systems to determine multi-parameter managed alarm hierarchy during patient monitoring |
WO2013028497A1 (en) | 2011-08-19 | 2013-02-28 | Hospira, Inc. | Systems and methods for a graphical interface including a graphical representation of medical data |
US10022498B2 (en) | 2011-12-16 | 2018-07-17 | Icu Medical, Inc. | System for monitoring and delivering medication to a patient and method of using the same to minimize the risks associated with automated therapy |
US11524151B2 (en) | 2012-03-07 | 2022-12-13 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
JP6306566B2 (en) | 2012-03-30 | 2018-04-04 | アイシーユー・メディカル・インコーポレーテッド | Air detection system and method for detecting air in an infusion system pump |
US9027552B2 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2015-05-12 | Covidien Lp | Ventilator-initiated prompt or setting regarding detection of asynchrony during ventilation |
ES2743160T3 (en) | 2012-07-31 | 2020-02-18 | Icu Medical Inc | Patient care system for critical medications |
EP2895975B1 (en) | 2012-09-13 | 2019-06-19 | Kpr U.S., Llc | Docking station for enteral feeding pump |
JP6376411B2 (en) * | 2012-10-15 | 2018-08-22 | エイス メディカル カンパニー,リミテッド | Automatic adjustment device for injection volume by drop method |
KR101623326B1 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2016-05-20 | 백스터 코포레이션 잉글우드 | Improved work station for medical dose preparation system |
EP3779876A1 (en) | 2012-10-26 | 2021-02-17 | Baxter Corporation Englewood | Improved image acquisition for medical dose preparation system |
US10046112B2 (en) | 2013-05-24 | 2018-08-14 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Multi-sensor infusion system for detecting air or an occlusion in the infusion system |
WO2014194065A1 (en) | 2013-05-29 | 2014-12-04 | Hospira, Inc. | Infusion system and method of use which prevents over-saturation of an analog-to-digital converter |
US10987026B2 (en) | 2013-05-30 | 2021-04-27 | Spacelabs Healthcare Llc | Capnography module with automatic switching between mainstream and sidestream monitoring |
CN105592973B (en) * | 2013-06-20 | 2020-06-19 | 百特奥尔塔公司 | Pharmacokinetic drug dosing regimen apparatus and method |
CA3130345A1 (en) | 2013-07-03 | 2015-01-08 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus, system and method for fluid delivery |
USD746441S1 (en) | 2013-09-13 | 2015-12-29 | Covidien Lp | Pump |
US20150133861A1 (en) | 2013-11-11 | 2015-05-14 | Kevin P. McLennan | Thermal management system and method for medical devices |
AU2015222800B2 (en) | 2014-02-28 | 2019-10-17 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion system and method which utilizes dual wavelength optical air-in-line detection |
AU2015284368A1 (en) | 2014-06-30 | 2017-01-12 | Baxter Corporation Englewood | Managed medical information exchange |
US11107574B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2021-08-31 | Baxter Corporation Englewood | Management of medication preparation with formulary management |
US11575673B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2023-02-07 | Baxter Corporation Englewood | Central user management in a distributed healthcare information management system |
SG11201704359VA (en) * | 2014-12-05 | 2017-06-29 | Baxter Corp Englewood | Dose preparation data analytics |
US10850024B2 (en) | 2015-03-02 | 2020-12-01 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion system, device, and method having advanced infusion features |
EP3800610A1 (en) | 2015-03-03 | 2021-04-07 | Baxter Corporation Englewood | Pharmacy workflow management with integrated alerts |
ES2809505T3 (en) | 2015-05-26 | 2021-03-04 | Icu Medical Inc | Disposable infusion fluid delivery device for programmable delivery of high volume drugs |
JP6049838B2 (en) * | 2015-11-02 | 2016-12-21 | 株式会社根本杏林堂 | Magnetic resonance imaging system |
EP3200108A1 (en) * | 2016-01-27 | 2017-08-02 | Roche Diabetes Care GmbH | Method for operating a medical system, computer program product, medical system, and control device |
AU2017250570B2 (en) | 2016-04-15 | 2024-07-25 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Method and apparatus for providing a pharmacokinetic drug dosing regiment |
EP3468635B1 (en) | 2016-06-10 | 2024-09-25 | ICU Medical, Inc. | Acoustic flow sensor for continuous medication flow measurements and feedback control of infusion |
US11392669B1 (en) * | 2016-08-08 | 2022-07-19 | Allscripts Software, Llc | Message transmittal in electronic prior authorization requests |
US10964417B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2021-03-30 | Baxter International Inc. | Medical fluid delivery system including a mobile platform for patient engagement and treatment compliance |
US10589014B2 (en) | 2016-12-21 | 2020-03-17 | Baxter International Inc. | Medical fluid delivery system including remote machine updating and control |
US10896749B2 (en) | 2017-01-27 | 2021-01-19 | Shire Human Genetic Therapies, Inc. | Drug monitoring tool |
JP6856424B2 (en) * | 2017-03-29 | 2021-04-07 | ソニー・オリンパスメディカルソリューションズ株式会社 | Medical equipment, information processing equipment, processing methods, programs, and medical information processing systems |
TWI749072B (en) * | 2017-09-29 | 2021-12-11 | 中華電信股份有限公司 | Abnormal traffic detecting server and abnormal traffic detecting method thereof |
US10089055B1 (en) | 2017-12-27 | 2018-10-02 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Synchronized display of screen content on networked devices |
WO2019209963A1 (en) | 2018-04-24 | 2019-10-31 | Deka Products Limited Partnership | Apparatus and system for fluid delivery |
TWI729314B (en) * | 2018-09-21 | 2021-06-01 | 優賀普股份有限公司 | Passive medical data exchanging cloud system and method |
CA3136125A1 (en) * | 2019-04-17 | 2020-10-22 | Icu Medical, Inc. | System for onboard electronic encoding of the contents and administration parameters of iv containers and the secure use and disposal thereof |
KR102359279B1 (en) * | 2019-06-12 | 2022-02-08 | 이오플로우 주식회사 | Method for managing disbetes through user terminal |
CN114040710B (en) | 2019-06-26 | 2024-09-03 | 太空实验室健康护理有限公司 | Modifying monitored physiological data using data of body worn sensors |
TWI730437B (en) * | 2019-10-02 | 2021-06-11 | 亞法貝德生技股份有限公司 | Method of using a teaching appliance used to experience the recruitment processes of human subjects in clinical trials |
US11278671B2 (en) | 2019-12-04 | 2022-03-22 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Infusion pump with safety sequence keypad |
AU2021311443A1 (en) | 2020-07-21 | 2023-03-09 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Fluid transfer devices and methods of use |
US11135360B1 (en) | 2020-12-07 | 2021-10-05 | Icu Medical, Inc. | Concurrent infusion with common line auto flush |
KR102415710B1 (en) * | 2021-12-20 | 2022-07-05 | 비손메디칼 주식회사 | Method and mso server system for supporting medical diagnosis of skin condition and obesity based on microbiome analysis system |
US20230398295A1 (en) * | 2022-05-18 | 2023-12-14 | Baxter International Inc. | Hemodynamic management system, apparatus, and methods |
Family Cites Families (18)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JPS63500546A (en) * | 1985-07-19 | 1988-02-25 | クリニコム インコ−ポレイテイド | Patient identification and matching systems and methods |
JPH02111375A (en) * | 1988-05-20 | 1990-04-24 | K S K Control Kk | Centralized supervisory type instillator device |
JPH04174061A (en) * | 1990-06-27 | 1992-06-22 | Sanyo Electric Co Ltd | Medical information processing system |
JPH06312010A (en) * | 1993-04-30 | 1994-11-08 | Matsushita Electric Ind Co Ltd | Pharmacy system controller |
US6671563B1 (en) * | 1995-05-15 | 2003-12-30 | Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. | System and method for collecting data and managing patient care |
US5781442A (en) * | 1995-05-15 | 1998-07-14 | Alaris Medical Systems, Inc. | System and method for collecting data and managing patient care |
JPH09225008A (en) * | 1996-02-26 | 1997-09-02 | Nikka Micron Kk | Medical liquid preparation apparatus |
JP2786164B2 (en) * | 1996-06-18 | 1998-08-13 | 日本電気テレコムシステム株式会社 | PHS terminal with automatic control signal retransmission function |
JP2956605B2 (en) * | 1996-08-30 | 1999-10-04 | 日本電気株式会社 | Patient monitoring system |
US6558320B1 (en) * | 2000-01-20 | 2003-05-06 | Medtronic Minimed, Inc. | Handheld personal data assistant (PDA) with a medical device and method of using the same |
JP2000232965A (en) * | 1999-02-15 | 2000-08-29 | Toyo Commun Equip Co Ltd | Medical instrument monitoring system |
JP2001043279A (en) * | 1999-05-24 | 2001-02-16 | Ichi Rei Yon Kk | Pharmacy system |
JP2001167201A (en) * | 1999-10-01 | 2001-06-22 | Information Services International Dentsu Ltd | Medical data managing system, server device, data managing method and medium |
US6406426B1 (en) * | 1999-11-03 | 2002-06-18 | Criticare Systems | Medical monitoring and alert system for use with therapeutic devices |
JP2002011095A (en) * | 2000-06-28 | 2002-01-15 | Oi Electric Co Ltd | Instillation monitoring device and its system |
JP2002117142A (en) * | 2000-10-10 | 2002-04-19 | Kameda Iryo Joho Kenkyusho:Kk | Medical information system |
JP2003022322A (en) * | 2001-07-09 | 2003-01-24 | Fujitsu Ltd | Information intermediary system for pharmaceuticals, pharmaceutical service system, pharmaceutical service server and computer program |
JP6312010B1 (en) | 2017-03-13 | 2018-04-18 | 興基 玉田 | Slide attenuator |
-
2004
- 2004-01-30 EP EP04707000A patent/EP1593080A2/en not_active Ceased
- 2004-01-30 WO PCT/US2004/002629 patent/WO2004070994A2/en active Application Filing
- 2004-01-30 AU AU2004209286A patent/AU2004209286B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2004-01-30 JP JP2006503183A patent/JP2006523470A/en active Pending
- 2004-01-30 NZ NZ541475A patent/NZ541475A/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-01-30 TW TW093102147A patent/TWI236611B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2004-01-30 TW TW093102150A patent/TW200422917A/en unknown
- 2004-01-30 CA CA2514571A patent/CA2514571C/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2004-01-30 TW TW093102146A patent/TWI244022B/en active
-
2007
- 2007-01-23 JP JP2007013177A patent/JP2007190395A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2013
- 2013-12-06 JP JP2013252772A patent/JP6014013B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2015
- 2015-08-25 JP JP2015165438A patent/JP2016026340A/en not_active Withdrawn
-
2018
- 2018-07-18 JP JP2018134915A patent/JP7126396B2/en not_active Expired - Lifetime
Cited By (2)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
TWI622952B (en) * | 2016-06-22 | 2018-05-01 | In-hospital decoding system for medical supplies | |
TWI663493B (en) * | 2017-11-08 | 2019-06-21 | 日商三菱電機股份有限公司 | Work evaluation system and work evaluation method |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
CA2514571C (en) | 2019-01-15 |
AU2004209286B2 (en) | 2009-01-08 |
JP6014013B2 (en) | 2016-10-25 |
TWI236611B (en) | 2005-07-21 |
JP2007190395A (en) | 2007-08-02 |
WO2004070994A2 (en) | 2004-08-19 |
JP2014112374A (en) | 2014-06-19 |
TW200422917A (en) | 2004-11-01 |
TW200422916A (en) | 2004-11-01 |
JP2016026340A (en) | 2016-02-12 |
CA2514571A1 (en) | 2004-08-19 |
AU2004209286A1 (en) | 2004-08-19 |
NZ541475A (en) | 2007-06-29 |
EP1593080A2 (en) | 2005-11-09 |
WO2004070994A3 (en) | 2005-07-28 |
JP7126396B2 (en) | 2022-08-26 |
JP2018185857A (en) | 2018-11-22 |
JP2006523470A (en) | 2006-10-19 |
TW200419422A (en) | 2004-10-01 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI244022B (en) | Method and system for integrating data flows | |
JP6991190B2 (en) | Electronic drug order transfer and processing methods and equipment | |
TW200419419A (en) | System and method for notification and escalation of medical data | |
AU2005233945B2 (en) | System and method for medical data tracking, analysis and reporting for a healthcare system | |
AU2004209134B2 (en) | Method and system for medical device connectivity | |
AU2004209120B2 (en) | System and method for verifying medical device operational parameters | |
TW200421152A (en) | Remote multi-purpose user interface for a healthcare system | |
TW200419421A (en) | System and method for medical device authentication | |
US20050055244A1 (en) | Wireless medical communication system and method | |
JP2006519437A (en) | Medical data communication notification and messaging system and method | |
JP2006520037A5 (en) | ||
TW200426656A (en) | Separation of validated information and functions in a healthcare system | |
JP5322883B2 (en) | Operating parameter confirmation system | |
TW200419420A (en) | System and mtehod for verifying medical device operational parameters |